المنتدى
Questions put to the Shaykh on the Arabic sciences:
-
New Content :
- Qur’aan Lesson 9: An Ayah to Ponder
- يوم الوشاح : Hadiith Lesson 15 (with Audio from Shaykh)
- اغتنِمْ خمساً : Hadiith lesson 14 (with Audio from Shaykh)
- اللغز Shaykh’s New Dars – A Puzzle + Answers
- دعاء النبي Hadiith lesson 13 (with Audio from Shaykh)
- مَنْ كَسَرَ الأصنامَ؟ – Qur’aan Story (+ Audios, Exercises)
- أصحاب الأخدود – Qur’aan Story (+ Audio, Video, Book download, Photos)
- عشرة أسئلة نحوية Ten Important Grammar Questions
- One of the Easiest Words in the Qur’aan & its Repetition (Video)
- 10 Most Repeated Verbs in the Qur’aan – Part 5 (Video)
- 10 Most Repeated Verbs in the Qur’aan – Part 4 (Video)
- 10 Most Repeated Verbs in the Qur’aan – Part 3 (Video)
- 10 Most Repeated Verbs in the Qur’aan – Part 2 (Video)
- 10 Most Repeated Verbs in the Qur’aan – Part 1 (Video)
- سورة البقرة Demonstrating Word Repetition in Verses 1-8 (Video)
Comments :
- Musab Omar on يوم الوشاح : Hadiith Lesson 15 (with Audio from Shaykh)
- Yeni on Forum 2
- Admin on Forum 2
- Admin on يوم الوشاح : Hadiith Lesson 15 (with Audio from Shaykh)
- Admin on Forum 2
- Hud on Forum 2
- Yeni on Forum 2
- Lera on يوم الوشاح : Hadiith Lesson 15 (with Audio from Shaykh)
- Yeni on Forum 2
- Admin on Forum 2
- Seyyid on Forum 2
- Admin on Qur’aan Lesson 9: An Ayah to Ponder
- Admin on Forum 2
- Sanni Wahab Olanrewaju on Qur’aan Lesson 9: An Ayah to Ponder
- zubair on Forum 2
Admin:
Lesson Archives:
assalaamu 3alaykum dear shaykh.
May ALLAH protect you.
I have a question.
What is the difference in meaning of فرح and سرور?
From Madina Website Semester one, Reading 1.
http://iqra.mediu.edu.my/eBooks/nIndex.htm?en|3|1|Level1|qi|m1
…واسْتَقْبَلَهُمَا الأَنْصَارُ وَالْمُهَاجِرُوْنَ بِالْفَرَحِ وَالسُّرُوْرِ
Because in meaning they are near to each other, and its very difficult to understand the difference.
They are synonyms for each other.
Is it a subject of Balagha to use two similar words together?
I hope you can help me, and give an advice how to understand or in which books and dictionarys are good to get a understanding of this words which are snynonyms of each other but have detail differences in meaning.
The same difficulty I have between الاستسلام and الانقياد in the following:
معرفة دين الإسلام بالأدلة ، وهو: الاستسلام لله بالتوحيد والانقياد له بالطاعة والبراءة من الشرك وأهله
Maybe you could answer me this question in shaa ALLAH.
jazaak ALLAHU khayran
Said al-almaany
Dear Dr Abdul Rahim
We read the words like أولا، ثانيا، ثالثا in different books. For ex in the following sentence we have:
اِتجِهْ إلى صالَةِ الجَمارِكِ أوَّلاً
my question is why they are in the state of nasb??
Regards
Kamran Ahmad Khan
وعليكم السلام
It is manSuub because it is مفعول فــيـه as in your example :
اتـجـهْ إلى صالةِ الـجَـمارِكِ أوَّلاً.
It describes the time of the action.
Hope this has helped you.
والسلام,
abdur rahim
Shukran.
Assalamu Alaikum,
I have a basic doubt. Are all zarfu makaan ‘mansoobun’ ?!
وعليكم السلام
Most are manSuub, but not all such as هنا, هناك which are mabniyy.
Admin
Assalaamu Aleykum
Fadeelata Shaykhina
Jazaakumu Allaahu khayran for the beautiful explanation of أن المفسرة, this concept is now clear in my mind.
Abdullaah
wassalaamu aleykum
Salaam, akh!
Please send me too!
Assalaamu alaikum
Could you share the explanation of ان المفسرة with us?
Jazaakom Allaho khairan afdalo jazaa
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أنْ التفسيرية / أنْ المفسرة is explained by the Shaykh here.
Q and As on Qur’aanic Grammar.
Admin
Assalamu alaikum
لَيْسَ لِوَقْعَتِهَا كَاذِبَةٌ
Why laysa khabar in Surah Waqiah Ayah is not Mansub? Kadhibtun and not Kadhibatan?
Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
كاذبةٌ is اسم ليسَ.
Its خبر is: لوقعتِها which is a شبه جملة في محل نصب.
The laam in لوقعتِها has the meaning of في.
ليس في وقعتِها كاذبةٌ.
Admin
Salam
Can you please tell me why Tanzil-al-‘zizirahim in Surah Yasin has Kathra while I have seen in other places Tanzil-ul-Kitabu ?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The مصدر is منصوب because it is مفعول مطلق of an omitted verb. The تقدير is:
نزَّل تنزيلَ العزيزِ الرحيمِ
المصدر: الجدول في إعراب القرآن للصافي
Admin
AsSalamu alaikum dear shaykh Abdur Rahim,
Is the dotless yaa in the verb ataa actually al-alif al-maqsuurah?
Specifically, if we breakdown the verb into each radical, what would the third radical be: will we say (dotless) yaa or al alif al maqsuurah?
Jazakum-Allahu khair
assalamualaykum,
Muslima
Dear Muslima
وعليكم السلام
An alif – whether it is written alif or dotless yaa – can never be the third radical.
This alif is either yaa or waaw.
In the case of ‘ataa’ the third radical is yaa.
Hope this helped you.
والسلام
abdur rahim
Assalamu alaikum dear shaykh Abdur Rahim,
Masha Allah your explanation was very clear and beneficial. I understand now alhamdulillah. Jazak Allah khair.
I have a follow up question, but it is not urgent, so please reply whenever it is convenient for you:
why can alif never be the third radical?
assalamu alaikum
Muslima
From Admin
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explains why alif can never be a radical on this DVD extract.
Assalamu Alaykum,
Should the final word in the following sentence [in a book I have], be مُعَلَّةً or مُعْتَلَّةً (with a ta) or are both correct?:
اَلْكَلِمَاتُ ٱلَّتِي يُرَادُ وَزْنُهَا، إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مُجَرَّدَةً أَوْ مَزِيدَةً، وَعَلَى كُلٍّ إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ صَحِيحَةً أَوْ مُعَلَّةً
Also, in the same book there appears the following:
((وَزْنُ ٱلْمَزِيدِ: ٱلزِّيَادَةُ إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ بِتَكْرِيرِ حَرْفٍ مِنْ أُصُولِ ٱلْكَلِمَةِ ((وَيَقْبَلُ ٱلتَّكْرِير جَمِيع حُرُوفِ ٱلْهِجَاءِ إِلَّا ٱلْأَلِف
I would like to confirm the vowels of the sentence in the brackets. Is it “wa yaqbalut takrira jami’u…” or “wa yaqbalut takriru jami’a…”?
Wassalam
وعليكم السلام
The Shaykh says the Harakaatu l-i”raab is:
ويَقْبَلُ التكريرَ جَــمـيـعُ …
wa yaqbalu l-takriira jamii”u ….
Admin
Assalaamu Aleykum
Dear Sheikh and Respected Admin
Jazaakumu Allaahu ahsana al-jazaa’ for the explanation of al-ism al-maqsoor, this concept is now clear and I no longer have to search the dictionaries and websites to determine whether or not there will be a tanween!
Abdullaah
Assalamu alaikum dear Admin,
Jazakumullah khair!! ameen.
assalamu-alaikum
Muslima
Assalamualikum,
Dear shaykh, masdar muwwal which is أَنْ followed by a verb in mudari mansub form which I learnt in book 2. But other type of masdar muawwal which is like what is mentioned in surah al-Hujurat in ayat 5 وَلَوْ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا . I don’t understand this type of masdar muawwal, could you please explain it in detail? How many are the types of masdar muawwal?
Wassalam
Jazakallah khayran.
One more clarification. Respected shaykh said وَلَوْ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا= وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ صَبْرَهُم he also said
وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا my question is after supplying the supposed verb can we say both وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ صَبْرَهُم and وَلَوْ ثَبَتَ أَنَّهُم صَبَرُوا ?
Jazakallah khayran for the clarification and the correction.
Assalamu “alaikum dear shaykh Abdur Rahim,
What is the difference between “maa adree” and “laa adree?” Do they both mean: I don’t know. I have seen both statements in the madina books.
JazakAllah khair for your help.
assalamu alaikum,
Muslima
Assalamu “alaikum dear shaykh,
Can harfu shart and ismu shart be followed by an ism? In the following example after harf shart إِنْ comes an ism وَإِنْ مُضَارِعٌ تَلاَهَا صُرِفَا إِليَ المُضِيِّ Could you please elaborate on this?
Wassalam.
Assalamu “alaikum Admin,
May Allah bless you for the detailed reply to my question 1. aameen.
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. aameen.
Muslima
Assalamu “alaikum admin,
May Allah bless you for all the answers! Ameen.
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog.
Muslima
Assalamu “alaikum dear shaykh,
Jazak Allah kull khair for your reply to my question about allahumma ballighna ramadan. Your explanation was so easy to understand, and was a joy to ponder over.
May Allah bless you and admin always, and have mercy on you both.
Muslima
Salaam!
What a silly mistake I made in my last question!
Would you please delete that?
Now, I know what is meant by “illaa” as “adaatul-hasr”.
When istithnaa is mufarragh it gives the meaning of hasr, isn’t it?
Salaam, Admin!
Can I get all these books (hard copies) in Madinah Munawwarah? :
١. دُرُوسُ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ لِغَيْرِ النَّاطِقِينَ بِهَا – كِتَابُ الْمُعَلِّم
٢. اَ ْلأَجْوِبَةُ عَنِ اْلأَسْئِلَةِ الْعَامَّةِ الْوَارِدَةِ في نِهَايَةِ الْجُزْءِ الثَّالِث مِنَ الدُّرُوسِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ
٣. تَدْرِيبَاتٌ فِي الْمُحَادَثَةِ
٤. تَدْرِيبَاتٌ فِي اْلاِسْتِيعَابِ
٥. سُورَةُ الْحُجُرات
٦. نُورٌ عَلَى نُور
7. Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan With Lexical & Grammatical Notes
٨. أَرْبَعُونَ حَدِيثاً لِتَعْلِيمِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ وَالتَّرْبِيَةِ النَّبَوِيَّةِ
٩. نُصُوصٌ إِسْلامِيَّةٌ
١٠. في بَلاطِ هِرَقْلَ في مَجْلِسِ هِرَقْلَ مَلِكِ الرُّومِ – حَدِيْثُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ
١١. أَبْشِرْ بِخَيْرِ يَوْمٍ – حَدِيْثُ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ
١٢. اَلْمُسْعِفُ في لُغَةِ وَإِعْرَابِ سُورَةِ يُوسُفَ
13. Europe speaks Arabic
• مَنْهَجُ مَعْهَدِ تَعْلِيمِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ بِالْجَامِعَةِ اْلإِسْلامِيَّةِ [طَبْعٌ جَدِيدٌ – ٤ مُجَلَّدَات]
• شَرْحُ ابْنِ عَقِيل عَلَى أَلْفِيَّةِ ابْنِ مَالِك
وَمَعَهُ
تَأْلِيفُ محمد مُحْيِ الدِّين عَبْد الْحَمِيد
Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullaah wa barakatu. Admin
I’m also eager to inquire if I could be able to get the above books in madina al-munawwarah as stated by brother. Ali Bagul
Please do pass my warmest greetings to Dr. V Abdur Rahim. He might not remember me anymore, but I had the honour of being one of his students in the year of 1988-89 during which he taught us Arabic Phonetics/Phonology. I also had the honour of being personally interviewed and assessed by Dr. Faa (as we called him) before entering into the Arabic Program. It is to the likes of Dr. V Abdur Rahim that I owe my own meager knowledge of Arabic without whom a forum such as this would not have been possible – ولله الحمد . May Allah grant him a long and prosperous life in the service of the Language of the Holy Qur’an. Already his Madinah Series has achieved universal acclaim and his influence on Arabic students and teachers alike continues to spread (now through his websites and other media platforms) until one day it reaches all four corners of the world, if it hasn’t already.
Please do pass my warmest greetings to Dr. V Abdur Rahim – Sheikh Amr
06-03-2014, 01:11 PM Amr Amr is offline Senior Member Join Date: Apr 2007 Posts: 1,225
Assalamu Alaykum,
1) In a book that I have, there appears the following sentence:
دَعِينَا نَشْرَبُ قَهْوَتَنَا
The book gives the translation as: Let us drink our coffee
I was wondering shouldn’t the word نَشْرَبُ in the sentence above be مجزوم due to being the جواب الطلب of دَعِينَا? Is this a typographical error in my book?
2) Should the final word in the following sentence [in a book I have], be مُعَلَّةً or مُعْتَلَّةً (with a ta) or are both correct?:
اَلْكَلِمَاتُ ٱلَّتِي يُرَادُ وَزْنُهَا، إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مُجَرَّدَةً أَوْ مَزِيدَةً، وَعَلَى كُلٍّ إِمَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ صَحِيحَةً أَوْ مُعَلَّةً
3) I am currently fully vocalising some modern Arabic texts and I was wondering whether or not names should be fully vocalised. The names I have encountered include: باسِيل , شَرْبِل , أبو فاعور (all three are surnames).
a) Should the final letter of names such as these be left unvocalised?
b) What should the vowel be on the final letter of these names?
Sometimes it is difficult to establish whether a name is of Arabic origin and hence I am uncertain if the name is منصرف or غير منصرف .
Wassalam
Assalamu Alaikum WRWB,
I need to order the new Kitaab al-Mu”allim that The worksheets contain more exercises, rule charts, conversation drills, flashcards & vocabulary aids. The one which is colourful as you have shown on this site. Pls tell me from where I can buy them.
As you have given information and shown samples on this website:
“The course is supplemented with new colourful worksheets based on the Shaykh’s interactive teaching methods and step-by-step instructions in Kitaab al-Mu”allim (3 Vol. Teachers’ Manuals on how to teach Duruus al-Lughah). The worksheets contain more exercises, rule charts, conversation drills, flashcards & vocabulary aids.”
Jazak-Allahu Khairan,
Wssalamu Alaikum WRWB,
Abu Taaha
Assalamu Alaikum WRWB,
Are these colour worksheets that accompany Kitaab al-Mu”allim, available for the VOL 1, VOL 2 and VOL 3?
I could only find VOL 1 up to LESSON 11 : Kitaab al-Mu”allim “Kitaab-Al-Muallim-VOL-1-LESSON-11-and-REVISION.pdf” in the Teachers’ Library. Please let me know from where I can get the rest of them.
Jazak-Allahu Khairan,
Wssalamu Alaikum WRWB,
Abu Taaha
Salaamun ‘Alaika Shaikh
I read and understood ismut tafdeel and the answer about “Ahabbu ilaa” and “Ahabbu li”
But I was confused by this hadeeth in the Saheehain
قال النبيُّ صلى الله عليه وسلم للمتلاعنين: حِسابُكما على اللهِ، أحدُكما كاذبٌ، لا سبيلَ لك عليها . قال: مالي؟ قال: لا مالَ لك ، إن كنتَ صدقتَ عليها فهو بما استحللتَ من فرجِها، وإن كنتَ كذبتَ عليها فذلك أبعدُ لك
Why is it Ab’adu laka and not Ab’adu ilaika, when بَعِدَ or بَعُدَ are both laazim. I thought you only use Laam taqwiyah when the verb is muta’addy?
Salaamun ‘Alaika Shaikh
I know it is correct to say:
هو يلبس الحذائين
But is it correct as well to say
هو يلبس الأحذية أو هو يلبس الحذاء
intending the meaning that he’s wearing the two shoes?
What’s the rule for using plural or singular for the dual? I read in Qur’aan
فقد صغت قلوبكما
Quloob meaning Qalbaan here..
is it okay to say
زيد وعمر طلّاب؟
زيد وعمر طالب؟
الصلاة والصيام واجب/واجبات؟
Assalamu alaikum
May Allah have mercy on both our shaykh and admin.
I would like to ask please: I am confused whether lakinnyy and lakinnanyy are correct, and whether both innyy and innanyy are correct? Similarly for Li’anna. Is there a rule about the usage of nuun ul wikaaya?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
Assalamu alaikum
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin. Ameen. JazakumAllah khair for your detailed reply to my previous question. I have one more question please: what is the difference between ahl and usra?
JazakumAllah Khair
Muslima
Dear Shaikh,
Assalam Alaikum,
Can you clarify to me the usage of maa masdariya and how to identify it in the Quran.
For example how can I say: he does not like my reading late at night?
Would it be “لا يحبّ ما قرأتُ باليل متخر.” ?
Also can you explain the uses of the seventh baab (ifti3aal) “افتعال“?
Jazak Allah.
السلام علیکم يا أستاذ
هل نستطیع أن نغير کل مصادر الأفعال بأنْ بدون المشددة إلی أنّ بالمشددة
لأن حرف أنّ أيضا مصدر جزاک الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
نعم، يمكن ذلك على النحو التالي:
1) أريد أنْ أدرسَ العربيةَ
2) أريد أني أدرسُ العربيةَ
= أريد دراسةَ العربيةِ
3) نحبّ أن نزورَ الأقاربَ
4) نحبّ أننا نزورُ الأقاربَ.
= نحبّ زيارةَ الأقاربِ.
Admin
Assalamu alaikum,
JazakumAllah khair for the reply to my previous question.
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen.
I have another question please: In Madinah Book 2, lesson 23, page 154 of the IFT Chennai edition, fourth last line, “Fa aynal aakharoona?” What would be the translation of the harf “fa” in this question?
Jazakum Allah khair
Muslima
Assalamu alaikum
May Allah have mercy on both our shaykh and admin. Ameen.
Jazak Allah khair for your reply to my last question. I would like to ask another question please: what is the meaning and analysis of “yaa fadeelatash-shaikh?”
assalamu alaikum
Muslima
Assalamu alaikum
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen. I would like to ask a few more questions please:
1) huwa libni mandhoor “It is authored by Ibn Mandhoor;” is the khabar for huwa, libni? (I am sorry, I don’t know the preferred way on the blog: this sentence is a quote from book 2, so do you prefer that whenever my question concerns a direct quote from shaykh’s books that I mention the exact reference, or, just ask my question?)
2) In the third last line on page 168 of Book 2 (lesson 25), Chennai Edition, it says, “It was open until 10:oo). It is understood that it means 10 AM here, but is there a way to say AM/PM in Arabic, or do we just always figure it out from the context?
3) If someone pronounces all Arabic texts they read, including the Madinah books, with some rules of tajweed, like the assimilation of the nuun with the yaa (an yakhruj), is that wrong?
4) Kaana means it was/he was, but in the Qur’an it is used for Allah, and for insaan in which it implies permanence. Can you please clarify the rule with examples from the Qur’an?
5) I understand that one who has khushoo” is a khaashi”, but what do we call one who has khashya?
6) I know that “this is for the brother of muhammad” is ” hadha li akhee muhammadin.” How would we say, “This is for my brother Muhammad?”
7) In the third part of exercise 6 of lesson 25, book 2, on page 171 (Chennai Edition), how do we know if it is “akhadhtu/ta/ti” when there are no vowel signs and no particular context? Can a student choose any?
Jazak Allah khairan
Muslima
Assalamu alaikum Admin,
JazakumAllah khair for your very prompt and excellent answers! I would like to ask that for #6, in both sentences it would be muhammadin (majroor), but in one case it is majroor because it is mudaf ilayhi and in the other it will be majroor because it is badal?
Muslima
Assalamu “alaikum,
Alhamdulillah I was able to listen to our shaykh’s explanation of kaana. I would like to learn of all the different kinds of kaana, so could you please refer me to the source where I can learn them?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Kaana that is extra : ‘Selections’ course, lesson 4.
كان الـناقصة:
a) Madinah Book 2 lesson 25
b) Madinah Book 3 lesson 10.
كان الـتامـّـة:
1. Both These Lights Emanate from the Same Niche, pg 61.
2. NuSuuS mina l-Hadiith al-Nabawiyy al-Shariif: notes for Hadiith # 4.
Assalamu “alaikum admin,
JazakumAllah khair for your prompt and very helpful reply. I have some follow up questions please:
When you say “Kaana al-taammah” is it actually kaana at-taammati, where kaana is mudaaf and at-taammati is mudaf ilayhi? Also why is it an-naaqisah (mu’annath)?
Jazakum Allah khayr
Muslima
Sorry, forgot to ask: could you please explain why it is al-taammatu in the transliteration even though ta is a shamsi letter? Shouldn’t it be at-taamatu? JazakAllah khair
Both are correct.
Ref: Madinah Book 3, dars 1, footnote.
Admin
Jazak Allah khair! Also why is kaana treated as muannath?
Jazak Allah khair
Muslima
AsSalamu Alaikum.
Respected Sheikh, we have learnt Masdar Muawwal and Maa Al-masdariyyah in Madinah Books. Both are equivalent to a coresponding Masdar. My question is “Which one is preferable to use ? Can Maa Al-masdariyyah be only used after Harf Jar or certain Zarfs (Ba’da, Qabla) ?” Jazaakallahu Khairan.
From Admin
In the word كما – for example, the maa is مصدرية (in many contexts).
The Kaaf in كما can be regarded as a noun (and not Harf jarr) when it has an i”raab such as مفعول مطلق.
(Q71, and the suurat al-Hujuraat course).
In the word “indamaa – which is a Zarf, the maa is also مصدرية.
Jazakallahu khairan dear Admin for your reply. But when is Maa al-masdariyyah preferable over Masdar Muawwal? Is there any rule ? Suppose I want to say “That you study (Your studying) is good for you (plural)”. Shall I say
أنْ تدرسوا خيرٌ لكم
or
ما تدرسونَ خيرٌ لكم
Thank you.
Assalamu Alaikum WBT,
Dear Prof,
This is Murad From Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia and I am very much interested to Learn Qur’anic Arabic Language, and I have download as much as I got online from your website and lqtoronto Brother MeherAli’s Lectures.
I watch the video from Institute of the Language of the Qur’an, Toronto, Canada.
Please help me to get all the work sheet , practice sheet and original DVD’s, because its difficult for me to went ( TORONTO) there.
I will be too much grateful to you.
Regards,
G M Murad
HP: +6016 350 2787
Kuala Lumpur , Malaysia
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I understand the general concept of مفعول به. I wasn’t sure however where the pronoun in به returned to in مفعول به.
Does it return to the فعل? As in مفعول به means the thing/one acted upon with the action. يعني المفعول بالفعل؟
جزاكم الله خيرا وبارك فيكم
Also related to this question, what does المزني بها mean? Where does the ها return to?
as-Salaamu ‘alaykum,
I’m interested in ordering the books on the list of the Study Programme to Master the Arabic Sciences, meaning all the books from number 3 until 17. Where can I get these from, in shaa Allaahu?
Al-Salaamu ‘alay-kum, yaa faDeelat al-shaykh!
My question is:
What will be the grammatical analysis (with translation) of Ayah 40 in Suurah al-an’aam?
قل أرأيتكم إن أتاكم عذاب الله أو أتتكم الساعة أغير الله تدعون إن كنتم صادقين
Specially this phrase : أرأيتكم
Please reply ASAP.
Shukran!
Assalamu aleykum I’d like to ask whether you have in your plans to add the rest of Teacher’s guide book 1 or not? I live in Turkey and I need Teacher’s guide, how can I take it? I checked the page you gave but I couldn’t understand how to buy from there (I guess it is in India)
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
We plan to publish on-line, most of Kitaab al-Mu”allim إن شاء الله.
You can now purchase the complete Teachers’ Guides from our Teacher’s Library through our new, shipping service.
Assalamy aleykum, frackly speaking, pdf is easier for me , because I use these methods from the teacher’s book and supplementary materials during my online lessons and they are very helpful for the students, but if I buy a book I’ ll have to scan or smth like that, and it is more difficult for me, that is why pdf is more preferable.
Salaam, yaa shaykh!
1) I want to know the difference between “sifah mushabbahah bil-fi’l” and “seeghah al-mubaalaghah”.
2) And what is the difference between “Al-Rahmaan” and “Al-Raheem”? (I read in a book that they both are used for mubaalaghah.)
Waiting for your kind reply!
From Admin
السلام عليكم
Your Q2 is answered on: ‘Selections’ course, lesson 1 on DVD1 A2.
Assalamu alaykum,
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen.
I would like to ask please:
1) If Husayn is the dimunitive of Hasan, what do both of them mean?
2) In book 2, Chennai Edition, lesson 26, page 178, exercise 9, huwa is written above hadha is it to show that it’s haa huwa dhi? If so what is the significance of hadhii (haa-dhaal-yaa)?
3) Does “bu’ayd” mean “a little after” and “qubayl” mean “a little before?” And does “taqreeb” mean “approximation?”
Jazakum Allahu khayr
Muslima
Jazakum Allah Khair!
Muslima
Assalaamu alaikum
Ya Shaykh can you please throw some light on جمع القِلّة and جمع الكَثْرة and their patterns.
How do we differentiate between them ?
From Admin
السلام عليكم
The patterns of جـمع القلة are given in our Shaykh’s
منهج معهد تعليمِ اللغةِ العربية والعلومِ الشرعية
Vol 3, الحديث النبويّ, Hadiith 12.
جـمع الكثرة is also taught.
saalam
I am looking for the books
Kitaab Al-Mu”allim : Three outstanding, interactive guidance manuals tailored for:
1. Teachers of Arabic
2. Graduates of the Madinah Arabic Course
3. Advanced Students of Arabic.
4. Beginner’s in Arabic (to use the new, colourful worksheets containing more exercises, oral drills, rule charts, flashcards & vocabulary aids. In Beginner’s Library).
however there is nobody who replies for the email when I ask for the from the two placed that sell the book from India
saalam
abu abdillah
saalam
I posted my details to you did you get them.
shukaran
jazakallah khara
they have arrived.
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh,
In madinah book 3 L29 we learned الْمَفْعُولُ لِاجْلِهِ is used to express the reason for an action. And in surah hujurat in ayat number 8 we see the action verb is omitted. So, just to confirm my understanding, the verb for الْمَفْعُولُ لِاجْلِهِ can be omitted, is that right?
Wasslam
Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu
Jazakumulloohu khayran for the books you sent to me in Lagos, Nigeria. It has been beneficial ever since I received them.
my question is about the i’raab of ‘ما‘ in كلما, is it ‘ما الكافة‘ or is it ‘ما المصدرة‘ and its explanation.
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Baarak Allaahu fiik. We are glad you are benefiting.
The ما in كلما is مصدرية.
Pls see:
‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ : lesson 5, DVD 3, B1-B2.
And:
منهجُ معهدِ تعليمِ اللغةِ العربيةِ والعلومِ الشرعية بالجامعةِ الإسلامية
Vol 3, pg 201.
Salaam!
Please provide with the link of
منهجُ معهدِ تعليمِ اللغةِ العربيةِ والعلومِ الشرعية بالجامعةِ الإسلامية
Shukran!
بسم الله.
يا شيخ، عندي سؤال. ما الفرق بين حمام و مرحاض و دورة المياه؟
جزاك الله خيرا على أجوبتك
أختي العزيزة حفظكِ الله
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
أما بعد : فالحمام هو مكان الاستحمام، ويقابله
bathroom
باللغة الإنكليزية. أما المرحاض فهو المكان الذي يقضي فيه المرء حاجته.
وأما دورة المياه، فهو المرحاض نفسه، غير أن هذه الكلمة ترجمة العبارة الإنكليزية
(water closet (w.c.
والسلام عليكم ورحة الله وبركاته.
أخوك ف. عبد الرحيم
و ما الفرق بين مجتهد و نشيط؟ و ما ضدهما؟
و مدخل البيت، أهو بمعنى غرفة الضيوف أم غرفة الجلوس؟
جزاك الله خيرا يا شيخ.
Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu
Jazakumulloohu khayran for the books you sent to me in Lagos, Nigeria. It has been beneficial ever since I received them.
my question is about the i’raab of ‘ما‘ in كلما, is it ‘ما الكافة‘ or is it ‘ما المصدرة‘ and its explanation.
Assalamualikum dear shaykh,
I have learned that ان is added at the end of a noun to indicate that it is dual- representing two people or objects but the dual for الأَخُ is أَخَوان, could you please explain why is it so?
Wassalam.
وعليكم السلام
The nasab of akhun is akhawiyyun أخَــوِيّ.
In the same way abun is originally abawun أبَــو.
Its dual is abawaani and its nasab is abawiyyun أَبَـــوِيّ.
Wassalaam,
abdur rahim
Jazakallah khayran respected shaykh for your answer.
Why there is an extra waw in أَخَوان and not أَخَانِ? It doesn’t seem to follow the general rule like in طَالِبٌ طَالِبَانِ . Also, in nasb the ن disappears and يّ is added and I think majrur is same as nasb. Is it because الأَخُ is from the special five nouns?
Wassalam.
Aoa,
I want to know where are the rules for using ism ishara and naat with mudaaf and mudaaf ilahi mentioned in arabic books of shaykh?
Thanks,
Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatu
تقبل الله منا ومنكم
My question is based on the use of هنالك، as used by Allaah in both suratul Ahzaab v 11 and suratul Ghaafir v 85. Please what’s the ‘iraab of the word?
أرشدكم الله إلى الحق
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Our Shaykh says:
hunaalika : the word is ‘hunaa’ and the laam is لامُ البعدِ laamu l-bu”di.
Hunaa in both the aayahs mentioned, is maf”uulun fiihi: Zarfu makaanin.
In aayah 11, suuratu l-AHzaab, hunaa is a Zarf of ubtuliya.
And in aayah 85, suurat Ghaafir, hunaa is a Zarf of khasira.
تقبل الله منا ومنكم
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
ismu tafdeem for كبير is أكبر rite? So it could be translated to “bigger” if it follows by من something or “biggest” if it a mudaf for some mudaf ilaihi. But for the kalimat takbeer it don’t have both.
الله أكبر
Please help me to do translation and grammatical analysis. I’ve seen some people say grammatically it means “Allah is bigger”..
الله أعلم
Assalamu alaikum,
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin. Ameen.
I would like to ask please: On page 93 of key for book II, Chennai Edition, it reads “the third radical is also omitted if the verb has isnad to the third person feminine singular because of iltikaa-is-sakinayni.” I don’t see how there are two sukoons coming together which require one to be omitted, so could you please show that?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The Key explains this.
The first sukuun is on the alif of da”aa, here:
دَعَـــاْ
The second sukuun is on the Harf, taa al-ta’niith, here:
دَعَـــاْتْ
With the omission of the alif it becomes:
دَعَـــتْ.
But doesn’t hiya’s isnad fall under the category of sakin pronouns, so why do we give it a sukoon? Jazakum Allah khair
When a maaDi verb is isnaaded to the third person feminine singular, taa al-ta’niith is suffixed to it.
This taa is saakin and the alif in da”aa is saakin. This results in التقاء الساكنين.
Admin
One more question please:
What changes take place that cause the naaqis verb like da’aa (to call) to become da’awaa (for the pronoun huma)?
JazakumAllah khair
From Admin
Our Shaykh explains this in his latest book:
وقلْ لـهما قولا كريـما
سورة الإسراء
Suurat al-Israa with Lexical and Grammatical Notes.
Jazakum Allah khair. For my first question about da’at, what i don’t understand is that if for the verb raja’a we don’t give the third radical a sukoon, why do we give a sukoon to the third radical in da’aa? BaarakAllahu feekum
We are not giving any radical a sukuun.
The verb raja”a is مبني على الفتحة. So when it is conjugated to the third person fem. singular, the saakin taa al-ta’niith and the “ayn of raja”a do not produce التقاء الساكنين:
رَجـَـعَ + تْ = رَجَــعَــتْ.
But دعـا ends in an alif. This alif is مبني على السكون. When this saakin alif meets the saakin taa al-ta’niith, it results in التقاء الساكنين.
Admin
Alhamdulillah, I understand now. Jazakum Allah khair. Also, i don’t understand how huwa and hiya come under the category of sakin pronouns. I know there are 5 sakin and 9 mutaharrik pronoun in fi’l maad, But i dont understand how these two fall in the category of sakin pronouns.
The scholars of Arabic classify it like this. There is a logical explanation to it. Hopefully our Shaykh will address it, إن شاء الله.
Admin
Insha Allah I hope he addresses it soon. May Allah reward our shaykh and yourself for this blog. Ameen.
Muslima
Asalam aleikum
How do I get in contact ?
I have a issue I wish to discuss that are not meant to be public.
Assalamu alaikum,
On p.93 of key for book 2 (chennai ed) it says that the third radical is omitted when the verb is isnaded to hum. It shows the original forms, and it is clear that the waaw and yaa have been dropped. However in the kitabul muallim for lesson 28 book 2, it says that the alif or yaa is dropped. Which is correct? Do we drop the original waaw or yaa, or do we drop the alif mamdooda and alif maqsoora? Jazakum Allah khair
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Both explanations are correct. They point to the same thing.
fi”l naaqiS is of two kinds:
1) Where the third radical is waaw: ناقص واوي. Or:
2) Where third radical is yaa: ناقص يائي.
As in:
دَعَـــا .1
2.بَــكَــى
The alif or the yaa is omitted according to what type it is.
Admin
Also what changes take place to form da’ataa (third person female dual)?
Assalamu alaikum
I can’t find it, could you please explain here how we get da’ataa?
JazakumAllah khair
From Admin
وعليكم السلام Sister
The alif al-muthannaa in these verbs, is the faa”il.
So any verb which has this alif suffixed to it, is isnaaded to the pronoun humaa.
This applies to: دعتا.
دعتْ is isnaaded to the third person fem. singular.
دعتا is isnaaded to the third person fem.dual.
Jazakum Allah khair. The part I still don’t understand is why we drop the third radical in da’ataa?
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and yourself for this blog. Ameen.
Muslima
Assalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuhu.
Please put some more books in downloads as its difficult for me to purchase it online.
Jazakallahu khairan.
السلام عليكم يا شيخنا
Which one is correct spelling of the first month in hijrah calander in Arabic? Is it “al-muharram” or “muharram”. If it is “al-muharram” why the month of Ramadan don’t require the alif lam?
جزاك الله خيرا
From Admin
وعليكم السلام
Madinah Book 3, dars 3 gives the correct spelling.
Dear sheikh,
There is this hadith I could not understand it completely. Can you enlighten me on this
عَنِ أَبي هُريرة رضيَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى عَنْهُ عَنِ النبيِّ صَلّى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسَلّم قال: ” تُنْكحُ الْمَرْأَةُ لأرْبَعٍ: لمالها ولِحَسَبها ولِجَمَالها وَلدينها: فَاظْفَرْ بذاتِ الدِّينِ تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ ” مُتّفَقٌ عَلَيْهِ.
I know the literal meaning of the last part is may your hands be covered in dust but what does that mean.
تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ
Assalamu ‘alaikum
What is the mubtada & khabar in the part وهو العام الذي حاول فيه أبرهة below?
ولد محمد – صلى الله عليه وسلم – في مكة في عام الفيل، وهو العام الذي حاول فيه أبرهة حاكم اليمن هدم الكعبة، ولكن الله حفظه بيته من شره
From Admin
وعليكم السلام
The mubtada is: هو
The khabar is: العام
الذي is an ism mawSuul and a na”t of العام.
The part: حاول فيه أبرهة is: صلة الــموصولِ، لا مــحــلَّ لـها مِنَ الإعراب.
The khabar can be ma”rifah according to the context, such as this one. Here is another example:
هُوَ الــمدرِّسُ.
‘He is the teacher’.
To this, we can add a na”t:
هو الــمدرِّسُ الذي سألــناه.
‘He is the teacher who we asked’.
Thank you admin.
Assalamu ‘alaikum
How to translate ذاتَ يوم in the sentence below? The context is not suggesting the meaning of possession:
فصعد الرسول صلى الله عليه وسلم ذات يوم أحد الجبال، ودعا أهل مكة إلى دين الله
From Admin
وعليكم السلام
It can be translated as: one day.
dhaata marratin has been translated as: one time.
Thank you.
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Kindly shed some light on the verb ظَلَّ in the following sentence:
وأما خديجة – رضي الله عنها – فلقد كانت لها مكانة عظيمة عند الرسول صلى الله عليه وسلم، وظل يذكرها طول حياته
From Admin
وعليكم السلام
ظـلَّ in this context denotes الاســتــمرار (continuation).
ظــلَّ يفعل كذا means: to continue doing something.
Here it means: The Prophet صلى الله عليه وسلّم continued mentioning the virtues of Khadiijah رضي الله عنها throughout his life.
ظـلَّ is explained on the ‘Selections’ course: DVD6.
Thank you so much.
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Why ضِدَّ is mansoob in the following sentence? Is it zarf, hal or mafool mutlaq:
فإذا كانتْ مكةُ قد حاربَتْ الدعوةَ، ووقفتْ ضِدَّها، فها هي ذي يثرب تفتح ذِراعَيها لها
Assalamu ‘alaikum
What kind of أنْ is this? There is no mudari mansoob after it:
فأصبَحوا إخوةً بعدَ أنْ كانوا أعداءً
Thank you very much
Assalamu ‘alaikum
How do you explain أعلَوْنَ in the light of sarf? Are there any other words follow the same pattern:
وَلَا تَهِنُوا وَلَا تَحْزَنُوا وَأَنتُمُ الْأَعْلَوْنَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Why the مرة always mansub in the phrase of مرةً أخرى ? What is the grammar analysis of this?
بارك الله لي ولكم
Assalamu ‘alaikum
What is the i’rabic status of الصلاةَ الصلاةَ in the following sentence:
وكانت آخِرُ وصاياه (صلى الله عليه وسلم) لأمّتِهِ : الصلاةَ الصلاةَ، وما مَلَكَتْ أيْمانُكُم
I got it.
Actually it is khabar kana.
From Admin
وعليكم السلام
It is not khabar kaana because of the repetition of the word: al-Salaata, and because this part is a quote of the Prophet, sallallaahu “alayhi wa sallam.
Grammatically this is إغراءٌ (ighraa’un).
It brings the listener’s attention to something important and praiseworthy, in order to get him to perform it.
The manSuub noun is maf”uul bihi of an omitted verb whose taqdiir is:
الزمْ، أو اُطْلــبْ، أو اِفــعلْ.
Pls see:
نــصوصٌ إسلاميّة (new print) p.169.
Thank you
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Why the name of the book is أَرْبَعُونَ حَدِيثاً لِتَعْلِيمِ اللُّغَةِ الْعَرَبِيَّةِ when there are 42 ahadith in it?
Thanks
Assalamu alaikum,
I have a few questions:
1) Yad’u is actually yad’uwu, so if someone puts a sukoon on the waaw when conjugating it for huwa, it is wrong. Is this right?
2) In the key for lesson 28 book 2 (chennai ed), we learn that we drop the laam kalimah for fi’l mudari” for hum and anti. Dont we also drop it for antum?
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and yourself for this blog.
Jazakum Allah khayr
assalamu alaikum
Muslima
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, you are right.
I am reposting my question as it has not been answered for a long time.
Dear sheikh,
There is this hadith I could not understand it completely. Can you enlighten me on this
عَنِ أَبي هُريرة رضيَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى عَنْهُ عَنِ النبيِّ صَلّى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسَلّم قال: ” تُنْكحُ الْمَرْأَةُ لأرْبَعٍ: لمالها ولِحَسَبها ولِجَمَالها وَلدينها: فَاظْفَرْ بذاتِ الدِّينِ تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ ” مُتّفَقٌ عَلَيْهِ.
I know the literal meaning of the last part is may your hands be covered in dust but what does that mean.
تَربَتْ يَدَاكَ
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Why the name of the book is أربعين النووية when there are 42 ahadith in it?
Thank you admin
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Why the name of the book is ألفية when there are 1002 couplets in it?
Thank you.
I am guessing that it is alright to round the numbers towards their 10s and 1000s if the precision is not important.
Eselamu alejkum!
I have a question regarding istifham أين and كيف and متى
I have learnt that these are for questioning but why some people use them after the verb like أعرف أو أعلم
Like you say أعرف أين هو now here أين is not for questions can they be used as ظرف also instead of استفهام?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أينَ: اسم استفهام وهو ظرف في:
أينَ جلستَ؟
وفي: أينَ أنتَ؟
– هو ظرف، في محل رفع، خبرٌ مقدم
أعرف أينَ هو
الجملة: أين هو، في محل نصب مفعول به لــ أعرف.
والجملة مكونة من مبتدأ (هو) وخبر مقدم هو ظرف (أين) في محل رفع
والله أعلم.
Admin
jazakum Allah khair for your replies! For da’ataa why do we drop the third radical when there is no iltika i sakinayn? The taa at-ta’neeth is not saakinah as in raja’ataa.
When I mentioned iltiqaa al-saakinayn, I was referring to da”at, not da”ataa.
The omission of alif in da”at (due to iltiqaa al-saakinayn), remains omitted when isnaaded to the third person feminine dual: da”ataa.
The Shaykh’s discusses this in his latest book:
وقلْ لـهما قولا كريـما:
سورة الإسراء
With Lexical and Grammatical Notes
Assalamu Alaykum,
In the sentence أَمِنَّا عَلَى دِينِنَا (from page 10 of the Shaykh’s book “Both These Lights Emanate From The Same Niche”) what is the meaning of على (that is, in what sense is على used)?
Wassalam
It signifies الاســتــعــلاء الــمــجـازيّ al-isti”laa’ al-majaaziyy.
It is as if they had gone on top of the diin to control it, but it is a metaphorical action.
Hope this has helped you to understand the issue.
Wassalam,
abdur rahim
Assalamu Alaykum
Dear Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim,
I thank you for your answer and may Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam
Mohammed Khamal Uddin
London, United Kingdom
الجملة :
کانت آمنة أبوها مريض.
الجملة بعد آمنة تأْْتي كجملة اسمية فلا بد أن أقول هذه الجملة بالمرفوع لا بالمنصوب لأنه لا یمکنك أن تقول كانت آمنة أباها مریضا
أغیر صحیح هذا أم صحیح
آمنة كان أبوها مريضا.
أو: آمنة، أبوها كان مريضا.
هذا أحسن.
Admin
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. كم عدة من حروف الجر؟
و ما هي؟
هل هي تنقسم إلى حروف العامة و الـخاصة؟
جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Urdu language borrowed a word “شقی القلب” from Arabic which in urdu is translated as: ruthless, unjust and tyrant, and cruel. What is its spelling in Arabic? and what does it mean in Arabic?
JazakumAllah khair!
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Does Dr Abdur Rahim recommend the sharh of the Madinah Books? It is widely available on the Internet.
Thanks admin.
Bismillah
assalaamu 3alaykum
Thank you very much dear respected Shaykh for using your time to answer our questions.
I have a problem to understand the following verse in Surah 4 verse 115:
وَمَن يُشَاقِقِ ٱلرَّسُولَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَيَتَّبِعْ غَيْرَ سَبِيلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ نُوَلِّهِۦ مَا تَوَلَّىٰ وَنُصْلِهِۦ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا ﴿١١٥﴾
I dont understand this constuction: “…مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا…”
Could you explain the single meaning of this three words in this context and how it is to understand together?
jazaak ALLAHU khayran
Please advice me with tafaseer or any other books what helps for understand such constructions easy and better. I found in the known dictionarys that “مِنۢ بَعْدِ” is translated as “after, afterwards”. but why is there not just “بَعْد ” ?
I guess the kind of tafsir what I search is one which stops on every single word and brings me the meaning of it and if possible also the explanation of grammar. Does such a tafseer exist?
The languages of the tafaseer are meant for arabic language.
jazaak ALLAHU khayran
Said al-almany
Bismillah
Very beneficial, thank you very much!!!!
jazaak ALLAHU khayran
Bismillah
assalaamu 3alaykum
I understood from the Shaykh his answer alhamdulillah.
Could you please tell me upon which topic this is discussed in classic Grammar books? What is the topic “headline” to it?
Shukran wa jazaak ALLAHU khayran
I was studying Book 3 lesson 3. Could you please tell me how can we differentiate between mansoob “المنسوب” and singular form of “اسم الجنس الجمعي” when it takes yaa to become singular?
From Admin
السلام عليكم
Some ways to differentiate are:
1) The context.
2) Learning more اسم جنس جمعيّ nouns.
3) From the meanings and definitions given.
Assalamu ‘alaikum
How do you explain the pronoun ــهُ in قرنَهُ in the below poetic line? Can a pronoun refer to the word coming after it?
كَنَاطِحٍ صَخْرَةً يومًا لِيُوهِنَهَا
وَلَم يُهِنْهَا وَأَوْهَى قَرْنَهُ الوَعِلُ
Thank you.
May Allah reward you.
Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu,
My question:
Do Masdars have its own Ismu al-muballag? because I don’t understand what ركع and سجد represent in the last verse of Sooratul Fath.
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
ســجَّــدٌ is the plural of سَـــاجِــدٌ
and رُكَّعٌ is the plural of راكــعٌ.
They are on the pattern of: فُــعَّــلٌ.
Pls see:
الــمــســعِــف في لغةِ وإعرابِ سورةِ يوسف – عليه الصلاة والسلام
pg 213.
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. هل الاسم بعد كلمة “حيث” مرفوع دائما؟
أ في محل جر؟
جزاك الله خيرا
From Admin
السلام عليكم
حيثُ: ظرفُ مَــكانٍ مــبــنــيٌّ على الضمِّ في مــحل نَصْبٍ على الظرفــيَّةِ وهي تُلاَزِمُ الإضــافةَ،
تُضَافُ إلى الــجملتيــنِ الفعليةِ والاســميةِ ولا تُضــافُ إلى الكلماتِ. نــحو:
اجلسْ حيثُ زُمَــلاؤك جالسون .1.
فإعرابُ الجملةِ: زُمَــلاؤك جالسون:
في مَــحــل جــرٍّ، مــضاف إليه.
اجلسْ حيثُ يَــجْــلِسُ زمــلاؤك. 2.
الجملة: يَــجْــلِسُ زمــلاؤك:
في مَــحــل جــرّ، مــضاف إليه كذلك.
انظري كتابَ :
الــمــســعِفُ في لغةِ وإعرابِ سورة يوسفَ
لشــيــخِنا
طيب..
إذا كانتِْ الكلمة “حيث” مسبوقة بحرف الجر، فهلِ الكلمة بعدها حركتها مرفوعة؟ أم مجرورة؟
مثلا : من حيث إعرابُهُ. أو إعرابِهِ. أيهما صحيح ؟
جزاك الله خيرا
بسم الله
ما معنى كلمة “حم” في الأسماء الخمسة في الحقيقة؟
أ هو أبو زوج/زوجة أم أقارب زوج/زوجة؟
جزيت الجنة
assalamu alaikum
ahsan-allah ilaikum I have a question for the sheikh hafidhullah i was wondering which arabic dictionarys wriiten in arabic would we students be advised to have barakallah feek may allah give u a longer life.
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh recommends:
1. الــمــصــباح الــمــنــيــر للفـيـومــي
2. الــصــحــاح للــجــوهــري
3. مــفردات غريب القرآن لـراغب الأصفــهانــيّ
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
What is the meaning of juwairiyah and what is its base form jazakallahukhair in advance
asslamu alaikum
I would like to ask please: In the chennai edition of the key for book 2, page 99, it reads “The second radical loses its vowel when the verb…”
My question is: which vowel is lost? I do not understand. I understand idghaam and fakkul idghaam.
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
Assalamu alaikum,
I would like to ask some more questions please:
1)What is the difference between jayyid and tayyib?
2) What is the difference between ‘aam and sana?
3)What is the meaning of “baalooah” in the sentence on page 205 of Madinah book 2 (chennai ed)?
4) In exercise 8, part 3, p. 209 of Madinah book 2 (chennai edition), what is the meaning of the question and answer? Does it mean “Did you abuse this friend of yours O Ali?”
5) In Madinah book 2 (chennai ed), p. 211, what does “khaas” translate as?
6) Why is ‘indama used with fi’l maadin in exercise 8, part 6 in Madinah book 2 (chennai ed) p. 209?
7) On p. 214 of Madinah book 2, can we translate “yumkinukuma an…” as “You can go…” or do we have to say the literal meaning which is “It is possible for you to go..”
8) On p. 220 of Madinah book 2, exercise 4, part 7, what is the meaning of the statement?
Jazakum Allah khair
assalamu alaikum
Muslima
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
My question is still unanswered ya admin
I have another question what is rahman yani is it ismu fail or what? It comes from the root word rahima yarhamu but whats it?
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. أ حروف الجر تجر الإسم فقط؟
كيف بلام التعليل، أهي من حروف الجر؟
هات أمثلة و إعرابها من فضلك
جزيت الجنة على أجوبتك
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
In the language section its written in one of the lesson that the fathah of the second syllable in form 6 is dropped to economise the effort.but br, asif did not teach us.he rather said that one of the taa in tatajassusa in form6 is dropped.
Is this in every word of form 6 the second syllable loses its fathah even in fael madhi?
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
My next question is that how come in rabbi zidni ilman the ilman is also mafulun bihi? I thought its tameez plz ya sheikh explain me
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The verb zaada yaziidu is used as both intransitive and transitive.
As a transitive verb, it requires two maf”uul bihii. It may also take a single maf”uul bihii. But it does not require a tamyiiz.
Please see, e.g.
‘Suurat al-Nuur – with lexical and grammatical notes and DVDs’: notes for aayah 38.
Assalamu alaikum,
Jazakum Allah khair for your help!
For #8, I’m sorry, what I actually wanted to ask was, in this statement, do we translate lil mudarrisi as “for the teacher” or “belongs to the teacher?”
Also, could you please tell me what the plural of taw’am (twin) is?
May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. Ameen.
Muslima
Barak Allahu feekum!
Assalamualaykum jazakallahukhair for the response.with reg to rabbi zidni ilman I thought its removing the ambiguity like increase me in what? Knowledge. So I thought it was tameez in that sense.
AsSalamu ‘Alaikum.
Respected Sheikh, what is the Arabic expression of “The ten receivers of good news”? I am referring to the ten companions of the prophet (pbuh) who received the good news of jannat when they were still alive. I am asking this because in South Asia, people say “Ashara Mubashshara”, which does not seem correct.
Jazaakallahu khairan.
Assalamualaykum
like zaadakillahu ilman……..here ilman is tameez. right? And zaada has one mafulun bihi , inshaallah I am right?
Jazakumullahu khairan. mashaallah its a very beneficial forum may Allah put baraqah in it ameen
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Shukran for your message Sister.
In زادك الله علما, the word علما is the second maf”uul bihii of زاد.
Pls see Language lesson 7 (pg 4).
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
Alhamdulillah I learnt something new that zaada takes two mafulun bihi if its transitive .actually bro asif meher ali in his dvd said ilman is tameez in zaadaki llahu ilman, maalan etc etc so that made me confused.
Would u plz explain me the meaning of tameez with example inshaallah and also an example where zaada is used as intransitive verb.
Respected Shaykh,
AoA,
The Istithnaa Mufarragh is mentioned On page 45
of the book “Both These Lights Emanate From the Same Niche”.
At the same time,Mustathna Minhu is also explained with it.
How can Mustathna Minhu occur with Istithnaa Mufarragh?.
As I have studied that Mustathna Minhu occurs only in Istithnaa Taam.
Is it a special case?
Thanks,
Assalam alaikum
I would like to ask please: how do we write fi’l thulathi mazeed feehi in arabic, and what is the translation of it? Could you also explain for fi’l thulathi mujarrad and fi’l rubaai mujarrad? Also can we just shorten them to thulathi mujarrad and thulathi mazeed?
Jazakum Allah khair
Also can we refer to the groups/abwaab of these four categories of verbs as “forms?”
Jazakum Allah khair! Can we say “al fi’l athulaathi al mujarrad” and “al fi’l athulathi al mazeed fihi?” In particular I am asking about writing them with “al” and also saying “feehi” after mazeed. May Allah bless our shaykh and admin. ameen.
Respected Shaykh,
AoA,
Please suggest some book for complete grammatical analysis of Quran?
Thanks,
Assalamu alaykum,
I would like to ask please: does mu’allam mean the thing that is taught or the one who is taught, and how do we know? Jazakum Allah khair!
Muslima
From Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The context will determine which meaning is meant.
In the absence of a context, explanatory notes would be given.
Barak Allahu feekum! Ameen!
Also can we called the mazeed the derived forms?
Jazakum Allah khair
BaarakAllahu feekum!
Assalamu alaikum,
I would like to ask for advice please. I sometimes get discouraged when studying Arabic. Being non Arab I think how will I master this language which has so many words? I long to understand the Quran in Arabic and I heard that when you speak Arabic you appreciate the Qur’an more. But there are so many words! And that makes me feel overwhelmed. Could you offer any advice?
Jazakum Allah khair
Muslima
BAARAK ALLAHU FEEKUM!!! I am filled with more enthusiasm to study now. May Allah have mercy on our shaykh and admin for this blog. May He give you both sakeenah in this life and the next, make your feet firm on the day of judgement, provide shade for you on a day when there will be no shade but His, help you cross siraat in the blink of an eye, and make you among the muqarrabeen.Ameen.
Dear sheikh
What is the difference between الطُهورand الطَهور
Assalamu alaikum
I would like to ask please: if alif is not a radical, why do we read on page 35 of Madinah book 6 “verbs ending in alif?”
Jazakum Allah khair
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The ending of a verb and its radical, are two different things.
Some verbs end in alif but this is only in spelling.
The alif is a substitute either for a waaw or a yaa which is the radical.
JAZAKUM ALLAH KHAIR!!
Assalamu alaykum wa rahmotullahi wabarakatuhu.
Please I have a question that has been bothering me for a while now, concerning conjugation of the word جاءو =هم+جاء .
What I know is that there is suposed to be an alif of protection after waaw. Is it not mandatory or why is it not in some verses in which جاء is used in the masculine plural form? Such as surat al-Nur, verse 11 and 13.
Jazakumullahu khairan.
Dear Br Abdul Azeez
وعليكم السلام
The Qur’anic orthography differs from our modern orthography in many points. The spelling rules we follow now are of recent origin. So, we should not judge the Qur’anic spelling on the basis of our modern spelling rules.
والسلام
abdur rahim
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
What is qareebun? Is it zarf? Zarf is usually mansub
As salaam u alaikum
Where can we find these notes on Zarf by The Respected Shaykh
Jazak al Lahu
As Salaam u alaykum
Is it possible to get these
In page 74 madeenah book1 the last sentence is
Baituhunna qareebun minal madrasati.
Baitu is mubtada wa howa mudhaf
Hunna mudhaf ilaihi
Qareebun is khabar
Minal madrasati is jarh majrur
My question is: is qareebun zarfu makaan?
Assalamualaykum mashaallah I was greatly benefitted with the explanation on zarf.would u plz give us the link to those notes.
Mashaallah this has become my favourite site after islam-qa
Assalamu Alaikum
My question is regarding what is called as “Emaan Mujmal” in the subcontinent. It is regarding the last part
و قبلت جمیع أحكامه اقرار باللسان و تصدیق بالقلب
If this is correct then please provide the grammatical analysis.
However I think it must be
اقرارا باللسان و تصدیقا بالقلب
i.e., Iqrar and Tasdeeq should be mansub as being haal.
WasSalaam
darrayes@gmail. com
Dear sheikh,
I heard this hadith the translation says that the father is the middle door of jannah but the plural(أبواب) is used. Can you pleas explain this.
الوالد أوسط أبواب الجنة فإن شئت فأضع ذلك الباب أو احفظه
Dear Br Taha
السلام عليكم
As you can see, it is an iDaafah construction, and the meaning is: ‘the middle one of the gates’.
It is like:
أحْسَنُ الطلاب ‘the best of the students’.
Hope this is clear now.
والسلام
abdur rahim
Assalamu alaykum
I would like to ask please:
1) What is the meaning of takaathara and mutakaathar?
2) What is the meaning of ta’aarafa?
3) Do jaahada and naafaqa have no maf’ool bihi because they’re intransitive? What English dictionary can I use to check transitive/intransitive?
4) What is the meaning of aqaama? I learned “to make someone/thing stand up,” but in that case what would be the ism maf’ool and what would its meaning be?
5) What is the difference between tadhakkara and dhakara and between tafakkara fakara and between tabayyana and baana and between wakala and tawakkala
and between kalama and takallama?
6) What is the meaning of mutakallam and mutabassam?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
Assalamu alaikum,
I would like to ask another question please:
What is the meaning of mustaghfar, mustakbar, mustakhraj, and mustaqbal?
Jazakum Allah khair
Muslima
Assalam Alikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh..respected shaikh..Jazakumullahu khairan for answering our queries.
I would like to know the difference between the verbs أتى and جاء..Especially in the context of stories of Musa alayhi salam ..regarding ayats(فَلَمَّا جَاءَهَا نُودِيَ أَنْ بُورِكَ مَنْ فِي النَّارِ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا وَسُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ) [Surat An-Naml : 8]
(فَلَمَّا أَتَاهَا نُودِيَ مِنْ شَاطِئِ الْوَادِ الْأَيْمَنِ فِي الْبُقْعَةِ الْمُبَارَكَةِ مِنَ الشَّجَرَةِ أَنْ يَا مُوسَىٰ إِنِّي أَنَا اللَّهُ رَبُّ الْعَالَمِينَ) [Surat Al-Qasas : 30]
alSalaamu ‘alaikum ya ayyoha alShaikh wa admin!
Jazaka ALLAHu ta’ala for your efforts in helping the students of arabic.
I had a small request to you. The whole 2 year madina university arabic course available online on mediu.edu.my but it is not available as pdf properly. Somewhere it is available but with only 3 semesters, on the mentioned website it is poorly organised.
What we want here is the complete and properly arranged pdf or doc files of all the books so that we may print them and study. In europe these books are available from various bookstores, but I am from India.
You can help us by either uploading the pdfs or docs, or scan the printed edition available in europe and send to us. There are many students in my locality who want these books. Please arrange some solution as soon as possible. May ALLAH ta’alaa bless you all. ALLAH HAAFIZ
Waiting for your reply.
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله
Jazaak Allaahu khayran for your message Brother.
The bookstore in Germany ships the Shaykh’s syllabus to India:
Price of the 4 volumes: 97 Euros.
Shipping: 59 Euros.
Sum total: 156 Euros.
Buy from here..
Ameen
Jazka ALLAHu brother.
May ALLAH reward you. I have one more question.
On some websites, the pdf files of all the books are available with an extra book called ‘alNahw wa alSarf’. But they have divided the books into 3 parts only instead of 4.
Please tell me about that extra grammer book. Here is the link to the files.
jazaka ALLAhu brother. Actually I have studied arabic and have by ALLAH’s grace completed advanced nahw and sarf. My teacher and I were greatly impressed with the sheikh’s curriculum. But my teacher insisted that there should be at least 1 – 1 books on sarf and nahw to be able to start learning advanced arabic. We are thinking to teach those grammer books and the other syllabus books after the 3 madina arabic reader books are completed. Thats why we wanted to know about that sarf and nahw book. Please inquire the sheikh about that book and let us know.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa barakatuh.
Why is the last tashkeel on words pronounced, especially the last word of a sentence, when usually it would be pronounced with waqf/sukoon? For example, saying: “baytun” instead of “bayt” or “miftahun” instead of “miftaah” or “Hadha kursyun” instead of “Hadha kursy.” or “Hadhihi sayyraatun” instead of “Hadhihi sayyarah”.
Is it because the rules of waqf are easy to learn, whereas learning the reasons for the last tashkeel are more difficult, and it takes time to learn them, so it is better for introductory students to sight read/hear/pronounce the last tashkeel to get used to them being recognized when written, but not always pronounced when pausing or stopping?
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu alaikum.
Jazaakumu Allahu khair(a)!
Assalamu alaikum
I would like to ask please, what does “ath-thaalitha ‘ashara” mean?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
Jazakumullah khairan!!!!!
Muslima
Salam
Can our Shaykh publish an article addressing why the words رحمة or نعمة among others in the Quran are occasionally written with تاء مفتوحة, that is, رحمت or نعمت typically but not always when they occur in an إضافة. The first and obvious answer relates to the original Uthmanic orthography but have orthographers or tajwid related any wisdom behind such conventions?
Shukran!
Assalamo Alaikum
I am studying Lesson 5 of “Selections from the Glorious Quran”. In explanation of the istithnaa in the ayah 36 (Surah Hud) the respected Sheikh says that the exception is mufarragh as mustashna minhu is not mentioned. the ayah is as follows:
وَأُوحِيَ إِلَىٰ نُوحٍ أَنَّهُ لَن يُؤْمِنَ مِن قَوْمِكَ إِلَّا مَن قَدْ آمَنَ فَلَا تَبْتَئِسْ بِمَا كَانُوا يَفْعَلُونَ
My question is can مِن قَوْمِكَ not be considered as Mustashna minhu for the Mustashna مَن? Because those who believed are from amongst the People of Nuh (as) and hence they are the exception from them.
JazakAllah Kahir Wassalam
As salaam u alaikum
question : Types of “و ” “waw” with examples
Assalamo Alaikum
I would like to know if PDF file of the Sheikh’s book “From Esfahan to Madina” is available. I could not find the PDF in the Advanced Library.
Assalamulaikum yaa shaikh,
We know in English there are many different tenses. But in Arabic there are basically two types of tenses i.e, Past and present which can be made to express in different tenses by prefixing different words to the verbs. I am wondering if Arabic has the same ways of expressing English tenses. For example; how would we translate tenses like: He had been speaking, He will be speaking, He will not have spoken, He would have been speaking etc?
Wassalaam
as salaamu alaykum Shaykh Abdur Rahim,
Why does the gender not match in the saying, “Jumuah Mubarak.”
jazakum Allah khayran
wa salaam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
In the Qur’an, at times we see آتوُا الزكاة and at others آتوا الزكاة. I understand the basic idea and that this is a difference in فعل ماض and فعل أمر, but if the Sheikh could clarify what rules are at play in the فعل أمر form, that would be beneficial. Such as why التقاء الساكنين is permitted in the فعل أمر case. Is it because it already occurred once with واو and ياء and it cannot occur twice?
And what books in Arabic are most recommended and most well known in the area of الصرف. I will continue to review the Sheikh’s books in English, but I have found few recommendations by the ‘ulama aside from شذا العرف في فن الصرف. I know that books/poems of النحو address some الصرف but I wanted to go into much more detail. For example further detail on the meanings of the different forms, how adding letters changes the meaning and can add emphasis (كاف vs. كافة), etc.
بارك الله فيك
I see, it is clear now. I’ll look through the material you suggested.
And my second question?
Our Shaykh advises everyone to study enough النحو before الصرف as the former is more important.
Admin
I understand. I would just love متون, and also larger references on الصرف. There are issues that I find every so often that I want to read about in more detail in Arabic, but I haven’t really found any well known, authentic references. From my experience, much more emphasis is given to النحو and البلاغة.
I will no doubt continue to review the Sheikh’s books, حفظه الله, though.
I went through the Madina books and Selections from the Glorious Qur’an and a few other books the Sheikh has written some time ago. I am currently reviewing them again because as you can tell, I am rusty.
If you could provide some references for the classical books on Sarf though, that would be much appreciated.
assalamu alaikum,
can the shaykh provide grammatical analysis of surah 2, ayat 161?
jazakAllah khairan
Muslima
Salaam
From where can I purchase the Books?
Thanks,
Ateeq
Assalamualikum shaikh,
Ustadh Asif said in MAV_BK1_DVD02_PARTB2 at 35:33 time slot that هُناكَ is ظَرْفٌ but i found in another place its اسم إشارة للمكان . Is it both ظَرْفٌ and اسم إشارة للمكان ?
Jazakallah khayran. Could you please address my previous question?
Wassalam
Salamun ‘alay-kum!
I want to know about the ending of ism manqoos when it is munaada mufrad without “al”.
Should it also be mabni ‘ala l-dammah like we say Yaa Rabbu or not?
For example:
What should we say when the word “haadin” is munaada?
Yaa haadee or Yaa haadiyu?
Shukran!
Assalamu Alaikum
I am studying the Hadith Book “The Easy Ahadith”, in it the Hadith No. 19 is as follows:
بُنِيَ الإِسْلامُ عَلَى خَمْسٍ: شَهَادَةِ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ الله وَأَنَّ مُحَمَّدَاً رَسُوْلُ اللهِ، وَإِقَامِ الصَّلاةِ، وَإِيْتَاءِ الزَّكَاةِ، وَحَجِّ البِيْتِ، وَصَوْمِ رَمَضَانَ
I wanted to know why is there Kasra in شَهَادَةِ and what is the Ma’tuf of إِقَامِ إِيْتَاءِ حَجِّ & صَوْمِ.
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
Assalamualikum shaikh,
We learnt that the verb ظَنَّ takes two mafulun bihi but in the following sentence taken from Book 2 lesson 6
أَظُنُّ أَنَّ المُدَرِّسَ ما جاءَ I can only see one mafulun bihi i.e أَنَّ المُدَرِّسَ ما جاءَ which is a nominal sentence, where is the second mafulun bihi? is it estimated like أَظُنُّ المُدَرِّسَ ما جاءَ by dropping أَنَّ?
Wassalam
Assalamo Alaikum
I am studying Surah Hujraat Book. I want to as the question about following portion of ayah 12:
وَلَا يَغْتَب بَّعْضُكُم بَعْضًا
Q: Why has third person singular tense been used for the verb يَغْتَب when those who are being addressed are in second person plural بَّعْضُكُم ?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
Assalamualikum dear shaikh,
Where is the Tamiz in the following sentence كَمْ دَرْجَةُ الحَرارَةِ في لَنْدَنَ؟
from Admin
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explains this in كتاب الـمعـلِّـم Vol. 1, notes for lesson 19.
Also in Vol. 2.
Assalamu alaikum,
Jazakum Allah khair for your reply to my q above. I would like to ask please: what does bid’un mean in this hadith:
الإِيمَانُ بِضْعٌ وَسَبْعُونَ شُعْبَةً
jazakum Allah khair
Muslima
Jazakum Allah khair!!!
Assalaam Aleikum,
How can I buy all the Madinah University syllabus books? I live in Kenya.
Which other books should I buy to benefit fully from these books?
Are there books that have the solutions to help me study on my own. Please email me inshaALLAH.
السلام عليكم
Respected Shaykh, in your book “Al-Mus’if” you explained that the “ما” in the part of the ayah “ما هذا بشرا” is “ما الحجازية“. My question is: when is “ما التميمية” and “ما الحجازية” used? And what is the difference between them apart from the fact that “ما الحجازية” acts as “ليس“?
jazakumAllah khayr
I see كتابُ الـمعـلِّمِ لـ: دروس اللغةِ العربية in the Advanced Library section, but I only see Volume one or part of it. Is it possible to obtain all 3 volumes electronically even if I have to pay for them?
Assalamu Alaykum,
What books, reference grammars and dictionaries written by western scholars/orientalists does the Shaykh recommend (if any) to supplement a learner’s studies (beginners’ to advanced levels) of classical Arabic?
Wassalam
Assalamo Alaikum
As a continuation to the above post, what is the Sheikh’s advice regarding grammar books in Urdu? I live Pakistan and have completed the three Madina Books course along with the Selections from the Glorious Quran and Surah Hujurat. Is there any advanced grammar book in Urdu recommended by the Sheikh for further study or consolidating the already acquired knowledge through the Madina Books?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
One of my friends has requested me to teach his 3 year old child.
I am supposed to teach him from Alif-Baa (i.e. Arabic letters).
Please suggest me something (i.e. book, method, etc.).
Shukran!
Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh
I am studying the Book: “Nur-un ala Nur”. I could not fully understand the following aspect of Ayah 41:
(41) أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ اللَّـهَ يُسَبِّحُ لَهُ مَن فِي السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَالطَّيْرُ صَافَّاتٍ ۖ كُلٌّ قَدْ عَلِمَ صَلَاتَهُ وَتَسْبِيحَهُ ۗ وَاللَّـهُ عَلِيمٌ بِمَا يَفْعَلُونَ
1. What are the two objects taken by تَرَ ? To me they seem to be the Masdar Muawwal أَنَّ اللَّـهَ and مَن. Is this correct?
2. It is stated in point 3 that “The Masdar Muwwal أَنَّ اللَّـهَ يُسَبِّحُ لَهُ مَن فِي السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ covers both objects ” what is meant by this? Are we looking for 2 Mafoolun Bihi for Masdar Muawwal which are different from those of the verb تَرَ or this refers to something else?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
Salaam and JAK for your reply. Alhamdulliah, it has clarified my confusion.
I would like to ask admin whether كتاب الـمعلِّم is available in Pakistan from any Dar-us-Salam Book Store?
Why is “ثلاث ” in “مدّة الدراسة في ذلكَ المعهد ثلاث سنوات” considered as khabar?
Assalamu Alaikum Respected Shaikh,
1) I can read Quran but to understand the Quranic Arabic which books I should start with.(English version)
2)My wife wants to study the same in Urdu. (she also can read Quran). Please recommend the books to start with.
Jazak Allah Khair
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله
We recommend you start the Madinah Arabic Course (in 3 Vols) named:
دروس اللغة العربية لغير الناطقين بـها
The Shaykh teaches this in Arabic and English.
The course, and accompanying media materials, are free in the Beginner’s Library.
For your wife, we recommend the same course which the Shaykh also teaches in Arabic-Urdu.
The materials are the same except for the Keys and audios.
Keys in Urdu.
Audios in Urdu.
May Allaah make easy your journey to learning Arabic.
Assalamu alaikuum
I would like to ask please:
What does Aafak Allah mean?
JazakAllah khair
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله
Our Shaykh says this is a name and some names do not have any meaning.
أفُـقٌ ufuq-un means horizon and its plural is آفَـاقٌ aafaaq-un.
Sister, if you mean: عـافـاك الله
this means: ‘May Allaah grant you health’.
It is like saying: شـفاكَ الله
Shukran for your note Sister Ummehs.
Admin
BarakAllahu feekum! Yes the latter is what i meant. Im sorry I didnt spell correctly in transliteration; i didnt hear it properly when i did. I wanted to ask please: does hidhaaun mean 1 shoe or a pair of shoes?
JazakumAllah khair. What does generic term mean? Also i want to ask please: why is mudari form used in this chapter 8 verse 30 of Quran? BarakAllahu feekum
Bro., I would like to know the concept of:
laa mahalla laha mina iraab.
Assalaamu alaykum,
Dear doctor,
I am confused with the usage of the word “قال” in Surah Yusuf in ayah 30:
(وَقَالَ نِسْوَةٌ فِي الْمَدِينَةِ امْرَأَتُ الْعَزِيزِ تُرَاوِدُ فَتَاهَا عَن نَّفْسِهِ), should it not be “قالت” because it is female?
Thank you and may Allah reward you with good and accept your efforts. Ameen.
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحـمة الله
Pls see:
الـمسـعِف فـي لغةِ وإعرابِ سورة يوسـفَ
Aayah 30.
Advanced Library.
السلام علیکم
I have finished the Book “From Esfahan to Madina”. I wanted to check my answers to the questions given at the end of the Book. If answers are available, can these be posted on the website or e-mailed to me?
JAK Wassalam
السلام علیکم
I have a question regarding the spelling rules for final “hamzah (ء)”. I have the understanding that it takes the “chair” of the harakah on the letter preceding it. Therefore, e.g. in يتوضَّأُ hamzah gets a chair of alif even though it has got a dammah which is stronger than fathah, and it would have got the chair of waaw if it had been in the middle.
Am I correct in my understanding?
JAK Wassalam
Assalamo Alaikum
Where can this book be acquired from?
JAK
وعليكم السلام
From our Book Fair.
Admin
Assalamu alaikum
What is a good Eng to Arabic dictionary plz?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
السلام عليكم يا شيخنا الكريم
Actually What is the meaning of this word
استبرأ
From dictionary it seems to be meaning like “released from / discharge from”. But most translation of the following hadith is like this:-
فَمَنْ اتَّقَى الشُّبُهَاتِ فَقْد اسْتَبْرَأَ لِدِينِهِ وَعِرْضِ
So whoever saves himself from these suspicious things saves his religion and his honor
How does the meaning of “released from” comes to the meaning of “safe”?
جزاك الله خيرا
Assalaamu alaykum,
I would like to ask about:
“يا الله”
1. I just learned in Medinah Book 2 – English Key, Page 62, that if the noun after “يا” has “ال“, then “أيها” is added, to make it “يأيها الـ”
2. How is it it pronounced? Does the “يا” connect to “ل” due to the “همرة الوصل” as in “با ابن“?
Jazaakallahu Khayran
In Kitab al-Mu’allim, Part 1, on the last line of page 63 it says that the mentioned issues should only be mentioned to a student who asks about them and is one who has studied them before. What does it mean for the student to have studied them before? I don’t understand the advice being given here in this context. Could you please explain.
Assalaamu alaykum,
May Allah reward you for answering my questions, and quickly at that!
I have a question regarding the name “محمد”
If I understand correctly, it comes from:
الفعل الماضي – حـمَّد – he praised
الفعال المضارع – يُحَمِّدُ – he praises
فاعل – محمِّد – the one who praises
مفعول – محمَّد – the praised (this is the name)
Can this name only be attributed to men?
Because if we praise الله سبحانه وتعالى, we can refer to ourselves as “المحمِّدون“, and if that is the case, then linguistically, can we attribute the مفعول to Him?
Jazaakallahu khayran
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله! أحسن الله إليكم الشيخ ف. عبد الرحيم. أنا بائع الكتب الروسي و هل تمكنني من بيع الكتب اللتي ألفتها منها المستويات الأربع لكتاب دروس اللغة العربية حيث أطبعها طباعة جيدة في المطبعة فأبيعها لغير الناطقين بالعربية؟
إلا فربما عندكم شروط خاصة لذاك
أرجو منكم الإجابة العاجلة
فجزاكم الله خيرا و نفع الله بنا و بكم العباد
As-salamu ‘aleykum wa rahmatullah!
May Allah reward you for all your deeds, dear sheikh doctor F. Abdurrahem. I have my own internet online-market of books for muslims on russian language. Will you allow me to imprint your books in good edition, namely 3 volumes of Medina course for selling it in Russia?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother
جزاك الله خيرا for both your letters which I have sent to our Shaykh who replied to you by email.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته يا استاد
JazakAllahu Khairan Kathira for reply!
Assalaamu alaykum,
I have a question regarding the usage of “أن” and “إنَّ”
I have learned from my Arabic teacher, and I think it is also taught in Medinah Book 2, that:
– When it is “قَال” then “إنَّ” is used
– When it is “علم” or “شهد” then “أن” is used
In the Quran, on a number of occasions, “إنَّ” is used after “شهد” and “علم“.
Such as Surah Al-Munafiqun, Verse 1:
“نَشْهَدُ إِنَّكَ لَرَسُولُ اللَّـهِ” ,”وَاللَّـهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّكَ لَرَسُولُهُ” ,”وَاللَّـهُ يَشْهَدُ إِنَّ الْمُنَافِقِينَ لَكَاذِبُونَ”
Can you please clarify:
1. What “نشهد إنَّك” and “يعلم إنَّك” mean exactly? I have seen many English translations and all of them translate “إنَّ” as “that”
For example:
“When the hypocrites come to you, [O Muhammad], they say, “We testify THAT you are the Messenger of Allah.” And Allah knows THAT you are His Messenger, and Allah testifies THAT the hypocrites are liars.”
– Sahih International
2. What is the difference of using both in this context?
3. When do you use one or the other with those verbs?
Jazaakallahu Khayran
السلام علیکم
I have finished the Sheikh’s Book “Suurat al-Israa’ with Lexical and Grammatical Notes”. Now I am starting the exercise given at the end. It would be very helpful for people like me who are studying Arabic through the net and have no one to refer to, if answers for the exercises of this book (and other books) can be posted on this website. My previous request regarding answers to “From Esfahan to Madina” was very graciously fulfilled, which helped me a lot.
JAK Wassalam
May Allah reward you immensely on all your good deeds.
Maa’ Salaam
السلام عليكم
جزاك الله خيرا.
Solutions to Exercises in:
‘Both These Lights Emanate from the Same Niche’
are now available: Advanced Library.
السلام عليكم,
I would like to ask what the meaning of “غير” is?
Why is there “بـ” prefixed to it sometimes? Such as “بغير الحق“, does it change the meaning?
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليكم،
May Allah reward you good for answering my questions very quickly and making it as clear as possible for me.
I am sorry, but I have 1 more question bothering me,
What is the difference between:
ذلك and ذلكم
أولئك and أولئكم
What does the ضمير mean in this case?
As far as i know, ذلك and ذلكم are both translated the same way as “that”, likewise for أولئك and أولئكم as “those”
Once again, may Allah reward you immensely for your hard work and efforts, and grant you Jannah Al-Firdaus, Ameen
As salaamu alaikum,
All the Word & Powerpoint documents provided as links in Blog are not opening after download. Please look into so that it can be usable in Windows 8/MS Office 2013.
Jazak ALLAH khair
from Admin
وعليكم السلام
Powerpoint files will not open in Windows 8 unless you have a Powerpoint Reader installed.
You can download one from: Digital Teaching Aids.
I’ll look at the other problem إن شاء الله.
As Salaamu alaikum,
Please guide me where can I get the books from in Chennai where I’m currently working (Originally I belong to Kolkata). I also need suggestion whether with Self Study can I learn enough Arabic to understand the Qur’an as well as speak Arabic? Also are there any Arabic Classes being conducted Shaykh Abdur Rahim in Chennai?
Jazak ALLAH Khair
Jazak ALLAH khair for the reply Shaykh….
Please just clarify whether the book recommended for study of Arabic language are available for full download on this blogsite or just some pages are available for download. Also would request for resolving the problem in downloading the Word links available which are not opening in Office 2013 whereas PDF files are getting downloaded easily.
Wassalaam
As-salam-alekum wa rahmat-ul-Allahe wa barakatuho. I am eager to learn Arabic as a ‘ghair nateq’. How do I start On line lessons as a beginner? I have read books 1-3 “Al-Arabia Lin-nash-een’ le-ghair-en-nateqeen bil-Arabia” published by ‘Wazarat al-Maaref Idaratel-kutub al-madraseya’. How could I join to learn and make progress to perfect my Arabic further under the Shaykh’s on-line course?
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
You can start the lessons and courses right away. There is no procedure to join.
Pls visit the Beginner’s Library.
Brother, the course you named, has a number of errors in it – as confirmed by our Shaykh.
You will learn the corrections in our Shaykh’s courses, إن شاء الله.
As-salam-o-alekum, al-akhal-kareem, muntazem le Dr Vaniya fi beramej al-lugha al-arabia,
JazakumuAllah. Insha-Allah I shall follow the instructions and enter the Library – soon. I shall be seeking your advice when needed as I proceed to cover the lessons.
Best regards,
Anis A. Zuberi
Assalamo Alaikum
I am studying the Sheikh’s book “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche”. I need help in understanding the second last line on page 12 i.e. و اعلم بما عابوا علیھم. Please also refer to point 22 on page 54 which explains that the عائد is omitted here, and with عائد it will be عابوہ. This is not clear to me. I would be grateful if you could explain what is ما referring here to? And why is ہ the عائد instead of و in عابوا?
Jazak Allah Kahir
Maa Salaam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Can you explain the usage of بن in Arabic names. Is it مضاف إليه to the first name? I saw sometimes it is مرفوع and sometimes it is مجرور. What determined their deflection?
And can you show me how to read this?
محمد بن عبدالله بن عبد المطلب بن هاشم
Almost all sample on the net reads like this
محمد، ابن عبد الله، ابن عبد المطلب، ابن هاشم
Is this the correct way of reading the نسب?
جزاك الله خيرا
بسم الله
يا شيخ، ما الإعراب كلمة؛ “مبكرا” في الجملة “يستيقظ مبكرا”. هل نستعمل “مبكرة” في حالة مؤنث؟
مثل : تستيقظين مبكرة. أ هذا صحيح؟
جزيت الجنة
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Can you explain the rules the word عشر?
For example there is:
الثالثة عَشْرَةَ
وفي قوله تعالى:
فانفجرت منه اثنتا عَشْرَةَ عينا
وأيضا:
تِلْكَ عَشَرَةٌ كَامِلَةٌ
وأيضا:
اثْنَيْ عَشَرَ نَقِيبًا
وأيضا:
فَلَهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا
It seems as if the rules are reversed for مؤنث and مذكر. Would you also be able to explain the reasoning behind this? Is it simply some phonetic reasoning? Have the علماء written regarding this in فقه اللغة?
I’ve gotten pretty far in my studies of Arabic, but العدد والمعدود has always cause me confused especially as I’ve heard there are multiple اللغات. For example, I have seen ثماني عشر مسألةّ and ثمناي عشرة مسألةّ on the same page. So if you بارك الله فيكم could provide clarification that would be great.
Also any references to the sheikh’s books. Besides Madinah Book 2.
بارك الله فيك for the information.
My understanding has improved. But a few confusions:
1) Is there any reasoning behind the different states of شين in عشر and عشرة alternate in عدد مركب? For example اثنتا عشْرة and عشَرة and اثني عشَر and عشْر. When اثني عشر is مركب it has فتحة, the اثنتا عشرة is مركب but with سكون, and vice versa.
2) القواعد الخمس what is إعراب of this? الخمس cannot be considered منعوت? I understand the difference in meaning:
خمس قواعد: five principles (1)
القواعد الخمس: the five principles (2)
القاعدة الخامسة: the fifth principle (3)
هل للمثال الثاني يعني “القواعد الخمس” مسمى في اصطلاح النحويين حيث أنهم يفرقون بينه وبين الأول الذي ذكرته؟
#2: No, it is not man”uut, it is na”t. See Madinah Book 2 and on-line Grammar lesson 8.
#1: This kind of intricacy is of no benefit at this stage.
والسلام
Admin
1) Sorry for the questions, but how can الخمس be considered النعت in القواعد الخمس when النعت agrees with المنعوت? If that was the case, then would it not be القواعد الخمسة?
جزاك الله خيرا أخي
Assalaamu Alaykum,
If a noun is مرفوع does it necessarily mean that it is the Subject?
Also, same as if it منصوب, does it mean that it is an Object?
And what does مجرور indicate? That the noun is preceded by a preposition/particle?
Jazaakallahu Khayran
السلام عليكم,
يا فضيلة الشيخ الدكتور عبدالرحيم المحترم
I have a few questions:
1. Can a proper noun, such as عُزَيْرٌ, take a نعت? If yes, how does the نعت follow the proper noun?
For example, there are 2 عزير, a small one and a big one, how can I say:
“I met the big عزير in the house of the small عزير?”
2. Can مبتدا be indefinite? If yes, what are the cases when it is as such?
3. How do you write the صفة of a مضاف ومضاف اليه both? Would the following be correct:
“بيتُ الطالبِ الجديدِ الكبيرُ قديم”
(The الكبيرُ with ضمة to indicate it is صفة for بيت)
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamu Alaykum,
Which Arabic-Arabic dictionaries does the Shaykh recommend?
Wassalam
Assalamu Alaykum,
I was reading a certain text in which the following phrase occurs:
تعد القيم التربوية أحد مرتكزات العمل التربوي
I was wondering whether it should be إحدى instead of أحد in the above phrase?
Wassalam
from Admin
وعليكم السلام
The Shaykh says the rule is to look at the gender of the singular of the مضاف إليه.
So we say:
أحدُ الـمراكز
One of the centres.
أحدُ الـمـساجدِ
One of the mosques.
إحدى الـمدارس.
One of the schools.
Etc.
Assalaamu Alaykum,
What are the different meanings/types of أي؟
Jazaakumullaahu khayran
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
In كتاب التوحيد للشيخ محمد بن عبد الوهاب it is mentioned:
عظم شأن الثلاثِ آياتٍ المحكماتِ في سورة الأنعام عند السلف
…
What is the إعراب of this?
How is this different from
الآيات الثلاث ?
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. لعلك بخير
عندي سؤال.. ما إعراب “كم الساعة”؟
aSSalamu alaikum
I would like to ask please.
On page 87 of madinah book 6, what is the plural of ibhaam, as-sabaaba, unmulah, al wusta, ar-raaha, al khinsir, and al binsir? BarakAllahu feekum
Muslima
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
إبهام : ج = إبْـهَامَاتٌ، وأبَاهِيــمُ.
الوُسْطَى : ج = الوُسَــطُ
خِـنْـصِــرٌ : ج = خَناصِـرُ
بـنـصـر: ج = بَـنَـاصِـرُ
راحـة: ج = راحٌ
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
When do (أن (فعل مضارع give the meaning of lest?
For example:
“وألقى في الأرض رواسي أن تميد بكم”
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليك،
I am sorry again for all the questions, may Allah reward you good!
In Medinah Book 3 English Key – Lesson 12, ظروف are explained.
It says that “متى” and “أين” are ظرف
I thought they were حرف الاستفهام?
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. قد وجدت كتابا عنوانه “سهلويه”. ما معنى سهلويه في الحقيقة؟
جزيت الجنة على أجوبتك
Assalamo Alaikum
We have studied that for “aaqil” beings (i.e. humans, Jinns and Angels) regular plural tense is used for plurals, while for “Ghair aaqil” objects fem. singular tense is used for plurals. However, in the following ayah (Al-Baqarah: 102) fem. sing. tense has been used for Shayateen, why is this so?
وَاتَّبَعُوا مَا تَتْلُو الشَّيَاطِينُ عَلَىٰ مُلْكِ سُلَيْمَانَ
JAK Wassalam
Assalamu ‘alaikum
What is the meaning of معديكرب? it comes in Duruus-ul-Lughah.
It occurs in Dars 34, Page 281.
It is an اسـم عَلَـمٌ and is the name of a student in the conversation:
هذه دفاترُ طلحةَ… ومعديكربَ.
Admin
Yes it is.
Thank you.
Assalamu ‘alaikum
How do you explain the compound noun معديكرب? What are the words it is composed of and what are their meanings.
Assalaamu alaykum,
I am confused with using مفعول مطلق
When some says:
أكلت كثيرا
Is it actually:
أكلت أكلا كثيرا
In this case, أكلا is مفعول مطلق and كثيرا is صفة right?
is it possible to say كثيرة؟
Because if the مصدر is محذوف how do we determine its gender?
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
ما هو الفرق بين فاعل وتفاعل من حيث المعنى ؟ مثل ضارب عمر زيدا وتضارب عمر وزيد
وأيضا ما هو الفرق بين المصدر واسم المصدر من حيث المعنى ؟
Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh,
As a side material for learning Arabic Language I have been reading Qasas ul Nabiyeen. I am now on Vol. 3 Page 135 and have encountered two sentences which I need help in understanding. These are as follows:
وَوَجَدَ امْرَأَتَیْنِ تَذُودَانِ غَنَمَهُمَا وَتَنْتَظِرَانَ أَنْ یَسْقِيَ النّاسُ فَتَسْقِیَا۔
وَکأنّما عَرَفَتَا أنَّ مُوسی سَیَسْألَهُمَا: فَلِمَاذَا لا یَسْقِيَ أحدٌ مِن رِجَالِ بَیْتِکُنَّ؟
First, I do not understand why is there a fatah on the last nun of تَنْتَظِرَانَ in the first sentence (Despite my best efforts I do not remember this form in any verb conjugation).
Secondly, why is یَسْقِيَ mansub in the second sentence?
Jazak Allah Khair for your time, wassalam.
Both these are printing mistakes.
They should be:
تنتظرانِ، يَسْقِي
والسلام
abdur rahim
السلام عليكم
In the following ayat:
لِيُكَفِّرَ اللَّـهُ عَنْهُمْ أَسْوَأَ الَّذِي عَمِلُوا وَيَجْزِيَهُمْ أَجْرَهُم بِأَحْسَنِ الَّذِي كَانُوا يَعْمَلُونَ
– Surah Zumar:35
Why is it بأحسنِ with kasrah on the نِ?
Is not أحسن supposed to be مـمنوع من الصرف?
As in the ayat:
وَإِذَا حُيِّيتُم بِتَحِيَّةٍ فَحَيُّوا بِأَحْسَنَ مِنْهَا أَوْ رُدُّوهَا
جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamo Alaikum
I am studying the book “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche”. On page 26 second last line (reproduced below) what is the meaning of القوم?
من رجل یخرج حتی یحضر وقیعة القوم ثم یاتینا بالخبر؟
Jazak Allah Khair, wassalam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
What is the difference between
“سُرْعَة” and “سريع” ?
جزاك الله خيرا
Dear Br Uzair
وعليكم السلام
سريع means fast, e.g.,
هذه السيارةُ سريعةٌ.
لا تـمـشِ سريعاً.
The word سرعة means speed, e.g.,
ما سرعةُ سيـَّارتـِـكَ؟
What is the speed of your car?
والسلام
abdur rahim
Assalamo Alaikum Dear Admin. Brothers
Please note that in the solutions to exercises of “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche” answers to Q8 part 3, 4 & 5 and answers to Q9 part 1&2 are missing. Please rectify the error.
Jazak Allah Khair
wassalam
Assalamo Alikum respected Sheikh,
I am doing Q26 of the book “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche.”
Please clarify for me whether the name عمرو is a diptote or triptote? In the solution booklet it is not mentioned as a diptote, and I could not understand how will it decline as it has a و in the end – so how will it take a kasrah?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
عمرو is a triptote and has tanwiin: عَـمْـرٌو.
With kasrah it is written:
لعبتُ مع عَمْـرٍو.
Its declension and orthography are explained in Madinah Book 2, dars 16.
Assalammu alaikum
I would like to ask plz: what is the meaning of unmula?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister
أُنْـمُـلَـةٌ means:
‘one of the three divisions of the finger’;
‘fingertip’.
Plural: أَنَـامِـلُ.
This is taken from our Shaykh’s:
معجم الكلمات الواردة في : دروس اللغة العربية
Glossary of Words used in Duruus al-Lughah pg 221.
Here is part of an aayah with أنامل:
وإذا خَـلَوْا عَضُّـوا عليكم الأنـامـلَ من الغيظِ
‘ …But when they are alone, they bite the tips of their fingers at you in rage.’
آل عمران 119:
Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh,
We know that أحدث is a diptote. However, on P28 of “Both these lights emanate from the same Niche” it takes a kasrah i.e. مِن أحدَثِ القوم سناً. Why is this so?
Jazak Allah Khair,
Maa Salamah
Dear Br Hasan,
وعليكم السلام
The answer is very simple. It takes kasrah because it is muDaaf.
A diptote becomes a regular noun in two cases:
a) when it is muDaaf as in the example you have cited. Here is another example:
درستُ في كثيرٍ من مدارسِ الهندِ.
darastu fii kathiirin min madaaris-i l-hindi.
b) when it has the definite article al-, e.g.,:
الغلافُ الأخضرُ أجملُ مِنْ الغلافِ الأحمرِ.
al-ghilaafu l-akhDaru ajmalu min al-ghilaafi l-aHmar-i.
I hope this has helped you understand the problem.
والسلام
abdur rahim
eselamu alejkum i have a question about haal
is this sentence haal شكوته إلی المدير و هو شكاني إلی المدرس
it starts with a past tense verb but as a الجملة الإسمية
and the other question is does haal only explain the situation of عاقل or is it for غیر عاقل also example اشتريت الكتاب و هذا الكتاب جميل جدا
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
أرى الجملة استئنافية وليستْ حاليّة. والله أعلم.
(اشتريتُ الكتابَ وهذا الكتابُ جميل جدا)
جملة (وهذا الكتابُ جميل جدا) ليستْ جملة حاليّة. هي جملة استئنافية أو معطوفة.
نعم يجوز أن يكون صاحبُ الحالِ غير عاقل نحو:
اشترتُ الدجاجةَ مذبوحةً.
الدجاجةَ: صاحب الحال
مذبوحةً: منصوب على الحال.
انظرْ (دروس اللغة العربية) الجزء الثالث الدرس الحادي والثالثون ص 138
PDF
Admin
Is there any where I can learn حال better becuse it is so confusing I have read the medinah books and understand حال but when I always want to say a sentence like I showed you I always think it is حال then it is not حال example if I say رأْيت البيت و فيه ناس this is حال but اشتريت الکتاب و هذا الکتاب جميل its not حال I really dont get it. It would be good if someone could explain every rule of حال
There are two sentences in الحال الجملة.
The circumstances of the second sentence are not fixed. They can change.
And these circumstances are present at the time of the فعل in the first sentence.
This simply, is الحال الجملة.
Here are some more examples of الحال الجملة commencing with واو الحال.
اشتريتُ الكتابَ وغلافُه ممزق.
اشتريتُ الكتابَ وقد قرأه زميلي.
دخلتْ الأمُّ البيتَ وهي تحمل طفلَها.
خرج المدرسُ من الفصل وهو يقول “السلام عليكم”
أستمعُ إلى تلاوةِ القرآنِ وأنا أسوق السيارةَ.
شكوتُه إلى المديرِ وهو حاضرٌ.
شكوتُه إلى المديرِ وهو يشكوني إلى الأستاذِ.
شكوتُه إلى المديرِ وقد شكاني إلى الأستاذِ.
رأيتُ البيتَ وفيه ضيوفٌ.
رأيتُ البيتَ وقد خرج منه الضيوفُ.
In all these examples, the circumstances of the second sentence are not fixed. They can change at any time.
And the circumstances occur at the time of the فعل in the first sentence.
But in: اشتريتُ الكتابَ وهو جميل.
(وهو جميل) is not جملة حالية because this is a fixed attribute. It won’t change whether you bought the book today, tomorrow or someone else bought it.
But in: اشتريتُ الكتابَ وغلافُه ممزق
(وغلافُه ممزق) is جملة حالية because someone else could buy the same book while its cover is not torn. The circumstances of buying the book can change and be different.
أواضحٌ الآن؟
Some excellent books explaining الحال in depth are:
1) جامع الدروسِ العربية
2) النحو التطبيقي
3) شرح ابن عقيل على ألفية ابن مالك
Admin
ماشا ءالله أنت شرحته شرحا جميلا و فاهما.هو واضح جدا الآن جزاك الله خيرا ياأستاذ
الحمد لله وإياك.
Admin
السلام عليكم,
يا فضيلة الشيخ
I have a few questions:
1. One of the thing that makes an اسم mansub is مستثنى, then why is it in some ayah, the word after إلا is not منصوب such as the word قليل in Surash Nisa Ayah 66:
“ما فعلوه إلا قليلٌ منهم”
2. Regarding the rule الترخيم, when can it be applied? If there is a proper noun after the munada only? And if the name after the يا is عزير, how do we adjust the tashkeel? Are the following 2 ways correct:
– يا عزَيْ
– يا عزَيُ
3. What are the meanings of the following words:
– نادرا ، عادة ، غالبا ، أبدا
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh
With the help from Allah Ta’ala, and your continuous guidance I have now started the Book “Fi Balaati Hiraql”. I would greatly appreciate your advise regarding how the book should be studied – as it is completely in Arabic.
Please also explain for me the verb َجِیء appearing on page 7. We have studied it as جَاءَ – یَجِیءُ so why has it been written with its original letters? Or am I missing something?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
Assalamu’alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh Syaykh Dr Abdur Rahim
I’m confused with the word bismi. The bismi in surah Al-Fatihah verse 1 that the letter alif doesn’t appear while in the surah Al-Alaq verse 1 that the letter alif appears there. Why this is different. Please could you explain it?
Wa ‘alaikumussalam wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
In book2 ch26 pg 179 old version its written
Haadhihi tadhkiratu taaeratin ila dimashqa dhahaban wa iyaaban.
Why is dhahaban and iyaaban mansub? My student asked me and I am not very sure so plz help me .
Jazakallahukhair in advance
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
I am studying the Book “Fi Balaati Hiraql”. I cannot fully understand the following part:
وَسَأَلْتُكَ هَلْ كَانَ فِي آبَائِهِ مَلِكٌ فَزَعَمْتَ أَنْ لاَ . فَقُلْتُ لَوْ كَانَ مِنْ آبَائِهِ مَلِكٌ قُلْتُ رَجُلٌ يَطْلُبُ مُلْكَ آبَائِهِ
I cannot understand why قُلْتُ has been used twice in one sentence, and what is its exact meaning.
Jazak Allah Khair, and may Allah grant you health and long life.
Wassalam
Assalamo Alaikum,
I have understood the sentence now. However, you mentioned that قلتُ is jawab “law” so why it does not take “lam”, as we studied in Book-3 Ch. 12?
JAK Wassalam
Got it! It is already explained under point 26.
السلام عليكم
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
In the ayah:
“وقالت اليهود عزيرٌ ابن الله”
Why does عزيرٌ have a tanween? I thought the tanween is dropped like in خالدُ بن الوليد
جزاك الله خيرا
asalamu alaikum wr wb ya ikhwan i want to learn gramatical analysation of bk 2 and 3 how can i do
السلام عليكم
هل انا صحيح اين ذهب محمد
اين=مبتدأ ذهب =فعل ماض و محمد فاعل وهو جملة فعليه خبر
متى يكون اين مبتدأ و متى الخبر المقدم
Assalamo Alaikum respected sheikh
May Allah Ta’ala grant you health and long life.
I have difficulty determining the إعراب of the following sentence from “Fi Balaati Hiraql”, I would be grateful if this could be explained:
فَقَدْ عَرَفْتُ أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَكُنْ لِيَدَعَ الْكَذِبَ عَلَى النَّاسِ ثُمَّ يَذْهَبَ فَيَكْذِبَ عَلَى اللَّـهِ
Jazak Allah Khair wassalam
from Admin
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh has explained the grammar in the notes.
The Shaykh recommends the following study method:
1. Read the text once, with the help of the lexical notes and explanations of the vocabulary.
Any words you do not understand in Arabic, you may look them up in any Arabic-English dictionary recommended by the Shaykh such as Hans Wehr.
2. Then read the grammatical notes.
3. Then return to reading the text in light of the lexical and grammatical clarifications.
At this stage, your understanding of the text will be much better than your first reading.
4. Then proceed to the exercises.
This is the Shaykh’s advice.
Assalmo Alaikum Admin Brothers
I think the Sheikh’s advice should be included in the next edition of the book as it will make the students’ efforts more productive.
Regarding the grammatical elements of the sentence, I am unable to find it in the book. Can you please guide me to the page number where it appears?
JAK Wassalam
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Shukran Brother for the useful suggestion.
The grammar is explained on pg 46-47, point 32.
More practice comes in :
المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف، عليه الصلاة والسلام.
Assalamo Alaikum and Thanks for your reply.
I have gone through point 32 which explains the first part of the sentence but what I do not understand is why the two verbs in the second part are mansub?
ثُمَّ يَذْهَبَ فَيَكْذِبَ عَلَى اللَّـهِ
JAK
WS
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Brother
ثُــمَّ and الـفاء here are both ٍحرفُ عطف.
Their function as حرف عطف is taught on the ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ course.
In the above sentence, they are both معطوف of the word: لِـيَدَعَ which is منصوب due to a hidden أَنْ.
So the تقدير is:
لأن يدعَ….ثُـمَّ أنْْ يذهبَ فأنْ يكذبَ.
The Shaykh confirmed this.
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. في: “نجح الطلاب إلا زيدا”، أو” خرج التلامذة إلا ولدين”. هنا المستثنى منه “الطلاب و التلامذة”. و هما فاعلان.
لذا، هل يكون المستثنى منه فاعلا دائما؟
أشكرك جزيل الشكر على الأجوبة
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
May Allah grant you health and long life, and let us benefit from your wisdom and knowledge.
While studying the Quran (Surah Ghafir: 28), I have come across the following ayah in which I could not understand the word يَكُ I would be grateful if you could explain how is it formed.
وَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مُّؤْمِنٌ مِّنْ آلِ فِرْعَوْنَ يَكْتُمُ إِيمَانَهُ أَتَقْتُلُونَ رَجُلًا أَن يَقُولَ رَبِّيَ اللَّـهُ وَقَدْ جَاءَكُم بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ وَإِن يَكُ كَاذِبًا فَعَلَيْهِ كَذِبُهُ ۖ وَإِن يَكُ صَادِقًا يُصِبْكُم بَعْضُ الَّذِي يَعِدُكُمْ ۖ إِنَّ اللَّـهَ لَا يَهْدِي مَنْ هُوَ مُسْرِفٌ كَذَّابٌ
Jazak Allah Khair Wassalam
from Admin
السلام عليكم
Its formation is explained in:
1. Madinah Book 3, Key to dars 15.
2. ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ course.
Assalamu Alaykum,
I would like to ask three questions:
1) There are some verses of poetry that are used as evidence in grammar whose composer is unknown (see for example Sharh Ibn Aqil, shahid numbers 53 and 107). I was wondering how verses like these can be used as evidence? Is it that such verses (where the composer is either unknown or is disputed) are at least known to definitely be part of the very ancient Arabic poetry narrated from the Arabs before the end of the period of Ihtijaj عصر الاحتجاج?
2) Are there any examples of Tanwin al-Tankir تنوين التنكير in the Qur’an, Hadith or Ancient Arabic poetry/prose?
3) Which type of tanwin is on the letter dal in the word “hadin” هاد?
Wassalam
وعليكم السلام
#3: هـادٍ : This is the Shaykh’s reply:
هذا تنوين التمكـيـن.
هَادٍ : أصله :هادِيُـــنْ، تُحذَف الضمة لثقلها، فتسكن الياء، فيلتقي ساكنان : الياء والنون،
فتحذف الياء :
هَادِيُـنْ
هادِيْـنْ
هَادِنْ
هادٍ.
بسم الله
يا شيخ.. هل يجب أن يكون المستثنى منه جمعا دائما؟
Asalam alaykum wa rahmatullooh wa barakatu
While reading the Qur’aan, I came about some words which I need clarifications about their declension.
Firstly, in suratul kahf v 49 wherein the word ‘كتاب‘ ended with a kasrah and not with a dammah.
Secondly, in suratul yaasin v 30 wherein the munaadah ‘حسرة‘ ended with a tanween (fat’ha taan) and not with a single dammah, though concerning this, during my course of studying the madina Arabic course, I came across something similar wherein Dr. Abdurroheem mentioned about a blind man calling upon a man saying: ‘يا رجلاً‘ but I still need clarification about the verse.
Thirdly, in suratul rahmaan v 7, why’s ‘السماءَ‘ ending with a fat’ha and not a kasrah.
and finally, in v 24 also in suratul rahmaan, why’s ‘الجوار ending with a kasrah and not a dammah.
Jazakumulloohu khayran
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Please see our Shaykh’s latest book for all this: اثاقلتم.
Assalamo Alaikum wa rehmatullahi wa baraktuhu respected Sheikh,
May Allah give you long and healthy life.
I am studying your book “Fi Balaati Hiraql”. On page 43, point 23, the use of غیر is explained. I could not fully grasp the concept given in the point. I would be grateful if you could elaborate it for me.
Moreover, as per my understanding غیر is the wasf of شیئا ، قولا and الذین in the three examples given in the book, is it correct?
Jazak Allah Khair wassalam
Assalamu alaikum
I would like to ask plz in the text of lesson 8 book3 it says fee madrasati umar ath-thaanawiyyati. what does this mean?
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
Assalamo Alaikum warehmatullahi wa barakatuhu dear (admin) brother,
Is my translation of the following sentence (in point 24 of “Fi Balaati Hiraql”) correct?
ھل الزمن الائی مضین رواجع؟
Will the times which have gone by, return?
JAK Wassalam
Jazak Allah Khair for your encouraging comments, and for pointing out the mistake.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم،
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
1. How do you change the مصدر المؤول in this ayah to its مصدر؟
“وإن يريدوا أن يخدعوك فإن حسبك الله”
2. I did not understand what اسم مصدر properly in Medinah Book 3, Lesson 28. Does it carry the same meaning as the مصدر؟ And how can one differentiate between an اسم مصدر and the مصدر of a مجرد verb?
جزاك الله خيرا
Am I to understand then, that the مصدر that replaces المصدرالمؤول must be definite?
جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
I was teaching mudhaf ilaihi ch5 and I explained that possessor is mudhafilaihi and the possessed object is mudhaf like kitabu muhammadin but in the case of rabbul kabati this does not stands true.what shall I tell them?
Alkaabatu baitullahi ……here alkaabatu is mubtada and feminine but khabar baitu is not feminine..what shd I tell my students?
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
الكعبة بيت الله: This is covered in the Shaykh’s on-line lessons.
The khabar here is not required to match the mubtada in gender since the khabar is a noun that cannot change its gender. Words like this function as khabar as they are.
Grammar lesson 4.
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
Jazakallahu khairan admin and sheikh, may allah taala preserve u all with iman and good health ameen
The answers were very satisfactory mashaallah.inshaallah I shall explain my students
Assalamo Alaikum warehmatullahi wa barakatuhu
I am studying Fi Balaati Hiraql.
I have understood the concept regarding when “La” can be used with Past Tense verbs, however, I would be grateful if you could translate the verse of poetry given in Point 51.
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
I want to know the dual forms of these two verb nouns:
هاء and هات
Please reply ASAP!
وعليكم السلام
The word هاءَ (take!) has the following forms:
هَاءَ يا أَخُ هَاؤُمَا يا أَخَوَانِ هَاؤُمْ يا إخْوانُ.
هَاءِ يا إخْتُ هَاؤُمَا يا أختانِ هَاؤُنَّ يا أَخَواتُ.
The word هَاتِ (give) has the following forms:
هَاتِ يا أَخُ هَاتِيَا يا أخَوَانِ هَاتُوا يأ إِخْوانُ
هَاتِي يا أُخْتُ هَاتِيَا يا أُخْتَانِ هَاتِينً يَا أَخَوَاتُ
والسلام
abdur rahim
جزاکم اللہ خیراً ونفعنا بکم کثیراً
يا أستاذ عندي سٸال عن الحال کهذه الجملة رأْيت بيتا و فيه أولاد صغار أهذه الجملة بعد الواو حال أم لا لأن هذا لیس مذکورا في كتب المدينة يعني إن تکن الجملة بعد الواو بحرف جر حالا
السلام عليكم
الجملة (وفيه أولاد صغار) ليستْ حالية لأن:
1) بيتا > نكرة والحال المفرد أو الحال الجملة تأتي بعد معرفة.
2) الواو إما عاطفة وإما استئنافية
3) إن قلنا (رأيتُ البيتَ وفيه أولاد صغار) فالجملة بعد الواو حاليّة.
4) فيه أولاد صغار:
أصل الجملة: أولاد صغار فيه.
أولاد: مبتدأ وهو نكرة موصوفة (له نعت وهو (صغار).
فالجملة أصلا لا تبدأ بحرف جر.
إن نجدْها تبدأ بحرف جر فإما جائز لغرضٍ وإما واجب لحاجةٍ نحويّةٍ.
مثاله القرآني:
(فيه شفاءٌ للناسِ) النحل
أصل الجملة: شفاءٌ للناسِ فيه
وتقديم (فيه) هنا لِغَرَضٍ.
لعله واضح إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم،
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
1. Why is it that حينٍ after حتى is majroor? As in “فذرهم في غمرتهم حتى حينٍ”.
2. Why are سلاما and الحق mansoob in the following 2 ayaat?
“حتى إذا فزع عن قلوبهم قالوا ماذا قال ربكم قالوا الْحَقَّ وهو العلي الكبير” – Saba (34:23)
“إذ دخلوا عليه فقالوا سلاما قال سلام” – Az-Zaariyat (51:25)
جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamo Alaikum warehmatullahi wa barakatuhu
Please refer to solutions to exercise of “Fi Balaati Hiraql”
In Q4 part-2, I do not understand why علامة جرہ فتحة مقدرۃ has been written. Shouldn’t it be کسرۃ مقدرۃ?
JAK Wassalam
Assalaam Alaikum Dear Respected Sheikh
What is the meaning of this quote
لكل صارم نبوة ولكل جواد كبوة ولكل عالم هفوة
I have seen it in different forms. Someone translated لكل جواد كبوة ولكل عالم هفوة as
“any horse may stumble and any scholar may err”
Someone else translated it as “For every horse a stumble”
What is the meaning of the quote and how can we use لكل in this quote?
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله يا شيخنا الكريم
لماذا كلمة “أسوة” في القرآن هي اسم كان ل”كان” و”كانت”. هي تجوز بهما؟
سورة الممتحنة آية 4
قَدْ كَانَتْ لَكُمْ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ فِي إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَ
6 سورة الممتحنة آية
لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِيهِمْ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ لِّمَن كَانَ يَرْجُو اللَّهَ وَالْيَوْمَ الْآخِرَ
from Admin
السلام عليكم
كلاهـما جائز كما جاء في كتاب شيخـنا التالي:
المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف
انظر: ص 31-32
أرسِل لك قُصاصة من هذه الصفحات بالـبريد الشبكي.
أضاف الشيخ الآن ما يأتي:
=====================
يمكن أن نضيف أن الفاصل بينهما في الآية الرابعة كلمة واحدة.
.أما الآية السادسة فالفاصل بينهما كلمتان، ومن ثَمَّ كان التذكير فيها أولى من التأنيث.
ف عبد الرحيم
=====================
جزاكم الله خيرا. ولكني ما عرفت أن فصد شيخنا عن الفاصل في الآيتن. أي مثل بجملة سهلة؟
و ما معنى مؤنث غير حقيقي؟ أالكلمة أسوة منه؟
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
With the help of Allah Taala, and then with your continuous guidance and support, I have finished the book “Fi Balati Hiraql” including its exercises. I will now start your book on “Surah Yusuf”. It is a blessing of Allah Taala that Ramadhan is approaching and I am starting detailed study of Quran.
The last 10 months had been a phenomenal part of my life. I started Madina Book 1 just after last Ramadhan when I had virtually no knowledge of Arabic, and now I have gained the ability to study the Quran in detail. This could not have been achieved but with the help of Allah Taala and then your guidance.
I would request you to guide me as to how to study this book so that I could get the most out of it.
May Allah protect you and shower His blessings on you and all the muslims.
Wassalam
Assalam-u-alekum,
While reciting Surat Albroj, Verse 16 فعّال الما يريد My understanding of word فعّال is that it is derived from form 2, فعّل as Ismul-Faail , like فاعل from فعل , Is it correct or not?
Secondly if it is correct then this noun is derived from causative/ transitive verb. the meaning in that case is Allah can cause to work (any body ) as He desires. where as translation in mushaf is He does what ever He wills. Kindly clarify. thanks.
thanks. understood it well and also revised the lesson from the book. جزاك الله خيرا كثيرا
سلام عليك
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
Which books should I study to improve my reading and speaking skills?
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله يا شيخنا الكريم
قال بعدنا هذه الجملة لا يمكن أن يترجم إلى اللغة العربية؟ هل هذا صحيح؟
النحو:
The book is written by Zaid
إذن كيف ترجمتها؟
I would like to ask an Arabic grammar question but unable to find where to put
the question. I tried to Log-In but could not see the option for registration.
Where to put a question?
At the beginning it says the following but not how?
(Messages can be posted without logging in)
My question is
1:- The word قَرْنَ in (33:33) .قَرْنَ فِي بُيُوتِكُنَّ وَلَا تَبَرَّجْنَ تَبَرُّجَ الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ الْأُولَ according to
a website is فعل أمر . But according to the rules should it not be اِقْرَرْنَ ?
If not then how it is made قَرْنَ .
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Is the Shaykh’s latest book that explains قَرْنَ available on website?
Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes, for buying.
Admin
السلام عليكم،
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
Is it possible to determine the فاعل and مفعول به if they both end in ألف مقصورة؟
Ex.
ضرب موسى عيسى
جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamu Alaykum,
I just discovered a book about Nahw which I believe was revised by Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim called المغني في تعليم النحو: شرح موجز ميسر للقواعد النحوية published by دار المآثر in 2004.
I would like to ask why is this book not in Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim’s curriculum for studying Arabic?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
I am in the middle of Book-III video lessons. The Arabic Grammar rules related to
Verbs and Nouns ozans are mentioned in Madina Books-I-II-III at different stages of
the course as per topic.
It would be extremely useful if these rules perhaps with examples are compiled in
one place or in the form of a booklet for quick reference ?
Specifically the weak Verbs and the ozan(s) of the nouns .
Thanks.
Assalamu Alaykum,
مُهْطِعِينَ مُقْنِعِي رُءُوسِهِمْ لَا يَرْتَدُّ إِلَيْهِمْ طَرْفُهُمْ
Am I right to say that in the above the word مُقْنِعِي is actually مُقْنِعِيْنَ but the نَ is dropped? If this is the case then why نَ is dropped. Is it مضاف ?
Asalam alaykum, Dear respected shaykh. may Allaah lenghten your life upon goodness.
My questions are as follows:
1) Why is as-samaa and al-ard’ having fat’haas at their respective endings instead of kasrah in sooratur-rahmaan, verses 7 and 10
2) Alhamdulillaah, Allaah made me fortunate to understand most of the arabic rules and construction to a great extent but I have difficulty in speaking it like the way I speak my mother’s tongue. How can one improve one’s spoken arabic?
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
#2: We recommend doing the Shaykh’s course:
تدريباتٌ في الـمحادثةِ
‘Arabic Conversation Drills’
The vocabulary used is what you have already learnt in the 3 Madinah Books.
Advanced Library.
Jazakumulloohu khayran for the response, I want to use this medium to really show appreciation to our shaykh for his patience in answering our numerous questions.
I want to suggest that I’ll like our shaykh to please make a complete explanation of Sooratul kahf, based on the fact that Muslims recite it a lot most especially on Fridays, may Allaah make it easy for him.
Aamin
السلام عليكم رحمة الله وبركاته، ورمضان مبارك!
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
Why is يعلمَ mansoob in the ayah 42:35:
“وَيَعْلَمَ الَّذِينَ يُجَادِلُونَ فِي آيَاتِنَا مَا لَهُمْ مِنْ مَحِيصٍ”
And in the ayah 10:10:
“دَعْوَاهُمْ فِيهَا سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَتَحِيَّتُهُمْ فِيهَا سَلَامٌ ۚ وَآخِرُ دَعْوَاهُمْ أَنِ الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ”
Why does an اسم come after أن؟ is this still considered المصدر المؤول؟
جزاكم الله خيرا
Asalam alaykum,
Please help me to understand.
Is إِبْرَاهِيمَ and إِسْحَاقَ are اسم علم مجرور or اسم علم منصوب in (12:6) مِنْ قَبْلُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَإِسْحَاقَ . According to a website these are indicated as اسم علم مجرور. If these are اسم علم مجرور then why لُ in مِنْ قَبْلُ has a dhammah?
السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله
What is the difference between أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ and أَرَأَيْتَ? Is كُمْ for emphasis only?
Thanks
السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله
Could you please clarify for me why شَاكِلَتِ is feminine in (17:84) قُلْ كُلٌّ يَعْمَلُ عَلَىٰ شَاكِلَتِهِ ?
Thanks
وعليكم السلام
The word شَاكِلَةٌ is a noun meaning ‘way, manner’, and the aayah means:
Tell: ‘each acts in his own way.’
This noun is feminine because it ends in a تاء مربوطة.
But nouns may be feminine without ending in تاء مربوطة, e.g.:
أرض، سماء، يد، عين، قدر، حرب
abdur rahim
السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله
Sorry. My question was why feminine شَاكِلَتِ is used instead of
masculine say شَاكِلِ .
Thanks.
Dear Br Maqbool Ahmad
السلام عليكم
The word شاكلة, though morphologically is the feminine of شاكل, is an independent word, and has an independent meaning.
Here are some other examples:
دَائِرَة a circle.
كَارثَــة a catastrophe.
شَاحِـنَـة a lorry (truck)
دَقِـيـقَـة a minute.
سَـجَّـادَة a carpet.
Hope this has helped you.
والسلام
abdur rahim
السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله
This is an example. When I was listening the following aayah recited by the reciter .
The ةً of خَالِصَةً is pronounced but ةِ of الْقِيَامَةِ is not. Under what circumstances it should and should not be pronounced? Is it silent if it comes at the end of aayah and pronounced if in the middle of aayah?
قُلْ هِيَ لِلَّذِينَ آمَنُوا فِي الْحَيَاةِ الدُّنْيَا خَالِصَةً يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ
Thanks.
Assalaamu alaykum,
Yaa sheikh,
If there is a ياء المتكلم succeeded by همزة الوصل, then how do you pronounce it?
Does the ي get a fathah or is it dropped entirely?
For example, how do you continue the following ayat:
“هارون أخي * اشدد به أزري”
“واصطنعتك لنفسي * اذهب أنت وأخوك۔۔۔”
Jazaakallahu khayran
Assalaamu alaykum,
Need clarification for the followings please.
1. Are تَقِيًّا تَقْوَى تَقْوَىٰ based on any awzaan (اوزان) and which if any?
2. Is there a reason that تَقْوَىٰ has Alf Mukssora and تَقْوَى does not?
3. Is there Arabic grammatical method to drive تَقِيًّا تَقْوَى تَقْوَىٰ from the root و ق ى ?
Thanks.
Assalaamu alaykum,
The فَأَجَاءَهَا الْمَخَاضُ إِلَىٰ جِذْعِ النَّخْلَةِ قَالَتْ يَا لَيْتَنِي مِتُّ قَبْلَ هَٰذَا is from Surat Maryam (19:23:1).
In فَأَجَاءَهَا the verb جَاءَ is Form-I and is third person masculine singular perfect verb.
But what is أَ in فَأَجَاءَ .
Thanks.
Assalaamu alaykum,
Please ignore this. I just found out that it is verb Form IV.
Thanks
Assalamu Alaykum,
In Quran when there is عَمِلَ صَالِحًا the مفعول which is صَالِحًا is always accusative
masculine indefinite but when there is عَمِلُوا الصَّالِحَاتِ the مفعول which is الصَّالِحَاتِ
is always feminine plural. Why?
Thanks.
Assalamo Alaikum respected sheikh,
May Allah protect you and grant you long life.
I am studying المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسفَ.
I am on ayah 5, please refer to page 20 where the verb کاد is explained. I could not grasp the concept given in the line no. 4 (starting from وعدی۔۔۔). Why has the verb کاد been made mutaddi bil-lam?
JazakAllah Khair
Wassalam
Assalamu Alaykum,
Q1
يَصُدَّنَّ in the following is فعل مضارع مجزوم.
(20:16:2) فَلَا يَصُدَّنَّكَ عَنْهَا مَنْ لَا يُؤْمِنُ بِهَا وَاتَّبَعَ هَوَاهُ فَتَرْدَىٰ
Let us ignore the النون للتوكيد for the moment. The simple فعل مضارع would be يَصُدُّ.
What would be the فعل مضارع مجزوم of يَصُدُّ ? Is it يَصُدّْ ? Do you pronounce this like يَصُدْ ?
Or يَصُدُّ becomes مبني i.e no declension.
Q2
(20:52:11) لَا يَنْسَى. Is لَا harf-e nahi here. If not then should the الف مكسورا be
on س instead of فتح .
Q3
فعل مضارع مجهول is always described as فعل مضارع مبني للمجهول. For
example (20:66:7) يُخَيَّلُ is described as فعل مضارع مبني للمجهول. Does مبني here mean
that يُخَيَّلُ can not be يُخَيَّلَ or يُخَيَّلِ ?
Thanks.
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Why the word والمقيمين الصلاة is mansoob in Surah Al-Nisa, Ayah 162? Does this change of case-ending effect the meaning of the ayah?
The same thing happens in Surah Al-Baqarah, Ayah 177: والصابرين في البأساء
Thank you.
Can you refer me some tafsir that deals with these type of questions concisely. It will be ok if it is in Arabic.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
1. (2:34:1) وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ اسْجُدُوا لِآدَمَ فَسَجَدُوا
2. (2:58:1) وَإِذْ قُلْنَا ادْخُلُوا هَٰذِهِ الْقَرْيَةَ فَكُلُوا مِنْهَا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمْ
Q1. إِذْ is described as ظرف زمان in both cases above (at a website).
But in (1) it is used as اسم شرط but not in (2) above.
How to decide when it is used as اسم شرط or not?
Q2. In (20:97:20) وَانْظُرْ إِلَىٰ إِلَٰهِكَ الَّذِي ظَلْتَ عَلَيْهِ عَاكِفًا. Why not ظَلَلْتَ instead of ظَلْتَ.
Which rule(s) is applied to drop the لَ or is it for the ease of reciting.
Thanks.
السلام عليكم Br Maqbool Ahmad
Corpus Qur’an website contains many lexical and grammatical errors – as confirmed by our Shaykh.
People continuously point out errors on their forum.
It seems the errors are not corrected.
We hope their website will improve.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
(20:111:1) عَنَتِ الْوُجُوهُ لِلْحَيِّ. Am I right to say that the actual verb is عَنَتْ and the kasara
is just to join with the next word. I thought you can not do this with فعل.
Thanks
Assalamu alaikum
I want to ask please: does Islam come from the word salam (peace)?
JazakumAllah khairan
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Sorry.
In Q41 : أصل تقوَى
I understood as far as the verb part is concerned . But did not understand the last
part of تقوَى which was my main question.
In the pattern of فَعْلَى if you replace ف ع ل with و ق ى then it becomes وَقْىيَى.
Thanks.
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
How to pronounce this sentence?:
لا تنسوا الواجبات
i.e. Which harakah should the first Waaw have?
جزاكم الله خيرا
جزاكم الله خيرا
…
How can I get “Iththaaqaltum” and “Mu’jam al-dakhiil”?
Bismillah
assalaamu alaykum, dear respected Shaykh I have a question about understanding of “Ismul Faail” in the Ayah…
“وَإِذْ قَالَ رَبُّكَ لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ إِنِّي جَاعِلٌ فِي الْأَرْضِ خَلِيفَةً”
I learned from the Madinah Books that “jaa’ilun” would be mean in general “maker”.
It was told to me that the meaning here in the ayah is not “maker” but it is “making (without a time restriction)”. One told me the sign for this meaning is the preposition.
Do you have informations what the correct meaning here is and how to understand it?
It would be very nice if you give some references about this topic or rule in grammar books in arabic language, so that I can read about it and make a note in it.
May ALLAH reward you for all your work for spreading arabic language
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
My question is about the اعراب of ى of the فعل based on رأَى .
In (1, 3) it has a الف مكسورا and (2,4) it is سكون
Is the اعراب on ى in فعل ماض and فعل مضارع optional in the followings? If not.Please explain why in some it is there and some not. I know the basic rules of harf-e illat Memooz rules
1. (6:76:5) فَلَمَّا جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ اللَّيْلُ رَأَىٰ كَوْكَبًا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّي (third person فعل ماض)
2. (6:77:2) فَلَمَّا رَأَى الْقَمَرَ بَازِغًا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّي (third person فعل ماض)
3. قَدْ نَرَىٰ تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِي السَّمَاءِ فَلَنُوَلِّيَنَّكَ قِبْلَةً تَرْضَاهَا . With الف مكسورا ( Ist person فعل مضارع )
4. (2:165:18) وَلَوْ يَرَى الَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا إِذْ يَرَوْنَ الْعَذَابَ أَنَّ الْقُوَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَمِيعًا . with سكون (third person فعل مضارع)
Thanks
Assalam-u-alekum,
Refer verse من يبتغ غير الإسلام دينا in it there is كسرا under فعل مضارع where as told by brother Asif فعل مضارع can never be مجرور As I know it is مجزوم here as condition. Is it only for phonetic reason / continuation that كسرا is put there.
please kindly make it clear for my understanding. جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamuelkum,
With reference to the sentence:
واسْتَقْبَلَهُمَا الأَنْصَارُ وَالْمُهَاجِرُوْنَ بِالْفَرَحِ وَالسُّرُوْرِ the verb is استقبلا as the doer are dual Alif فاعل is replaced by pronoun . Am I correct?
If pronoun هما is not mentioned as بدل الانصاروالمهاجرون how one can know it is فاعل او مفعول .
Thanks.
Assalam-u-alekum,
إِنَّكَ مَيِّتٌ وَإِنَّهُمْ مَيِّتُونَ
Is مَيِّتٌ based on any in وزن ?
Thanks.
assalamu aliakum,
BarakAllah feekum for your answer to my q above. Plz I have another question, in this hadith what does “ahaqqu biha” mean?
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْكَلِمَةُ الْحِكْمَةُ ضَالَّةُ الْمُؤْمِنِ فَحَيْثُ وَجَدَهَا فَهُوَ أَحَقُّ بِهَا
Assalamu alaikum,
BarakAllah feekum for your answer.
I would like to ask plz: what does haaqaqa mean?
Muslima
Jazakum Allah khair! But I meant: haaqaqa with an alif after the first “haa.”
سلام عليكم يا فضيلة الشيخ،
Why is تثريب mansoob and also not tanween in surah Yusuf ayah 92:
“لا تثريبَ عليكم اليومَ….”
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamu Alaykum,
Do you know of any book that contains a sarf analysis of all words of the sentences analysed (similar to how there are books that contain a grammatical [nahw] analysis of all words of the sentences in the book)?
I would be very interested to know if there are any such sarf analysis books that analyze verses or surahs from the Qur’an.
Wassalam
Assalamu Alaykum,
I would like some explanation regarding the concept of التعلق بالفعل of a جار and مجرور.
May Allah reward you.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Is DVD 2B accessible on the internet?
Pls see DVD 2B:
dars: مَـاتَ يَـمُــوتُ، ومَــاتَ يَــمَــاتُ
Time: # 52 roughly.
السلام عليكم,
O Shiekh, how does one properly read dates in Arabic such as:
1. كان حيا سنة ١٢٣١ هـ:
What is the almadood here and it’s gender the numbers follow? This translates as: He lived in the year of 1231, so the numbers are mudaaf ilayhi right? Also do we add (سنة) again after reading the years?
2. (٦٣١ – ٦٧٦ هـ):
Here do we read: من ٦٣١ إلى ٦٧٦ سنةٍ من الهجرة?
Do we add (سنة) or that is not needed, and what is the gender that the numbers follow, in other words what is the almadood and its gender?
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
وُجُوهٌ / نَاضِرَةٌ in (75:22:1) وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ نَاضِرَةٌ.
Is it مبتدا/خبر or موصوف/صفت respectively ?
Thanks
assalaamu 3alaykum
I could not find an email contact on this website, so I will write here.
What about if you make a Q&A catalog about the arabic grammar?
Every single grammar rule you will ask about and give the answers with examples. Just short and easy…
For learning and memorising I think its a nice issue.
Thank you very much
وعليكم السلام
Regrettably, Corpus Qur’an website has many errors in their analysis of the Qur’aan.
Our Shaykh has visited their site and confirms this.
We hope they will address the errors.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
هُوَ الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ
Can we say the followings ?
1. Both الْغَفُورُ and الْوَدُودُ could be خبر of هُوَ
2. الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ could be مركبِ توصيفى as خبر of هُوَ
Thanks.
Assalamu Alaykum,
In Surah Al-Mu’minun, part of Ayah 100 لعلي أعمل صالحاً فيما تركت what does it mean to say that فيما is متعلق to أعمل?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته،
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
What is the correct usage of the word توأم?
Often times, people say توأمان for one pair of twins, and say that a توأم is one of the توأمان.
And I have also been told that توأم means twins, and توأمان would mean 2 pairs of twins.
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Any particular reason to mention feminine nouns in Surah Al-Balad.
مَسْغَبَةٍ . In فَلَا اقْتَحَمَ الْعَقَبَةَ
مَقْرَبَةٍ . In يَتِيمًا ذَا مَقْرَبَةٍ
مَتْرَبَةٍ . In أَوْ مِسْكِينًا ذَا مَتْرَبَةٍ
(85:14:2) هُوَ الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ
Sorry. I know مبتدأ can have multiple خبر .
Is it possible that we can also say that الْغَفُورُ الْوَدُودُ is a مركبِ توصيفى acts as a خبر of هُوَ ?
Thanks.
There are many DVDS. It will be much more helpful if the
DVD and the time is mentioned.
Thanks.
سورة البلد : DVD5 Part A3, # 23.
Dars 8 in the book, pg: 127
Admin
السلام عليكم.
الحمد لله رب العالمين. الصلاة و السلام علي رحمة العالمين و اصحابه اجمعين.
Dear respected Shaikh May Allah give you Greatest of greatest awards in both life.
My request is please explain us the differences between all root فاعل like you differentiate:
الرحمان و الرحيم .
جبار جبير حميد حامد
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Some of these are صيغة مبالغة اسم الفاعل.
For a lexical discussion (with meanings) of الرحمن والرحيم please see the Shaykh’s course:
‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ with DVDs.
Dars: سورة الفاتـحة.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته.
please explain this roots words
س ن ن
ا م م
ض ل ل
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
These roots are explained in the Shaykh’s Madinah Course dictionary:
معجم الكلمات الواردة في دروس اللغة العربية
(Arabic-English)
Free download here.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
(103 Surah Al-Asr )إِنَّ الْإِنْسَانَ لَفِي خُسْرٍ . Is لَفِي خُسْرٍ khabar of إِنَّ ?
Thanks.
when i watched video lessons there teacher was pronouncing the last word of the sentences as it was writen for example. جديدة he pronounced jadidetun but in audio lessons (i lessoned english one) it is pronounced jadide. where can i learn this changes in the last word of sentences?
السلام عليكم
Note: The endings of all words should be pronounced at the learning stage.
The 3 Madinah Books with DVDs, then the graduate program, teach this most thoroughly.
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا i get answer
السلام عليكم
(73:6:7) إِنَّ نَاشِئَةَ اللَّيْلِ هِيَ أَشَدُّ وَطْئًا وَأَقْوَمُ قِيلًا.
Why اجوف واوى rule is not applied on أَقْوَمُ in the above. Would it not make
it اَقَامُ?
Assalam alaikum ya Sheikh !
I would like to get a complete quotation of Arabic course materials from Beginner stage to Advanced.
Wassalam,
Banda Swadick
P.O. Box 72149
Ndola, Zambia, Africa
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Please contact Islamicshop.in for a quote.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
#1: (75:11:3) كَلَّا لَا وَزَرَ.
Is وَزَرَ noun or fail? If it is noun then how you differentiate between
verb and fail?
#2: (75:22:1) وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ نَاضِرَةٌ . Is وُجُوهٌ / نَاضِرَةٌ Khabar/Mubtada or Mussof/sifat resp?
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(77:11:3) وَإِذَا الرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ . Why أُقِّتَتْ and not وُقِّتَتْ ?
It is 3rd person feminine singular
(form II) فعل ماض مبني للمجهول
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(5:17:9) قَالُوا إِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْمَسِيحُ ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ
In Book-3 English Key page-72. It says that the ا of ابْنُ is omitted with certain conditions when it comes between father and son names. Do those conditions also
apply with mother and son name. It does not seem to be in the above.
Thanks
Assalamualaykum, hope you’re well!
What exactly is the word-to-word translation for the following aayah (5:107):
مِنَ الَّذِينَ اسْتَحَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ الْأَوْلَيَانِ
I see loads of translations give a translation based on meaning, but as regards what is actually going on there, I’m lost. I know that in other qira’aat the word istaHaqqa is majhul, and Imam SuyuTi in Jalalayn mentions the naaib faa’il is al-iiSaa’.
But in the HafS qiraa’ah where it’s ma’ruf, where is the faa’il? where is the maf’ul? what does the word istaHaqqa mean in that context?
I’ve seen some mufassireen parse the sentence as awlayaan being the faa’il (as opposed to badl), but how does this make sense? The ‘Aa’id is obviously in ‘alayhim, but that would mean that the ibtidaa’ al-ghaya from the min shows the two men must be from such and such a people, but then the awlayaan are the two witnesses referred to by aakharaan, so isn’t there a discrepancy there?
As in, it would be saying that there should be two people from among such and such a people ‘istaHaqqa alayhim (I don’t know what this is trying to say literally)’ where the act of istiHqaaq alayhim would be done by the two closest people to the deceased. But the awlayaan and aakhiraan are the same people, so how can you do ibtidaa’ al-ghaaya of aakaharaan saying that they should belong to a particular group of people, but then say that this group of people they belong to are such people these same two aakhaaraan (the awlayaan) have done so-and-so to. This confounds me.
The min is marking out where the two people should be from, but then how does it make sense for awlayaan (the same two people as aakharaan) to be used to explain who the group those two people are from, when the awlayaan are part of the same group. As this would imply that the awlayaan have done a particular action to a group of people among whom these awlayaan too are present, and the aakharaan should be from that group.
I struggle to understand this, and this question has been on my mind for a few years now. I hope Shaykh Vaniya can shed some light on the issue.
Pls note: The فعل is not termed معروف but معلوم i.e.:
الفعل المبني للمعلوم.
In the Indian sub-continent they wrongly say: الفعل المبني للمعروف.
The Shaykh asks us to be cautious of this.
Admin
Jazakallah for this.
You requested I rephrase the question earlier. I had another go, hopefully my question is clearer now.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
قال الله تعالى في القرآن الكريم:
فآخران يقومان مقامهما من الذين استحق عليهما الأوليان
في قراءة حفص تُقرأ كلمة استحق مبنيا للمعلوم. وفي جُلّ بواقي القراءات تقرأ مبنيا للمجهول. قال العلامة جلال الدين السيوطي رحمه الله تعالى في تفسير الجلالين أن نائب الفاعل محذوف وتقديره الإيصاء. لكن في قراءة حفص ليس الأمر يُحلّ كذلك لاختلاف القراءة.
سؤالي هو حول إعراب هذه الآية المستشكلة على المعربين كما أقر بعضهم على استشكالتها والعلاقة بين الإعراب ومعنى الآية الصحيح. قال البعض أن اللفظ الأوليان بدل من آخران. فإن كان الأمر كذلك فأين الفاعل وأين المفعول؟ وما معنى استحق في هذا القضية؟
وقال البعض أن الأوليان فاعل استحق. فكيف الأمر كذلك؟ لأن الجار من تفيد معنى ابتداء الغاية. فهي تفيد أن هذين الآخرين من المجموعة هذا. ولكن الأوليين هما هذان الآخران! فلم أعلم كيف يصح المعنى من جهة أن الآية تفيد أن الآخرين ينبغي لهما أن يكونا من المجموعة التي استحق عليها هذان الآخران والحالة هي أن هذين الآخرين من تلك المجموعة أيضا فالآية تفيد المعنى أنهما يفعلان فعل الاستحقاق على نفسيهما أيضا إضافة إلى بقية المجموعة!
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(80:5:3) Sharat أَمَّا مَنِ اسْتَغْنَىٰ and jawab-e-sharat فَأَنْتَ لَهُ تَصَدَّىٰ .
In the lessons it was said that the فَ must be used in the following situations.
اسميه , طلبيه , جامد , بما , لن ,بقد ,بتنفيس. Which situation satisfies for the use of فَ in jawab-e- sharat.
Thanks
The فَ with فَأَنْتَ
I assuming that you are asking the clarification of my question.
Yes. The فَ with فَأَنْتَ
Is it because of اسميه or طلبيه or any of the others(s) ?
Thanks.
You can clarify with the Shaykh/admin if you want to, but the answer is ismiyya. Because the sentence after the faa is a jumlah ismiyyah, hence a faa is to be appended at the beginning. I.e. the sentence after the faa is a nominal sentence (as opposed to a verbal sentence (where even then if the verb has an aspect of Talab within (like a command) it would require a faa, else it doesn’t for verbal sentences)).
السلام عليكم
(7:40:17) لَا يَدْخُلُونَ الْجَنَّةَ حَتَّىٰ يَلِجَ الْجَمَلُ فِي سَمِّ الْخِيَاطِ
In the lessons it is said that اَنْ is hidden in حَتَّىٰ which makes يَلِجَ mansuub. Why can’t we just say that حَتَّىٰ makes فعل مضارع منصوب like لَنْ and other نواصب مضارع ?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم
Why can’t we say that حــتَّــى is also one of the naaSibs of فعل مضارع
instead of saying there is a hidden أنْ.
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
It is a general question regarding to Haroof-e-illat (و and ى ) rules.
I thought Haroof-e-illat rules apply on both verbs as well as isms. But it does not
appear to be from the following examples.
1:- Root (م و ت) . The ism مَيْوِتٌ after the rules becomes مَيِّتٌ. i.e اجوف واوى rule applied.
2:- (73:6:7) إِنَّ نَاشِئَةَ اللَّيْلِ هِيَ أَشَدُّ وَطْئًا وَأَقْوَمُ قِيلًا . The اجوف واوى rule on ism أَقْوَمُ is not applied.
3:- (2:177:32) أَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ وَآتَى الزَّكَاةَ . The اجوف واوى rule on verb IV أَقَامَ is applied .
Does this mean the rules are optional as far as ism is concerned?
Thanks
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Is the لام in
ال الموصولة
always articulated on the tongue? For example is it pronounced in this example:
ما أنت بالحكم التُرْضَى حكومته
ولا الأصيل ولا ذي الرأي والجدل
specifically the ال on الترضى
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(23:44:4) ثُمَّ أَرْسَلْنَا رُسُلَنَا تَتْرَا. How تَتْرَا is derived from و ت ر ?
(16:112:7) مُطْمَئِنَّةً . How this is derived from ط م ن ? Is there a wazan for this?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم
(90:14:6) مَسْغَبَةٍ
(90:15:3) مَقْرَبَةٍ
(90:16:4) مَتْرَبَةٍ
(90:17:9) بِالْمَرْحَمَةِ
What is the reason the above feminine words are used?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
These nouns are مصدر ميميّ which has أوزان.
Some take تاء مربوطة on the end.
There are many examples of مصدر ميمي of saalim and non-saalim verbs in:
المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف – عليه الصلاة والسلام
الصفحة الــ 82.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(107:5:5) س ه و are the radicals of سَاهُونَ which is plural and is اسم مرفوع.
1. Am I right that it is based on wazan فَاعُوْلٌ . If yes then the plural becomes سَاهُوْوُوْنَ. So
how it becomes سَاهُونَ ?
2. If not then what is the wazan and how it becomes سَاهُونَ ?
Thanks.
Sorry. My question was why feminines are used.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
In certain situations فَ is used in jawab-e- shart. Is there a special name for this فَ ?
Example (5:6:5) إِذَا قُمْتُمْ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَاغْسِلُوا وُجُوهَكُمْ
Thanks.
As salaamu ‘alaykum wa rahmatullaah,
I am wondering if it possible to finish this course in 1 year.
As-salaamu alaykum wa rahmatullaah,
I am wondering if it is possible to finish this course in 1 year? I have few responsibillity now, and much free time. How much hour per day should I dedicate to this course then? And is it possible to find all the book on the Internet? Or do I have to buy some?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
It is possible to finish the course as quickly as possible according to how hard you work بإذن الله.
The amount of time we advise you spend, is to allocate all your free time (after the daily obligations).
Most of the books and courses are free. A few need to be bought.
Admin
السلام عليكم
(7:196:8) هُوَ يَتَوَلَّى الصَّالِحِينَ. Why zamma on ى of يَتَوَلَّى (verb-V muzarah) is not shown?
Do not see any grammatical reason.
(60:6:14) وَمَنْ يَتَوَلَّ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْغَنِيُّ الْحَمِيدُ. Why the mujzoon ى of يَتَوَلَّ is not shown?
Thanks.
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
Please tell where I can get the detailed spelling rules for hamzah.
Allaahu yajzee-kum!
Please tell me
#1 How to write
dual of the word “جزء” in all 3 cases
and
#2 plural of the word “قراءة“!
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(69:7:3) سَخَّرَهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سَبْعَ لَيَالٍ وَثَمَانِيَةَ أَيَّامٍ حُسُومًا
Am I right to say that سَبْعَ is masculine because لَيَالٍ is feminine and ثَمَانِيَةَ is feminine
because أَيَّامٍ masculine
asSalamu alaikum
Plz I would ask: How do we know what the khabar of kaana is in book 3, lesson 10, page 84, third last line of lesson?
JazakumAllah khair
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I have a question regarding the names of the سور . I’ve read that, for example, “المؤمنون” in سورة المؤمنون is مضاف إليه مجرور بكسرة مقدرة منع من ظهورها الحكاية .
This concept comes up often in books of grammar when the scholars mention the إعراب of a specific word. There it makes sense to me. Now in terms of the names of the سور, it does not.
What is the difference in meaning of سورة المؤمنون vs. if we said سورة المؤمنين ? Is there any way to explain this difference? Why can المؤمنون not be عطف بيان ?
بارك الله فيكم
بارك الله فيك
1) I feel as if in the case you mentioned it would be more commonly said اكتب الكلمة المؤمنون or even اكتب القول المؤمنون, not اكتب قول المؤمنون . If not, what is the difference in the meaning?
2) But in regards to the names of the سور, your explanation helped. Could we say that the meaning of سورة المؤمنون is: “The سورة of THE believers”? I say “THE” as a way to signify that it is a proper noun.
3) This brings up another question. I’ve come across اسم العلم but not in the case of a word like المؤمنون . What is the difference in meaning if we wanted to use المؤمنون as a proper noun vs. using the ال in المؤمنون to indicate الجنس ?
وفيك بارك.
#1: It would be clearer to write it the way you suggest. But I wrote it the other way to demonstrate a point.
#2: One of the مصاحف I have, translates it as: ‘Suurah: The Believers’.
#3: There is no difference in meaning. The difference is the usage and context. It is this that will determine how a listener understands – as occurs in our mind when we say:
سورة المؤمنون
compared to المؤمنون – intending jins.
Admin
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
Please clarify!
In سألتمونيها what kind of و is it?
What do the grammarians call it?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
It is called واوٌ نَــحْــوِيَّــةٌ.
See:
1. دروس اللغة العربية : Vol 2 lesson 7
2. كتاب المعلم لــ: دروس اللغة العربية
Lexical and grammatical notes for lesson 7 Vol 2.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(77:11:3) وَإِذَا الرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ . The radicals of أُقِّتَتْ are (و ق ت). Why it is أُقِّتَتْ not وُقِّتَتْ?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(79:9:1) أَبْصَارُهَا خَاشِعَةٌ . The feminine Dameer هَا is pointing to some feminine.
Who is that?
Thanks
Sorry. My question was the feminine Dameer is pointing to
something and what is that. Is it pointing toward قُلُوبٌ in
(79:8:1)قُلُوبٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ وَاجِفَةٌ or something else?
Thanks
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
Does the verb قال have two objects?
Please clarify with examples!
Are these examples correct?:
قَالَ الْحَقَّ (المبني للمعلوم)
He told the truth.
قِيلَ الْحَقُّ (المبني للمجهول)
The truth was told.
قَالَ لَنَا الْحَقَّ (المبني للمعلوم)
He told us the truth.
قِيلَ لَنَا الْحَقُّ (المبني للمجهول)
We were told the truth.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
الطلاق مرتان
why is khabar dual, and mubtada singular?
Barak Allahu feekum
You can confirm with someone if you want, but as far as I’m aware the mubata; and khabar only have to be correlate in gender/number/etc. when the khabar is ism al-fa’il, ism al-maf’ul, or ism as-sifah. Just like in English you can say that Talaaq is twice, you can say it in Arabic too.
السلام عليكم
Q1. (11:44:5) وَقِيلَ يَا أَرْضُ ابْلَعِي مَاءَكِ وَيَا سَمَاءُ أَقْلِعِي . Order was give to earth and sky but why
ابْلَعِي is فعل مجرد is used and أَقْلِعِي is فعل مزيد فيه ?
Q2. Is there a way to recognize لا جنس ?
Thanks
Sorry,
(11:44:5) وَقِيلَ يَا أَرْضُ ابْلَعِي مَاءَكِ وَيَا سَمَاءُ أَقْلِعِي
I mean is there any particular reason that in one case (ابْلَعِي ( فعل مجرد and in another case (أَقْلِعِي (فعل مزيد فيه is used?
Thanks
whats the difference between معلِّم, أستاذ, مربّ , مدِّرس Arabic words?
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(103:2:2) إِنَّ الْإِنْسَانَ لَفِي خُسْرٍ . Is لَفِي خُسْرٍ khabar of إِنَّ ?
Which dars explain the types of khabar i.e. مفرد خبر and مركب خبر etc in جمله اسميه?
I have down loaded the Arabic grammar course books. It does not allow me to
insert some marking on the page so that I can search later on. When tried the options
such as “Add Text” are grayed. For example if I could insert a letter “Khabar” on
particular page then I could search for this.
Is it possible? Normally I can insert the marking on 3rd party pdf files.
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(69:19)فَيَقُولُ هَاؤُمُ اقْرَءُوا كِتَابِيَهْ. Why there is هْ at the end of كِتَابِيَهْ ? Is it to keep the rhythm?
Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
It is explained in the Shaykh’s new book: اثاقلتم
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
In Madina Book-III page 49 الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ . Here لِلَّهِ its i”raab is خبر
يَوْمَ تَكُونُ السَّمَاءُ كَالْمُهْلِ. Can I say كَالْمُهْلِ is a خبر of كَانَ.
Maqbool
السلام عليكم
With ref. to following verse
انك انت العزيز الحكيم and ان الله عليم حكيم . I am not clear when khabar is to be Ma’rifah and when Nakirah. in first verse pronoun kaa and Anta is ismu-inna and khabar inna is Ma’rifah. where as in verse second Khabar is Nakirah.
Is there some ruling that defines the use of khabar as Ma’rifah or Nakirah. As in verses above with mubtadha mukhatab second person it is Ma’rifah and in second verse Mubtada third person it is Nakirah.
please elaborate thanks. جزاك الله
Assalamo Alaikum Respected Sheikh,
I am studying the concept of “Haal” in Ayah 11 of Surah Yusuf (المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف P42). I have following questions:
1. I could not fully grasp what is عامل النصب.
2. We learnt in Book 3 that Haal is identified by the question “How” but here the question already exists so how to identify Haal in this case?
3.Does it have any relation/connection with Sahib al-Haal?
JAK Wassalam
Thanks a lot, for explaining.
From this I understand, that in 1st verse ref. above العزيز الحكيم is used as اسماء الله and in 2nd verse عليم حكيم is used as khabar mufrad . in both cases other wise they are اسماء صفات
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(77:11:3) وَإِذَا الرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ. Under what grammar rule(s) the وُ of أُقِّتَتْ is changed to أُ ?
Thanks.
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
My question is:
Ghufraan, Furqaan, Ridwaan, ‘Irfaan
Can these masdars having Alif-Noon zaaidataan become diptotes if used as proper names?
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
Which Madina book explains the Badal (بدل )?
Thanks.
اسلام عليكم
We have been taught that Tanween mean “a” of English, كتاب with tanween means a book, but when tanween is put on plural noun as كتب does it mean a collection of books.
In the same context, please kindly explain for my understanding following verses of Surah Ghashiah.
فيها سرر مرفوعه
و اكواب موضوعه
و نمارق مصفوفه
first verse both have tanween although سرر is plural. so is in the second verse. in the third verse نمارق has single dhamma where as its adjective مصفوفه has tanween. adjective has to match the noun otherwise it becomes khabar. why سرر has tanwwen
and نمارق single dhamma. thanks
اسلام عليكم
جزاكم الله خيرا
Obliged is me , for the reply and pray for the whole team running this great service for people like me who are trying to learn the message of الله سبحانه و تعالى و رسوله .
بدأ يبدؤ means to begin or start as الله يبدؤالخلق .
Today while teaching my daughter a book i read a sentence
متى ستبدأ الحصه الاولى when will part one start. here الحصه is with
Dammah as a فاعل . Does بدأ gives two meanings, he started and It started(by itself as فاعل ).
Secondly in ستبدأ hamza should be on chair of و not on ا as per rule. Kindly make me understand. thanks
اسلام عليكم
Thanks a lot for reply and correction.
But i quoted the use of particle س with متى from the book متى ستبدأ . Any how i have noted the rule. Thanks for guiding.
Secondly بدأ يبدأ verse quoted الله يبدؤاالخلق , final ء is taking chair of و . when it will start and Allah starts, in both فاعل is third person singular only difference is in first case it is hidden and in second it is visible, first is verbal sentence and second is nominal. It is not understood why ستبدأ and يبدؤا are written different spellings.
Lastly ا of spelling rule (as spoken by brother Asif ), put here after و is put in past tense as ذهبوا also in مضارع as لتسكنوا after noon is hazaf to make it munsoob for لام السبب . It is also applied to nouns like شفعاؤا .
What is rule regarding this ا of spelling rule. is it like silents in english psycology, writing. By putting this at the end in يبدؤا does it make final hamza medial and that is why hamza is taking chair of و .
Kindly elaborate for we the learners. جزاكم الله خيرا
اسلام عليكم
The book referred is
اللغه االعربيه للناطقات بغير ها المستوى اثانى page 6 . It is tought in مركز الجاليات here in Riyadh.
Verse 13 of sura room juz 21, uses شفعاؤا with out مضاف اليه so can we take it as quranic orthography.
Regarding use of ا as spelling rule both in verbs and noun ( شفعاؤا ليسكروا ) is still
not clear to me. Kindly guide me
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(23:44:4) ثُمَّ أَرْسَلْنَا رُسُلَنَا تَتْرَا كُلَّ مَا جَاءَ أُمَّةً رَسُولُهَا كَذَّبُوهُ. How تَتْرَا is derived
from radicals و ت ر ? Is there a wazan (pattern) for this?
Thanks.
Assalamo Alaikum wa Rahmatullah Respected Sheikh,
I am studying Ayah 12 of Surah Yusuf (المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف P44).
Please explain to me why in this part of the ayah وَإِنَّا لَهُ لَحَافِظُونَ it is لام التقویة and not لام المزحلقة (due to presence of انَّ)?
JazakAllah Khair Wassalam
السلام عليكم
وإنا لــه لــحافظون:
There are two laams here:
The laam on لَــهُ is لام التقوية.
The laam on لــحافظون is اللام الـمزحلقة.
This aayah is studied on ‘Selections’ (Lesson 4).
Admin
asalamualaikum
where from i can buy aththaqaltum
barak Allah fekum
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
You can buy it on-line here.
Admin
Assalamu Alaikum Warahmatullahi Wabarakatuhu Our Dear Father and Respected Shaykh
May Allah bless you and grant you the best in this life and the next.
Dear Shaykh,
My question is if you could provide me with a book/syllabus list to study the Arabic language. I know of your Madinah Arabic books which are of 3 levels but which books do u then recommend to be studied to further progress.
I browsed through the forum and your website but did not find a structured or numbered list of books to study from the beginning till the end. It maybe present on your website but I missed it.
I was hoping that I could be sent a list of books to study from beginner level till advanced level
I look forward to your response
Jazakallahu khayrun
I hope my question was clear Dear Respected Shaykh. I was of hoping of something similar to what is below if it is not available on your website already:
1. Madinah book 1
2. Madinah book 2
3. Madinah book 3
4. Al-Ajrooumiyah
5. Qatar un Nada
6. Alfiyyah ibn Maalik
Please note this is just an example Shaikh as i have no knowledge of the curriculum’s of study to learn the Arabic language.
Jazakallahu Khayrun
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيراً for your message.
Our Shaykh has authored a complete study program to master the Arabic sciences (from beginner to very advanced level).
Pls visit:
Beginner’s Library
Advanced Library
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
لَا تَرْكُضُوا وَارْجِعُوا إِلَىٰ مَا أُتْرِفْتُمْ فِيهِ. How do you determine if the meaning of ارْجِعُوا is
“You Go back” or You Come back”
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(60:6:16) وَمَنْ يَتَوَلَّ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْغَنِيُّ الْحَمِيدُ . The ف is inserted with إِنَّ in the conditional
sentence. Which one of the seven situations is
present here?
Thanks
But is not إنَّ in (60:6:16) a حرف نصب instead of اسم?
as salamu alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakaatuh ya Shaykhanaa. I have a question about the verb form تفعلل؟
In the madinah books it was explained that for two forms of verbs if there are two ta’s one of the ta’s may be omitted such as لا تعاونوا could be لا تتعاونوا and the verb form لا تتبسموا could be لا تبسموا. If this is the case, then could I omit it similarly with تزلزل like لا تتزلزلوا could be لا تزلزلوا؟
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(68:20:1 فَأَصْبَحَتْ كَالصَّرِيمِ . Could you please explain why أَصْبَحَتْ is feminine?
Is it because الصَّرِيمِ being جمع مكسر or something else ?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
In المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف on page 18 2nd line انزالا إياها منزلة العقلاء
The word انزالا is masdar اياها is مفعول به for the masdar what is the اعراب of منزلة is it تمييز
Jazaka Llahu
Adil
السلام عليكم
I after rethinking feel it should not be تمييز instead it
المفعول المطلق لبيان النوع
والسلام
وعليكم السلام
مــنــزلــةَ:
إنه مفعول فــيـــه.
abdur rahim
Salam,
JazakumALLAH khairan for your reply to my question above. I also have another q:
mataa- (when)- on which radical is the sukoon?
barakAllah feekum,
plz can you do the grammatical analysis of the hadith
مَا نَقَصَتْ صَدَقَةٌ مِنْ مَالٍ
السلام عليكم Sister
The Shaykh says the wording above, is not correct. Here is the Shaykh’s reply:
فهذا كلام مقلوب، الحديث الذي رواه الترمذي هو :
ما نقص مال عبد من صدقة.
ف عبد الرحيم
I am a post-madina books student. Id like to know more about each mazeed baab meanings. What should I read?
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
(72:23) وَمَنْ يَعْصِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ فَإِنَّ لَهُ نَارَ جَهَنَّمَ خَالِدِينَ فِيهَا أَبَدًا
If the إِنَّ is removed from the above jawab-al-shart then where would the فَ be placed?
Would it look like وَمَنْ يَعْصِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ فَلَهُ نَارُ جَهَنَّمَ خَالِدِينَ فِيهَا أَبَدًا or …
Thanks
Assalamo Alikum Respected Sheikh
May Allah Taala grant you long and healthy life.
With the infinite mercy of Allah Taala I have completed the First Section (14 Ayat) of المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف. I am now starting the first exercise. It would be very helpful if we can get answers to the questions.
Jazak Allah wassalam
Assalamu alaykum, I pray you are well. I would like to have your permission to teach the madinah reader book 1 to teenage girls. I teach them for no charge. If you give me your permission to use the pdf book, lessons ,etc, may i please have your full name and your consent. Also, I would like to add that sharing my part with others helps me very much in learning myself and it also helps me not forget because i repeat to them and i hear them ( for quraan as an example). I would appreciate any advice or suggestions you have for me as this will be the first time i will start the arabic sessions.Jazaka lahu khayran. Taqabala lahu mina wa minkum eid mubarak as well.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Sister
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
Please go ahead and teach Madinah Arabic Reader Book 1 / Madinah Book 1.
You have permission to use the PDF Worksheets for Book 1 – available in the Children’s Library.
We also have worksheets in the Beginner’s Library.
Our advice is:
1. Please teach Book 1 using our new digital teaching videos.
2. Please adopt the teaching methods that are the best for teaching non-natives by closely following our Shaykh’s كتاب المعلِّم Teachers’s Guides (in: Teachers’ Library).
تقبّل الله منا ومنكم وعيد مبارك.
والسلام
Admin
Salaamun alaikum,
I have a question about surah maida verse 6. Specifically where it talks about wudhu. It says wamsahu biruusikum wa arjulakum. I understand these to be 2 mafool bihi for the verb wamsahu. Is this correct?
Also further down the ayat, it mentions famsahu biwujuhikum wa aydeekum.
Here is where i am confused. Why is it aydeekum and not aydeyakum? Is it not mafool bihi for the verb famsahu? Or is it mawtuf ala wujuhikum that came before it?
If it is mawtuf on wujuhikum then why in the part of the verse mentioning about wudhu is the latter part not wamsahu biruusikum waarjulikum instead of arjulakum?
This is very confusing for me and i hope you can clear my confusion.
Thanks
assalaamu alaikum. my question is regarding the Quranic ayah
وَإِنْ تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ إِذَا هُمْ يَقْنَطُونَ
I know the izaa here is mufaajiyah and has come in place of Faa. my question we know izaa is the place of faa *its replaced* but why Faa is not mentioned along with Izaa as we learnt that Faa usually comes with izaa mufaajiyah in Bk 3 lesson 23.
pls explain in details :) jazaka Allahu khayran
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله و بركاته
1. (92:15:4) لَا يَصْلَاهَا إِلَّا الْأَشْقَى . The radicals of الْأَشْقَى in one dictionary are (ش ق و) and in another are (ش ق ى). Similarly the radicals of سَجَىٰ in وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا سَجَىٰ are (س ج و) and (س ج ى). Does this mean both are correct?
2. Could you please tell me if there is download Arabic dictionary from the website ?
3. Am I right to say that Dr’s name عبد الرحيم at the top of the page is a murrakab-e-
azafi (Muzaf & Muzaf Alaih)? Is there a kasra on د and م ? English pronunciation of
the name appears as there is a zamma on د. I am just looking grammatically.
Thanks.
as salamu alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakaatuh ya Shaykhanaa. I posted this before but got no reply. I am just posting again in case you didn’t see my question. I have a question about the verb form تفعلل؟
In the madinah books it was explained that for two forms of verbs if there are two ta’s one of the ta’s may be omitted such as لا تعاونوا could be لا تتعاونوا and the verb form لا تتبسموا could be لا تبسموا. If this is the case, then could I omit it similarly with تزلزل like لا تتزلزلوا could be لا تزلزلوا؟
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamu Alaykum,
The following sentence appears in a text that I am reading:
فَدَخَلَ كُلُّ ذٰلِكَ فِي أُصُولِ مَعَاشِهِمْ وَصَارَ لَا يَخْرُجُ مِنْ قُلُوبِهِمْ إِلَّا أَنْ (تَمَزَّعَ) وَتَوَلَّدَ مِنْ ذٰلِكَ دَاءٌ عُضَالٌ دَخَلَ فِي جَمِيعِ أَعْضَاءِ ٱلْمَدِينَةِ، وَ(آفَةٌ) عَظِيمَةٌ لَمْ (يَبْقَ) مِنْهُمْ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَسْوَاقِهِمْ وَرُسْتَاقِهِمْ وَغَنِيِّهِمْ وَفَقِيرِهِمْ إِلَّا قَدِ ٱسْتَوْلَتْ عَلَيْهِ…
1) Please can you confirm the vowelling of this sentence as I have written it, particularly the three words in brackets.
2) Please translate the sentence into English.
3) Is the word “آفَةٌ” tabi’ to the word “دَاءٌ“, or is the word “آفَةٌ” the beginning of a new sentence (isti’naf)?
Wassalamu Alaykum
وعليكم السلام
فَدَخَلَ كُلُّ ذٰلِكَ فِي أُصُولِ مَعَاشِهِمْ وَصَارَ لَا يَخْرُجُ مِنْ قُلُوبِهِمْ إِلَّا أَنْ (تُمَزَّعَ) وَتَوَلَّدَ مِنْ ذٰلِكَ دَاءٌ عُضَالٌ دَخَلَ فِي جَمِيعِ أَعْضَاءِ ٱلْمَدِينَةِ، وَ(آفَةٌ) َظِيمَةٌ لَمْ (يَبْقَ) مِنْهُمْ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَسْوَاقِهِمْ وَرُسْتَاقِهِمْ وَغَنِيِّهِمْ وَفَقِيرِهِمْ إِلَّا قَدِ ٱسْتَوْلَتْ عَلَيْهِ…
All these things (i.e., manifestations of the life of luxury) became part of the principles of their life style, and they would not come out of their hearts except that they were torn apart. From all these was born an incurable disease which spread to all the members of the city, and a great calamity from which none in the markets nor in the countryside, neither the rich nor the poor remained unaffected by it.
(تَمَزَّعَ) should be (تُمَزَّعَ). The other words are correct.
abdur rahim
Assalamu Alaykum,
May Allah reward the Shaykh and the Admin for the quick response.
وذلك أن تلك الأشياء (لم تكن لتحصل) إلا ببذل أموال خطيرة ولا تحصل تلك الأموال إلا بتضعيف الضرائب…
1) Regarding the sentence above, one copy of the book has it as “لم يكن لتحصل” (yakun instead of takun), which is correct?
2) Also, how should the word “تحصل” be read in both occasions where it appears in the sentence? One copy of the book has a dhammah on the ص in both occasions, but I think the ص should have a fathah as I think the word “تحصل” is in the passive voice.
فإن امتنعوا قاتلوهم وعذبوهم وإن أطاعوا جعلوهم بمنزلة الحمير والبقر يستعمل في النضح والدياس والحصاد، ولا تقتنى إلا ليستعان بها في الحاجات.
3) In this second sentence, is the word “يستعمل” read as yusta’malu and the word “تقتنى” read as tuqtanaa, if so, why is the former prefixed with a ya and the latter prefixed with a ta?
Wassalamu Alaykum
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
Please answer my few questions:
1. How do I read this sentence that I saw in muqaddima of Book 3:
… وهو ليس كتاب نحو فحسب …
and what does it mean?
2. What are the differences between hamzat al-istifhaam and “hal”?
3. Can masaadir having alif-noon zaaidataan be treated as diptotes if they become proper nouns like Ridwaan, Ghufraan, Furqaan, ‘Irfaan, etc.
4. What are the rules for writing hamza at the end?
Please reply ASAP!
Assalamu Alaykum,
1) I would like clarification on the meaning of the verb “تَبَارَكَ” as in “تَبَارَكَ اللهُ” and “تَبَارَكَ الَّذِي بِيَدِهِ الْمُلْكُ“. How does the meaning of the verb relate to the meanings of the form تَفَاعَلَ and to the root ب ر ك?
2) In light of question 1) above, how do we translate the phrase “قَالَ اللهُ تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى“?
3) Please explain the meaning of the Qur’anic word “البُرُوجُ” as in 85:1 and 25:61. How does the meaning of the word in those two verses compare to its meaning in 4:78 in terms of the general meaning of the root ب ر ج?
Wassalamu Alaykum
السلام عليكم
Ayah 29, al-ankabut:
أَإِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ الرِّجالَ
In a book I read it says this hamzah is:
همزة تقرير وإنكار بلفظ استفهام
Please explain.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
This is answered in Q76 here.
Respected Dr, Abdur Raheem Sahab,
Firstly I have a prayer to Allah swt that May Allah bestow upon you Thy sublime mercy and keep you in best of health amongst us with long life and protect you from every corner and guide you in His light . Ameen
Ya Fadilat As Sheikh I Have completed the three madina books and presently going through SFGQ DVD 06. There in the dars, your majesty has covered “combination of Qasam and Shart” for which, I request notes in pdf. so that I can attach it in my Handouts for book 2 and 3 for my remembrance. Kindly provide me the requisite.
Shukran
Wasalaam
Hakimuddin Shamsi.
India
السلام عليكم Brother
جزاك الله خيرا for your comments.
We have prepared a transcription of these notes which you can download from our Advanced Library.
Download.
Admin
(1) in Madina book 2 , page no72 (lesson 7) question no.10(2) why it is ‘za tul ijl’ not ‘zat ul ijlati
(2) in the Quran in sura ‘shura’ al is not used in ‘inasan’ though al is used in zakura’
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I’ve been studying quran on my own and using إعراب القرآن – قاسم دعاية as a reference, because it is the only one I could get my hands on. He mentions certain terms that I am unfamiliar with.
One term he mentioned was الجملة ابتدائية.
Could you please explain this to me?
جزاك الله خيراً
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جملة ابتدائية: This comes at the very start of الكلام and is اسـمية أو فعلية.
It is a sentence that has no إعراب since it occurs at the start.
The sentences which begin the suurahs of the Qur’aan are ابتدائية – either اسـمية or فعلية.
جملة ابتدائية also comes after حتـى الابتدائية.
Admin
Salaamun ‘alay-kum!
Please explain the word “ليال” layaalin.
and
How to write in all three cases?
and
How to show its i’raab in this aayah:
… قال ءايتك ألا تكلم الناس ثلاث ليال سويا
Suurat Maryam, Aayah 10
Please reply ASAP!
Allaahu yajzee-kum
Salam,
I want to asks plz:
1. When the jawab u shart is a jumlah fi’liyya, do we say the jawabu shart is the entire jumla fi’liyya or just the fi’l?
2. In book 3’s key p. 60 it reads, “If the jawab al-shart has faa, the mudari’ verb therein is not majzoom. In this case the whole jawab al-shart is said to be in the place of jazm.” But in the following sentence, the fi’l mudari is majzoom, so I don’t understand the rule: “Man jaa’a muta’akhhiran falaa yadkhul hattaaa yasta’dhan” (line 9 of p. 118 of madinah book 3).
JazakumAllah khair
Muslima
Salam,
JazakumAllah khair! So, for my first question then, we say the jawab is the fi’l when it is majzoom as the jawab and we say the jawab is the jumlah fi’liyya when the verb is not majzoom as the jawab (as in the example from book 3 I gave)?
Jazakum Allah khair! So if someone says that the jumlah fi’liyya “yarahu” is the jawaab in the ayah from surah zalzalah, that is wrong, correct? The right answer would only be “yara”?
Got it!! JazakumAllah khair!
Salam,
I also want to ask plz:
How would we analyze “tajidoo” in the first line of page 119 of Madinah book 3?
Jazakum Allah khair
Muslima
اسلام عليكم
Today while revising conjugation in handouts madina book 2-3, I found that in
وجد in past there is فتح when it reaches to هم third person male plural. I feel it should be ضمه on وجدوا . kindly clarify is it typo mistake or other wise some rule there in الامثا ل الواوي
اسلا م عليكم
ً With reference to ayat 38 of surah مريم
أسمعْ بهم وأبصرْ يومَ
It is written that it is فعل ماضى جامد على صيغه الأ مر
where as in word meaning of Dr M. Mohar Ali it is mentioned as فعل تعجب
فعل تعجب has two forms . kindly elaborate this verb and its translation in this verse. thanks
(74:3:1) رَبَّكَ فَكَبِّرْ . This verse starts with ism and should it not be considered as jumlah
ismiyyah? If not then why?
In a website it is treated as jumlah fi”liyyah. رَبَّكَ which is muDaf
and muDaf ilah and كَ is mafool bihi of faail is فَكَبِّرْ.
Thanks
اسلام عليكم
The word قسط means justice, form 4 اقسط to be just,
making اسم الفاعل from it قاسط ج -قاسطون gives the meaning of unjust,
refer surah jin verse 15.
to me it should be doer of justice called قاسط
please clarify. thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh says (quote) :
قَسَطَ يَقْسِطُ قُسُوطاً بمعنى جار وعدل عن الحق،
أما أقسَطَ من باب أفعَلَ فمعناه عدل. والمصدر : القِسْط كذلك بمعنى العدل كما في الصحاح.
والسلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته.
ف. عبد الرحيم
Thanks. please I want to confirm is it اسم ا لفاعل or not. If it is , from افعل باب or فعل .. . I agree the meaning differs according to baab.
thanks once again
Assalamu alikum,
Barak Allah feekum for your answer to my q above. I have more qs plz:
1) The masdar of the verb nahaa yanhaa is nahyun, so when we add “al” it should be “an-nahyu” right? If someone says “An-nahu” it would be wrong?
2) Could you plz translate last 2 lines for explanation of “min qablu” on p. 102 of Madinah Book 3 (not the ayah, only the text before it)?
Thank you, jazaakumullah Khair, in advance.
JazakumAllah khair Admin! I want to know plz: what is the difference between shuhh and bukhl?
AsSalamu Alaikum wa Rahmatullah.
Respected Sheikh,
In Quranic verse 53:58 [ Laisa lahaa min doonilllahi kaashifah], why do we see a gender mismatch between Laisa and its Ism ?
Jazaakallahu khairan
Salam,
In surah hujurat at 40 mins doctor saheb says that if waaw is preceded by dammah it is haraka, what does he mean?
Salam,
Shabbir
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(55:13:2) فَبِأَيِّ آلَاءِ رَبِّكُمَا تُكَذِّبَانِ . What is singular of آلَاءِ , how this is made from the root
letters أ ل و. I could not find the word analysis in the dictionary.
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
وَظِلٍّ مِنْ يَحْمُومٍ . Is there a wazan for ism يَحْمُومٍ . Any other example like this.
The root letters are ح م م but can not find in
Misbah_Almunjum dictionary.
Thanks
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(88:2:1) وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ خَاشِعَةٌ عَامِلَةٌ نَاصِبَةٌ
I read book-2 lesson 31 which explains na’t and man’ut and did not see any word
between na’t and man’uut. So should I conclude that there can’t be another word
between na’t and man’ut?
If I am wrong then why وُجُوهٌ cannot be man’ut and خَاشِعَةٌ عَامِلَةٌ نَاصِبَةٌ na’ts.
Thanks
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(95:4:2) لَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا الْإِنْسَانَ فِي أَحْسَنِ تَقْوِيمٍ . Is فِي أَحْسَنِ تَقْوِيمٍ na’t and man’ut or مرکب اضافی or
could be both.
(95:5:2) ثُمَّ رَدَدْنَاهُ أَسْفَلَ سَافِلِينَ . Is أَسْفَلَ zarf makan? It looks like mufool and سَافِلِينَ
mufool mutlaq.
Could you please also answer my questions dated October 21, 2015 and
October 22, 2015
Thanks
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(17:9:3) إِنَّ هَٰذَا الْقُرْآنَ يَهْدِي لِلَّتِي هِيَ أَقْوَمُ وَيُبَشِّرُ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
I was listening the last lesson of book-3 (Time 2:24) and Br. Asif was
explaining the above verse and he was saying that the muf-ool of يَهْدِي which is النَّاسِ is mehzoof. He said there are books which indicate the mehzoofs of the quran but he did not name any. Do do know of any such book about the quran that indicates
the mehzoof words.
For example what could be the khabr of الْحَمْدُ which is mehzoof in الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ.
I am hoping that there must be some book(s) that explains these mezoofs.
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I am trying to apply correct حركات (vowel signs) to the following statement, of course to pronounce it correctly: “كتاب بدء الوحى”
كِتَابٌ بَدْءُ الْوَحْىِ , Is it correct to say the word كتاب must have (تنوين (مرفوع ?
So, the literal translation of this statement in English would be:
“Book: Beginning of Divine Revelation”
جزاكم الله خيرا في الدنيا والاخرة
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
كتابُ بدءِ الـوحــيِ:
The word كتابُ here is مضاف so has one Dammah.
What follows is the مضاف إليه.
There is an omission in this sentence which is the مبتدأ.
The تقدير is:
هذا كتابُ بدءِ الوحيِ.
كتابُ is the خبر.
The meaning can be translated as you have stated.
Sections in books that start with: باب or كتاب are usually an إضافة construction.
Often, the title omits the مبتدأ as it is understood by the reader.
You can see: شرح ابن عقيل على ألفية ابن مالك – الجزء الأول.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته يا فضيلة الشيخ
May Allah bless you.
I study at the university in Medinah. I found a book with the Title : إعراب القرآن الكريم و بيانه لمحيي الدين الرويش
It has 9 volumes. Is this Book recommendable ?
And I am looking for a Arabic dictionary. Which would you advise?
May Allah bless you and forgive you.
Brother Nasser
Al Madinah Al Munawwarah
As Salamu Alaikum Wa Rahmatullah Wa Barakatuhu may Allah bless you and protect you.
Dear Shaikh,
I live in Madinah and I want to buy all the books from advanced Library but I can’t find it here in Madinah.
Do you know any Bookstore where the books are available?
جزاك الله خيرا
Salam,
JazakumAllah khair for your answer to my q. I want to ask plz: surah 83, ayat 26, since fee dhalika is muqaddam, the meaning of the ayah is it: For that alone let the competitors compete?
Salamu alaikum!!
Respected Sheikh!! Just want to say that these books are a tremendous blessing! I can swear by them that they are THE only books that are proven to teach Arabic if you apply them and benefit from them the correct way! Allah bless you! I learned from these books and my husband is a former student of knowledge from Madinah.. We are currently Arabic teachers and we use them..I have a hard time convincing people that these books are the only answer to learning Arabic. :)
My question is I can’t seem to find ALL the volumes of each books’ worksheets. Does book 2 have worksheets for each lesson or is it just some lessons that have worksheets? Same for book 3..
Again Allah bless you! Alhamdulillah I came across this site.. I was in need of worksheets for a few years now..Allahu Akbar!!
السلام عليكم
Is there any reason that I do see the questions that I posted in Nov, 2015 ?
Thanks,
السلام عليكم
(78:39:2) ذَٰلِكَ الْيَوْمُ الْحَقُّ . How do you find if الْيَوْمُ is badal or Khabr? Is it badal?
In the lessons it was said that اسم معرفه after اسم اشارة will be badal.
Thanks.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh says (quote): ========
If the noun following the ism al-ishaarati has the definite article “al”, then it is mostly badal,
e.g. هَذَا الْكِتَابُ سَهْلٌ
(This book is easy).
It is not badal if it is definite by any other means.
So in: هَؤُلاَءِ بَنَاتُ الْمُدَرِّسَةِ.
(These are the lady teacher’s daughters),
– the word بَنَاتُ is khabar.
====== end quote.
عليكم السلام
I am sorry. How do I know that I have violated the forum rule(s)?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(82:1:2) إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْفَطَرَتْ . Is السَّمَاءُ انْفَطَرَتْ jumlah ismiyyah or fi’liyyah. It appears to be ismiyyah because it starts with ism.
Thanks.
Asa ..
Please where can I find answers to the worksheets ?
For example Madinah Book 1 Lesson 9AWorksheets?
Salamu alaikum,
Dear Sheikh may Allah Subhanahu Tala keep you blessed. I have a question regarding a lecture presented by the teacher in MAV_BK1_DVD02_PARTA3.avi. The portion of the video is as under with timing:
11:11 minutes: “I have put 2 stars in Kharaja and kharajat. In these two forms of verb, Hiya/Huwa, the fai’l can be Mustatir or can be present in the sentence……….”
12:40 minutes: All the pronouns which comes as a fai’l in the sentence, they are Marfoo’.
12: 53 minutes: And if the fai’l is stated in the sentence and it will only be stated if the verb is Huwa or Hiya……. if it is stated then it will have at the end of it……..the fai’l will have at the end of it Dammah…..
I dont understood as how can the pronouns have Dammah…….
JazakAllah Khair…..
Jazak Allah Khair sir.
Assalaamu alaikum
In the following Ayaa , which is ayaa-1 of surat hud kindly explain me the meaning and i’raab of Mi lladun
كتابٌ أُحكِمت آياتُهُ ثماَّ فُصِّلتْ من لّدُنْ حكيمٍ خبيرٍ
Wasalaam
Hakimuddin Shamsi
وعليكم السلام
كتابٌ أحكمتْ آياته ثم فصّلتْ مِنْ لــــــدنْ حكيمٍ خبيرٍ (هود: 1
لـــدنْ is a ظرف زمان ومكان، مبني على السكون and here it is في محل جر بــــ: مِنْ.
وهو متعلق بـــــــ: فُــــــــصلتْ
لدنْ has the meaning of: عندَ.
It is mostly preceded by مِنْ الجارّة in the Qur’aan – as in:
واجعلْ لنا مِنْ لــــدنْكَ وليّـــا واجعلْ لنا من لدنْكَ نصيرا (النساء: 75
وعلَّمْناه مِنْ لـَـــدُنَّا علماً (الكهف: 65
فهبْ لي من لدنْكَ وليـّـــــاًً (مريم: 5
وحناناً من لدنّــَـــــا وزكاةً … (مريم: 13
The meaning of the first aayah is:
‘This is a Book, the Verses whereof are perfected in every sphere of knowledge, and then explained in detail from One (Allâh) Who is All-Wise Well-Acquainted with all things.’
The Shaykh can give you more details.
Admin
Shukrun
Jazaak Allaahu khairan. I would be eagerly waiting for the Shaykh’s details
Wasalaam.
assalaamu 3alaykum dear shaykh.
I have some questions regarding grammar and meaning of verses 95 & 96 of Surah (21) surah Anbiya. where should I post them ?
Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
Please explain with grammar, the meaning of following verses of Q 21:95-96.
وَحَرَامٌ عَلَىٰ قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَاهَا أَنَّهُمْ لَا يَرْجِعُونَ (95
(وَحَرامٌ) خبر مقدم (عَلى قَرْيَةٍ) متعلقان بحرام (أَهْلَكْناها) ماض وفاعله ومفعوله والجملة صفة لقرية (أَنَّهُمْ لا يَرْجِعُونَ) أن والهاء واسمها ولا نافية ويرجعون مضارع والواو فاعله والجملة خبر أن والمصدر المؤول من أنّ وما بعدها مبتدأ مؤخر
حَتَّىٰ إِذَا فُتِحَتْ يَأْجُوجُ وَمَأْجُوجُ وَهُم مِّن كُلِّ حَدَبٍ يَنسِلُونَ (96)
حَتَّى) حرف غاية وجر (إِذا) ظرف لما يستقبل من الزمان متعلق بمحذوف تقديره قالوا يا ويلنا (فُتِحَتْ) ماض مبني للمجهول والتاء للتأنيث ) (يَأْجُوجُ) نائب فاعل (وَمَأْجُوجُ) معطوف عليه والجملة مضاف إليه (وَهُمْ) الواو واو الحال وهم مبتدأ (مِنْ كُلِّ) متعلقان بينسلون (حَدَبٍ) مضاف إليه (يَنْسِلُونَ) مضارع مرفوع بثبوت النون والواو فاعل والجملة خبر وجملة هم إلخ حالية
Please give English translation for the grammatical expressions in Arabic particularly after “Hatta Iza” and “Yansilun” . If you have better explanation please give that and correct any explanation which is not correct.Also explain whether they are jumlah Ismiah and jumlah faelia.
The apparent meaning is that V95 is linked to V96 and appears that “La Yarjeun” is conditional to “Hatta Iza futihat “.
My question is if it is about the dead then how they can return before blowing of second trumpet whereas release of Yajuj Majuj will take place before even the blowing of first trumpet also after second trumpet there will be no city to return and in any case not only these dead but all dead will return so what’s the distinction?
Also please explain the use of “futihat” which is a 3rd. person feminine , singular, passive , perfect verb. Please explain the use of feminine I mean what’s the need of making it feminine when “sadd” , “Radm” and Jidar are all masculine.
Also please explain what are fael and maful of “futihat”.
Ya Shaykh I know you are a very busy person but I find the above very difficult to understand. May Allah (SWT) give you lot of rewards for this (Ameen).
as salamu alaikum-I am trying to figure out what is the condition of I’rab from lesson 26 exercise 4 sentence 10.
In the sentence it mentions the name of the person-
كان النحوي عيسى بن عمر الثقفي
my question is what is the Irab of the title-
الثقفي؟
Could it be badl for Eesaa or maybe na’t for an Nahwee? Or is it something else?
I have came across this type of construction many times in hadeeth in the asaaneed and have always wondered about this question. Jazakumullahu khaira Ya Shaykhanaa!
Assalaam u alaikum
With reference to following ayaa 72, surah- Huud kindly explain me the i’raab of Alif in ويلتى, Is it the Alif of musannah ? i’m confused..
قالت يا ويلتى أأَلِدُ و انا عجوزٌ و هذا بَعْلِي شيخاً انَّ هذا لشيءٌعجيبٌ
wasalaam
Shukran yaa Shaykh.
I cleared my doubt.
Assalamu alaikum
I would like to ask for permission to make an phone/desktop application with the content of the Madinah Books. I won’t charge money for the app on the app store because it is a product of Dr Abdur Rahims work, however I feel it would be beneficial for muslims if the books came interactively.I have bought the books to learn the beloved language myself and want to share the knowledge with everyone possible
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister
We give you permission to do this.
Please send us a link to the finished application.
جزاك الله خيراً
والسلام
Admin
Asa
Dear shaykh May Allah bless you ..
Please explain why is it “هـذا الْبَيْتُ لِلْمُدَرِّسِ” not “هـذا بَيْتٌ لِلْمُدَرِّسِ” .. ” This house belong to the teacher ? “الْبيْتُ” not “بيْتٌ” why not with tanwin ?
Thanks
wa alaykumussalam
هـذا الْبَيْتُ means ‘this house’, and if you want to say ‘This house belongs to the teacher’, this is the construction to be used.
هـذا بيْتٌ لِلْمُدَرِّسِ means ‘This is a house belonging to the teacher’.
So the construction is according to the meaning.
Wassalam,
abdur rahim
Please also if some you can give some 3 word examples of “هـذا” with “ال”
and “هـذا” without “ال” .. I am finding it a little confusing ..
Thanks
هذا مسجدٌ. This is a mosque.
هذا بيتٌ. This is a house.
هذا قلمٌ. This is a pen.
هذا كتابٌ. This is a book.
If هذا is followed by اَلْ then the meaning (most of the time) is as follows:
هذا الْـــمسجدُ… This mosque…
هذا الْــبيتُ… This house…
هذا الـْـــــقلمُ… This pen…
هذا الْــــــكتابُ… This book…
Etc. These sentences are incomplete.
Admin
(salaam)
I am trying to follow madina book .. Can you please check and see if my understanding is correct and answer few phrases.
This = هـذا
A house = بِيْتٌ
This is a house = هـذا بِيْتٌ
This house =هـذاالْبَيْتُ
This house is big= هـذا الْبَيْتُ كَبِيْرٌ
This is a big house =هـذا بَيْتٌ كَبِيْرٌ
Pen = قَلَمٌ
My pen = قَلَمِي
My pen is new = قَلَمِي جَدِيْدٌ ??? ( is this correct )
My new pen = قَلَمَي ??? (Please help)
My new pen is broken =??? قَلَمِي ?? مَكْسُوْرٌ ( please help )
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Your answers are correct ما شاء الله.
قلمِي جديدٌ. My pen is new.
قلمِي الــجديدُ my new pen
Here are some more examples:
كتابِي الجديدُ my new book
بيتِي الــجديدُ my new house
مكتبِــي الــجديدُ my new desk
The na”t for the muDaaf comes at the end of the construction since a مضاف and مضاف إليه cannot be separated.
قلمِي الْجديدُ مكسورٌ My new pen is broken.
بيتي الجديدُ صغيرٌ My new house is small.
Admin
السلام عليكم
(2:280:9) وَأَنْ تَصَدَّقُوا خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ. Is this jumlah shartiyyah in which أَنْ تَصَدَّقُوا
is shart and خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ is jawaab al-shart?
السلام عليكم
(2:282:16) لَا يَأْبَ كَاتِبٌ . Please explain why ى is missing from يَأْبَ ?
Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
Please explain the following:
With ref. to Surah Feel in the word تَرْمِيهِمْ there are 2 morphological segments
تَرْمِي
and
هِمْ
” Tarmi” is a verb . I am unable to conjugate Ra , mim , Ya . I believe it is 3rd. person singular feminine imperfect verb. ” Him” is its “maful bih” referring to “Ashab e feel”.
What is “Fael” of “Tarmi” if it is “Hiya” then whom does it refer to ?
Jazak Allah Khair…
Dear Br Qamar
wa alaykumussalaam
The faa”il of ترمي is the latent pronoun هِيَ as you have rightly guessed, and it refers to طيراً mentioned in the previous aayah. As it is the plural of an irrational noun, it is grammatically feminine singular.
I hope it is clear.
Wassalam,
abdur rahim
Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
Thank you very much for the useful guidance how ever I still have some difficulty:
No.1 = which word are you referring to as plural of irrational noun being grammatically singular.
No.2= ” Tayir” has been used both as singular and plural for ex.
فَتَنْفُخُ فِيهَا فَتَكُونُ طَيْرًا بِإِذْنِي , كَهَيْئَةِ الطَّيْرِ 3:49, (a bird –singular) 5:110
طَيْرًا أَبَابِيلَ 105:3, مَنْطِقَ الطَّيْرِ 27:16, فَتَأْكُلُ الطَّيْرُ 21:41, تَأْكُلُ الطَّيْرُ 12:36 (birds- Plural).
First I thought that plurality of “Tayir” would be indicated by the verb , participle or adjective etc. but when I consider ” Takulut tayri” and “Fatakulutayru” I become confused coz “Takulu ” is 3rd person fem. singular imperfect verb. Please explain the rule for determining number .Also is ” Tayir” same type of noun as “fish” in English which is used both as singular and plural?
Jazak Allah Khairun.
Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
Thank you very much.
Should I wait for Q. No. 2 ?
Jazak Allah Kahirun.
assalaamu alaykum warahmatullah,
I have recently completed the Madina Arabic course book 3. I was wondering if I could get hold of a copy of the answers of the general questions at the end of the book.
Jazakallahu khairan in advance
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
مبارَك for this great achievement.
The book can be purchased on-line at a reduced price here.
Or you can download the complete book in the Beginner’s Library here.
Admin
JazakAllahu khairan fi’daarayn.
Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
Using ” رَزَقَ ” as verb please advise the Arabic for following:
1. My Rabb provides me.
2. Our Rabb provides us.
Jazak Allah Khairan.
Walaikum Salam,
Thanks a lot. Jazak Allah.
Assalamualikum yaa shaykh,
ثم سأل المدرس الطلاب عدة اسالة from book 2 lesson 9.
Is the word عدة in this sentence مفعول مطلق Or مفعول به?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
The Shaykh was asked a similar question:
What is the إعراب of أسئلةً in:
الطلابُ يسألون المدرِّسَ أسئلةً كثيرةً?
The Shaykh replied it is مفعول مطلق.
Admin
Jazakallahu khayran for the reply. I was a bit confused thinking it was mafulun bihi number two as the verb سأل can take two مفعول به.
It takes two مفعول به when you ask someone for something e.g.:
سألَ الطالبُ المدرِّسَ قلماً
The student asked the teacher for a pen.
سألَ الولدُ أمـَّــه عصيراً
The boy asked his mother for juice.
سألتُ الْبَقَّالَ عَدَساً
I asked the grocer for lentils.
Ref : ‘Both These Lights Emanate from the Same Niche’ pg 47.
Admin
That explains a lot mashaAllah. So when it’s masdar of the same verb its actually mafulun mutlaq otherwise its mafulun bihi number two, is that correct?
Wassalam
Salamu aleykum
I would like to know how it can be مفعول مطلق when it’s not a masdar and it’s not deputized?
Jazakumu Allahu khayran!
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh addressed this in another reply.
A مصدر as an abstract idea has no plural. But when it conveys number, then it has a plural and grammatically can be a مفعول مطلق e.g.:
سجدتُ سجداتٍ.
That is the Shaykh’s example.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته.
Which terminologies or names related with alif are there? Can you write all of these names of alif. And where are they used? I heard saqira tawila and i dont know about them
Assalamualikum yaa shaykh,
فَهِمْتُمُوهُ/رأَيْتُمُوهُم/رَأَيْتُمُوها etc could you please tell us what do we call this extra و in Arabic between the verb and the object?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
السلام عليكم
إِذَا وَقَعَ ضَمِيرُ نَصْبٍ مُتَّصِلٌ بَعْدَ ضَمِيرِ الْمُخَاطَبِينَ زِيدَتْ بَيْنَهُمَا وَاوٌ نَـــحْـــــوِيَّـــــــةٌ:
رَأَيْــــتُـــــمْ + ه = رَأَيْـــــــتُــــــمُـــــوه.
Quoted from:
كتاب المعلِّم لــ: دروس اللغة العربيّة لغير الناطقين بها؛
Vol 2, dars 7.
Admin
Jazaakallahu khayran.
Assalamualikum yaa shaykh,
فما معنى هذه الكلمات الثلاث؟ (taken from B2 L9) I understand the word الثلاث is a نعت for الكلمات but why is الثلاث masculine while the منعوت is feminine?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
وعليكم السلام Br Muhammad Hasan
You know the rules of عدد and معدود.
We say : ثلاثة أبناء وثلاث بنات.
If we use the numbers as نعت, we follow the same rule.
We say : أبنائي الثلاثة، وبناتي الثلاث.
Hope this is clear.
والسلام,
abdur rahim
Alhamdulillah this is clear now. Jazakallahu khayran.
Assalamu alaikum respected shaykh,
The word جانّ used in B2 L9, is it the فاعل from the verb جَنّ? If it is so, what would be the plural of it?
In the Quran Allah uses the word جِنَّ in the following Ayat وَمَا خَلَقْتُ الْجِنَّ وَالْإِنْسَ إِلَّا لِيَعْبُدُونِ, what kind of word is it?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam
Jazakallahu khayran. Could you please explain the word جانّ used in B2 L9.
May Allah reward you abundantly.
Assalamu alaikum
(5:3:30) ذَٰلِكُمْ فِسْقٌ. Is the meaning of this “This is a great sin” or This is your great sin”
Dear Br Muhammad Hasan
وعليكم السلام
The plural of جانّ is جِنَّانٌ like حِيطَانٌ which is the plural of حائِطٌ.
Hope this has helped you.
والسلام
abdur rahim
Jazakallahu khayran
Assalamu alaikum
(5:27:4) وَاتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ابْنَيْ آدَمَ بِالْحَقِّ إِذْ قَرَّبَا قُرْبَانًا
Please explain how dual ابْنَيْ is derived?
Thanks
Ya Shaykh assalaamu 3alaykum,
Q 21:96 حَتَّىٰ إِذَا فُتِحَتْ يَأْجُوجُ وَمَأْجُوجُ وَهُم مِّن كُلِّ حَدَبٍ يَنسِلُونَ (96)
In the above verse ” فُتِحَتْ ” is ” فعل ماض مبني للمجهول “.
Is ” Yajuju wa Majuju ” the fa’il” of “Futihat”?
If so do we translate it as: Until when has been opened Yajujo wa Majuju———-? (meaning they secure their release)
Dear Br Qamar Faruqui
وعليكم السلام
Yes, Ya?juuj is نائب الفاعل (not الفاعل as you wrote) of the verb فُـــتِحَتْ.
The verb is feminine because Ya?juuj and ma?juuj are an ummah.
The translation is:
till the time when Ya?juuj and Ma?juuj are released (from behind the barrier)….
Hope this has helped you.
والسلام
abdur rahim
Asa ..
Please explain what is the difference between “بالجامعة” and “في الجامعة”
Thanks
AsSalamu Alaikum.
Respected Sheikh, the following is a part of a hadith in which the Prophet advised us to sharpen the knives before slaughtering, so that the animal does not suffer. The hadith is found in An-nawawi’s forty hadith (hadith number 17).
وَلْيُحِدَّ أَحَدُكُمْ شَفْرَتَهُ، وَلْيُرِحْ ذَبِيحَتَ
Is “yuhidda” majzum here due to Laam al-amr ? Does this verb have an alternative majzum “yuhdid”?
Jazaakallahu khairaa
Assalamu alaikum respected shaykh
في كم يومٍ (taken from B2 L9) why is the tamyiiz majroor after كم? what are the conditions when tamyiiz becomes majroor?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalaam
The Shaykh has explained this in:
كتاب المعلِّم لــــ: دروس اللغة العربيّة:
الجزء الثاني، ص 81.
Admin
Jazakallahu khayran
al salaamu alaykum,
What is the chapter number in which the discussion between ابن & بن was brought?
jazak Allahu khayran
al salaamu alaykum,
(6:90:6) أُولَٰئِكَ الَّذِينَ هَدَى اللَّهُ فَبِهُدَاهُمُ اقْتَدِهْ . What is the status of هْ in اقْتَدِهْ? Is it مفعول به ?
Thanks.
Assalamu alaikum
مَنْ جَاءَ بِالْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا . Could you please explain why there is a فَ in فَلَهُ in jwab-e-shart?
Do not see the situation of دخول ف.
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Does the الشيخ have any recommendations for books in Arabic on Arabic poetry and its sciences such as علم العروض والقوافي? I understand that the الشيخ has poetry interspersed throughout his works, but I wanted to build a basic foundation in terms of the principles of الشعر and definitions of the common terms used (e.g. ألف الإطلاق, etc.) and the الأوزان (e.g. أرجوزة, نونية).
بارك الله فيكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
فضيلة الشيخ recommends the following book:
العروض الواضح وعلم القافية للدكتور محمد علي الهاشمي
Published by دار القلم.
The Shaykh said this may be available on the internet for reading / download.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
On the back of the Sheikh’s new book Iththaqaltum, he mentions, “There is copious material in Arabic dealing with such phonetic and morphological peculiarities, but very little in English.”
A preview of the book would be nice, if you can direct me to one.
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamu alaikum respected shaykh
إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ اللّهِ قَرِيبٌ (part of the verse from Surah 7:56). My question is why is the
خبر إنّ أي قريب مذكّر واسمها مؤنث؟ If I am not mistaken the word قَرِيبٌ is صفة مشبَّهة according to المعجم: اللغة العربية المعاصر So, as per the rule of المطابقة بين المبتدأ والخبر the khabr should have matched with the mubtada in gender but in this case it hasn’t. Could you please elaborate why hasn’t it followed the normal rule?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
The فضيلةُ الشيخ – حفظه الله answered this previously; quote: ====
The nouns formed in the pattern فَعِيلٌ are used as masculine or feminine.
رحمة is feminine so is قريب in this sentence.
The word قريبة does not appear in the Holy Qur’aan at all.
Here are examples of قريب used as feminine:
Q33:63:
اللَّهُ الَّذِي أَنزَلَ الْكِتَابَ بِالْحَقِّ وَالْمِيزَانَ وَمَا يُدْرِيكَ لَعَلَّ
السَّاعَةَ قَرِيبٌ
and as masculine:
Q2:186:
وَإِذَا سَأَلَكَ عِبَادِي عَنِّي فَإِنِّي قَرِيبٌ
=== end Shaykh’s reply ====
jazakallahu khayran for the clarification. Shaykh said ” The word قريبة does not appear in the Holy Qur’aan at all”. Does it mean that the nouns formed in the pattern فَعِيلٌ can also take round taa to denote femininity like قريبة or the pattern فَعِيلٌ is always as it is both for masculine and feminine?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(7:54:15) يُغْشِي اللَّيْلَ النَّهَارَ يَطْلُبُهُ حَثِيثًا .
Are both the following correct.
1. The night covers the day
2. The day covers the night
If only one is correct then what would be the reason?
Thanks
السلام عليكم
1. (29:68:13) أَلَيْسَ فِي جَهَنَّمَ مَثْوًى لِلْكَافِرِينَ .
Am I right to say that هُوَ in لَيْسَ is the ism of لَيْسَ and فِي جَهَنَّمَ مَثْوًى لِلْكَافِرِينَ is khabr of لَيْسَ ?
If not please explain what is ism and khabr.
2. (7:95:8) وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ يَا فِرْعَوْنُ . Please explain why there is a Damma on فِرْعَوْنُ while it is منصوب?
3. قَالَ كَمْ لَبِثْتُمْ فِي الْأَرْضِ عَدَدَ سِنِينَ . Please explain how سُنٌوْنٌ becomes سِنِينَ instead of سُنٌوْنِىْنَ .
Thanks.
السلام عليكم
I mean how سِنِينَ is derived from root letters (س ن و)?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(10:78:16) وَمَا نَحْنُ لَكُمَا بِمُؤْمِنِينَ .
Some times there is a proposition of بِ with مُؤْمِنِينَ and some times not. Is there any rule for this ?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Could you please guide me which lesson(s) explains the usage of مَا as negative or none
negative etc?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
The Sheikh mentions in the English Key Part II at the top of page 29:
“If we say ‘ra’aita-i^‘ or ‘ra’aiti-i^‘ the Arabic phonetic system requires the omission of the vowel ‘a’ or ‘i’ before the pronoun ‘-i^’ ”
I was having difficulty understanding how the vowel ‘i’ (not ‘a’) is omitted before the pronoun ‘-i^‘ . What’s the difference between ‘ra’aiti-i^’ and ‘ra’ait-i^’ ? Isn’t there always a كسرة before the pronoun ‘-i^’ ?
بارك الله فيكم
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(16:64:11) الَّذِي اخْتَلَفُوا فِيهِ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لِقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Please explain what makes هُدًى ism majroor and رَحْمَةً ism mansoob.
Thanks
Dear Br Maqbool Ahmad
وعليكم السلام
What makes you think that هُدًى is مجرور. It is not مجرور, it is also منصوب, and the sign of its being منصوب is فتحة which is latent (مقــــدّر) because this noun is مقصور.
هُدًى here in this aayah is منصوب because it is مفعول لأجله. The taqdiir is: أَنْــــــزَلْــــنَـــاه هُدًى
رَحْمَةً is منصوب because it is معطوف of هُدًى .
Hope this has helped you to understand the aayah.
والسلام
abdur rahim
Salaam Alaikum Sheikh,
Hope this email finds you in the best state of health and iman. To be brief I have a small school/madresah based in Herat, Afghanistan. It is a religious school with about 80 students attending full time. As part of our syllabus we teach your Madina book series Al-Durus ul Lughatul Arabia Li Ghairinaatiqeena behaa. (which we have downloaded from the internet, since they are not available here)
I would like these books to become more popular in our region, since I have benefited greatly from them.
The main issue we face is the Key Notes at the end of the book, which cover the grammar aspects of the lessons. This comes in English and for our teachers to teach these books properly we need that section in Arabic or Farsi. Do they come in these languages?
Jazakumullahu Khaira,
Haris Mujaddidi
السلام عليكم Brother
جزاك الله خيراً for your message to our Shaykh which has been forwarded to him.
والسلام
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
can you please guide what is the difference between” من” and “عن” , since both mean: From.
thanks
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,
My question is about the weak letters و , ا , ى why are they called weak letters? Do these letters have any impact on the meaning of the words that they are in?
May Allah give you long life to serve His Deen.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Sheikh please also guide difference between “جَيِدٌ” and ” حَسَنٌ ” .
He is good = “هُوَ حَسَنٌ ”
How can I say “She is good” ?
Respected sheikh,
My question is in regards to the Faa’il in Afaal.
1- Is the dhameer baariz in Fi’l madhi and mudhari ( like the alif, wow, nun etc..) the actual Faa’l in that kalima or a sign of it, since in tumaa and tum in the madhi form only the taa is considered the Faa’l and the alif and meem are not.
2-And how do you distinguish the actual dhameer like ( huwa, humaa, hum etc..) in these Afaa’l? Can they be considered as the Faa’il as well? If not then what do we categorize them as?
3- When the Faa’l is an isma dhaahir the Fi’l is singular, hence you cannot use a plural or a dual Fi’l with a Faa’il (isma dhaahir) because you will have 2 Faa’ils at once. Is this the reason why a singular Fi’l is used with Faa’il (isma dhahir) because the Faa’il is mustatir?
Please eloborate..
Jazakullahu khairaa wa Baraka fee hayatikum…
Haris Mujaddidi
Assalamualikum respected Shiekh,
We pray that you are in the best of eeman and health inshaAllah.
I am a bit confused with the grammatical analysis of the following sentence(taken from B2 L11):
أَمَّا إِخْوَتِيْ فَكُلُّهُمْ يَدْرُسُوْنَ بِالْجَامِعَةِ
خْوَتِيْ= Mubtada, mudaf and yaa mutakallim mudaf ilahi
كُلُّ = is it khabr or the whole sentence from فَكُلُّهُمْ يَدْرُسُوْنَ بِالْجَامِعَةِ is khabr for إِخْوَتِ?
May Allah reward you in abundance.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
See our Shaykh’s latest book:
قلْ لـــهما قولا كريماً:
سورة الإسراء
With Lexical and Grammatical Notes.
Admin
Assalamu alaikum
How to pronounce ثماني غرف when there is a sukuun on yaa. I am confused between two pronunciations. Should we pronounce it like samaanii (like a long vowel on nuun) or samaaniyy (like a shaddah on yaa)?
Jazak Allah for the answer
Is the i”raab of the word: الذي always a na”t?
جزاكم الله خيرا
Allahu akbar! This is so beautiful! May Allah reward admin and shaykh for this blog!
Salam,
I want to ask plz: p. 130 of Madina book 3 text (Chennai ed), what do these words mean in ism tasgheer? shuhayd, durayhim, shuhayyid, and dunayneer? JazakAllahu khaira
Salaam,
What does ana hadeethu ‘ahdin bil-Islam mean word for word? JazakAllahu khayra
Jazakum Allah khair! I understand now!
Salaam,
On page 141 of Madina book3 text, it says ya akhy al kareema. How did it become akhy from akhaa?
Jazakum Allah khair! It’s clear!
Salaam,
For baab if’aal, we make the amr from the original form of the mudari, so could you teach me how to make the amr from aataa (to give)? Jazak Allahu khayra
ALLAHU AKBAR THIS IS SO BEAUTIFUL! JAZAKUM ALLAH KHAIR FOR YOUR HARD WORK TO EXPLAIN TO ME! AMEEN! I UNDERSTAND FULLY NOW! MAY ALLAH BLESS YOU.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Respected Shaykh,
Q51:47 وَالسَّمَاء بَنَيْنَاهَا بِأَيْدٍ وَإِنَّا لَمُوسِعُونَ
Q. no 1 : Third person plural Form IV conjugation of “wasa’a” is يُوْسِعُونَ but in above ayah ya is replaced with mim kindly explain this.
Q. no. 2: Dr. Asad has translated above verse as:
AND IT IS We who have built the universe with [Our creative] power; and, verily, it is We who are steadily expanding it. – 51:47 (Asad)
Please give your valued analysis as it is of great importance to me.
May Allah reward you immensely for it.
türkiye den yazıyorum… sizinle tanışmanın heyecanını yaşıyorum… arapça öğrenmek istiyorum… yardımlarınızı bekliyorum… form üyeliğimi yapabilir miyiz… allah a emanet olun
Assalamualikum respected Sheikh,
We pray that you are in the best of eeman and health.
In the following Hadith دَعُوهُ، وَأَهْرِيقُوا عَلَى بَوْلِهِ ذَنُوبًا مِنْ مَاءٍ ـ أَوْ سَجْلاً مِنْ مَاءٍ the command verb أَهْرِيقُوا is used but I don’t understand as to why there is an extra ي after the ر? To my understanding is on the baab أفْعَلَ .
Please clarify. May Allah reward you in abundance in this world and in the hereafter.
Wassalaam
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa Fadheelat Ashaikh,
I have 2 questions:
1. When is “ما” used as “نفي” for “الفعل المضارع”
2. Is “أيش” from the modern standard or classical language?
Jazaakumullahu Khayran wa al-jannah
from Admin
السلام عليكم
#1: This is explained in Madinah Book 2, lesson 15.
Our Shaykh also replied to a similar question as follows.
Quote: ======
لاَ is mostly used to negate the mudaari’, but مَا can also be used, especially if we want to make the mudaari’ for the present and exclude the future.
In the following aayah مَا is used with the mudaari’ :
وَمَا تُنْفِقُون إلا ابتِغَاءَ وَجْهِ اللهِ
البقرة: 272
You do not spend …….
Hope this is clear.
abdur rahim
=== end quote
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE MEANING AND GRAMMETIC OF SAYYID AND SAYYED
سَيِّد AND سَيَّد
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa Fadheelat Ashaikh,
I have 2 questions:
1. What is the Irab of “حرصا” the sentence, I am confused, whether it is “تمييز” or “مفعول مطلق” or “مفعول لأجله”:
اشتدّ الطلابُ حرصا على النجاح هذه الأيام
2. What is the difference between “أنواع الصفة” and “أنواع الخبر and how do we differentiate between the two?
Jazaakumullahu Khayran
AS Salamu aleykum wa rahmatuLlahi wa barakatuh!
I have a question from Madina book 1, p. 65 at first line it says: هذا قلمك أنت
The questions is what is the role of أنت and it’s i’rab there?
JazakumuLlahu khayran!
Thanks a lot for your reply!
May Allah reward you with all the good.
I was looking for KItab al muallim for the grammar notes, but didn’t find the electronic version which I need,there is only printed ones (the shipment of which is too costly to order to my country)
May you advise if there is electronic version which I can buy?
Barak ALlahu feekum!
brother asif meherali is the best teacher for book of dr. abdur rahim. please provide me the contact number if possible.
السلام عليكم
(55:31:3) سَنَفْرُغُ لَكُمْ أَيُّهَ الثَّقَلَانِ .
Are there other forms of أَيُّهَ or is it common for single, plural, dual, masculine, feminine etc?
Thanks.
Assalaamu alaykum,
Yaa Fadhilat Asheikh,
What is the “ف” in “فأقتله” in the following statement, said by عمر بن الخطاب before he embraced Islam, and is there a difference of opinion in it?:
” اريد محمدا هذا الصابئ – الذي سب الهتنا و كفر بها – فأقتله “
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,
What was spoken by the Arabs before Islam and after Islam at the time of the Prophet (pbuh)?
Is it true that Aamiyah was present even a that time, and that the most eloquent of Arabs use to speak with Waqf (without pronouncing all the i’rab)?
Jazaakumullahu Khayran
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(87:15:2) وَذَكَرَ اسْمَ رَبِّهِ فَصَلَّىٰ .
Could you please explain how اسْمَ is derived from root letters س م و ?
Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Reply in Q71.
Assalamualikum Dear Shaikh,
Sorry to ask question on someone else’s question but just wanted to know if these changes are due to any grammatical reasons or for the ease of pronunciation only or this is how the Arabs say them?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
How do we write fractions like this in Arabic
54.668%. Please remember that ‘%’ sign. Till now I have got no clue on this. Please answer dear sheikh.
بارك الله في علمك وعملك وعمرك وايمانك!
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,
What is the Irab of “أسباطا” in the following ayah below, and how can it be تمييز when it is plural?:
وقطعنهم اثنتي عشرة أسباطا أمما
Jazaakumullahu Khayran
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
فمال الذين كفروا … (70:36)
How you describe فَمَالِ.
Is it one word or more than one word and what are they?
Thanks.
Assalamu alaikum. Please, can you send me e-mail address of Shaikh? I’m writing a scientific research in “Huruf al-ma’ani” and I desperately need Shaikh’s advice. JazaakumuLlahu khairan!
Assalamualikum Dear Shaikh
What is the difference between قد و لقد? May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam
Jazakallah khayran
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,
Why is “سلامٌ” indefinite in سلامٌ عليكم?
Jazaakumullahu Khayran
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
Why and when is ظرف called مفعول فيه? What is the difference between them? May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,
Would you recommend one to speak Arabic with i’rab, meaning they pronounce all tashkeel during speech,be it general or not, with stopping only on last word? Or is this impractical?
Jazaakumullahu Khayran
Assalaamu Alaykum,
Yaa fadheelat Asheikh,
ًWhat is the difference between أمس as مبني and معرب?
Jazaakumullahu Khayran
Salam Alaykum Sheikh, its not easy getting majority of the books here, i’l appreciate if you can help me with that.i’m able to use the soft copy but i really need the hard copy.i look forward to your reply.Shukran.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
You can easily buy most of our Shaykh’s books from here.
Admin
السلام عليكم
in surat al mumtahana,
……إذا جاءك المؤمنات
the verb is masculine singular instead of feminine singular, why?
Salam,
Can we call مسجد masjid ismul dhaat اسم الذات ?
Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,
Could you please explain with example
مَنصُوبٌ على نَزعِ الخافِضِ
May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam.
جزاك الله خيرا
I understand from the explanation that this omission is an optional omission i.e. أَمَرَنَا اللهُ بِالصَّلَاةِ and أَمَرَنَا اللهُ أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ are one and the same thing? Also, why is أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ called فِي مَحَلِّ نَصْبٍ? shouldn’t it be فِي مَحَلِّ جرٍّ؟ as the original position of it is majrur بِأَنْ نُصَلِّيَ please clarify.
May Allah reward you abundantly here and the hereafter, inshaAllah.
If the حرف جرّ is omitted before the مصدر مؤول then there is no influence of a حرف جرّ .
Instead, the مصدر مؤول is influenced by the verb.
That is why we say: في محل نصب على نزع الحافض.
You can see pgs 25-26 of أبشرْ بــخير يومٍ.
Admin
Jazakallahu khayran it’s clear now.
السلام عليكم
يريدُ الله أَلاَّ يَجْعَلَ لَهُمْ حَظّاً في الآخرةِ (آل عمران: ١٧٦)
What is حَرْفٌ مَصْدَرِيٌّ?
Thanks.
السلام علیکم
Dear Dr Abdul Rahim
To what thing the word هـذا in the below verse refers to?
أَفَسِحرٌ هـذا أَم أَنتُم لا تُبصِرونَ
Its from surah at-toor, surah 52, verse 15
Regards
Kamran Ahmad Khan
Thank you so much. To them, every thing told by the prophets was like a magic. Beautiful answer given by Allah. Now I got the meaning. Shukran yaa shaykh!
السلام عليكم
فمن يكفرْ بالطاغوتِ ويؤمنْ باللهِ فقدِ استمسكَ بالعروةِ الوثقى (البقرة: 256
What is the word الطاغوت derived from?
Thanks.
Assalamualaikum Dear Sheikh,
In book 2 lesson 13 exercise 2 the first sentence ends in: يا سَيِّدِى my question is why doesn’t yaa have dots underneath it? Is it not yaa mutakallim? if not, what type of yaa is this? Please clarify.
May Allah reward you abundantly in the month of Ramadan.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
It looks like a typing error. It is ياء المتكلم:
يا سـَـيِّــدِي (sir).
والسلام
Admin
Walikumussalam,
Jazakallahu khayran.
Assalamualaikum Dear Sheikh,
Why some of the three lettered verbs have different pattern for faa’il? For example:
ضَئِيل : فاعل من ضَؤُلَ Please clarify.
May Allah reward you abundantly.
Wassalam
Asalamu alaykum Shaykh, may Allah accept from you and all the Muslims all their good deeds and efforts and wipe their mistakes.
Shaykh I read once that the word إلا comes as a أداة الاستثناء and that it can also come with the meaning of غير, like in the following ayah.
لَوْ كَانَ فِيهِمَا آلِهَةٌ إِلَّا اللَّهُ لَفَسَدَتَا ۚ فَسُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَرْشِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ
My question is doesn’t إلا and غير mean the same thing, so what difference does it make when إلا comes with the meaning of غير, and what is the ruling or conditions needed for it to carry this meaning.
Jazakumu’llahu Khayr
Assalaaumu Alaykum,
Yaa fadhelat Ahseikh,
What is the i’rab of ‘عمدا‘?
Jazaakumullahu khayran
Asalamu alaykum shaykhana, I was reading your book al-mus’if and I wanted clarification of a certain sentence. It says in the book on page 88:
وهو الذي ليس بذنب بحق غيرهم
Could you please clarify the meaning of this sentence and the one before it.
Jazaka’Allah Kayr
As Salaamualykum Wa Rahmatullahi Wa Barakatuhu, Dear Shaikh Ustadh
In surah Al-Qymah verses 22- 25, the nouns are بَاسِرَةٌ ناضرَةٌ ناظرَةٌ فَاقِرَةٌ
Ismul faailatun, but being are khabar of the wuhuhu ( Faces), they are translated as Masdar. وُجُهٌ يَومَئذٍ بَاسِرَةٌ ( A face on that day scowling )
why are they ?
Jazakumullahu Khairan Kathiran
Br. Shawkat Ali
السلام عليكم
Dear Sheikh,
What are “Irab” of
خَلَقَ الْإِنسَانَ
Is there any reference of this in your books.
Jazakumullahu Khairan,
Qamar Faruqui.
from Admin
السلام عليكم
الإِنسَانَ is the mafʿūl bihī of خَلَقَ. So it is manṣūb.
The fāʿil of خَلَقَ is:
ضَمِير مُسْتَتِر، تقديره: هُوَ and refers to Allāh subḥānahu wa taʿālā.
5 more āyāt are:
خَلَقَ الإنسانَ مِنْ نُطْفَةٍ (النحل: ٤
خَلَقَ الإِنْسَانَ مِنْ عَلَقٍ (العلق: ٢
خَلَقَ الإِنْسَانَ مِنْ صَلْصَالٍ (الرحمن: ١٤
ولَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا الإِنْسَانَ مِنْ صَلْصَالٍ (الحجر: ٢٦
ولَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا الإِنْسَانَ في أَحْسَنِ تقويْمٍ (التين: ٤
In the last 2 āyahs, the fāʿil of خَلَقَ is ــنَا.
The اَلْـ in الإنسانَ is alif lām الْجِنْسِيَّة لاِسْتِغْرَاقِ الْجِنْسِ.
If you see our Shaykh’s Madinah course and post-Madinah courses you will easily learn to understand iʿrāb like this.
Assalamu alaykum wa rahmathullaahi wa barakaatuh,
Dear Shaykh,
In book 3 key page 91,
It says at the footnote:
The ‘faa al sababiyyah’ comes after negation or talab… so if a mudari verb is connected to talab by the fa it is mansub.
لا تأكلْ كثيرا فتنامَ
I understood this, Alhamdulillaah!
But I would like to know the following:
1. Will mudari (coming after ف al sababiyyah for talab) be mansub even if it is preceded by some particles like قد or لا for e.g.
لا تأكلْ هذا فلا تنامَ
لا تأكلْ فقد تنامَ
2. The ‘faa al sababiyyah’ comes after a negation makes the mudariyyah mansub, please give an example for this.
3. Will the ‘faa al sababiyyah’ that comes after a negation makes the mudariyyah mansub even if it preceded by some particles like قد or لا .
Please explain with examples.
Jazhakallaahu khayran
from Admin
السلام عليكم
فاء السببية is taught in detail by our Shaykh in:
1. ‘Both These Lights’ pg 78 onwards (available on-line)
2. نصوصٌ من الحديث النبوي الشريف Re-print: pg 92 onwards.
The مضارع is منصوب after فاء السبــبــيــّة due to a hidden أنْ which is always omitted.
The above example is actually:
لا تأكلْ كثيرا فــــ(أنْ) تنامَ
Examples given – including Qur’aanic aayaat – show فاء الســبــبية directly attached to the muDaari.
#2: An example of negation is given in the references.
Jazhakallaahu khayra akhi,
I checked the book “Both these lights…” I have found answer to part of my question, Alhamdulillah!
And I don’t have the book “نصوصٌ من الحديث النبوي الشريف” and also as it is a arabic only book, I may not understand it completely.
So please help me with the remaining part of my question, which is as below:
1. Will the ‘faa al sababiyyah’ coming after a talab makes the mudari verb to mansub even if the mudari verb is preceded by some particles like قد or لا for e.g.
لا تأكلْ هذا فلا تنامَ
لا تأكلْ فقد تنامَ
2. Will the ‘faa al sababiyyah’ coming after a negation makes the mudari verb to mansub even if the mudari verb is preceded by some particles like قد or لا .
Please explain with examples.
السلام عليكم
(12:42:5) . وَقَالَ لِلَّذِي ظَنَّ أَنَّهُ نَاجٍ منهما
نَاجٍ is معرب but is it اسم مجرور or اسم منصوب here?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(19:62:8) .لَهُمْ رِزْقُهُمْ فِيهَا بُكْرَةً وَعَشِيًّا
رِزْقُهُم is مركب اضافى but is it a khabar of something?
Thanks
السلام علیکم
Dear Dr Abdul Rahim
Can you please explain the ism inna mansoob in the following sentence:
إنَّ لِلموتِ سَكَرَاتٌ [Sahih Bukhari : 4449]
from Admin
السلام عليكم
According to the sources I checked including صحيح البخاري, the
علامات الإعراب of Hadiith #4449 and also #6510 is:
إنَّ لِـلموتِ سكراتٍ.
– Hadiith of عائشة رضي الله عنها.
Thank you
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(21:72:3) وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُ إِسْحَاقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ نَافِلَةً .
Are the names اسم علم مجرور or منصوب ?
Thanks.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(22:23:7) إِنَّ اللَّهَ يُدْخِلُ الَّذِينَ آمَنُوا وَعَمِلُوا الصَّالِحَاتِ جَنَّاتٍ تَجْرِي مِنْ تَحْتِهَا لْأَنْهَارُ
What is the status of الصَّالِحَاتِ جَنَّاتٍ in this verse? Are these منصوب orمجرور?
Thanks
السلام علیکم
1) what does actually منصرف means
2) ex like رجلان رجلين رجلين we see منصوب and مجرور form are same but we can’t say it ممنوع من الصرف why?
3) and how to increase vocabulary so as to read Islamic text
Please provide with book names if possible
جزاكم الله خيرا
from Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
#2: As well as الممنوع من الصرف, there are other categories of nouns that have the same form when مجرور or منصوب like:
المثنى
جمع المذكر السالم
جمع المؤنث السالم
The noun رجلان is مثنى.
See Madinah Book 3, lesson 1 for a full explanation and examples.
#1: You can look up the meaning in our Shaykh’s Arabic-English dictionary:
معجم الكلماتِ الواردةِ في دروس اللغة العربية p119.
#3: The best way for non-Arabs, is to do our Shaykh’s Mastering Arabic program.
All the book titles are mentioned in our Libraries, Book Fairs and in: ‘New Books’.
Is book نصوص من الأحاديث النبوية is available in pdf form?
And the books on lq Toronto site that are available there in which one book is on a hadith two sets containing 20 hadith each is same as نصوص من الأحاديث النبوية
جزاك الله
The book is called:
نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف
The new edition is not available in PDF. More أحاديث are added with lexical and grammatical notes. Collection total : 20.
You can buy the book.
Our Shaykh’s other collection of 20, very short, easy أحاديث named: أحاديث سهلة is available for download as follows:
Download our Shaykh’s 2 year Arabic and Islaamic sciences syllabus then go to:
المستوى الثاني level 2
Then: الحديث.
Or buy here.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh
Could you please clarify the differennce between “من يهدِ اللهُ فلا مضل له” and ” من يهدهِ اللهُ فلا مضل له” with a pronoun with يهدهِ . May Allah reward you without count.
Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,
On page 51 of Book 1 english key it says عَشْرَة رِجَالٍ but on page 53 it says عَشَرَةُ رِجالٍ then it goes on “note that عَشَرَةُ has fatha on the ش and عَشْرُ has sukun”. Is there any print mistake? Should there be sukun on عَشْرُ? For example we read اثْنَا عَشَرَ وَلَدًا without sukun. Please clarify.
Wassalam
from Admin
السلام عليكم
عَشَرَةُ رجالٍ – with fatḥah on shīn here – is correct.
In the Qurʾān:
تِلْكَ عَشَرَةٌ كَامِلَةٌ (البقرة: ١٩٦)
عَشْرُ نِسَاءٍ with sukūn on shīn, is correct. عَشْرُ is muʿrab.
In the Qurʾān:
مَنْ جاء بالْحَسَنَةِ فَلَـهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا (الأنعام: ١٦٠)
يَتَخَافَتُونَ بينَهم إنْ لَبِثْتُمْ إلاَّ عَشْراً (طه: ١٠٣)
فإنْ أَتْمَمْتَ عَشْراً … (القصص: ٢٧)
اثنا عَشَرَ ولداً – with fatḥah on shīn – is correct.
In the Qurʾān:
إذْ قال يوسفُ لأَبِيهِ يَا أبتِ إنِّي رأيتُ أَحَدَ عَشَرَ كوكباً (يوسف: ٤)
اثنا عَشَرَ is عَدَد مُرَكَّب. The part عَشَرَ is mabniyy ʿalā l-fatḥ.
The numbers : عَشْرُ نِسَاءٍ and اثنا عَشَرَ ولداً are two different numbers.
Note: عَشَرَةُ رجالٍ has fatḥah on shīn as mentioned.
In: اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ – there is a sukūn on shīn here. This number is عَدَد مُرَكَّب . The part عَشْرَةَ is mabniyy ʿalā l-fatḥ.
In the Qurʾān:
فَانْفَجَرَتْ منه اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْناً (البقرة: ٦٠)
فَانْبَجَسَتْ منه اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْناً (الأعراف: ١٦٠)
وقطَّعْنَاهُمُ اثْنَتَيْ عَشْرَةَ أسباطاً أُمَماً (الأعراف: ١٦٠)
For a full treatment of numbers, see:
1. Madinah Book 2:24
2. كتاب الْمعلِّم: ٢
To grammatically understand the āyah:
فإنْ أَتْمَمْتَ عَشْراً … (القصص: ٢٧)
– you can see our Shaykh’s new book:
‘At the Well of Madyan’
سورة القصص
With Lexical and Grammatical notes.
So, when it comes as number ten then it’s spelt with fatha on shin like عَشَرَةُ رجالٍ but when it comes in the murakkab 11 to 19 then it’s spelt with a sukun on shin like اثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ is it right? Jazakallahu khairan.
Assalamu Alaykumu Shaykh,
May Allah shower His Mercy on you!
I have a request. I intend to teach Arabic on line. I would like to use your series. I am requesting your written permission for scanning and using your series while teaching this course. I may ask the on line students for a small optional fee upon completion of each of the three books.
May Allah reward you amply!
Waqar
from Admin
السلام عليكم
شكرا for your message.
You have permission to scan and teach the Madinah Books for non-commercial use.
جزاك الله خيرا
We pray for your success.
والسلام
assalamu ‘alaykum.
Is it true that in Balagha, a nominal sentence is stronger than a verbal sentence. If so, then in what ways?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
This is correct.
A جملة اسمية is stronger as it is used to remove doubt, emphasise a fact or idea, or show continuity and permanence الثبوت والدوام.
In the Qurʾān, Prophet Ibrāhīm عليه السلام responds to a tyrannical king who debated with him about the truth. Prophet Ibrāhīm عليه السلام states:
رَبِّيَ الذي يُحْيِي ويُمِيتُ (البقرة: ٢٥٨)
To that, the disbeliever responded:
أنا أُحْيِي وأُمِيتُ (البقرة: ٢٥٨)
He responded using a جملة اسْمِيّة to emphasise:
Even I give life and death
– which is more emphatic than saying:
أُحْيِي وأُمِيتُ.
I give life and death.
This بلاغة point is mentioned on our Shaykh’s ‘Selections’ course.
Admin
ASSALAM O ALY KUM
MAY ALLAH GRANT YOU PARADISE
AAMEEN
i benefited a lot from your Madinah books respected sir
my question is that i read in madinah book 3 about 5 nouns الاسماء الخمسة but
i found a book in which it was 6 nouns there was ٌهن the sixth noun mention there.
So is that correct?
Assalmu alekum
I am going through video lectures of brother Asif of the Book 1. I am confused with عند and مع for example what is the difference between
المدرس عند المدير
المدرس مع المدير
Jazak Allah Khair, and may Allah grant all of you health and long life.
** I am urdu speaking from India is there anyone on this forum whom I can ask questions in urdu.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh explains the difference in the Key, lesson 10.
Here, عندَ indicates المدرِّس is with المدير physically.
Whereas مَعَ indicates he is with him in other ways like in belief, methodology etc.
In English we say: ‘I am with him’
– and we mean: ‘on his side, supporting him’, regardless of physical distance.
Our Shaykh is fluent in Urdu so you can ask here in Urdu.
جزاك الله خيرا.
Admin
السلام عليكم
May الله سبحانه وتعالى shower his blessings on the whole team associated with this programmme.
Your answer clarified all my doubts.
جزاك الله
Assaalamualikum,
Can مَعَ be used in the physical sense too? In sura hud ayat 12 Allah says أَوْ جَآءَ مَعَهُ مَلَكٌ translated as “or an angel come with him”
Jzakallahu khayran
وعليكم السلام
Reply was based on the context of:
المدرس عند المدير / مع المدير.
Admin
Assalamualiulkum Dear shiekh,
We have learned that in superlative form ism tafdeel takes mudaf liaihi but in أشد سوادا it’s منصوب/تمييز. Could you please explain this type of constructions?
May Allah bless you.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Shaikh
In this aya: ” قَالُوا تَاللَّهِ تَفْتَأُ تَذْكُرُ يُوسُفَ حَتَّىٰ تَكُونَ حَرَضًا أَوْ تَكُونَ مِنَ الْهَالِكِينَ” (Yusuf 85) there is verb “تفتأ” which requires النفي before it but I can’t see here any النفي particles. Can you explain this, please?
JazaakumuLlahu khairan!
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh explained this in:
المسعِف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف
– grammar notes for āyah 85.
You can download this from the Advanced Library.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
(37 : 71 ) وَلَقَدْ ضَلَّ قَبْلَهُم أَكْثَرُ الْأَوَّلِينَ .
Is أكثرُ ألْأَوَّلِينَ :
مركب اضافى؟
Thanks
assalmu alikum
I wanted to ask with our fadilat shaykh about sureh an’am ayah 78 where the sun’s adjective is brought as masculine “hadha akbar” what could be the grammatical explanation and the wisdom behind it with the scholars of knowledge please explain.
may Allah give our shaykh sihha wal aafiya aameen.
Asalamu Alaykum, May Allah reward you immensely Shaykh. I have a question about mubtada and khabr, if the khabr is a shibhu jumlah should it always precede the mubtada then or not. Jazak’Allahu kayr
Assalamualaikum. I want to ask that for Arabic to English i use Hens Wehr dictionary. Which dictionary i should use for English to Arabic.
Jazakallah Khair
Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,
In some books it says- types of الكلام are 3 i.e اسم , فعل and حرف but in other books it says types of الكلمة are 3 i.e اسم , فعل and حرف . Why the authors have used two different words الكلام and الكلمة to describe the same thing? Is there any real difference between الكلام and الكلمة or are they both one and the same?
Secondly, are new books available for purchase in any bookshops in Madinah? Jazakallahu khayran
Wassalam
Asalamu alaykum could you please clarify the meaning of this couplet
فبينا نحن نرقبه أتانا* معلقَ وفضةٍ وزناد راع
Jazaka’Allah kayr
Assalamu’alaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh
Dear Syaikh, in QS 69:19 and 69:25 the kitabiyah has sukun (I also confuse why ه , not writted with ة), can you explain about it?
Jazakallahu khayran
Assalamualaykum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh
In book 2 madeenah books chapter 10 what is the iraab of marratan ukhra in a yadhhabu ilal masnai marratan ukhra baadaz zuhri?
Jazakillahu khairan
Please tell me also that zarf is mansub right? But what abt qaribun?
Assalamu alaikum
I have studied all three madinah books.
Is there any benefit for me if I study تحفة السنية بشرح الآجرومية.
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته
حيّاك الله يا شيخ
بارك الله و جزاك الله خيرا
I don’t know if this question as been asked/answer, so please forgive me if it has and properly direct me to the source.
Since I don’t know and have searched to no avail, I’d like to ask the following.
Why does the word قَبْلُ have dammah although it’s مجرور due to it being preceded by a preposition (حرف جر)?
I’ve found this at least twice in surah طه.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Because there is no mudaafun ilaihi afterwards
ليست خسارتكم اليوم أكبر من خسارتنا نحن
Pls I need help in the grammatical analysis of the above sentence, and I am not able to comprehend it.
from Admin:
ليستْ خسارتُكم اليومَ أكبرَ مِنْ خسارتِنا نحن.
خسارةُ is ismu laysa, marfūʿ and muḍāf.
أكبرَ is khabaru laysa, manṣūb.
اليومَ is ẓarf zamān, manṣūb.
نَحْنُ is for tawkīd of نَا in خسارتِنا.
Our Shaykh translates it as:
‘Your loss today is not greater than our loss’.
السلام عليكم
the sentence here لأن ما لي أخ should أخ be منصوب أو مرفوع
كما هنا لأن ما أمامكم نجم . هنا النجم لیس منصوبا لأن الكلمة ما هو المنصوب أ لیس کذلک
أما الجملة الولی فهي ما النافية
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
الجملة غير صحيحة.
الصواب:
لأنّه ما لي أخٌ.
الهاء في لأنه ضمير الشأن.
Admin
Assalamu aleikum dear Shaykh
May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort to teach Muslims the language of their Deen.
My question is related to Lesson 5 of “Selections of Glorious Qur’an” course.
It’s mentioned there that the verb خسر has three masdars:
خسارة
خسر
خسران
They are frequently mentioned in the Qur’an. I wanted to know, do these three masdars carry the exact meanings? Or there are some subtle differences in their meaning, for example various degrees of loss?
Jazak Allahu kheir
Assalamu aleikum dear Shaykh
May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort to teach Muslims the language of their Deen.
My questions are:
1) I have heard that your books on Madinah Arabic Course is free of copyright.
2) If it is so, can I translate the “english key” to my native language -Assamese ?
3) If yes, Please let me know if their are any guidelines / procedures associated ?
Note: I intend to do the translation with a non-profit mission.
Jazakallahu khayran
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
We’ve learned that the verb for plural faa’il is singlar but in the following hadith the plural form of verb has been used for the plural faa’il:
يَتَعَاقَبُونَ فِيكُمْ مَلاَئِكَةٌ بِاللَّيْلِ وَمَلاَئِكَةٌ بِالنَّهَارِ (Sahih Muslim).
Is it because the faa’il hasn’t come immediately after the verb? Could you please clarify? May Allah give you the best reward.
Wassalam
Jazakallahu khayran but could you please elaborate bit more? Has this topic been discussed in any of our sheikh’s books?
Assalamu aleikum dear Shaykh
May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort. May Allah SWT reward all of you, Ameen.
We are running a small Madrasah in Singapore and we have just started teaching Arabic Grammar for the children and teenagers. We are using the Dr V. Abdur Rahim Books, Vol 1 -3.
I have gone thru your website and found very interesting set of materials that are suitable for teaching for children and teenagers.
Could I know where we could buy or download these materials expecially the excercises which are suitable for children and teenagers.
I had posted a week ago on the same concern but I did hear from you.
I would appreciate you advice on this.
JazaakAllah
from Admin
السلام عليكم
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
All the materials can be downloaded or purchased from the relevant sections at this website such as the Teachers’ Library, Book Fair, Children’s Library and Children’s Book Fair.
You can download the new worksheets with new exercises (lessons 1-10, Madinah Book 1 with exam) from the Beginner’s Library.
You can buy كتاب المعلم لـــ: دروس اللغة العربية لغير الناطقين بها from the Teachers’ Library.
Please visit the relevant sections to download or buy the materials.
والسلام
These worksheets for Book 1 Madina Arabic Reader lessons 1-10 are truly fantastic tabarakAllah.
Is there any possibility to design the worksheets covering the remaining lessons?
In Kitabu Muallim there are guidelines how to conduct the classes but it requires lots of creativity to make worksheets based on that..
Are there any other resources available to supplement the remaining lessons?
Or if we do not use any supplements and just strictly stick to the main textbook and its exercises (Madina Arabic Reader), would it be still sufficient for children to master their Arabic?
Jazak Allahu kheir
السلام عليكم
جزاكِ الله خيرا.
Yes, we have produced very colourful, creative worksheets for Books 1-4 of Madinah Arabic Reader, based on كتاب المعلم and will publish them in the future, إن شاء الله.
We have digital learning and teaching aids to supplement the course. Children like animation effects and we have utilised them generously.
Our Shaykh’s series is complete for mastering Arabic but the supplementary aids give extra practice and fun.
والسلام
Admin
Jazak Allahu kheir. These are great news tabarakAllah. When are you planning to publish them approximately? Is it possible to publish worksheets for Book 2 as high priority?
May Allah reward you immensely for your effort.
Asalamu alaykum Respected Shaykh
Could you please explain what الجملة الاعتراضية is.
Jazaka’Allah kayr
assalamu alaikum!
I would like to ask please, how do we explain that the verb “tasbiq” is majzoom because of lam and also fi mahalli jazmin as the fi’lu shart for the harf “in” in the following sentence: “fa in lam tasbiqha fa hiya muqaddarah” in lesson 25, book 3, page 214 of online chennai edition (part of exercise #5 after the main lesson).
Jazakumullah khayr!
السلام عليكم يا شيخنا
An example was mention in a lecture about ismul tafdhil in surah An-Nisaa : 122
ومن أصدق من الله قيلا
Why قيلا is used in this ayah instead of قولا ? Are the two words different in meaning? What is the root of قيلا ?
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamulaikum Dear Sheikh
In B2 L17 in the list of new words, the plural for ذُباب is written as ذُبَّانٌ with a dhammah on the first letter but in the dictionary it is wrtten with a kasra like ذِبَّانٌ could you please clarify if both spellings are correct? Jazakallahu khayran
Assalamoalaikum Shaikh
I heard in many lectures of Norman Ali khan saying that الصالحات as جمع قلة . We are required to do few good deeds for salvation.
Is this information true? as I am aware of four other أوزان for جمع قلة .
Assalamualikum respected Sheikh
1) Why, in surah Yunus verse 24 the verb تزينت has been written like وازينت? taa has merged into zaa and an extra Alif is added in the beginning.
2) Secondly, in surah Yusuf verse 87 the verb تايئسوا and يايئس has an extra Alif, what is the reason for this extra Alif? Please clarify. May Allah reward you and give you long life to serve in His cause.
Wasslam
السلام عليكم
1) The Shaykh’s new book اثـَّـاقلتم explains the صرف of this in great detail.
2) This is an aspect of Qur’aanic orthography.
Admin
Jazakallahu khayran. We have to just wait since all these books aren’t available in the UK yet. May Allah make it easy on us.
Assalamualaykum
In Book 2 Madeenah book chapter 17, it is writen baqiya thalaathu daqaaiqa.
In the key book it says it should be baqiyat and since it is not haqiqiy, it can be baqiyat or baqiya.
My question is: thalaathu is not feminine so why is it baqiyat?
Assalamualaykum what is the new book that u are talking about @admin where in india ? I live in india
Plz ans my question .I have to explain to my student tomorrow Inshaallah
Dear Sister Juwairiyah
وعليكم السلام
ثلاث is a feminine number (ثلاثة رجالٍ/ ثلاث نساءٍ). It has a masculine form, but is used with feminine nouns.
والسلام,
abdur rahim
Jazakallahukhair to sheikh and admin.may allah give both of u long life and baraqah ameen
À propos de votre application (Durûs al-Lughah al-‘Arabiyyah li-Ghair al-Nâtiqîna Bihâ )
Je l’ai installé mais et ne trouve que 5 môts.
Y’a t’il une solution ou c’est juste ça.
Quant-à propos de l’ensemble satisfaction pour l’islam.
Merci
Merci
What is the arabic for pull and mattress? Where can I get dictionary english to arabic so that I can learn modern arabic words that are used for our day to day life.I really want to speak in arabic even at home with my husband but I get stuck in the names of things that are used day to day
The 3 Madinah Books give lots of day-to-day vocabulary. Pls start with that first.
Then do the Shaykh’s ‘Arabic Conversation Drills’ (more than once if needed). This is an Arabic conversation course using the vocabulary of the 3 Madinah Books. If you do this course in pairs, you will benefit further.
Once you have done this, you will start speaking day-to-day Arabic.
You can try the book stores like Dar as-Salam.
Admin
اقسام الايمان فى أقسام القران this new book is not available in stock for a long time will it be available in near future
والسلام adil
JazakAllaah
The new book was shipped over a week ago for re-stocking but an issue at customs clearance resulted in the stock being returned to the shipper – regrettably.
Hoping it will be re-stocked soon, إن شاء الله.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum!
Please help!
Is the word نجمة (najma) can be used to mean a “Star” (celestial) like the word نجم (najm)?
Jazhakallahu khayr
Akhi, Shaykh’s answer explains the meaning of نجم but I would like to know the meaning of نجمة whether this word can also mean a celestial star.
assalamualikumwrwb
i have a question in form 7 there is a verb (inshaqqa)please can you tell me how i make amr this form . I make amr for anta like (inshaqiq) and one i make is (inshaqqa) fatah on kaaf if imake amr (inshaqqa) i put shadda on their or not .
Assalamualikumwrwb
I have a question in form 7 the verb is (inshaqqa- yanshaqqu) how I made amr in this verb . This verb is mudaaf .
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
مضعّف verbs have two ways of making the amr with certain isnāds: the amr can be with or without assimilation (الإدغامُ والْفَكّ).
With إدغام, the amr is:
اِنْشَقَّ.
Please see Madinah Book 2, lesson 29.
Here is an āyah:
فَإِذَا انْشَقَّتِ السَّمَاءُ فَكَانَتْ وَرْدَةً كَالدِّهانِ (الرحمن: ٣٧)
Admin
Jazakallahkhair
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
Could you please shed some light on أكلوني البراغيث? Who are the poeple of البراغيث? Do we have examples of such usage in the Quran and Sunnah?
Jazakallahu khayran
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Praise be to Allah alone. Peace be upon us goes to the Prophet Muhammad peace and blessings alaihi respectfully.
Arabic is needed to understand the religion of Islam and to facilitate the necessary understanding of the Arabic language Arabic handbook.
We get requests from schools to print books Durusul lughah Arabiyah Dr. Abdurrahim for use by students in schools in Indonesia.
We wanted to get written permission to print the book Durusul lughah to be sold in schools in Indonesia.
Lughah Durusul books we sell to schools with low prices make it affordable to students.
We want to pay royalties on book sales Durusul lughah to the authors of the book.
Please update from Dr. Abdurrahim on this matter.
Thank you for your concern.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your message and efforts to help teach Qur’aanic Arabic.
The Shaykh has read your message and replied.
I have sent the reply to your email.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum, please translate the below sentences.
1. Eight old students went out from that beautiful car of Haamid.
2. I saw nine houses in front of the secondary school.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
١. خَرَجَ ثَمَانِيَةُ طُلاَّبٍ قُدَامَى مِنْ سَيَّارَةِ حَامِدٍ الْجَمِيلَةِ تِلْكَ.
٢. رَأَيْتُ تِسْعَةَ بُيُوتٍ أَمَامَ الْمَدْرَسَةِ الثَّانَوِيَّةِ
(Shaykh agrees).
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
Could you please explain النعت حقيقيّ وسببيّ with some examples? Jazakallahu khayran.
السلام عليكم
النعت الحقيقيّ والسببيّ is explained in:
a) ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ (final DVD)
b) On-line Grammar program.
Admin
As salaamu aleykum wa rahmatuLlahi wa barakaatuh,
Is there any way to contact the Cheykh personnaly ? Per e mail or other..
BaarakAllahu fiikum
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
A private email to the Shaykh must first go via Admin.
Please send your message to my email and I will forward it to the Shaykh (as appropriate).
Admin
As salaamu ‘alaykum wa rahmatullaah. Could the shaykh please provide a translation of the poem of imam al-Asma’ee “Safeer Sawt Al-Bulbul”? It would be amazing!
Assalamu alaykum
Akhi!
قالت له فاطمة
قالت فاطمة له
Are both these construction of sentences correct?
If 2nd one is wrong. Please explain why.
Jazhakallaahu khayr.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The usage in the Qurʾān and modern Arabic, is the first construction.
In the Qurʾān:
قَالَ لَهُ مُوسَى (الكهف: ٦٦)
قَالَ لَهُمْ مُوسَى أَلْقُوا ما… (يونس: ٨٠)
قَالَ لَهُمْ مُوسَى وَيْلَكُمْ (طه: ٦١)
وَلَقَدْ قَالَ لَهُمْ هٰرُونُ (طه: ٩٠)
وَقَالَ لَهُمْ نَبِيُّهُمْ (البقرة: ٢٤٧)
قَالَتْ لَهُمْ رُسُلُهُمْ (إبراهيم: ١١)
Also, in these ḥadīth lines:
«فَقَالَ لَهُ أَبُوهُ: أَطِعْ أبا القَاسِمِ»
«فقَالَ لَهُ النجاشيُّ: هَلْ مَعَكَ مِمَّا جاء به عَنِ اللهِ مِنْ شيءٍ»
«فقَالَ لَهُ جَعْفَرٌ: نعم»
«فقَالَ لَهُ النجاشيُّ: فَاقْرَأْهْ عليَّ»
In the Madinah Books you will only find the first construction (e.g. D2:14 pgs 99-100).
The following order is noted when the lām (the ḥarf jarr) is prefixed to a noun not a pronoun:
قَالَ مُوسَى لِقَوْمِهِ … (الأعراف: ١٢٨)
Also seen in D2:14.
Whether your second construction is wrong, I will let our Shaykh answer that.
Admin
Alhamdulillaah!
I hope you meant you have forwarded the question to the Shaykh.
I will eagerly await the answer, In shaa Allaah.
Jazhakallaahu khayran akhi.
Yes, it has been forwarded Brother.
والسلام
Admin
Assalamu alaykum,
Akhi, please post if you got any answer, In shaa Allaah.
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,
What is the I’raab of خيرًا in جزاك الله خيرًا? Most say it’s مفعول به ثان some say tamiz while some other say it’s naat of the dropped mafulun mutlaq! Please clarify.
wassalam
خيراً is a second mafʿūl bihī of جَزَى. This is based on a previous reply of the Shaykh.
In the same way, جَهَنَّمَ is a second mafʿūl bihī of نَجْزِي in:
وَمَنْ يَقُلْ مِنْهُمْ إِنِّي إِلهٌ مِنْ دُونِهِ فَذلِكَ نَجْزِيهِ جَهَنَّمَ (الأنبياء: ٢٩)
And مَا is a second mafʿūl bihī of تُجْزَوْنَ in:
يا أَيُّهَا الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا لا تَعْتَذِرُوا الْيَوْمَ إِنَّما تُجْزَوْنَ ما كُنْتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ (التحريم: ٧)
Admin
Jazakallahu khayran. Can it also be explained as نائب, عن المفعول المطلق on the estimation of جزاك الله جزاء خيراً like شفاك الله شفاء كاملاً or as Tam’iz like زادك الله علماً? (I am posting this second time as it didn’t get posted first time).
السلام عليكم
علماً is not a تمييز in زادك الله علماً.
The Shaykh has corrected this on his courses.
Have you not done Selections and نورٌ على نورٍ?
Admin
No, I haven’t done them yet! But I will start soon inshaaAllah. What is it if it’s not tamiz? Barakallahu feek.
It is مفعول به ثانٍ.
Source: Selections, DVD2 B1.
نور على نور, DVD1.
The Shaykh also discusses why.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum,
I am teaching my kids Madinah Arabic book 1 at home. Jazakallahu khair for the resources in the children’s library. It is very helpful and easy for children. My kids love the colorful illustrations. But it has worksheets only for lessons 1-5. Where can I get the worksheets for lessons 6-10?
May Allah benefit you all here and in the next life for producing beneficial resources for our future generations.
Regards
Umm Raiyan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister
Worksheets for the whole of Book 1 (Madinah Arabic Reader) have been produced but our Shaykh has not had time to review the material so they cannot be published yet.
I suggest using the worksheets in the Beginner’s Library (up to lesson 10). These are also colourful, easy for beginners and suitable for children.
I also recommend using our animated videos that teach Book 1. Children love the animations and are learning and enjoying Arabic much more.
In : Digital Learning and Teaching Aids.
Admin
السلام عليكم Sister
Worksheets for Lessons 6, 7 and 8 are now available in the Children’s Library.
والسلام
ِAdmin
Assalamu aleikum
You have mentioned recently in other comment that you have produced worksheets for Book 2 of Madina Arabic Reader. Just was wondering when they are going to be published? I also teach Madina Arabic at home and Alhamdulillah we had wonderful results using worksheets for Book 1. May Allah Subhanahu wa Taala reward your team for this effort. Now we completed Book 1 and are about to start Book 2… really looking forward for your supplementary worksheets. Is there any timeframe they might be published on the website? Looking forward to your answer. Jazak Allahu Khair.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Sister
جزاكِ الله خيرا .
Hopefully we will publish them as soon as the Shaykh has time, إن شاء الله.
Admin
Jazak Allahu kheir
Assalaamu Alaykum Wa Rahmatullaahi Wa Barakaatuhu,
When I download a pps file from Digital Learning and Teaching aids, I am asked to enter a password. What password should be entered?
I am forced to ask on this forum as I don’t see an alternative way of asking a question on this website.
Jazaakum Allaahu Khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The powerpoint files (pps files) are not password-protected for downloading and viewing. They are only password-protected for editing. A user is only prompted for a password when he/she tries to edit the file. This only occurs when the file is opened as a ppt file not a pps file.
I tested some downloads and was able to download and view the files without being asked for a password. I am not sure what happened in your case but please try again.
I hope you benefit from the videos, إن شاء الله.
بارك الله فيك.
والسلام
Admin
I get the same question for a password. I tried in both LibreOffice Impress and Google Docs. LO errors out about password and Google Docs brings up a dialog asking for password. No access to ms windows here. I can use Wine/PlayOnLinux with PowerPointViewer, however the arabii letters are broken up and miss aligned at times, that’s with the Traditional Arabic and TA Bold installed in the correct font folder.
Assalamualikum dear sheikh,
In B2 L23 there is a sentence
جاء خمسة المدرسين الجدد why is the فعل masculine while the فاعل is feminine خمسة? May Allah reward you abundantly.
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered this here.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Shiekh,
We have learnt in book 2 how to express “I have neither a book nor a pen” ما عندي كتاب ولا قلم and “They neither entered the classrooms nor are they in the teachers room”
لا دخلوا الفصول ولا هم في غرفة المدرسين but how would we say “I will neither eat rice nor banana” for example? Is it like – َلا آكل الارزَّ ولا الموز Barakallahu feek
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered this in:
Arabic Sciences : Q72 Neither … Nor.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum Ya Sheikh
Kindly let me know in Surah :28 Al Qasas ;Aayah : 48 – there is said “min Qablu”. Why is qabl in state of rafa’ after harf jarr “min”
wasalaam
السلام عليكم
It is not actually مرفوع here.
The Shaykh explains it fully in:
1) دروس اللغة Bk 3, lesson 12.
2) Glossary of Words , section : ق.
3) Q & As: Noble Qurʾān : Q/A 20
Admin
Assalamualikum dear Shiekh,
In sura hujurat on page 45 it says نعم الطالب بلال why, despite the faail being definite, it has been translated as indefinite “what an excellent student Bilal is”. barakallahu feek
Salam,
I would like to ask please: if mudaf ilayhi is the thing possessed and the mudaaf is the possessor, then how can we explain that rabbil aalameen in surah fatiha is mudaaf and mudaaf ilayhi?
Jazakum Allah khair
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The muḍāf/muḍāf ilayi has the meaning of possessed/possessor when we have examples like those in lesson 5, Madinah Book 1. But the Shaykh does not state that every iḍāfah has this meaning.
ربِّ العالَمين is an iḍāfah but in this case, the muḍāf (not muḍāf ilayhi) signifies ownership. When the muḍāf signifies ownership, the meaning is reversed.
Here are some more examples from the Qurʾān:
قُلْ أَعُوذُ بِرَبِّ الناسِ * مَلِكِ النَّاسِ * إلهِ النَّاسِ (الناس: ١-٣)
قُلِ اللَّهُمَّ مَالِكَ الْمُلْكِ (آل عمران: ٢٦)
رَبُّ السمواتِ والأرضِ (مريم: ٦٥)
رَبُّ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ (الْمزّمّل: ٩)
رَبُّنَا الذي أَعْطَى كُلَّ شيءٍ خَلْقَهُ ثُمَّ هَدَى (طه: ٥٠)
In modern Arabic we say:
رَبَّةُ الْبَيْتِ
housewife.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,
In sura hujurat DVD 3 Part A in explaining وإن لمنكور يضف، أو جردا … ألزم تذكيرًا، وأن يوحدا you have given some examples(at 22 minutes time slot) like بلال أكبر من حامدٍ٬ بلال وابراهيم أكبر من حآمدٍ and later while summarising all the four points in number 2(at 27:11 time slot) you said “no min” and gave an example بِلال أحسن طالبٍ . I am a bit confused with these examples. Could you please clarify?
May Allah reward you abundantly.
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explained all of this in Madinah Book 2, lesson 3 and كتاب المعلم.
Admin
I know this but my question is different and based on how the shaykh has explained in surah hujurat. The example
بلال أكبر من حامدٍ will it come under number 1 or 2 amongst the 4 ways of using ism al tafdiil? Barakallahu feek.
The Key explains the use of مِنْ with اسم تفضيل and it is with the comparative form.
In the superlative form, there is no مِنْ.
The Shaykh’s summary on the DVDs states that usage 2 takes no مِنْ. This therefore is superlative form.
So the example comes under usage 1.
Admin
السلام عليكم Dear Shaykh,
In sura hujurat in DVD 3 part A time slot 52 minutes while explaining about ما الموصولة you have said actual خبر is استخرّ but then what would be the صلة الموصول ? Barakallahu feek.
Note: The Shaykh did not say استخرَّ. He said استــقـــرَّ.
The estimated صلة الموصول is given on the DVD.
If you go back to time: 51:15 onwards, and listen to the تقدير of the āyah following ما (the اسم موصول).
This is also covered on Selections.
Admin
Sorry, I meant to write استــقـــرَّ but wrote استخرَّ by mistake.
After listening to it a few times, my understanding is في السماقات is
صلة الموصول and the تقدير is استــقـــرَّ في السماقات . And when Shaykh said it is the actual خبر I think shaykh meant it is the actual خبر for shibhu jumla and not in relation to this particular sentence. Please correct me if I am wrong.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
The صلة الموصول is the part:
استقرَّ في السمواتِ.
It includes استقرَّ because a صلة الموصول needs an عائد.
In: في السمواتِ there is no عائد which would return back to مَا.
But in: استقرَّ في السمواتِ there is an عائد which is the ḍamīr mustatir هو and goes back to ما.
Yes, استقرَّ is the actual khabar when you have a mubtadaʾ whose khabar is a شبه جملة .
استقرَّ therefore:
1. supplies the عائد when needed in a صلة الموصول.
2. is the actual khabar when the khabar is a شبه جملة.
I hope it’s clearer.
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaykum
I hope you are well.
I have some questions related to ism al-ishara.
1. Does ism al-ishara always requires a badal? E.g., do we assume the sentence هذا كتاب to actually be هذا الشيء كتاب ?
2. If that is correct, then what would the badal of the ism al-ishara be in the sentence هذه سيارة ?
3. In the sentence هذا كتاب , the word kitab is grammatically khabar. Would it be correct to refer to it as musharun ilayh (as well as khabar) or can this term only be used for the badal of the ism al-ishara?
Jazak Allah khayran
Wassalaam
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered this in:
Arabic Sciences : Q81 اسم الإشارة and بدل.
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaykum
I pray you are well.
In Arba’una Haditha on page 47 (UKIA print) there are examples of waw al-haal. In the first example دخلت المسجد والإمام يركع what is the jumla haaliya giving the haal of?
I.e., can it be the haal of the fa’il of dakhaltu, is it haal of the masjid, or is this a case of حال مؤكدة لمضمون الجملة ?
Also, what will the ‘aamil be on the jumla haaliya?
Jazak Allah khayraa
Wassalaam
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا.
The صاحب الحال is ــــتُ in دخلتُ.
This is based on a reply of the Shaykh to a similar question.
Lesson 31 in Vol. 3 of دروس اللغة is a comprehensive dars on حال.
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaykum WW
Jazakumullahu khayraa. This answer as well as Q81 answered by Shaykh Abdurrahim حفظه الله are very helpful and much appreciated.
Wassalaam
Assalamu ‘alaykum
I’m a little confused as to how والإمام يركع is haal of ــــتُ in دخلتُ because the jumla Haaliyah does not refer to the fa’il of dakhala in any way.
I could understand to some extent if it were haal of al-masjid but I don’t see how we can relate it back to the person entering. Could you clarify this a little further?
Jazak Allah khayraa
Dear Br Muhammad
وعليكم السلام
In what circumstance did you enter the mosque? The circumstance is that when you entered the mosque, the imam was performing rukuu’.
Hope this is clear.
Regards,
abdur rahim
Assalamu ‘alaykum WW
Jazakumullah khayraa. That is very helpful.
Wassalaam
Muhammad
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh,
We have learned اسم الجنس الجمعي in Book 3. Could you please explain اسم الجنس الإفرادي and اسم الجنس الآحادي? Jazakallahu khayran. (sorry, if it got posted twice or more!, my browser is playing up)
Assalamu ‘alaikum.
Dear Admin,
I am visiting this site after some time, and I am not able to find one particular answer. It’s about “when mubtada can be indefinite at the beginning of the sentence”. It was under the category “Answers by Admin” or something like it.
Could you please help me find this topic?
Jazakallahu khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother Tanweer,
We no longer have that section.
I will send you some notes via email, إن شاء الله.
Admin
AsSalamu ‘Alaikum.
Respected Sheikh,
We know that a Naaqis word shows its Ya at the end when it is mudaf. My question is about pronouncing a Naaqis mudaf followed by a word that starts with a hamzatul wasl and a sakin letter. What vowel sound should we use at the end of the Naaqis in order to avoid the Iltiqaaus sakinain?
Example: وادي العقيق (valley of garnet). Should we say Waadiyul aqeeq or Waadiyal aqeeq or Waadiyil aqeeq or Waadil aqeeq (dropping ya in pronunciation) ? Another example is name محيي الدين
Jazaakallahu khiran
Tanweer Malik
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered this in:
Arabic Sciences : Q82 التقاء الساكنينِ
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
In book 2 L 26 there is a sentence هذه تذكرة طائرةٍ إلى دمشق ذهاباً وإياباً. Could you please explain the i’raab of the words ذهاباً وإياباً in this sentence? Jazakallahu khayran
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered this in the Arabic Sciences Q and As.
Admin
Please can you explain waa haal
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explained it in Madinah Book 3, lesson 2.
Admin
Assalamualikum Respected Shaykh
We have learned that in the three-lettered verbs if the second radical is yaa or waw it changes into Alif i.e قال – صام – باع but there are some verbs like عَوِر – غَيِد in which the second radical hasn’t changed to Alif despite it being a yaa and waw. Could you please explain the reasons behind such phenomenon? May Allah reward you without count.
Wassalam.
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh,
We have learned the rules regarding writing hamza but I can’t figure out why is hamza written under Alif in the name of sura Naba like this سورة النبٳ ? May Allah reward you immensely.
Wassalam
The Shaykh tells you why on the سورة الحجرات course.
Admin
Salaam!
I couldn’t understand the explanation of Q61-Taahaa-aayah-17 in Q & A : Noble Qur’aan section.
Can I get an English translation or explanation?
Please help!
السلام عليكم
أن +لا = ألا
In here 2 harf’s coming together, what is the reason for it? Normally two harf’s will not come together.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
In reply to another question, the Shaykh said == quote:==
Originally أَنْ and لاَ are separate words. But according to the rules of orthography, they are written as one word.
But this is not a very hard and fast rule. The words may be written separately also, especially for the purpose of teaching.
== End quote ==
You can see this in Qur’aanic orthography. They are separate in aayahs 105 and 169, سورة الأعراف.
According to orthography rules we also write:
إنْ الشرطية + لا النافية = إلاَّ.
Admin
Assalaamualaikum
In سورة الغاشية Ayaah No. 22, I’m confused with the word بِمُصَيطِرٍ. what is its root? Kindly throw some light, as I ‘m unable to perceive it.
wasalaam,
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The question has been sent to the Shaykh.
Admin
As salaamu ‘alaykum wa rahmatullaah. Could you shed some light on the issue of majaaz in Qur’aan? Shaykh al-Islaam Ibn Taymiyya and his student Ibn al-Qayyim rahimahumallaah (in as-Sawaa’iq al-Murslaha) say there is no majaaz in the language.
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh,
I found two different spellings of the same word in sura baqara verse 278; one is مِنَ الرِّبَا and the other one is
مِنَ الرِّبَواْ could you please explain why there is this difference in the spelling of a same word?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
The Qur’aan has its own orthography.
For example, words spelt with a تاء مربوطة in some aayaat are spelt with a تاء مفتوحة in other aayaat.
The Shaykh may give more insight into why.
Admin
Respected Shaykh,
السلام عليكم
I want to ask you a question regarding the iraab of the following.۔
و ما الحیاۃ الدنیا الا متاع الغرور
Is it istisna mufarag?.If Yes, then why mustasnah متاع الغرور is murfoo?.Kindly provide your feedback.
السلام عليكم
This aayah is similar to:
وما محمدٌ إلا رسولٌ (آل عمران: 144)
which is explained in the Shaykh’s:
المسعِف في لغة وإعرابِ سورةِ يوسفَ
– notes for aayah 31 (p99 then p101 onwards).
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
We have learned that اسم الفاعل from الناقص verb is on the pattern of فَاعٍ for example ماشٍ and the yaa appears when is is definite like المَاشِي but in sura baqara verse number 186 it’s
أُجِيبُ دَعْوَةَ الدَّاعِ the yaa has not appeared in الدَّاع Could you please shed some light as why is this peculiarity?
Wassalam
It is fully explained in the Shaykh’s new book:
اثاقلتم.
Admin
We have to wait till all these books are made available in the UK one day inshaAllah.
This is in response to your repeated complaints:
1. There is no need to wait if you are prepared to spend for Allaah’s Sake, or save some money over time to pay for shipping. The books are not costly.
2. These books are more valuable than iPads, mobiles etc which students always find the money to buy.
3. There are many books the Shaykh has made available as free downloads but you have not yet read or benefitted from them.
4. Let everyone be wiser using his time and money for the sake of learning Arabic.
Admin
Thanks for your response. I didn’t complain but made a point. Just so you know, I did attempt to buy all the books from India that aren’t available in the UK but for some reason or the other I couldn’t buy them; one of the main reasons I couldn’t buy them is not all the books are in stock every time I check with the online shop. I even asked them to let me know when all the books are in stock so I could order them all inshaAllah. I have benefited from many of the books of shaykh and still benefiting Alhamdulillah. Jazakallahu khayran.
جزاك الله خيرا for the reply.
Admin
Respected Shaykh,
السلام عليكم
Kindly tell me the feminine form of ذو,ذوو,اولو for all the three cases.
wasalaam
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explained this in detail in:
1. دروس اللغة, Book 2 L1.
2. سورة النور course, notes for aayah 44.
3. سورة الإسراء course, notes for aayah 26.
4. سورة يوسف course, notes for aayah 111.
All these are downloads.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum. My kids have finished Madina arabic reader book 1 Alhamdulillah. we used all the worksheets here for book 1. I t was such a great help. Now we are going to start book 2 inshaAllah, But I can’t see lesson by lesson worksheets for book 2. Do you have any plan to upload worksheets for book 2?
I have a question regarding book 1 worksheets. In book 1 , we see they form the questions like.”.Aa jhahaba ilaal mudiri”? But in the worksheets the questions are like
“Aa ilaal mudiri jhahaba?” If both forms are corrects then why not follow the way the book forms the questions? I found my kids a little confused . I tried to tell them both forms are correct though.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
We plan to upload them in the future, إن شاء الله. We apologise for the delay.
In the meantime, please benefit from the other resources we have for children like digital teaching aids, educational puzzles and art, and new on-line tests.
Both forms are correct. It is the context that dictates the change of order.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
We know that there are six baabs for three lettered verbs and some verbs have more than one masdar sometimes with different meanings. My question is do these baabs have any affect on the meanings or is it just a linguistic phenomenon? May Allah reward you in abundance.
Assalaamualaikum
Respected Shyakh,
I’m in need of your book, which covers the lexical and grammatical analysis of entire Quran. kindly give me the address to buy it.
Wasalaam
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
I have a question regarding Ayah 82 of Surah Zukhraf:
سُبْحَانَ رَبِّ السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ رَبِّ الْعَرْشِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ – 43:82
Can yo please explain this ayah grammatically? Particularly, why is “rabb” majzum in both the cases? and why “Subhana” is mansub?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalaam
Dear Br Syed Hasan,
وعليكم السلام
You say ‘rabb” is مجزوم. How can a noun be مجزوم?
It is مجرور because it is مضاف إليه. The second “rabb” is مجرور because it is a بدل of the first.
سبحانَ is منصوب because it is مفعول مطلق.
Hope this has helped you.
abdur rahim
السلام علیکم ورحمۃ اللہ
My typo mistake I meant majroor not mazjum. Thanks for correction.
However, I still do not fully comprehend the following:
Rabb is مضاف الیہ of سبحان?
In this case what will be the literal translation? Where is مبتدا and خبر?
Regarding سبحان it does not have تنوین because it is مضاف?
What is the estimated sentence before سبحان?
جزاک اللہ خیر
السلام عليكم
These questions are answered in Q and As:
Pls see: Arabic Sciences Q2 and Q11.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Admin
I have tried to post a question twice but not being able to see it getting posted, is there any glitch on the website or doesn’t my question comply with the terms and conditions of this site? Your response would be much appreciated. Jazakallahu khayran.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
I am sorry the question is not suitable for this forum.
Admin
Barakallahu feek.
السلام عليكم
What I have done (a one-off) is sent the question to our Shaykh. If he wishes to address it, then the reply will be sent to your email.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum I would like to find out if fa kalima is a weak letter in amr scale and noon takeed kafeefa or sakeela and laam takeed is added how will the scale look.pls send email answer
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Sister, I didn’t fully understand your question.
Verbs with نون التوكيد الثقيلة والخفيفة suffixed, are explained in Madinah Book 3, Key to lesson 33, pg 147 of the PDF here.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum
I have a question about the books “Lane’s Arabic Lexicon” and “Howells Arabic Grammar”. Do you recommend taking knowledge from these books?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The Shaykh says that Edward Lane’s dictionary مَدُّ القاموسِ is very good.
Regarding the other title, then we recommend you first learn all the نحو taught in the Shaykh’s books and courses in his full program.
Admin
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
In Surah Yaseen Ayah 16 why has Inna come in the middle of the sentence. As far as I can remember Inna comes at the beginning or after قال. While Anna comes in the middle of the sentence.
Am I missing some rule or is this an exception to the rule?
Jazaka Allah Kahir
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
It is not an exception to the rule.
It is a different grammatical concept in operation here.
It also occurs in other aayaat e.g.:
واللهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّـــكَ لَـرَسُولُـهُ (المنافقون : 1)
( 33 : قَدْ نَعْلَمُ إِنَّـــه لَـيَحْزُنُكَ الذي يقولون (الأنعام:
It is fully explained in our Shaykh’s new publication:
إقسامُ الأيمانِ في أَقسامِ القرآنِ.
Book Fair > New Books.
Admin
Assalamualikaum Dear Shaykh
We have learned in B3 about لام الأمر which is used for first persons and third persons, my question is لام الأمر used for second person as well? For example; يا محمد لتشربْ do we use it like this or we use F’il Amr only for second person like اشربْ يا محمد ? Jazakallahu khyaran.
Assalamo Alaikum respected Sheikh,
In Surah Yaseen Ayat 38 & 39 الشمس is marfu while القمر is mansub. Why is القمر mansub when the beginning of the two ayat seem to be similar?
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh explained this new concept in the Q & As:
Noble Qur’aan : Q62 al-Nahl, aayah 8.
Admin
Assalamoalaikum Respected shaykh :
Please give me the complete grammatical analysis of the Verse 15 of Surah Hajj:
Also please advise in ” Yunsura-hu” does this hu refers to ” man kana” ?
مَن كَانَ يَظُنُّ أَن لَّن يَنصُرَهُ اللَّهُ فِي الدُّنْيَا وَالْآخِرَةِ فَلْيَمْدُدْ بِسَبَبٍ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ ثُمَّ لْيَقْطَعْ فَلْيَنظُرْ هَلْ يُذْهِبَنَّ كَيْدُهُ مَا يَغِيظُ
السلام عليكم
If you study the Madinah Books, you will understand this aayah fully.
And our Shaykh’s ‘Selections’ course teaches how to understand the construction: أنْ لنْ ينصرَه اللهُ.
The Damiir ه refers to Prophet Muhammad صلى الله عليه وسلّم, indicated by the context.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Our dear Shaykh, I wanted to ask if every word that appears in the Qur’an (except for Arabized foreign names) have appeared before in Jahiliyya poetry and prose.
I ask this because I want to know if studying Jahilyya poetry intensively will help me understand every single word in the Qur’an in depth.
Could I have a response for the first part of the Question please?
“I wanted to ask if every word that appears in the Qur’an (except for Arabized foreign names) have appeared before in Jahiliyya poetry and prose.”
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Shaykh, if someone wants to master Arabic language at a world class level after finishing madina books, which country do you recommend he study in and for how long?
Assalamu aleikum
May Allah grant you success in Dunya and Akhirah for your big effort to teach Muslims the language of their Deen.
My question is related to Lesson 5 of “Selections of Glorious Qur’an” course.
It’s mentioned there that the verb خسر has three masdars:
خسارة
خسر
خسران
They are frequently mentioned in the Qur’an. I wanted to know, do these three masdars carry the exact meanings? Or there are some subtle differences in their meaning, for example various degrees of loss?
Kindly clarify it as I listened to one western preacher explaining tafsir of the Qur’an and he stressed the differences in the meanings in these masdars. I wanted to know if this is truly the case.
And in general, on many occasions we can find few forms of masdar for a verb. Are there differences in their meanings?
Jazak Allahu kheir
السلام عليكم Sister
Your question has already been sent to our Shaykh.
It may need a detailed reply. We hope to get a reply, إن شاء الله.
Admin
Jazak Allahu kheir. I just wasn’t sure if you have seen my question therefore I posted it again.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Shaykh, who according to your opinion is the greatest Arabic scholar of all time?
السلام عليكم
Questions of this kind do not benefit greatly. There are many great scholars of Arabic. If one is named, it will cause people to learn from him at the exclusion of others. This does not do justice to the others. One should learn from one great Shaykh until you have completed all studies with him. Then you can learn from another great Shaykh, and so on.
We have also advised you to do our own great Shaykh’s program.
Admin
I see. Can we ask whose books he recommends studying from?
First our Shaykh will want you to complete his books.
Then his recommendations are mentioned at this site for graduates of the above.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I would like to buy the three books KITABUL MUALLIM Teacher’s Guide – Part I, II and III, in PDF or ebook format.
Please, can you tell me how to buy it? (In digital format)
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I am sorry we are not selling digital copies of these books.
Hard copies of كتاب المعلم can be bought from Islamicshop, India.
If you are referring to the colour version of كتاب المعلم then this is in digital format but we have not completed publishing all 3 volumes as e-books yet.
Once they are ready, they will be available as a free download, إن شاء الله.
Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes I am referring to the color version of كتاب المعلم, this is in digital format, but we have not yet completed the publication of the 3 volumes as electronic books.
http://drvaniya.com/?page_id=7441
Is there in paper’s version with Notes, Guidance, Practicals & Worksheets ?
and picture ?
Hard copies of كتاب المعلم is no colours ?
It is a pity because the price is low but transport to Paris high.
Jazak Allah Khair
Wassalam
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, hard copies of كتاب المعلم are not in colour.
We only added colour to the digital copies. We do not have hard copies of these.
These volumes are excellent in black/white or colour.
Regrettably, courier fees are high to many parts of the world. This is out of our control. But shipping these books is worth every penny.
Admin
Assalamu Aleikum
I have a question with regards to the study program designed by Shaykh Dr Abdur Rahim for learning Arabic. Arabic Language & Islaamic Studies Syllabus of Madinah Islaamic University is ranked there No. 18 and suggested to be studied nearly at the end of the program. There are 4 levels in the Syllabus. Would you recommend us to start from Level 1 of the course, or we can skip the first level and start from level 2?
Jazak Allahu Kheir
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh’s first priority is to teach students to understand the Qur’aan and aHaadith through short, easy texts to begin with. This commences our program. The syllabus is ranked later as the student needs to be equipped for it. At rank 18 a student will be equipped to understand it as it is entirely in Arabic and combines Qur’aan and aHaadiith with many other texts including lessons in تعبير and قراءة etc.
Please start with Level 1 / Volume 1. We prefer you do not skip any part of the syllabus.
Admin
Alhamdulillah. Jazak Allahu Kheir for advice.
Just to verify, the syllabus referred in the programme is to be studied online from the website of Madina International University in Malaysia. Is it correct?
qalam.mediu.edu.my
No, it should be studied from Madinah Islaamic University’s website itself. They have set up a special media-interactive site to teach the syllabus.
Please read this file (located in the Advanced Library).
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Shaykh, where are pre-Islamic poems preserved? Is there a book which compiled all of these poems?
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh has answered this and your other question, in the Q and As:
Arabic Sciences Q83.
Admin
As-salaamu alaykum
I would have asked this question on LQ Toronto Forums, but I am out of my country and have forgotten my password so I will ask on here in shaa Allaah.
In the Madinah books, book 3, lesson 15/4
There comes a quranic example of the verbal noun Haa’a in 69:19
فَأَمَّا مَنْ أُوتِيَ كِتَابَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ فَيَقُولُ هَاؤُمُ اقْرَءُوا كِتَابِيَهْ
My question is not in regards to the verbal noun itself but rather the ending of the Ayah, I am a little confused about the ‘Iraab and usage of the saakin 3rd person masc pronoun
and it’s relationship with the ya mutakallam.
هَاؤُمُ اقْرَءُوا كِتَابِيَهْ
Any help, explanations or links would be great, jazaakumu-llaahu kharain.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother
The following Q and As answered by our Shaykh about this aayah and another aayah, answer your question:
Q49 … الأنعام: 90
Q52 … الحاقة: 19
From: Q and As: القرآن الكريم
Admin
As-salaamu alaykum, hayaakumu-llaah
I have just found this (below) on LQ Toronto, it explains what the haa is, but what is more of an in-depth understanding of it’s usage?, is it for phonetic reasons
(69;19) فَأَمَّا مَنْ أُوتِيَ كِتَابَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ فَيَقُولُ هَاؤُمُ اقْرَءُوا كِتَابِيَهْ
to make the ya mutakallam mansoob? to be in phonetic harmony with the preceding Ayaat?
When its attached to لِمَهْ for لِمَ there is no change to the case ending on the letter meem, whereas in the ayah the ya mutakallam takes fathah, or is this taking of the fatha with out the haa sakt permissible?, and under what circumstances?
I request baaraka-llaahu feekum a detailed answer to help me understand, jazaakumu-llaahu khairan.
http://lqtoronto.com/forums/showthread.php?t=475
It is :
هَاءُ السَّكْتِ
– from Madinah Book 2.
And from our Shaykh’s “Glossary of Words” Used in the Madinah Books:
Quote: ——-
هَاءُ السَّكْتِ
Grammatically: a saakin هـ suffixed to certain short words in the pausal mode, e.g. :
لِمَهْ for لِمَ.
end quote———–pg 226:
“A Glossary of Words Used In
دُرُوسُ اللُّغَةِ الْْعَرَبِيَّةِ لِغيرِ النَّاطِقِينَ بِها
Arabic-English Dictionary
Dr. V. Abdur Rahim ”
The last word in the next aayah (no. 20) of suurah al-Haaqqah also has this haa :
حِسَابِيَهْ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, ياء المتكلم can take a fathah without هاء السكتِ attached to it.
Our Shaykh has given a detailed explanation in:
Q1 … البقرة: 125
Our Shaykh has explained in depth, many new insights about the phonetics and grammar of هاء السكتِ and ياء المتكلم as they appear in the Qur’aan, in his new book:
اثاقلتم : New Books
I hope you can get a copy, إن شاء الله.
وفيك بارك الله
Admin
Jazaaka-llaahu khairan
In shaa Allaah I plan on purchasing all the shayks books when I return to NZ.
The shipping is very expensive from India, but the knowledge contained within is priceless as this kind of knowledge is not common nor found easily.
Jazaakumu-llaahu kharian wa baaraka-llaahu feekum
Also thank you for the direct links in your reply to my question.
السلام عليكم Brother
I have sent some notes to your email which may further help you understand when ياء المتكلم takes a fathah.
Admin
Dear Dr. Sb, ASA. Can you please also share same notes with me, please? Wa-salam
Assalamualkum Dear Shaykh
We have learned that when two hamza come next to one another in فعل الامر the original hamza becomes yaa or waw e.g اُءْمُلْ = أُومُلْ /اِءْثِرْ = اِيثِرْ but the Amr for the verb أنَّ I found in the online dictionary as ائْنِنْ / إنَّ shouldn’t it be اِينِنْ?
Please clarify. May Allah shower His mercy upon you.
Wassalam
Assalaamu 3alaykum dear shaykh.
Jazaakumullaahu khairan for sharing your knowledge.
I think many people is waiting your next madinah arabic reader book.
When would Madinah Arabic Reader Book 8 be published (year/time estimation )?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
I have enquired from the publishers. We hope it is published as soon as possible إن شاء الله.
Admin
Assalamualikuk Dear Shaykh
In book 2 lesson 29, there is a sentence – أَمَا تَشَمُّونَ رَائِحَةً يَا ٳِخْوَانُ؟
Here, although it’s a present tense, مَا has been used instead of لَا . Is it because it’s referring to the present time only? May Allah bless you.
Wassalam
Brother Muhammad Hassan,
ASA. Did you get Dr. Sb’s response? If so, can you share it with me, please? We learnt in Madinah Books that the use of ‘Ma” in Mudareh denotes the action ‘al’aan’ (now) for example “ma ashrabu alqawata” I am not drinking coffee now. Wa-salam
As-salaamu alaykum
I would just like to say Jazaaka-llaahu kharian to Shaykh Abdur-rahim for making some of his material for free download.
I have almost finished “Both These Lights Emanate From the Same Niche With Lexical and Grammatical Notes”, and it is an amazing book with elaboration on things learned in the Madinah book as well as additional material.
To those who have completed the Madinah Books and have revised and learned the material within, I highly advise with reading the rest of the Shaykhs Books as they contain a lot of great additional lessons and elaborative information not found in the Madinah Books.
Baaraka-llaahu feekum wa Jazaakumu-llaahu khairan.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your message Brother.
Our Shaykh will be very pleased to know you are benefiting greatly.
Admin
Dear Dr. Sb, ASA. From where I can get your Madina Books 4 and onwards, please? At the moment I am doing Madina Book 2 Lesson 24 (Counting from 1 to ……….). Mr. Asif Maherali is absolutely right. The beautifully-designed course shows your vision. One rule at a time approach is fascinating which we have not found in any other course (for example in Al-Arabiatu Baina Yadyka’s early lessons we come across with “sa-azhabu…..). The lessons of the course give magical impact on students in their learning. May Allah SWT reward you and your magnificent team including Mr. Asif Maherali. It is indeed the result of efforts you all made that students are understanding the great Arabic Language. I myself did not fully understand the rules in my first attempt 8 years ago but this time it is different….. thanks to Mr. Asif Maherali’s explanation on Youtube, your Blog, LQToronto etc.
Awaiting your response, please. Wa-salam.
السلام عليكم Brother
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
Our Shaykh does not have a book named ‘Madinah Book 4’.
However, our Shaykh has many advanced books and courses that follow on from the 3 Madinah Books. You can download many of these from our Advanced Library.
You can also buy them on-line from our Book Fair and New Books.
Admin
Dear Admin Team,
ASA
Thank you for your prompt response.
Wa-salam
Assalamualikum Dear shiekh
Ustadh Asif has categorised(which is also mentioned in the handouts) the present tense verb into three groups namely;
الافعال الاربعة ,الافعال الخمسة ,الفعلان المبنيان is this classification for understanding purpose? Or is this how it’s explained traditionally?
Wassalam
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
At the end of lesson 29 there is a table for categories of verb, in that why are the second words in ِالمعْتلّ الفاء ,المُعْتَلّ العين and المُعْتَلّ اللاّم written as majrur? Aren’t they na’t and man’uut? Please clarify. May Allah bless you.
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
The construction is an إضافة لفظيّـة.
The second word is مضاف إليه.
In this type of إضافة the مضاف accepts اَلْـــ.
The topic is explained on the final DVD of the Selections course.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
In Nur un ala Nur, you have mentioned two lines from a poem to show us the usage of kaada. My question is what is the singular of هيْدَبٌ(fringes)? Jazakallahu khayran.
Dear Br Muhammad Hasan
وعليكم السلام
The word هَيْدَبٌ is singular. I used the plural in the translation for clarity.
abdur rahim
May Allah bless you!
Salaam
Can you tell me what نيابةً is doing as a mansoob in the following sentence:
الاسم يُخفَض بالفتحة نيابةً عن الكسرة
Is it Tamyeez? If so how can it be since the sentence is complete? What can be ambiguous here?
Could it be Haal since Fatha (saahib haal) is marifah and نيابةً is nakirah and the sentence is complete?
كتب ابن آجروم: لا يكون الحال الا نكرة ولا يكون الا بعد نمام الكلام ولا يكون صاحب الحال الا معرفة
Or he wrote something similar
This is not to tell you the Rule (there is no need) but to inform you why I think it might be Haal and where I got it from
Could it be Mafool Lahu?
“The noun is made into khafd using the Fatha (Because) it is replacing the Kasrah”
Which is it? Please provide an explanation for this Faqeer in need of relief
JazakAllah Khayr
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نيابةً is حال.
The صاحب الحال is the word: الفتحة.
The تقدير is:
الاسم يُخفض بالفتحةِ في حالِ كَوْنِــها نيابةً عن الكسرةِ.
نيابةً is a مصدر occurring as حال .
Originally it is: نَائِبَةً from نابَ.
The meaning is:
An ism (a ممنوع من الصرف) is يُخفض by a fathah, representing a kasrah.
I hope this answers your question.
Admin
Assalamu Alaikum Wa Rahmatullah,
What would be the exact translation of following Arabic sentence:
العُصْفُورُ طَيْرٌ جَمِيلٌ
Is it “A sparrow is a beautiful bird” or “The sparrow is a beautiful bird”.
former translation is mentioned in the Medina Arabic Website (madinaharabic. com)
According to my little knowledge in Arabic language I hope that the latter translation is correct. العُصْفُورُ is definite and it should be The sparrow right. Kindly explain this to me.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
If the alif laam is اَلْــ : الجنسية then the translation is:
A sparrow is beautiful.
If the alif laam is اَلْـــ: العهدية then the translation is:
The sparrow is beautiful.
To understand this fully, please see our Shaykh’s advanced course that discusses the types of اَلْــــ used in Arabic:
Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan: lesson 1 (Advanced Library).
In the lesson at the site you mention, the statement is general as indicated by the context, so the translation they have given (A sparrow…) is correct.
Pls note: Madinaharabic. com is no longer recommended by our Shaykh. The site has changed the Shaykh’s original material and introduced difficult, foreign teachings. We hope they improve.
Admin
Assalamu alaikum fadiilat ash shaykh and admin,
I would like to ask plz:
How do we match the patterns of the broken plurals from the singulars given? for example, kitaabun to kutubun ( fu’ulun)- the third letter in the word kitaab is alif, but we use baa instead for the pattern fu’ulun?
JazakumAllah khairan,
muslima
Salaamun alaikum…
Please can you explain what is hamza taswiyah as in surah munafiqoon verse 6 (63:6)
Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
همزةُ التسويةِ is a hamzah that occurs after the word سَوَاءٌ.
The hamzah + the verb coming after it are construed as a مصدر.
In the aayah:
سواءٌ عليهم أستغفرتَ لهم أم لمْ تستغفرْ لهم (الآية)
– the تقدير of the همزةُ التسويةِ and the verb following it is:
استغفارُكَ.
And استغفارُ is a مبتدأ مؤخَّر
The خبر مقدَّم is سواءٌ .
The aayah means:
استغفارُك لهم وعدمُه سواءٌ عليهم.
So همزة التسوية is one of the أحرفٌ مصدريةٌ.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Please direct questions about LQToronto’s handouts, to their site.
Admin
AsSalamu’Alaikum.
Respected Shaikh, Eid Mubarak.
My question is about the verb Ara’aitakum in the verse 6:47 of the Quran. How should it be properly translated ? How is this verb different from the verb Ara’aitum in the previous verse 6:46 ?
Thank you and Jazaakallahu khairan
Al-Salam ‘Alakum Shaikh, hope you are well.
My question is in regards to a Masdar. From what i have understood, a Masdar does not have a gender and neither can it be used in the dual or plural form. If that is correct, why do some Masadir have plural forms?
Nasihah is mentioned as one of the Masadir of Nasaha, but in dictionaries, the plural form is mentioned as Nusuh and Nasa’ih.
Is there a difference between the two forms of Nasihah?
Jazkak’Allah
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh answered this in: Arabic Sciences, Q84.
Admin
Please make available “Europe speaks Arabic” in PDF.
The book can easily be bought from the U.K, U.S., Canada and India.
Admin
Al-Salam ‘Alaikum Shaikh,
What will be the dual form of الحاجّ?
Will it be الحاجيان?
Al-Salam ‘Alaikum Shaikh,
I had a question regarding a Quranic Verse, وأزواج مطهرة.
Is the Na’t singular because the Man’oot is Jam’ Taksir?
Is there any specific rule for the Khabar or Na’t of Jam’ Taksir?
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Shaykh, after we finish the Madina books which country or institute do you recommend that we go to for specializing in advanced Arabic? Is there any place in Saudi that you know that is good for this?
As salaamu ‘alaykum …
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
جزاك الله خيرا for your message Brother.
I have replied to your email.
Admin
Assalamualaykum
In Nususu min hadees I shareef
Lesson 7,,,in sharhul mufradat for alajru its written iwadul amal wal intifae,….whats the meaning of iwadu and is it masdar? Whats its fael then?
Plz advise me how to study these books as sheikhs cds are not available on these bks …there are many words where I get stuck….so whom to ask the meaning of those words?
السلام عليكم Sister
To study نصوص من الحديث we recommend the following method:
1. First read the Hadiith.
This will give you a feel of the message and Arabic.
2. Next read the lexical notes.
a) Words you do not understand, try to understand them in the context of the sentence.
b) Look up any necessary words in a good Arabic-English dictionary (e.g. Hans Wehr).
c) Especially take note of vocabulary that is repetitive.
3. Read the Hadiith again in light of the lexical notes.
4. Read the grammatical notes.
5. Read the Hadiith again in light of the lexical and grammatical notes.
Here your understanding will be much better.
6. Translate the meaning.
7. Do the exercises.
8. Read aloud the Hadiith.
9. Optional: Record your voice reading the Hadiith then listen.
10. Optional: Memorise the Hadiith.
11. Optional: Write the Hadiith.
Complete the book in this manner.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
My question is not appearing for some reason
I wanted to ask how colors are used for feminine dual.
For example, I am seeing both of the of the following being used حمراوتان and حمراوان (One has ت and the other doesn’t)
Which one is correct?
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
Is there any real difference in the following sentences?
هو في المدينة المنورة
and
هو بالمدينة المنورة
Can we use both these prepositions as we like in the above sentences or are there any conditions?
Jazakallahu khayran
السلام عليكم
Please see Q29 here.
Admin
Alhamdulillah, we’re very glad to have a distributor of sheikh’s books in the UK finally. I’ve bought Iththaaqaltum last week; in one word, this book is a gem in the English language for the students of Arabic. We’re waiting for the rest of the books to be available soon inshaAllah. May Allah reward our sheikh immensely.
جزاك الله خيرا.
Many more of our Shaykh’s titles are now available from the U.K. distributor. Please check our Shaykh’s page for updates.
You can reserve a copy of كتاب المعلم now from the Shaykh’s page.
You can also reserve our Shaykh’s new Arabic title معجم الدخيل.
To reserve a copy of إقسام الأيمان في أقسام القرآن, please write them an email.
Admin
I have already reserved all those books. Jazakallahu khyran
Assalamualaykum plz tell me the iraab for huwa allahu ahadun in surah ikhlas….
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
قل هو الله أحد:
هو is ضمير الشأنِ which has come in the form of a ضمير منفصل here.
It is a مبتدأ.
هو here translates as: The fact is…
اللهُ أحدٌ is a جملة اسمية made up of a مبتدأ and خبر.
This جملة اسمية is the خبر of هو, so it is في محل رفع.
The sentence: هو الله أحدٌ is the مفعول به of the verb قلْ, so it is في محل نصب, and is the مقول القولِ.
The meaning is: The fact is that Allaah is One.
This is a closer translation of the meaning in light of the إعراب.
For a thorough discussion on ضمير الشأن please see:
1. Both These Lights Emanate from the same Niche pg 49-50
2. نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف pg 29
3. المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف notes for aayah 23
4. On-line Grammar Lecture 6: أن المخففة here.
Admin
I was trying to post the following question but for some reason I couldn’t do it!
Assalamualikum dear sheikh
We know the عين الكلمة of ism faail of الفعل الثلاثي المزيد فيه takes kasra but in baab اِفْعَلَّ the ism faail the عين الكلمة has fatha مُحْمَرٌّ is there any particular reason for this? Please explain. Jazakallahu khayaran.
To the Admin
Please ignore this post; I have found the answer:
it’s originally مُحْمَرِرٌ due to idghaam it became مُحْمَرٌّ
i.am unable to.post
If you encounter a problem in posting, then please try repeatedly.
I don’t know why some visitors are having this problem.
Admin
Salamun alaikum
Surah a’raf verse 105 (7:105). Why is the word أقول in the nasb form? Is this because of the لا that preceedes it? If so, what is the name of this ل and is it لام الجُحُوْد? Please can you explain
Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
حقيقٌ على ألاَّ أقولَ على الله إلا الحقَّ.
ألاَّ here is made up of أنْ المصدرية and لا which is لا النافيةُ.
لا النافية is غير عامل which means it has no effect on the case ending of the next word.
So this is not what makes أقولَ mansuub.
أقولَ is mansuub due to أنْ المصدرية which is the naasib.
لامُ الجحودِ is not a laam followed by alif, i.e. it is not لا. It is only the Harf laam: لِ.
Here is another aayah like الأعراف: 105 in grammar:
وقضى ربُّك ألاَّ تعبدوا إلا إياه (الإسراء:23)
Here تعبدوا is mansuub due to أنْ المصدرية.
And لا here is نافية.
Please see the Madinah Books (e.g. Book 2 lesson 11 for لا النافية, and lesson 17 for أن المصدرية) and the post-Madinah books e.g. سورة الإسراء.
For لام الجحود please see في بلاط هرقل and المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف.
Admin
please send me Dr. V. Abdur Rahim personal number, send to abdulrohman1418@ gmail.com. Please help me. This is very important for me.
السلام عليكم Brother
If you need help in getting admitted into Madinah Islaamic University then please visit their website. They will help you إن شاء الله.
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
Assalamualaykum warahmatullah
I am unable to post anything
assalamualaykum plz tell me the spelling of form 3 of رای its مضارع and its مصدر
wa alaykumussalam Sr Juwairiyah
This is how the third conjugation of رأى is written:
رَاءَى يُرَائِي مُرَاءَاةً، ورِءَاءً (ورِيَاءً).
Wassalam,
abdur rahim
Assalamualaykum it was great help to me alhamdulillah…
Lots of useful info
I want say sorry before because I have converted your video in teaching arabic language, i hope you permit and forgive yaa Syaikh in doing that. moreover Alloh always take care of you and reward what you have done in the field of arabic,,btw i am from indonesia and I motivated learning arabic, I learn by your book it from 2014 from key to durusul lugha before enter thr real bookand your work was my treasure,,,that amzing yaa shaikh thank you so much before…
Assalamualikum Dear sheikh
In book 1 lesson 18 it says
الأخ مثناه أخوان
Could you please clarify why it’s مثناه ?
Wassalam
السلام عليكم
Please clarify your question for the Shaykh. I am not sure what the question is about. جزاك الله خيرا
مثناه means: its dual.
The dotless yaa here changes to an alif in spelling when its mudaaf ilayhi is a pronoun.
Admin
if it was مثناه then I wouldn’t have any question cause I understand it’s mudaf and mudafun ilahi but in the book it’s written as مثناة with taa marbutah. So I guess it’s a typo. Barakallahu feek.
Assalamu alaykum. I have started book 2 with my kids. Have you uploaded worksheets for that book? We did all the worksheets for book one and we have been benefited a lot from those worksheets. Now we are waiting for book 2 worksheets. please hurry.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allah.
I previously asked a question and the answer has disappeared. And I need to re-read it, please, because I did not save it and did not realize it would possibly be deleted.
Previously submitted:
Ayesha Nicole says:
January 20, 2015 at 7:13 am
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa barakatuh.
Why is the last tashkeel on words pronounced, especially the last word of a sentence, when usually it would be pronounced with waqf/sukoon? For example, saying: “baytun” instead of “bayt” or “miftahun” instead of “miftaah” or “Hadha kursyun” instead of “Hadha kursy.” or “Hadhihi sayyraatun” instead of “Hadhihi sayyarah”.
Is it because the rules of waqf are easy to learn, whereas learning the reasons for the last tashkeel are more difficult, and it takes time to learn them, so it is better for introductory students to sight read/hear/pronounce the last tashkeel to get used to them being recognized when written, but not always pronounced when pausing or stopping?
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu alaikum.
Reply
Ayesha Nicole says:
January 22, 2015 at 8:35 pm
Jazaakumu Allahu khair(a)!
Reply
* * *
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu ‘alaikum.
as salaamu ‘alaikum.
I previously posted this question and it was answered, but the answer has now disappeared:
Ayesha Nicole says:
January 20, 2015 at 7:13 am
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa barakatuh.
Why is the last tashkeel on words pronounced, especially the last word of a sentence, when usually it would be pronounced with waqf/sukoon? For example, saying: “baytun” instead of “bayt” or “miftahun” instead of “miftaah” or “Hadha kursyun” instead of “Hadha kursy.” or “Hadhihi sayyraatun” instead of “Hadhihi sayyarah”.
Is it because the rules of waqf are easy to learn, whereas learning the reasons for the last tashkeel are more difficult, and it takes time to learn them, so it is better for introductory students to sight read/hear/pronounce the last tashkeel to get used to them being recognized when written, but not always pronounced when pausing or stopping?
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu alaikum.
Reply
Ayesha Nicole says:
January 22, 2015 at 8:35 pm
Jazaakumu Allahu khair(a)!
Reply
* * *
I did not copy/save it and needed to review the answer, and thought all previous questions would be archived. May I please have the answer again?
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaam ‘alaikum.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Sister
All questions and answers by our Shaykh are archived.
However, your question was answered by Admin. and Admin’s page was later removed.
I have sent a copy of the answer to your email now.
I am sorry for any inconvenience.
Admin
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa baarakatuh.
Baaraka Allahu feekum! I very much appreciate it, because I wanted to share this specific teaching method (for classroom use), with some colleagues and teachers, and could not remember the examples mentioned. Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allah.
Salam,
I would like to ask plz:
1. Is the word ikhwatun (brothers) feminine?
2. Is the word as’ilatun (questions) feminine?
3. Muaawiyatu is masculine because it’s a name of a man, right?
JazakumAllah khair and thank you
Muslima
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
1. إخوة :
a) Lexically it ends in تاء مربوطة.
b) In meaning it is masculine.
c) In grammar it is treated as masculine but may be treated as feminine because it is a جمع تكسير.
In the following aayah it is treated according to the meaning so the verb is masculine:
وجاء إخوةُ يوسفَ (يوسف: 58)
But we can also say:
جاءتِْ الإخوةُ
2. أسئلة:
a) Lexically it ends in تاء مربوطة.
b) Grammatically it is feminine because it is a جمع غير العاقل.
3. Yes, معاوية is masculine in meaning because it is a masc. proper noun.
Admin
Salam,
Thank you, jazakumAllah khair.
So can we say all words ending in taa marbootah are feminine lexically? Are all jam’u takseer feminine gramatically?
وعليكم السلام
Our Shaykh says that جموع التكسير can all be grammatically feminine.
But not all words ending in تاء مربوطة are feminine e.g. the words: علاَّمة وخليفة are masculine.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Hope you’re well in sha Allah
1. Can a verb in the passive voice take a mafool bihi?
فهذه الكلمة تُعتَبَرُ كلاماً
2. fa-hazhihi -l- kalima Tu’TaBaRu KalaamAN
Why Is the word Kalaam mansoob here?
JazakAllah Khayaran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1. If a verb in the active voice takes one مفعول به – like خَلَقَ in:
خَلَقَ الله الإنسانَ.
– then in the passive voice it becomes نائب فاعل as in the aayah:
وخُلِقَ الإنسانُ ضعيفاً (النساء: 28)
And if a verb in the active voice takes two مفعول به – like آتى in:
آتى الله اليهودَ والنصارَى الكتابَ.
(the first مفعول به is اليهودَ and the second is الكتابَ)
– then in the passive voice, the second مفعول به remains as a مفعول به as in the aayah:
نبذَ فريقٌ مِنَ الذينَ أُوتُوا الكتابَ (البقرة: 101)
The نائب فاعل is the واو in أوتوا.
And الكتابَ is the second مفعول به.
Please see the discussion in our Shaykh’s نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف.
Admin
Dear Br Farhan Riyaz
assalamu alaykum
The use of اعْتَبَر to mean ‘to consider’ is modern. In a sentence like:
اعْتَبَرَ الناسُ هذا الرجُلَ مجْنُوناً
the second manSuub noun is maf”uul thaanin. But in classical Arabic this verb is not used in this manner.
The verb used in classical Arabic in this sense is عَدَّ and it takes two objects, e.g.,
يُعَدُّ بلالٌ رائِداً في هذا المجال.
Bilal is considered a pioneer in this field.
Hope this has helped you.
Wassalam,
abdur rahim
Salam,
Thank you so much!
So how do we know that alaamatun and khaleefatun are masculine?
Thank you
وعليكم السلام
From the context and surrounding words that grammatically refer to them. Like a ضمير or a نعت or an اسم إشارة or اسم موصول used with them.
In the same way, words like الأرض and النفس and جَهَنَّمُ are known to be feminine by the above grammar elements, as seen in these aayaat:
والأرضَ مَدَدْنَاهَا وألقينا فيها رواسيَ وأنبتنا فيها …(الحجر: 19)
لا يُكَلِّفُ الله نفساً إلا وُسْعَها لها ما كسبتْ وعليها ما اكتسبتْ (البقرة: 286)
يا أيتها النفس المطمئنة (الفجر: 27)
هذه جهنَّمُ التي كنتم تُوْعَدُونَ (يس: 63)
Admin
Salam,
Do we look at the singular of the ma’dood to determine what gender of the number we should use, when counting from 3 to 10?
Thank you
Muslima
وعليكم السلام
Yes. We say:
ثلاثةُ أسئلةٍ based on the singular سؤال.
أربعُ مدارسَ based on the singular مدرسة.
خمسةُ مساجدَ based on the singular مسجد.
Admin
Assalamualaikum Blessed Sheikh,
I am from Singapore , I intend to teach arabic for the beginner level and i wanted to ask permission to utilize the resources from your website.
One more question is where can i purchase the online e-book for madinah children arabic book 2 ?
Jazakumullah Khairal Jaza’ Sheikhana
Assalāmu ‘Alaykum wa-Raḥmatullāhi wa-Barakātuh Sheikh,
I have question regarding جامد and مشتق. Many times I am confused as to what category a word falls under. For example, the word كتاب, will it be mushtaq as it has the same meaning as the verb كتب or will it be جامد as it does not fall under any of the types of مشتق?
Is there a simple way to distinguish between the two?
Jazak Allah Khaira
السلام عليكم
Please see the very helpful definitions with examples, of these terms, in our Shaykh’s ‘Glossary’.
Admin
Jazak Allah,
Where can I find this glossary?
Please see our Beginner’s Library.
Pls scroll down to the heading: ‘Downloads’.
Assalamualikum Dear Shaykh
In the key of B3 l3 #4 it says النسب is formed by adding يّ at the end. In #9 the generic plural is also made singular by adding يّ but this يّ is not the يّ of النسب which we have learnt in #4.
My question is: words like تُرْكِيٌّ and هِنْدِيٌّ look alike but in هِنْدِيٌّ the يّ the النسب but in تُرْكِيٌّ the يّ is not النسب, how do we identify which one is يّ of النسب and which one is just يّ of singular form from the generic plural?
Jazakallahu Khayran
Dear Br Muhammad Hasan
wa alaykumussalam
Nouns like: عَرَبٌ، تُرْكٌ، زِنْجٌ، رُومٌ، are plural, and they are made singular by adding the yaa’. So عَرَبٌ means ‘Arabs’, and عَرَبِيٌّ means an Arab.
A noun like الهِنْدُ is the name of a country, and هِنْدِيٌّ means ‘pertaining to India’, and so the yaa’ has a different function here. It does not make a plural singular.
I hope this has helped you.
Wassalam.
abdur rahim
Jazakallahu khayran dear shaykh. May Allah give you long life and good health so we can benefit more and more from you inshaAllah.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa baarakatuh,
I read a blog post that stated:
al-Ajurmiyyah (name of blogpost).
“The begginer text for all those who wish to learn arabic grammar from a classical source. Even though it isnt explicitly taught in Madeenah university, the first three Madeenah books cover all the grammer rules found in Ajroomiyah.”
Is that true? Or how many rules of al Ajrumiyyah are covered in the Madinah books, please?
Thank you.
as salaamu ‘alaikum,
Ayesha Nicole
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Sister
Yes, the 3 Madinah Books cover all the rules in مقدمة الآجرومية but in a much simpler, easier way than الآجرومية. The latter text is excellent, but it is designed for beginners who are native speakers of Arabic. While the Madinah Books are designed for beginners who are non-native speakers of Arabic. So you will find a clear difference in the way Arabic is presented and taught.
The Madinah Books teach the rules and categorise large amounts of information, more simply, teach material in a more step-by-step process, and drill-in a student’s knowledge better with more creative exercises. This is my personal observation.
We hope teachers of Arabic facilitate it for their students and recommend beginners who are non-native speakers, to start with the Madinah Books. They can cover Arabic-only texts for beginners after that, and this is more beneficial إن شاء الله.
Admin
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira!
assalam o alikum
Is anti taaliqun correct or anti taaliqatun
is anti talaaqun correct or anti talaaqatun with taa marbutah
is anti taliqun or anti taliqatun [with taa marbutah] correct
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أنتِ طالقٌ is correct because this is only particular to a woman.
Like we say: هي حاملٌ ‘She is pregnant’ without تاء مربوطة because this can only occur to a woman.
Our Shaykh gave the following reply: ===========
كلمة طالقٌ اسم الفاعل من طَلَقَت المرآةُ تطْلُقُ من باب قتل، لا يحتاج هذا اللفظ إلى فارق لاختصاص الأنثى به كما قال ابن الأنباريّ. قال ف. عبد الرحيم : اللغة العربية لغة منطقية، ومن ثم لا تريد إضاعة تاء مربوطة فيما لا يحتاج إلى تفريق بين الذكر والأنثى.
والسلام
ف عبد الرحيم
===========
Admin
Assalamualaikum Blessed Sheikh,
I am from Singapore , I intend to teach arabic for the beginner level and i wanted to ask permission to utilize the resources from your website.
One more question is where can i purchase the online e-book for madinah children arabic book 2 ?
Jazakumullah Khairal Jaza’ Sheikhana
Reply
السلام عليكم Brother
You may use all the resources at our website to teach Arabic.
The Madinah Arabic Reader books can be purchased from the links given in the Children’s Book Fair.
The on-line worksheets for Madinah Arabic Readers, are free downloads and not published as books for buying.
May Allaah give you توفيق to teach Arabic.
Admin
Assalamu alaikum.
Alhamdulilllah i m doing the madina coursebooks online.. I have the new coloured book. And im studying from lqtoronto website which follows the old edition… In madina book 2 page 48 (new edition) is der any printing mistakes because i got confused while hearing the classes following the book…. Its about ‘dhu’.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Please type the sentence that you think might have a printing error and we’ll tell you the correction إن شاء الله.
Admin
Asslamu Alikuam Skeikh . can you please give me pronunciation of all these words in audio..
http://drvaniya.com/?page_id=6443
As salaamu alaykum …
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Brother
جزاك الله خيرا for your message which we will not publish as requested by you.
Please see your email for the reply.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
The word مَوجٌ is اسم الجنس الجمعي with plural meaning i.e waves but it still has a plural form which is أمواج but what would be the meaning of أمواج ? because مَوجٌ already means waves with a plural meaning. Is it because مَوجٌ is considered as singular when it has a plural form?
Jazakallahu khayran
Is there another way to send my question? It’s not appearing here.
You can send it to my email and I’ll forward it to our Shaykh.
I’ve sent you an email.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
In sura An Nur verse 42 it says وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَإِلَى اللَّهِ الْمَصِيرُ here the khabar وَلِلَّهِ has been placed before the mubtada for empahsis. My question is when we place the khabar in the normal order we would write like this مُلْكُ السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ لِلَّهِ without the وَ but when we bring the khabar before the mubtada وَ is added, why is this?
Jazakallahu khayran.
السلام عليكم
Please note, a خبر مقدم is not always preceded by a وَ as in:
لِلهِ ما في السموات والأرضِ (لقمان: 26)
لله الأمرُ مِن قبلُ ومِن بعدُ (الروم: 4)
Admin
Walaikumussalam
Yes have noticed that but when it does begin with waw how do we explain it like the verse in question? barakallahu feek
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله وبركاتة
Dear Asy-syaikh, I hope Allah سبحان الله و تعالى always bless you give you strength to teach his holly language better.
I wrote this letter in order to ask your permission to translate your books which are in English to Indonesian. I seek your books were very useful for teaching Arabic for beginning to advanced level before that I was already collect your video of learning Arabic in your 3 books, they are SELECTION FROM THE GLORIOUS QUR’AN, SURAT NUUR WITH LEXICAL AND GRAMMATICAL NOTES AND SURAT AL HUJURAT WITH LEXICAL AND GRAMMATICAL NOTES and also Arabic Conversation Drills. I was converted them into MP3 format and bring them into separated MP3 based on their suurah and ayah to make me understand better by looking the book in my computer for example Al Ḥujurōt [01] for surat al-hujurat ayat number one, HOPES THAT YOU WILL FORGIVE ME AND GIVE ME THE PERMIT TO TRANSLATE YOUR 3 BOOKS THAT I MENTION BEFORE by Allah Wills.
This I make without any intention with the money it for people to understand Arabic because of the people in my region does not understand English like in your region in vaniambadi if I not wrong mention that they understand English also beside Urdu. I have no publication yet but may someday , just for them to understand your books better. I just want to translate those freely not by any intention just for teaching the glorious language of the Qur’an. The topic that I want to translate was your books not the Ayah of the Qur’an by itself.
I want you to know that first I learn Arabic in July 2014, I learn it by your book with the title KEY TO DURUSUL LUGHOH AL-ARABIYAH LI GHAIRI AN-NATIQINA BIHAA which translated in Indonesian with PANDUAN DURUSUL LUGHA which into 3 parts but after that I downloaded also the 4th part. Until now I still love so much your works, I always read and study Arabic by your book and I know you are genius in the field of teaching Arabic. I also downloaded some of your book such as Both-These-Lights-Emanate-From-the-Same-Niche-With-Lexical-and-Grammatical-Notes, Arabic Conversation Drills, Al-Mus’if-Sūrah-Yūsuf-With-Lexical-and-Grammatical-Notes (Arabic), Abshir-Bi-Khayri-Yawmin-With-Lexical-and-Grammatical-Notes(Arabic), Sūrat-al-Isrā’-With-Lexical-and-Grammatical-Notes Selections-From-the-Glorious-Quran-With-Lexical-and-Grammatical-Notes, and many of them with some discussion in your site in forum questions and answers, I collected them all in your site drvaniya.com, I also visit lqtoronto.
Your books are very motivated like treasure for me.
Thank you sir before,
Jamaludin Yamin of Indonesia
As salam alaykum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh
I am a French Muslim who has been studying Arabic for a few years.
I would like to open a small Arabic language school in the city where I live to teach Arabic.
Allow me to use your book “دروس اللغة العربية لغير الناطقين بها” and sell it to students and those who want it. The book will remain as it is apart from some changes in appearance.
جزاكم الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother
Your request has been sent to our Shaykh.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
How to say the following sentence in Arabic? Verse number two hundred and seventy-five. Is it like الآية رقم مائتان وخمسة وسبعون?
السلام عليكم
May Allah put barakah in this blog.
This is really nice place to land on.
I want to know that why rabb, rasool and deen is mansoob in the below sentence?
رَضِينا بالله ربّا وبمحمد (ﷺ) رسولا وبالأسلام دِينا
I hope for your help.
والسلام
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The منصوب nouns are حال.
If we ask the question: كيف then the reply comes in the form of these منصوب nouns.
This is because كيف asks:
How are you pleased with Allaah, with Muhammad (صلى الله عليه وسلم), and with Islaam?
Answer: We are pleased with Allaah as a ربّ, with Muhammad as a رسول, and with Islaam as a دِين.
i.e. We are pleased with Allaah in the state of His being a ربّ.
So the تقدير is:
رضينا باللهِ في حالِ كونِه ربا.
رضينا بمحمدٍ في حالِ كونه رسولا.
رضينا بالإسلامِ في حال كونِه دِيناً.
Admin
Salam,
I wanted to ask that is ghaaliyatun changed to ghaalin to make it easy to pronounce?
JazakumAllah khaira
-muslima
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
No, not at all.
Please see the key to lesson 1, Madinah Book 3: الإعراب التقديري: الاسم المنقوص.
And the صرف lessons on Br Asif’s DVDs for the closing lessons of Madinah Book 2.
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh
The word مَوجٌ is اسم الجنس الجمعي with plural meaning i.e waves but it still has a plural form which is أمواج but what would be the meaning of أمواج ? because مَوجٌ already means waves with a plural meaning. Is it because مَوجٌ is considered as singular when it has a plural form?
Jazakallahu khayran
ASSALAMU ALAIKUM
HONOURABLE SHEIKH
MAY ALMIGHTY ALLAH REWARD YOU FOR YOUR EFFORTS. I HAVE PERSONALLY BENEFITED FROM MADINA SERIES.
I do like to kindly ask a question. Please what is the difference between using minlandunhu as used in suratul kahf ayat 2 and directly using it as minhu without the ladun. And please what is the grammatical functions involving the use of ladun in such verses in the Qu’ran.
2. Please I would also like to know the use of Kalla as used in suratul fajr ayat 17 and many other chapters in the Qu’ran.
السلام عليكم Sister
#2: Please see the Shaykh’s answer to a question on كلا here:
Q8 كلا.
Admin
Please is there any explanation to my first question
Dear Respected Sheikh,
Assalamu alaikum. I have a question about active and passive participles in Surah Fajr, verse 28:
ٱرۡجِعِىٓ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكِ رَاضِيَةً۬ مَّرۡضِيَّةً۬
I understand that radiyatan is a feminine active participle. It is translated as “well pleased”. But I thought as ism fa’el it should be one who is doing an action. That is it should be “one who pleases”.
Similarly the next word mardiyatan is translated as pleasing. But as ism maf’ool it should be “one who is pleased”.
Can you please explain?
May Allah reward you.
Shafi
السلام عليكم
Dear Shaykh, is it grammatically correct to say ضَرَبتُ إيّاهُ (where dameer al-nasb al-munfasil is used after the verb)?
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh mentions the cases when the Damiir إياه etc, is used in the language in Madinah Book 3.
Admin
السلام عليكم
What are the situations where ْأن would come with a فعل ماض? And what it’s إعراب would be? I want this question to be answer by Shaykh himself please, and in detail.
وعليكم السلام
The Shaykh has explained this on his ‘Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan’ course with the i’raab.
And also on his سورة النور course.
Please refer to these courses.
Admin
السلام عليكم
There is an explanation somewhere in Madinah Books about the use of دخل without a preposition and with preposition. When we use it without preposition, like دخل البيت then what should we call البيت as? Is it a mafool bihi or mafool feehi?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The Shaykh explains it in: ‘Both these Lights’ pg 49 onwards.
Admin
السلام عليكم
I’ve checked, the Shaykh didn’t really mention it’s rulings and why and how it’ll come.
I’m talking about أَنْ coming right before a فعل ماض as I’ve asked here before.
وعليكم السلام
If you properly refer to lesson 6 of Selections and the سورة النور course, you’ll see that the Shaykh has given Qur’aanic examples of this with the i’raab – as I already mentioned.
If you refer to the Madinah Books (Books 2 and 3) and the Shaykh’s advanced lectures, you will learn that this أنْ is مصدرية and مصدرية is not time-bound. So it is not limited to فعل مضارع but also covers فعل ماض. The usage is determined by meaning.
Here are two aayahs:
وجاءكم مِن البدوِ مِن بعدِ أنْ نَزَغَ الشيطانُ بيني وبينَ إخوتي (يوسف: 100)
وما كان ليَ عليكم مِن سلطانٍ إلا أنْ دعوتُكم (إبراهيم: 22)
The تقدير of the first aayah is: مِنْ بعدِ نَزْغِ الشيطانِ.
And the second aayah is: إلا دعائي إياكم.
You can see Madinah Book 3, lesson 10 where the i’raab of a مصدر مؤول is first covered.
A further reference is: نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف.
This reply is copied to the Shaykh.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Does the verb in maadi coming after harf shart always translated into future? What if the verb comes in a form of lam+mudaari majzoom?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes, the verb signifies a future meaning with the أدوات الشرطِ الجازمة even if followed by لــمْ as in the aayah:
فإنْ لــمْ تأتوني به فلاَ كيلَ لكم عندي (يوسف: 60)
Which means: But if you do not bring him to me …
However, one situation when a حرف شرط conveys the meaning of past tense is when حرف شرط is followed by كان then فعل ماض as in the aayah:
إنْ كنتُ قلتُـهُ فقد علمتَه (المائدة: 116)
Which means: If I had said it …
It should be noted that the context of aayah 116 involves Allaah’s complete knowledge so the grammatical structure suits it.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Thanks for the previous answer. I have two following questions:
i) Is the word siwan explained in p. 57 of both these lights… coming as adaatul istithnaa?
ii) What kind of istithnaa is there in وَإِنَّها لَكَبيرَةٌ إِلّا عَلَى الخـشِعينَ (2:45)? My guess is mufarragh?!
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
1. Yes, as explained in Madinah Book 3, chapter: الاستثناء.
2. Yes it is استثناء مفرغ since the meaning contains a نفي and the تقدير is:
لا تسهل الصلاة والصبرُ إلا على الخاشعين.
So it is مفرغ.
(As stated by Qur’aanic i’raab materials).
Admin
السلام عليكم
The faa in (2:80) فَلَن يُخلِفَ اللهُ عَهدَهُ seems to give the meaning of faa sababiyyah but it doesn’t fulfill the requirements mentioned on p. 23 of al-mus”if. What kind of faa is it?
السلام عليكم
May Allah accept your efforts and reward you with the best!
In Quran 2:105 we have : (maa yawaddu allaziina… laa almushrikeen). Is this an example of a concept explained in D2:21? Dr Abdur Rahim said that “maa indii qalam wa laa kitaab” gives a meaning of neither and nor. But the arrangement of the above ayah is different in that al-mushrikeen is not atf to the faail.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
جزاك الله خيرا.
Yes it gives the meaning of: Neither …nor.
The لا in ولا المشركين is زائدة لتوكيد معنى النفي and this part is معطوف of أهلِ in مِن أهل الكتابِ.
The تقدير is:
ما يود الذين كفروا مِن أهلِ الكتابِ ولا مِن المشركين
The meaning is:
Neither those who disbelieve from the people of the Scripture nor from the Mushrikuun…
i.e. Neither those who disbelieve from the people of the Scripture, nor those who disbelieve from the Mushrikuun…
Admin
السلام عليكم
Thanks for the previous answer.
How بلى is functioning in 2:81 and 2:111? Dr Mohar Ali translated it as “O yes” and mentioned a note on it. But there is no negative question before the aayaat.
dear sir,
i would like to thank you for all the great studies in arabic. as a belgian moslemma i was asked to teach arabic for children in the mosk in belgium. we will start our lesson in 9.2018. this mosk counts over the 300 children. we will start our first test class with 60 children. there is no bether book than the MEDİNA ARABİC READER for children. i studied my self the 3 medina books. just wonderful! dear sir, is it possible to receave this in form of PDF. i will pay this pdf ‘s multiplied by the numbers of students.
may Allah reward you,
yours sincerely,
Aysel.
السلام عليكم Sister Aysel
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
The 3 Madinah Books are available in PDF for download from LQToronto here.
The Madinah Arabic Readers for children are not available in PDF but you can download lots of colourful worksheets in PDF, that supplement the Madinah Arabic Readers, from our Children’s Library.
The downloads are free.
Admin
I refer to Madinah Book 2 , the textbook, (the old version I guess), lesson no. 8, exercise 1, question no. 1.
It was written (? اين الطلاب الجدد) , If الجدد is a نعت for الطلاب , why it is not match in numbers for the noun qualify? I little confused here or maybe I missed certain grammar rules?
السلام عليكم
It does match the man’uut in numbers since جدد is the plural of جديد.
This type of plural is a جمع تكسير (so the pattern appears to not match).
Admin
السلام عليكم
Is there any difference with regards to the meaning between masdar and ism masdar. Does the examples in Book 3 (p. 241) indicate their difference in meaning? It is because تكليم means ‘to talk’ whereas كلام means ‘talk’. توضُّؤ means ‘to perform ablution’ but وضوء means ‘ablution’. Same goes for تقبيل and قبلة.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The اسم المصدر is lexically, a shortened form of the المصدر and has the same meaning as the المصدر, as our Shaykh states in Madinah Book 3.
Please see Book 3, lesson: المفعول المطلق.
Admin
In Sura Feel, tarmihim is translated as “they threw/pelted” whereas tarmi is Fail Muzare and not Fail Mazi. Can you explain the reason.
السلام عليكم
In two translations I checked it is translated: ‘Striking … (or) Pelting …’.
We should try to read an accurate translation of the meaning of the Qur’aan.
Admin
As salamu alaykum dear dr. Abd ar rahim. How to say “my passport” in Arabic (جواز السفر) or my necktie (ربطة عنق) or any word that is formed by mudaf and mudaf ilaihi and it is single word in english?
جزاكم الله خيرا
Dear Respected Sheikh:
I have a question on surah Hijr verse 3 (15:3).
ذَرۡهُمۡ يَأۡڪُلُواْ وَيَتَمَتَّعُواْ
The verbs “ya’kulu” and “yatamattau” are in the subjunctive mood, but there is no harf nasb before them. Is harf nasb implied in this case? When can harf nasb be omitted?
Thank you for your kind guidance.
Shafi
السلام عليكم
يأكلوا ويتمتعوا and also يُلْهِ are not subjunctive, they are jussive مجزوم.
This is a grammar concept called الجزمُ بالطلبِ.
Our Shaykh explains it in Madinah Book 3, Key to lesson 13, #3 in the English Key.
Here are four more aayaat where the muDaari is مجزومٌ بالطلبِ:
فَذَرْهم يَـخُوضُوا ويَلْعَبُوا…(المعارج: 42)
قال ربِّ أَرِنِـي أنظرْ إليك (الأعراف: 143)
فقلتُ اسْتَغْفِرُوا ربَّكم إنه كان غفّاراً * يُرْسِلْ السماءَ عليكم (نوح: 10-11)
يا أبتِ إني قد جاءني مِن العلمِ ما لمْ يأتك فَاتَّــعْــنِــي أهدِك صراطاً سويّاً (مريم: 43)
And in the letter of the Prophet صلى الله عليه وسلم to هرقل (king of Byzantine), he invited him to Islaam and said: أَسْلِمْ تَسْلَمْ.
Here also, تَسْلَمْ is مجزوم بالطلب.
Please see our Shaykh’s: في بلاط هرقل.
Admin
Dear Shaykh,
Wa alaikum as-salaam!
Thank you very much for correcting my mistake. After reading #3 of lesson 13, I fully understand the concept.
I am much benefited by reading your books and lessons. May Allah reward you much for helping students like me to learn the Holy Qur’an.
Shafi
As-Salaam aleykum Dear Sheikh,
I am a student from Kenya learning at the Islamic Online University doing a Bachelor of Arts in Islamic Studies, and have already completed the 3 madina books. My question is that upon completion of all 3 books and studying the Advanced Arabic courses on your website, is there anything else left to learn of Arabic Grammar? Or would it be advisable to do a Masters in Arabic Linguistics maybe at Omdurman University – would that still be necessary? JazaakAllah kheyr.
As-Salaam aleykum Dear Sheikh,
Another question I had in mind. If someone wants to master the Arabic Language, would you advise that i read Lane’s Arabic English Lexicon, which I have heard is the most scholarly Arabic-English Dictionary around? Is reading such a dictionary advisable to get a grasp of the language?
Or is it better to pick up eg Sahih Bukhari translated into English and work my way through it? Or are both methods recommended? Please advice Sheikh – it has been bothering me a lot and I don’t know which approach to take. JazaakAllah kheyr.
Respected Shaikh
I want to know in their natural form is ھذا an other اسم الاشارہ Marfu like کتاب.
JazakAllah
Assalamualaykum warahmatullah wabarakatuh
I have a question in the last chaoter of book 3.
Its written ma, nu minas sarf that do not accept tanween for 1 reason and for two reasons.
As for 1 reason I understood.but as fir 2 reasons it says they are two types.
Proper nouns and adjectives… my question is where are two reasons? Proper nouns that are nit accepting tanween , the reason being only 1 that they are proper nouns and adjectives that are not accepting tanveen the reason being only one, so where are two reasons?
As
Assalamualaykum warahmatullah wabarakatuh sheikh hasnt replied yet?
Dear Sister Juwairiyah
wa alaykumussalam
The two reasons are:
a) being a proper noun + b) being feminine.
a) being a proper noun + b) being foreign
a) being a proper noun + b) having a verbal form
==========
a) being an adjective + b) being on the pattern of af”al
a) being an adjective + b) being on the pattern of fa”laan.
This means that just being a proper noun is not enough. It should have another reason like being foreign.
Hope this is clear,
Regards,
abdur rahim
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Sheikh would you tell me any arabic -urdu dictionary and any grammer book in urdu similar to Wrights grammer for my students who are mostly urdu speaking,
Mashaallah this was clear Jazakallahukhair sheikh
Is this website being run/managed/supervised by Dr. V. Abdur Rehman? And what about the website http://www.LQToronto.com? I was directed to this website(drvaniya.com) from http://www.LQToronto.com.
Is this website being run/managed/supervised by Dr. V. Abdul Rahim? And what about the website http://www.LQToronto.com? I was directed to this website(drvaniya.com) from http://www.LQToronto.com.
السلام عليكم
Yes, this is the website of the respected Shaykh Dr V. Abdur Rahim. Please see our home page.
Our Shaykh supervises and authors all the material (Admin partly contributes).
The Shaykh is the chief patron of LQToronto. I understand it is run by Br Asif and his team.
Admin
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa baarakatuh.
This is more of a request/suggestion, that English subtitles be added to this video, please:
Methodology of Teaching and Learning the Arabic Language: Dr. V. Abdul Rahim (Madinah Arabic Books)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zm9e8EWuWXo
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allah.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Sister
That is an excellent suggestion.
The Shaykh sums up the lecture in English at the end of the talk. It is very short but very useful. (Time: 1hr, 22 mins, 50 secs).
Admin
Assalaamu’alaikum,
I tried to open the presentation files, but they ask for passwords. How can I obtain the passwords?
Jazaakumullahu khairan,
وعليكم السلام Sister
The Powerpoint files are not password protected for viewing.
They are password protected for editing only.
I can open the files without being prompted for a password so I am not sure what problem you are encountering.
Could I suggest you try using a different browser to view the files.
I hope that works إن شاء الله.
Admin
Bismillah
As-Salamu-Alaykum
I am having difficulty translating this verse of Surah Yaseen:
وإن كل لما جميع لدينا محضرون Quran 36:32
Could you please shed some light on this?
Jazakallahu khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Brother
Your question is forwarded to our Shaykh.
Admin
Respected Shaikh..
As salamu alekum
I want to know in their natural form is ھذا an other اسم الاشارہ Marfu like کتاب.
JazakAllah
Dear Br Mohd Hasin
wa alaykumussalam
I am sorry. I do not understand the question.
Regards,
abdur rahim
Respected Shaikh..
As salamu alekum
It is amazing to get prompt reply from such a great scholar. May Allah ta’la bless you all.
I learnt from brother Asif’s video that every noun in its natural form is مرفوع as last letter of that noun has ضمه or ضمه تنوىن.
But all اسم الاشارة like هذا or ذلك are they also marfu in their natural form .
hope I could made my question clear.
JazakAllah for your precious time.
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh answered this in Q and As:
Arabic Sciences Q85:
‘No I’raab Outside a Sentence’.
Admin
MashaAllah
May Allah tala reward you and your team in both the worlds.
Jazak Allah
السلام عليكم يا شيخنا الكريم
If we have a mudaf-mudafun ilaihi commencing a jumlah ismiyyah, is the mubtadak mudaf only or the whole mudaf-mudafun ilaihi is the mubtadak . For example is the following jumlah. Is the baitun is the mubtadak or the baitul mudarris is the mubtadak?
بيت المدرس كبير
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh answered this here.
Admin
Assalaamu ‘alaikum.
Strictly on the basis of Arabic grammar alone, without getting involved in the given or possible tafsir of any ayah, is it necessary that an unstated agent (doer, faa’il) is always implied in the passive voice (mabni lil majhool), or can it be that it is unknown whether there is an agent or not?
I have in mind the phrase ‘shubbiha lahum’, which some have translated along the lines of ‘he/it was made to appear to them like so’, whilst others have translated it as ‘it/he appeared to them like so’. Are both translations equally valid. If not, why so?
Please explain the scope and limitations of Classical Arabic grammar in this regard. Jazakumullah Khayr.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa baarakatuh,
I pray this reaches you and yours in the best of health and imaan.
I am writing to request if the example sentences that Dr. Abdur-Rahim uses for illustrating the various grammar rules the Madinah Arabic series, which covers the same rules as found in Ajroomiyyah, but in a different presentation, can be added to this open-source project, please?
We are collecting as many sentences or examples, from a variety of sources: Quran, ahadith, dua, poetry, and curricula, etc., for students to see a lot of examples, which will help them with grasping the concepts, especially since most are non-native speakers and are not exposed to the language enough to see the patterns they are learning, needed to begin to internalize them.
And the examples will also serve for helping teachers when they need more examples for instruction purposes, or when a student needs extra practice for a specific concept, etc.
Below is a web page that explains the project and a sign-up page for contributions.
here.
This is an ongoing project and we feel that your experience and contributions will greatly enhance the project for both students and teachers, in-shaa’ Allah.
Jazaakumu Allahu khaira.
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allah.
السلام عليكم
Hope you’re well
My question revolves around 1 thing – Ism Zahir
I’ve heard Ism Zahir being defined as that which is not mudmar or mubham
Is a particular type of ism zahir meant in particular circumstances?
For context, What I mean is:
1. If a noun is Muan’nas Haqiqi or is a feminine pronoun, the verb has to be feminine.
If the noun is Muan’nas ghayr Haqiqi or jam’ mukassar or ISM ZAHIR, the verb can be masculine or feminine
طلع الشمس أو طلعتْ الشمس
قال الرجال أو قالتْ الرجال
These 2 are ghayr haqiqi and jam’ mukassar, respectively, BUT what is meant by ISM ZAHIR?
– If it is a word that isnt mudmar or mubham, then the word Aalim is not mudmar or mubham, so Can I then say:
جاء العالم
and also say:
جاءتْ العالم ???
Also, Similarly, 1 of the 6 conditions of ذو to be asma sitta mukabbara is that its mudaaf ilayhi be ism jins Zahir Not Ism Wasf
(Can you Define also: Ism Wasf, Please?)
So then can I say:
ذو علم instead of ذو عالم ?
OR does Ism Zahir, here, mean Masdar form of the verb like in the word: ذو فضل or ذو الجلال or ذو إكرام all the mudaaf ilayhi are Masdar forms of the word.
Please Clarify this for me
JazakAllah Khayran Katheeran
So then can I say: ذو عالم
instead of ذو علم?
OR does Ism Zahir, here, mean Masdar form of the verb like in the word: ذو فضل or ذو الجلال or ذو إكرام all the mudaaf ilayhi are Masdar forms of the word.
Please Clarify this for me
JazakAllah Khayran Katheeran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
اسم ظاهر means a noun and not a pronoun. So in the context of a فاعل whose verb can be masculine or feminine, it means the فاعل will take the form of a noun and not a pronoun.
With respect to ذو then ذو means: صاحب. So the noun used here should ensure the phrase retains sound meaning.
ذو علم means: having علم.
ذو عالم has no meaning.
I hope this answers your question.
والله أعلم.
Admin
Salaam
So then can you say:
ذو عليم؟
jazakAllah khayr
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
عليم means: knowledgeable, knowing all things.
So ذو عليم does not have a sound meaning.
But ذو علم has a sound meaning which is:
Having/possessing knowledge.
I hope it is clear.
والسلام
Admin
assalam ualaykum
what is meant by haqiqi faail. like salaasu is not haqiqi faael as in baqiya salaasu daqaaiqa
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh replied as follows, quote: =====
فيقال حقيقي وغير حقيقي عن المؤنث. فيبدو انه قيل ان الفعل (بقي) مذكر لان الفاعل مؤنث غير حقيقي.
end reply ======
Admin
As salamu alaykum. Is it possible to buy some of your books in pdf? Im particularly interested in your book “Europe speaks Arabic”.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I am sorry, we do not sell any of our PDFs. They are meant for free downloading.
Our Shaykh’s books are easily available from the on-line stores.
I hope you can purchase them from the links provided at our site.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Hope you’re well
Is there a difference between Sifa Mushabbaha and Na’at sababiy
JazakAllah Khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا.
I hope you are also well بإذن الله.
Yes the difference is that a نعت سببي is an i’raabic status. But a صفة مشبهة is not an i’raabic status.
To learn more, please see our Shaykh’s comprehensive lessons:
Grammar Lesson 2: النعت السببي
النعت السببي
الصفة المشهبة باسم الفاعل
Admin
Dear Respected Shaikh,
Assalamu alaikum.
I have a question about the word tajalla (تَجَلَّى ) in Surah Layl (92:2). I understand that the 3 root letters of this verb are jim, lam and waw (ج ل و ).
So is this verb in form V (past tense) in this verse?
I would appreciate your kind guidance. May Allah reward you.
S. Ahmed
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
تجلى is baab تفعّلَ as you say and past tense.
A verb after إذا is usually in past tense but the meaning is future.
The following aayah also contains the verb in past tense:
فلمّا تجلَّى ربُّــه للجبل جعله
دكا (الأعراف: 143)
Admin
Dear Shaikh,
Assalamu alaikum. Thank you for your excellent explanation. It has removed my confusion.
I often read your books and watch your videos to understand the Holy Quran.
May Allah reward you.
S. Ahmed
Assalamoalaikum
In the book Fi Bilati Hiraqla, there is this expression من فيه إلى فيه and while explaining it, respected Shaikh has given the example كلمته فاه إلى فيَّ and the explanation states that in this example فاه is the mansub haal.
Can the respected Sheikh please explain some more about the usage of this expression and shed some more light on the saahib al haal in this sentence.
JazakAllahu Khair.
Wassalamoalaikum.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh answered your question here in:
Q20 : فاه إلى فيَّ
Admin
JazakAllah!
As salaam alaykum
Hope you’re well in sha Allah
In Nahw Mir: Muannas lafzi is defined as that which has no living opposite like:
قوة و ظلمة
But in another grammar book the definitions are different:
Imdad an nahw defines Muannas lafzi as that which has a visible sign of feminine gender: ta; manqoos; Mamdooda
And it defines muannas Ghayr Haqiqi with what Nahw mir defined muannas lafzi with:
That which has no living opposite
So which is it?
JazakAllah Khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Hope you are also well إن شاء الله.
I have forwarded your question to our Shaykh.
Admin
As salaam alaykum, I hope you’re well, in sha Allah
Does the Shaykh have any book which mentions all the Masdar forms?
If not, could he direct me to one?
JazakAllah Khayran
Assalamoalaikum
In the book ” نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف ” , lesson 9, it describes the scene when Rasulullah (sallAllahu Alaihi Wasallam) and his two companions were being served food by an Ansari Sahabi (radi Allahu anhu). He first served them with dates and then he took a knife when Rasulullah (sallAllahu Alaihi Wasallam) said: إياك والحلوب , the meaning of الحلوب is given by the respected Sheikh as ذات اللبن I am having problem understanding the use of التحذير here. Does it mean “beware of the milk/milking”? and if yes, why?
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
التحذير is used to warn against something, or against doing something, which if done, would result in harmful consequences.
In the Hadiith, it is used to warn against doing something which if done, would result in losing a benefit.
The loss of a benefit, is also harmful.
So it means: Beware of slaughtering an animal that produces milk as a milk-bearing animal provides great benefit.
The intent is to slaughter and eat an animal that is not milk-bearing.
I hope it is clear.
والسلام
Admin
JazakAllah! I can understand it now.
السلام عليكم Dear Shaykh,
I ran into an interesting construction in the following ayah:
Al-Mursalat 77:36
وَلَا يُؤْذَنُ لَهُمْ فَيَعْتَذِرُونَ
Nor will it be permitted for them to make an excuse.
Here the verb فيعتذرون is being translated as “to make an excuse” as if it is coming as مصدر like in لا يؤذن لهم أن يعتذرون. I’m wondering if you could help me understand the structure of this ayah to get to the meaning above?
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم
Hope you’re well in sha Allah
What does this statement mean:
جاءني الضارب أبوه عمرا
Is the father a description of The one who came?
Or is The Father the one who came?
Alif laam when attached to ism faail or mafool can mean الذي
So Jã’a fi’l huwa dhameer faail but to whom is it Raji to IF the father is not the one who came?
If he is the one who came, the huwa can refer to الضارب.
جاء fil الضارب Faail but then this makes no sense… Abu is already a Faail of Al daarib. Also, Abu has a Dhameer huwa whichbis Raji to Faail of Jaa, so it clearly isn’t talking about The Father being the one coming.
So where is the Faail of جاء?
Is it اضمار قبل الذكر but then where is the Tafsir?
Please clarify
JazakAllah Khayran
السلام عليكم
Hope you’re well in sha Allah
What does this statement mean:
جاءني الضارب أبوه عمرا
Is the father a description of The one who came?
Or is The Father the one who came?
Alif laam when attached to ism faail or mafool can mean الذي
So Jã’a fi’l huwa dhameer faail but to whom is it Raji to IF the father is not the one who came?
If he is the one who came, the huwa can refer to الضارب.
جاء fil الضارب Faail but then this makes no sense… Abu is already a Faail of Al daarib. Also, Abu has a Dhameer huwa whichbis Raji to Faail of Jaa, so it clearly isn’t talking about The Father being the one coming.
So where is the Faail of جاء?
Is it اضمار قبل الذكر but then where is the Tafsir?
Please clarify
JazakAllah Khayran
Dear Br Farhan
wa alaykumussalam
The one who came to you is the son of the one who hit “Amr,
In the sentence :جاءني الضارب أبوه عمرا, the word الضارب is the faa”il of the verb جاءني, and the yaa in ني is the maf”uul bihi. The word أب in أبوه is the faa”il of the ism al-faa”il الضارب , and عمرا is the maf”uul bihi of
الضارب. The taqdiir is : جاءني من ضرب أبوه عمرا
Here is another example: ساعَدتُ المقتولَ أخوه في الحادث I helped the one whose brother was killed in the accident. Here أخ in أخوه is naa’ib faa”il.
Hope it is clear.
Regards,
abdur rahim
AsSalamu Alaikum.
Respected Sheikh,
Why does the nakirah word ‘Dhikraa’ ( ذِكْرَىٰ) not have fatha tanween ? I thought that when a Maqsuur noun becomes nakirah, it shows fatha tanween, as in words like هُدًى.
Example:
Al-Quran (11:114) – إِنَّ الْحَسَنَاتِ يُذْهِبْنَ السَّيِّئَاتِ ذَٰلِكَ ذِكْرَىٰ لِلذَّاكِرِينَ
Jazaakallahu Khairan
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered this here:
Q65 : The Word ذكرى.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum wa rahmatullah wa barakatuhu
Dear Shaykh!
May Allah bless and protect you.
I had a question regarding eeraab of the following sentence mentioned in the book 2>
في أمان الله وإلى اللقاء
Please help me in this regard.
Barakallahu feekum.
السلام عليكم
Both sentences are a دعاء and both contain an omission.
The تقدير of each is as follows:
دمتَ في أمان الله.
وإلى اللقاء يحفظك الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم
This is about La Nafy Jins
It’s Ism can be in 3 states: Mansoob; Mabni; Marfoo
In the situation where it is Marfoo, it is for 2 reasons: Either The Ism is Ma’rifa; or Nakirah Mafsool
In the situation where it is Ma’rifa, It is Waajib to repeat the La with another Ism…
How does this make any sense:
لا زيدٌ في الدار و لا عمرٌو
Why can I not say:
لا زيدٌ في الدار
What if I don’t know Amr should I just make up another name just to meet this condition even though I don’t know someone of that name:
Example: I only know Zayd and no one else
So I say
لا زيدٌ في الدار But now to meet the Waajib condition above I have to make up a name of someone I don’t even know, like Bob
لا زيدٌ في الدار و لا بوب
I really don’t understand what the concept here is of repetition and why it is Waajib, Please could you shed some light for this Faqir
JazakAllah Khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Our Shaykh replied in Q86 here.
Admin
salamu alaikum
id like to know if a word that denotes dharf(ظرف المكان او الزمان) like alyawm or shahr or layl or other types of dharf can come as a faa3il(فاعل) meaning that this dharf can be the faa3il literally? i mean without it having the meaning of “fee” if yes then does it denote that the dharf is really the faa3il of the verb? or does it take another meaning?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Admin answered this here:
Q16 : Zarf used as a Non-Zarf.
والسلام
Admin
As-salamu Alaikum
Respected Sheikh,
In the verse [42:49], Allah says,
يَهَبُ لِمَن يَشَاءُ إِنَاثًا وَيَهَبُ لِمَن يَشَاءُ الذُّكُورَ
We notice that Inaathan is Naakirah but Adh-dhukuura is Ma’rifah. Is there a subtle grammatical or linguistic reason for this difference ?
Jazaakallahu khairan
السلام عليكم
Our Shaykh answered this in:
Q66 : Why الذكور is ma’rifah.
والسلام
Admin
As salamu alaykum. Is it possible to buy shaykh’s books in pdf, paricularly nusus islamia and arbaoune hadithan li tt’alimi llughati larabiyyati wa ttarbiyyati nnabawiyyati? May Allah bless you
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I am sorry, we do not have these two books available in PDF. I hope you can purchase the hard copies instead.
The other books by our Shaykh which are available in PDF, are free downloads. You may download these from our on-line libraries here.
Admin
Dear Shaykh sahib,
Assalamualaikum wa rahmatullaahi wa barakaatuh
Hope you are fine.
We are an Islamic educational establishment in Kenya, Majlisul Ma’arifil Islamiyyah.
We have a section for teaching the visually impaired (blind) persons.
We would like to include your valued famous Arabic teaching book, دروس اللغه العربية in our curriculum, so we would like to know if you have it in braille. If you have it, we would be very grateful if you could send in a printable format for Index Everest-d v4 braille embosser. Insha’allah it will be a great help to the blind.
Jazakumullaahu khairan. May Allaah protect you with ‘aafiyat, aameen.
http: //www.mmislamiyyah.com
salamu alaikum
is it correct to make the name( الجوزية) in ibn qayyim al jawziyyah mansoob by the ismul faa3il (القيم) or is this not allowed when you refer to the name of a person?
for excample you say: ابن القيمِ الجوزيةَ
instead of: ابن قيمِ الجوزية which will then be mudaf mudaf ilayhi
i know that in general its allowed to use the ismul faail to make the mafool mansoob but im wondering if its also allowed here when u refer to the name of a person
Can I please get Sheikh V Abdur Rahim’s email address. or any contact? Thanks
I am Arabic student since 2011 and I also studied from Aligarh Muslim University.
Kind Regards
Tahira Chaudhary
السلام عليكم
Please send your message to Admin’s email and I’ll forward it.
I have just sent you an email.
والسلام
Admin
Assalomu alaykum everybody
Can anyone please tell me
How can you place a question to admin
Please teach me
I can’t submit a question
Please someone just tell me what to do
They are sayin ask your question in forum 2 i am in forum two but where can i ask my question
May Allah bless you
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Admin
As salaam Alaykum
My question is regarding Ghayr munsarif
Alif Maqsoora and mamdooda are in place of 2 sabab قائم مقام السببين
This is because of Ta’nees and it’s Luzoom.
Can you please explain what Luzoom means?
JazakAllah Khayran
Assalamu Alaikum,
I hope that you are well O Sheikh!
My question is regarding Surah Yusuf, Ayat 23
the verb راود comes along with عن نفس when meant for “misguiding” or “seducing for wrong doing” ( al-munjid) but I am unable to understand the pronoun that is attached with the noun نفس.
please explain it.
thanking you,
your loving student
Arbab from India.
May Allah preserve your health.
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh answered your question. I have sent the reply to your email.
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
I got his, honourable sheikh, reply. and alhamdulillah it’s clear to me now.
The word muraawadatun (maSdar of raawada) basically means a gentle request, and as the verb is in baab faa”ala (iii), it also suggests reciprocal action. Here by ‘reciprocal action’ is meant a series of proposal on one side met by a series of rejection on the other.
The meaning of another verb Sarafa (to dissuade) has been incorporated in the sense of the main verb. So the package means repeated request from imra’at al-“Aziiz made to Yuusuf (“alayhi ssalaam) with a view to dissuade him from his stand met by his repeated rejection.
The phrase “an nafsi-hi is to suggest ‘to dissuade him from his stand’.
ف. عبد الرحيم
Can you please let me know Iraab of Assalamo Alakam
السلام عليكم
السلام : مبتدأ مرفوع، وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة
عليكم: جار ومجرور، في محل رفع، خبر (أو متعلق بالخبر المقدر تقديره: كائن)
In the reply: وعليكم السلام
the خبر is مقدم for توكيد based on the rule:
تقديمُ ما حقه التأخيرُ يفيد التوكيدَ
The grammar of the reply, is like the grammar of the aayah:
فللهِ الحمدُ (الجاثية: 36)
where the خبر is مقدم for توكيد as the original is:
الحمدُ لله (الفاتحة: 2)
Initiating salaam can also be with a nakirah mubtada (tanwiin on سلام):
سلامٌ عليكم
The i’raab is the same.
This sentence order is allowed when the nakirah mubtada signifies a du’aa, like the aayaat:
سلامٌ عليكم بما صبرتم (الرعد: 24)
سلامٌ على موسى وهرون (الصافات: 120)
ويلٌ للمطففين (المطففين: 1) (negative du’aa)
السلام عليكم ورحمة وبركاته:
الواو : للعطف
رحمةُ، وبركاتُــ : معطوفان على: السلام
تقدير التحية:
السلامُ ورحمةُ الله وبركاتُه عليكم
as occurs in the aayah:
قالوا أتعجبينَ مِنْ أمرِ الله رحمتُ اللهِ وبركاتُه عليكم أهلَ البيتِ (هود: 73)
I hope it’s clear.
Admin
As Salaam Alaikum … Shaik..
Currently I am listening the videos of Brother Asif, in Book-1 lesson-12 he explained that:-
هو= mubtada
مفتش = khabar
في المدرسة= jar-majroor
ثانوية=naat
But in next sentence
هي=mubtada
طبيبة=khabar
في مستشفى = jar – ism majroor wa hoowa mudaaf
الولادة=mudaf ilaihi….
for me both sentence seems to be same.. why first is “naat-manoot” and second is “mudaaf and mudaaf ilaihi”
Please clarify for me… JazakAllah
please guide me to any person in Hyderabad who can teach me your three books….
Respect Shaik…
When I refer back to my notes … I think if found the answer
مستشفى is indefinite that is why it is “mudaaf” (which is explained in lesson -5)
I hope it is right…
Please let me know if any one in Hyderabad who can teach me these three books….
Lots of respect and love
JazakAllah
السلام عليكم
المدرسة الثانوية is na’t / man’uut.
مستشفى الولادةِ is mudaaf / mudaaf ilayhi.
That is right.
Please note: If the mudaaf ilayhi has Al, then its mudaaf is definite, not indefinite.
In: مستشفى الولادةِ the mudaaf ilayhi has Al, so the mudaaf is definite.
The reason مستشفى does not have Al is because it is mudaaf.
As salaam Alaykum, I hope you’re well in sha Allah
My question is regarding Ghayr munsarif
Alif Maqsoora and mamdooda are in place of 2 sabab قائم مقام السببين
This is because of Ta’nees and it’s Luzoom.
Can you please explain what Luzoom means?
JazakAllah Khayran
Es selamun aleykum,
Where is the other part of Madinah Book 3 pdf? Only lessons 1-17 has been given on this site.
Thank you very much.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
A Brother is preparing a PDF for the remaining part.
We hope to upload it with digital bookmarks soon, إن شاء الله.
In the meantime, you can download Book 3, Part B from here.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum,
I was wondering if you had any recommendations on which Irab books on the Quran that you would recommend someone to buy
Jazak Allahu Khair
Salaamu Alaikum Sheikh, it would be extremely beneficial if you can write مختار الصحاح in English.
assalaamu alaykum
First of all I wanna thank Allah, the Shaykh, and all the team what is behind this website project. May Allah give you and your families always guidance and the highest place in paradies.
I have the books of the Medinah University. There is a part of Sira about the Prophet Muhammad صلى الله عليه وسلم . I like always to collect original sources. Could you please say from which source the Sira lessons were? Or is it made by the shaykh himself? I could not find it in my Sira books at home or online.
Another question I have is whether the Shaykh is familiar with the claims of Christoph Luxenberg and his book “The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran”?
Maybe the Shaykh has or can advice with a good refutation in any form of books, Audio, or Videos which adress and refute the claims?
For example he claims that the word Qur’aan, comes from syria aramaic “qiryan”. He claims thats the name of a old christian prayer book. I know it’s nonsense but I would like to be familiar with academic refutations.
JAZAAK ALLHU KHAYRAN
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Brother Andreas
جزاك الله خيرا for your kind du’aas and message. May Allaah grant you جنات الفردوس.
I have sent your message to our Shaykh who will hopefully respond إن شاء الله.
We hope you benefit greatly from our website إن شاء الله.
Admin
assalaamu alaykum
Is there any update?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Sorry, no update.
Admin
As salaam Alaykum, I hope you’re well
I had a question as to the reading and translation of this sentence:
فصلواتُ الله عليه من قائد إلى هدىً مبين
It’s an introduction to a book, and begins with Basmala, Hamdala, then Salawaat. This is the Salawaat part.
My Question is how you would translate this part: من قائد إلى هدىً مبين
Is it Harf Jarr مِنْ or Ism Mawsool مَنْ :
“So May The Salutations of Allah be upon him, From Leading unto Clear Guidance…”
or
“So May The Salutations of Allah be upon him, The One leading unto Clear Guidance”
?
In the book it says: مِنْ قائِدٍ إلى هدىً مبين
And so makes it into a Harf Jarr, but this sentence isn’t making sense to me so I was thinking that maybe it’s a typo error.
Is it?
JazakAllah Khyran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا وأسأل الله أن تكون بخير وعافية.
It is : مِنْ قائدٍ so it is a حرف جر.
If it was مَنْ الموصولة then it would read: مَنْ هو قائد
– since the rules of صلة الموصول require that the صلة be a complete sentence or a شبه جملة.
I will let the Shaykh translate it.
I hope this much is helpful إن شاء الله.
والسلام
Admin
what is the password for the Digital aids on power point
السلام عليكم
There is no password assigned. You should be able to view the shows directly. Please try another web browser.
Admin
The shows are now available as MP4 video files.
You can play these more easily إن شاء الله.
Admin
Assalamualaikum.
In new Madinah workbook. It says in page 12 of the second part of lesson 9 that
الطبيب من الفلبين الذی کبير. Is this correct? If so, what is the i’rab please?
Jazakallahu khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
This is not the wording of the sentence in the workbook.
In the workbook it asks you to fill in the gaps and the sentence pattern – as shown in the example and answers that follow – is:
الطبيبُ الذي مِن الفلبينِ كبيرٌ.
الطبيبُ : مبتدأ
الذي : نعت للمبتدأ، في محل رفع.
من الفلبين : صلة الموصول، لا محل لها من الإعراب
كبيرٌ : خبر.
Admin
Jazakallahu khairan for reply.
My apology actually it was in page 13 in الاجوبة section not in fill in the blanks section.
Assalaamu alaykum,
Thank you very much for this informative blog. I have studied the Madinah books and it helped me a lot in understanding the Arabic language.
Can I have Shaykh Abdur Rahims permission for translating the books and contents on this blog, so that non-English speaking students can benefit from his works?
Jazakallahu Khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
شكرا for your message. I have sent it to the Shaykh who will hopefully reply to you directly.
Admin
assalamu alaikum, brother I would be really pleased if I can help you with translating books in Urdu language.
Assalamualaykum
I want to read in detail about الفاء السببية
Sheikh where can I read. If it’s in wright grammar then direct me to that page. I can’t find it.
السلام عليكم
فاء السببيةِ:
1) ‘Both These Lights…’
pg 78/79 onwards.
2) نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف
– see the index for فاء السببية.
Admin
السلام عليكم
(أَوۡ یَذَّكَّرُ فَتَنفَعَهُ ٱلذِّكۡرَىٰۤ)
[Surat ‘Abasa 4]
Sheikh the ف in فتنفع isالفاء السببية right?
Here neither negation nor Talat so why this فis used here
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
وما يدريك لعله يزكى * أو يذكر فتنفعَه الذكرى
The الطلب occurs in aayah 3: الاستفهام.
And أو in aayah 4 is a حرف عطف.
I hope it’s clear.
Admin
I am i
Unable to post my question. It’s so frustrating
You can send your questions to my email from now on.
Admin
السلام عليكم
What’s the email
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
I sent you an email.
Your comments were entering spam. You can try posting again. If it doesn’t work then you can use my email.
Sorry for the inconvenience.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum,
Which Irab book of the Quran would you recommend for your students to study?
Jazak Allah Khair
Assalamu alaikum, I hope that sheikh is in Good health.
Q. In vol. 2, chapter 3, point 4 (Urdu Sharah), under rules for number 13-19 example given, عندي ثالثة ريالاتٍ (to compare the I’raab with number 3-10) why there is ة while معدود is female? or it is not female plural at all just a plural of ريال ? if so, then are there any other words like this?
thank you, May Allah preserve Sheikh’s health.
wassalam.
السلام عليكم
The rule for numbers between 3-10, is to look at the gender of the singular noun.
The singular is masc: ريــال so its معدود (for numbers 3-10) will be feminine.
Some more examples are:
ثلاثة أسئلةٍ (مفرد : سؤال)
3 questions
أربعةُ أجوبةٍ (مفرد: جواب)
4 answers
خمسةُ أَطْرِزَةٍ (مفرد طِرَاز)
5 models
These plurals are on the pattern أَفْــعِــلَــة.
Another example is:
ستةُ إخوةٍ (مفرد: أخ)
6 brothers
والسلام
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
بارك الله فيكم وفي جهدكم وتقبل الله منا ومنكم
وإياك وفيك بارك.
.جزاك الله خيرا
Assalamalikum wr wb,
My question is, when a demonstrative pronoun together with ism marifa is followed by definite Khabar, a subjective pronoun is inserted between the mubtada and khaber to create a break between two nouns having same four properties. هَذا هو البيتُ الكبيرُ .
I understood this. but still, I am not certain if my explanation/interpretation is correct. ( i know this has to be learned without any explanation, but for some reason, this is bothering me) Like, firstly, both the pronoun and the definite noun make a phrase. So is this the explanation: the phrase( personal pronoun + definite noun) is acting as khaber for the demonstrative pronoun.
In a nutshell, a definite phrase can act as a khaber, but not a definite word?
Likewise, mudaf is definite due to its position, and it can be considered as mubtada for the Khabar that follows the idafa compound.اِطاعةُ الرسولِ اطاعةُ اللهِ .
In a different situation, mudaf can also be treated as khaber ( if viewed indefinite) for a preceding mubtada القرانُ كتبُ اللهِ.
so how to explain this use of mudaf as mubtada and khaber from different angles, as in both the cases the definiteness of mubtada is viewed differently.
Also, when a proper noun, for instance,زيد is followed by ism ishara, هذا, it makes a sentence.
This is zaid.هذا زيدٌ How to explain acting of a proper noun( which is understood as definite) as a khaber. since single word khaber should be indefinite.
2, is it correct to say that if khaber is one word it matches the mubtada in gender and number?
3, some grammar books mention that Jar majroor shibo jumala cannot be considered as khaber but mutaluq bil khabar( related to khaber) how to correctly answer this?
Jazakallahkhair.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1. No, the damiir + definite noun are not the khabar.
Only the definite noun with Al, is the khabar.
The damiir – which is ضمير الفصل – has no i’raab, لا محل له من الإعراب.
قال الله:
ذلك هو الفوزُ المبينُ (الجاثية: 30)
الخبر : الفوزُ.
هو: ضمير الفصل، لا محل له من الإعراب.
2. القرآن كتابُ اللهِ
كتابُ : is a definite خبر here because its مضاف إليه is definite.
A single word khabar (مفرد) can be both indefinite and definite.
Both occur in the Qur’aan and in every-day language. The former is more common.
Qur’aanic examples of a definite, single word khabar:
( الصف) ُاسمـه أحمد
أحمدُ : خبر وهو معرفة.
أنا يوسف (يوسف)
يوسف : خبر وهو معرفة.
هذه جهنَّمُ (الرحمن)
جهنم: خبر وهو معرفة.
ونحن الوارثون (الحجر)
الوارثون: خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة.
هذا ما توعدون (ق)
ما : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة.
ذلك يومُ الخروجِ (ق)
يومُ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة وهو مضاف.
إنــما أنا رسولُ ربِّكِ (مريم)
رسولُ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة، وهو مضاف.
وهذا صراطُ ربِّـكَ … (الأنعام)
صراطُ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة وهو مضاف.
هذا كتابُــنا (الجاثية)
كتابُـ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة، وهو مضاف
أولئك أصحابُ الجنةِ (الأحقاف)
أصحابُ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة وهو مضاف.
وهذا أخي (يوسف)
أخــ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة، وهو مضاف.
قال هذا ربّي (الأنعام)
ربّــ : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة، وهو مضاف.
ذلك هدى اللهِ (الأنعام)
هدى : خبر وهو مفرد ومعرفة وهو مضاف.
2. The Shaykh answered this here.
3. Yes, some grammarians this.
But other grammarians say a شبه جملة is the actual khabar.
It is an advanced point taught after completing the 3 Madinah Books.
But beginners should consider the شبه جملة as the خبر.
I hope this answers your questions.
والسلام
Admin
Jazakallhu khair.
As salamu alekum
My question is
Book1 lesson 5 first sentence
اكتاب محمد هذا يا ياسر؟
Why it can not be
اهذا كتاب محمديا ياسر
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Both are correct.
The context determines which construction we use.
The context in the book suits that particular construction.
Admin
JazakAllah
I dont have words to express my happiness for this quick reply. May Allah ta’ala reward Dr. Abdur Rahim and his whole team for their efforts.
بارك الله فيك Brother.
Salam,
I would email to communicate directly with Dr. Abdur Rahim.
My name is Amber Sheikh. I started a non profit to promote Arabic and Urdu in the USA and our goal is to be accredited by the high schools across America. Please see my website. www. aliausa.org We are currently using the Madinah books to teach students. However, I am now moving to teaching an online language learning platform with tutors online. We have much demand in the USA and I would like to discuss the use of Dr. Abdur Rahim’s books. Kindly let me know how I can get in touch with him. also, I would like to know if there is a similar book set in Urdu language.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
I have sent a reply to your email.
Admin
Assalomu alaykum my dear admin
Could you please send me your email so i can write to my beloved Ustaz and ask for some information?
I completed Madina books Alhamdulillah
I will wait for your reply
With so much respect and love your brother Shukurulloh
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته dear brother Shukurulloh
I have sent you an email.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I wish that Sheikh and your team is in good health. I have been using Sheikh’s Arabic books quite a while now and alhamdu lillah, Allah has indeed blessed Sheikh with great knowledge, insight and amazing teaching skills. I, along with many others around the world, have benefited from his books very much. May Allah accept from him and us all. I’m from India and native to Urdu, alhamdu lillah. I seek permission, if it’s possible, to translate “selections from glorious Quran” in Urdu language so that it might be beneficial to many only Urdu speakers.
جزاكم الله أحسن الجزاء
May Allah preserve honorable Sheikh’s health and your team’s as well.
A humble student from India.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother Arbab
جزاك الله خيرا for your kind message.
I will forward it for the Shaykh’s attention and hopefully he will contact you directly إن شاء الله
والسلام
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله Brother Arbab
I have sent you an email.
Admin
Dear Shaykh,
السلام عليكم
I hope you will find this message in good health and emaan.
Can you please explain why the nun of يغفروا is dropped in Surah Al-Jathiyah, Ayah 14 and what would be its translation.
السلام عليكم
قلْ للذينَ آمنوا يغفروا (الآية)
يغفروا is مجزوم because it is جواب الطلب.
The طلب is the fi’l amr: قلْ.
قلْ denotes طلب.
Ref: DVD1B, suurah al-Hujuraat course.
والسلام
Admin
Asslamu Alaikum Ya Sheikh,
I hope you are in the best of health and an ever increasing state of eman, Ameen.
Are there any Saalim Quadrilateral verbs in the Quran? If so could you kindly mention them.
Jazak Allahu Khairan.
wassalam
السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Ya sheikh is وَافَىٰٓ correct derived form III of form I وَفَىٰٓ
What will be its meaning and is it used in Arabic
Jazak Allahu Khairan.
wassalam
Dear Br Faruqui
wa alaykumussalam
Yes, وَافَى is form iii from وَفَى. This form is not used in the Glorious Qur’an. It is widely used in the following two meanings:
1) to come (of death), e.g. :وافَتْهُ الْمَنِيَّةُ وهو يصلِّي : death (المنيَّةُ) came to him while he was praying.
2) to provide, to deliver, e.g.: أرجو أنْ تُوَافِيَنِي بنسخةٍ من كتابك الجديد I request you to provide me with a copy of your new book.
Hope this has helped you to understand the meaning of the word.
Regards and salam.
abdur rahim
السلام عليكم
يا فضيلة الشيخ
تعلمت في كتابكم “دروس اللغةالعربية لغير الناطقين بها” الفرق بين لي و عندي، نقول : عندي كتاب. ونقول : لي أخ. لا نقول: عندي أخ. إذًا عندي لغير العاقل و لي للعاقل، ولكن لماذا في سورة ص قال الله تعالى : إن هذا أخي له تسع وتسعون نعجة ولي نعجة واحدة فقال أكفلنيها و عزني في الخطاب. ورد في هذه الآية الكريمة “لي نعجة” ونعجة غير العاقل
جزاك الله خيرا
اخي العزيز إيسب
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
أما بعد : فهذا الأمر لا يتعلق بالعاقل وغير العاقل، تأتي اللام مع أعضاء الجسم والأقارب نحو : لي عينان، ويدان، ورجلان، وله أخ ولا أخت له. ولا يجوز أن نقول : عندي عين.
ومع غير هذين الصنفين يمكننا أن نأتي باللام أو ب(عند) علما بأن اللام تدل على الملكية بوضوح.
آمل أن تكون قد فهمت الموضوع.
والله يحفظك، والسلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته.
ف. عبد الرحيم
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
How to correctly pronounce الشلندانة? I did not find it in any dictionary. It means صنجة.
How to pronounce البيروني? Al-Bayrūnī? Al-Bīrūnī? Al-Bērūnī (with imāla)?
And الخوارزمي? Al-Khawarizmī or Al-Khōrizmī?
بارك الله فيكم
السلام عليكم
Dear Shaykh, is اسم ذات another name for اسم الجس or there is a difference between them?
ASSALAM O ALAIKUM. I AM FATEH RAASHID FROM PAKISTAN
(سوال: لَا تَتَأَخَّرِيْ ۔۔۔۔۔۔۔۔۔۔۔۔ یَفُوْتُـکَ الدَّرْسُ)
جواب۔۱: لَا تَتَأَخَّرِيْ فَتَفُوْتِـکِ الدَّرْسَ
جواب۔۲: لَا تَتَأَخَّرِيْ فَتَفُوْتِـکِ الدَّرْسُ
جواب۔۳: لَا تَتَأَخَّرِيْ فَتَفُوْتِـیْکِ الدَّرْسَ
جواب۔۴: لَا تَتَأَخَّرِيْ فَتَفُوْتِـیْکِ الدَّرْسُ
With reference to Al mus’if (Surah Yousuf),(المجموعۃ الا ولیٰ من التمارین)،Tamreen-1, Question-23, WHICH ONE ANSWER FROM THE ABOVE FOUR, IS CORRECT?
IF ALL ARE INCORRECT, PLEASE SEND THE CORRECT ONE (WITH IRAAB).
JAZAK ALLAH KHAIR
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
They are incorrect.
The correct answer is:
لا تتأخري فَيَــفُوتَـــكِ الدرسُ
The verb is يفوت.
The الفاعل is الدرسُ.
The كِ is the مفعول به:
يفوتكِ
So the verb that فاء السببية will affect is يفوت
فيفوتَـ.
I hope it’s clear.
Answers to the exercises are given here.
PDF with answers.
والسلام
Admin
Assalam O Alaikum!
Sorry Sir. NOT CLEAR.
لا تتأخري فَيَــفُوتَـــكِ الدرسُ
Then which one translation will be correct, No. 1or No. 2?
No. 1. O(Sister)! Don’t be Late, (otherwise) THE LESSON will Lose YOU.
OR
No. 2. O(Sister)! Don’t be Late, (otherwise) YOU will Lose THE LESSON.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
No 1. is correct as a literal translation.
No 2. is correct as a translation of the meaning.
Literally the sentence means:
‘Don’t be late, else the lesson will miss you’.
But the translation of the meaning is:
‘Don’t be late, else you will miss the lesson’.
More examples:
لا تتأخري يا أختي فيفوتَكِ القطارُ.
Don’t be late, else you will miss the train.
(Lit: Don’t be late else the train will miss you).
لا تَنَمْ الآن يا بلالُ فتفوتَكَ الصلاةُ
Don’t sleep now else you will miss Salaah.
Lit: Don’t sleep now else Salaah will miss you.
I hope it’s clear now.
Admin
السلام علیکم استاذ المحترم!،
Jazak Allah Khair for quick replies.
I am going to Conclude & Finalize my Query.
…………………………………….
With reference to your given translation (لا تتأخري فَيَــفُوتَـــكِ الدرسُ),
I have Still some questions, (Plz grant me answers one- by- one for my understanding)
1.. If ،the verb and faa’il are: يفوت الدرسُ’, and they are Marfuu (مرفوع), then Why they paly passive (Mafoolمفعول۔) role (of being MISSED)?? i.e. الدَّرْسُ must not be Mansoob (منصوب)???
2.. In Amr امرand in Nahiنہی, if we address واحد مذکر حاضر ؍مخاطبorواحد مؤنث حاضر؍ مخاطب, how we will decide/insert the SEEGHA تَفُوْتُorتَفُوْتِیْنَ.??
3.. Plz translate to Arabic/English (for my understanding) ‘
(i) Don’t be late (my sister!) else WE will miss THE TRAIN.
(ii) You (واحد مؤنث) MISS YOUR LESSON (فعل مضارع معروف).
(iii) رسب؍یرسب (فا السببیہ) ۔۔۔۔۔. لا تتکاسلي
4.. Very Much Confused on seeing تفو تک instead of یفوتک ،in لا تتأخري فَتَـفُوتَـــكِ الدرسُ ،THE answer to my (Query), Q. No.23, on Page No.10, Al-Musif- Workbook- answers(a link shared by YOU on May 18, 2020 at 7:04 pm), With reference to your given translation (لا تتأخري فَيَــفُوتَـــكِ الدرسُ. What is this Sir!.) issتفوت aorیفوت ne to mujhey chakkraa k rakh diya hai. )?????
………………………………
جزاک اللہ خیر و شکراً جزیلا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله brother
This is a detailed reply:
Firstly the translation of فات يفوت does not reflect the Arabic. That is why students get confused. So we will ignore the translation for now and focus only on the i’raab.
After some general points, I will answer your questions.
======= General points:
الدرسُ is the faa’il.
يفوت is its verb.
يفوت الدرسُ means:
… the lesson will miss
The meaning is incomplete.
A مفعول به will complete the meaning.
فيفوتكِ لردسُ
… else the lesson will miss * you *.
ــكِ is the مفعول به.
So the one doing the action of missing is الدرسُ.
The one being missed is the sister.
The sister is not doing the act of missing.
But the English translation shows the reverse (this is where the confusion lies).
Another example is:
لا تأكلي كثيرا يا أختي فيغلبَــكِ النومُ
Don’t eat a lot sister, else sleep will overcome you.
========= Answers to your questions:
1. It appears passive in the translation. If you focus on the Arabic and the i’raab, the meaning is active.
2. Here is an example of amr:
اخرجي مبكرةً يا أختي فـتُـدْرِكِي الحافلةَ.
Leave early sister, so that you catch the bus.
3. Translations:
(i) Don’t be late my sister, else we will miss the train:
(Arabic will say: …. else the train will miss us):
لا تتأخري يا أختي فَـيَـفُـوتَـنَا القطارُ
(ii) Sister, you miss your lesson:
(Arabic will say: … your lesson misses you):
يا أختي يَفُوتُــكِ درسُكِ.
(iii) لا تتكاسلي يا أختي فـتـرسـبي.
4) Sorry it was a typing error in the PDF. It should be يفوت. I have corrected it now here.
I hope the topic is clearer now إن شاء الله.
والسلام
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
I have completed all your courses “3 Madina books , Selections from the Glorious Qur’aan , Suurat al-Hujuraat , The selected aayaat of the ‘Nuur ‘alaa Nuur course , and Eight lessons on the Topics of Advanced Arabic Grammar”. And also I have taken the in depth notes for all the lessons as it is the class .
فَكَرِهْتُمُوهُ in Q49:12
it is فعل ماضي and تم is فاعل and ه is مفعول به ,
then what the و is doing here.In إعراب it is mentioned that it is واو الإشباع
some where I missed out this point in the classes .pls explain .
Also pls let me know where can I get “Noorul Yaqeen: A word for word grammatical analysis of the Qur’aan” in chennai.
Regards/Ameerudheen.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
If a ضمير نصب متصل occurs on a verb after تم وكم (Damiir of المخاطبين) then a waaw is inserted between them for phonetic reasons/ease of pronunciation.
The waaw is extra, known as واو الإشباع or a واو نحوية.
It is explained in Madinah Book 2, Key to lesson 7, and in كتاب المعلم.
e.g.
رأيتم + ه (مفعول به) >> رأيتــمْهُ = رأيتُــمُـوهُ.
علَّم + كم + ه >> علَّمكُـمْــهُ = علَّمــكُــمُـوهُ
Due to التقاء الساكنين the sukuun of the miim changes to dhammah:
ــكُــمْوْه >> ــكـمُـوه
فكرهتــمــوه is
كرهتم + واو الإشباع + ه
Another Qur’aanic example is:
أنلزمكُــمُــوها (هود: 28)
نلزم + كم + واو الإشباع + ها=
I hope it’s clear.
LQToronto’s on-line store sell نور اليقين.
والسلام
Admin
Assalamu aleikum, dear Shaykh! May Allah reward you and give you all the best, ameen!
I am a teaching the Medina-Books in Germany and i have some difficulty about the usage of ل and عند
I know that ل can have different meanings. The first Medina Books makes the difference to say: لي أخ and not عندي أخ
But what about the sentence in lesson 14, Medina Book 1: لنا حديقة جميلة في هذه القرية
My students are asking me why is it, that we used here ل for something which is a thing like a Garden
Does hat sentence mean: We have a beautiful garden.. or: we own a beautiful garden or: For us there is a beautiful garden?
Is it correct to say, that if the ل has the meaning: “to own”, it can be used for aaqil and gheiru aaqil and we can’t use عند for something aaqil?
May Allah reward you
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh was asked a similar question and replied in Arabic.
His reply roughly states that when objects are an integral part of something, they are sort of inseparable from it. Thus they can take ل and not عند because ل reflects a relationship between two things which عندَ does not denote.
E.g.: a مكتب (desk) is part of a فصل (classroom) so we can say:
للمدرسِ مكتبٌ
instead of : عندَ المدرسِ مكتب.
This was the example the Shaykh used.
Another example is:
لي بيتٌ
The Shaykh added that the usage at the time of writing the Madinah Books, was to use عندَ for objects but today that usage does not fully apply.
Thus laam can be used for objects if it fits the explanation given above.
والله أعلم.
والسلام
Admin
Jazakallahu chairan! May Allah give you all Jannah, ameen :)
Is it possible to see the original answer in arabic as well? :)
Jazakumullah chairan
وإياك.
A point I forgot to mention, which I inferred from the Shaykh’s reply, is that the example:
للمدرسِ مكتبٌ
shows the relationship between teacher-desk-classroom, signified by the ل.
Originally, the Shaykh responded to a student who wrote two examples as follows:
أعند المدرسِ مكتب؟
أعند الطلابِ مكاتب؟
The Shaykh corrected them as follows:
أللمدرسِ مكتب؟
أللطلابِ مكاتب؟
Then responded to a question about using ل here, not عند. The Shaykh said: (quote) =========
المكاتب والكراسي موضوعات في الفصل مِن قِبَلِ إدارةِ المَدْرَسَةِ ومِن ثم فقولنا “وعندَ المدرسِ مكتبٌ ” لا يؤدي هذا المفهومَ.
والذي يؤدي هذا المفهومَ هو الحرف اللام.
أما المسألة الأخرى (أشار الشيخُ إلى تعبير “عند” واللام في “دروس اللغة”) فهي متنازلةٌ عنها لأن هذا التعبيرَ غير معروف الآن.
ف. عبد الرحيم
Feb 2014 CE
=============
والله أعلم
Jazakallahu chairan :)
One last request, if you don’t mind: could you please send me the full question and the full answer from the shaykh in arabic? Only if is not too much work :)
Dear Br Noreed
wa alaykumussalam
The use of the particle laam does not have anything to do with the question of “aaqil and ghayr “aaqil. Speaking of the members of the body and members of the family, we use the laam, e.g.,
لي عينان، وأذنان، ويدان. لي أخ وأختان.
Here we do not use “inda. With other nouns you may use either the laam or “inda, and you will learn which one of them is more appropriate in a given situation by reading in shaAllah.
Hope this has helped you understand the rule.
Regards and salam,
abdur rahim
السلام علیکم یا استاذ المحترم!
A Simple Question! Which one of the following is CORRECT??
لَا تَتَأَخَّرْ فَتَفُوْتَـکَ الصَّلاۃَُ1.
لَا تَتَأَخَّرْ فَیَفُوْتَـکَ الصَّلاۃَُ2.
جزاک اللّٰہ خیر
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله brother
Both are correct. The word الصلاةُ is a grammatical feminine so its verb can be masculine or feminine.
It is also covered in the Madinah Books. We can say:
خرج السيارةُ
خرجتِْ السيارةُ.
The Shaykh explains this further in his book ‘From Esfahan to Madinah’ – on page 38 of the PDF numbering here.
And in this on-line dars .
والسلام
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
This is regarding the word تَقْوَى , I have seen the answer posted earlier in Quran QA column.
I have few doubts on this word . I have the same doubts when و-ق-ي taught in form viii by استاد Asif Meherali in Madina class.
The word تَقْوَى, is derived from اِتَّقَى which is form viii of the root verb و-ق-ي .
It is mentioned that تَقْوَى is derived on the pattern of فَعْلَى from اِتَّقَى ,
Now the question is.
If It is on the فَعْلَى pattern, then it would be تَقْيَا/تَقْيَى .
In اِتَّقَى first radical is ت ( originally it was و ) , and 2nd radical is ق and 3rd one is ي
But in تَقْوَى it seems the 3rd radical is و (originally it would be ي ) , how ي changes to و .where from the و came . There is no ضَمَّة around this ي that it can changes to و.
تَقْوَى what is the grammatical value of this word ,
Is it a مصدر? , Already there is s مصدر in اِتَّقَى form which is اِتِّقَاءٌ on the pattern of اِفْتِعَالٌ.
is تَقْوَى an another مصدر for اِتَّقَى .
Pls clarify.
A frequently used Quranic phrase is يَا أَيُّهَا الَّذِينَ آمَنُوا , which is translated as “O you who have believed” [see any good English translation].
The phrase addresses to “You” (2nd person), but the verb “Aamanuu” is 3rd person (they believed).
Can anyone explain this mismatch ? Why is “Aamantum” (you believed) not used ?
السلام عليكم
يا أيها الذينَ آمنوا:
When an اسم موصول is preceded by حرف النداء والمنادى then the address is to the second person المخاطب even though آمنوا is used.
It has to be آمنوا because of الذينَ.
We cannot say: يا أيها الذين آمنتم as this is grammatically wrong.
It is a style common to Arabic and has a certain eloquence to it.
It is like the aayah:
يا أيها الذي نُزّل عليه الذكر إنك لـمجنون (الحجر 6)
The اسم موصول is for غائب but since it is preceded by حرف النداء the address and meaning renders it for second person – as indicated by the part: إنك لـمجنون (second person).
Admin
Jazaak Allahu khayran Dear Admin.
Salam’Alaykum. I learnt the verb اتّخذ is the form 8 of أخذ. But as far as I know, it wasn’t mentioned in the key that Hamza gets assimilated to Taa in form 8. Please explain what transpired here. Jazaak Allahu khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The Shaykh explains it in this Q and A pg 4.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
Awaiting for the answer for the question posted on May 22, 2020 at 9:10 am regarding the word تَقْوَى
Assalam-o-alaikum
Please help me understand why adjective Mutahharat of Azwaj is feminine singular at 3:15
Thank you and May Allah SWT bless you
Tahir
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
أزواج is a جمع تكسير.
A na’t of this noun can be feminine singular مطهرة or plural: مطهرات / مطهرون.
Outside of the Qur’aan, we say:
أزواج مطهرات.
أزواج مطهرون.
A جمع تكسير of عاقل can also take a fem singular ضمير as in:
وجنودٌ لمْ تروها (الأحزاب: 9)
The damiir ها refers to جنود which is plural ‘aaqil.
Outside of the Qur’aan we use the damiir ــهم :
وجنود لم يروهُمْ.
I hope this answers your question.
Please see pgs 13-14 of the Shaykh’s dars here.
Admin
Salam’Alaykum. Please help me clarify this construction.
إِنَّ وَلِـِّۧيَ ٱللَّهُ
-Sura Al-A’raf, Ayah 196
I don’t understand this noun ” Waliyyiyah”
Jazaak Allahu khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
In the aayah, وليٌّ is mudaaf of ياء المتكلم :
وليّ + ـيْ = وَلِيِّـيْ
Then alif-laam follows (in Allaah’s name): وليـيْ + ألْـ (الله)
Now there is التقاء الساكنينِ
Waliyyii + Al
To overcome this, ياء المتلكم takes a fathah:
وَلِيِّـيْ + ألْ = وَلِيِّــيَ الْــ
Waliyyi-yal
Here is another Qur’aanic example:
قلْ إنـما حرّمَ رَبِّـيَ الْـفواحشَ (الأعراف: 33)
ربّيْ + ألْ = رَبِّـيَ الْ
rabii + Al = rabbi-yal
The rule is: When ياء المتكلم is followed by a saakin letter before or after it, yaa takes a fathah to overcome التقاء الساكنينِ.
I hope it is clear.
Please see this Q and A by the Shaykh.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Sheikh, may you please explain which of the following sentences is grammatically correct ?
Or are both correct ?
1). وأن يكون خالقاً لكل شيء إلا هو
2). أو يكون خالقٌ لشيء إلا هو
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم
Both are incorrect.
This type of meaning requires a negation before the affirmation (i.e. before the استثناء).
The meaning can be expressed as follows:
لا خالقَ إلا الله
لا خالقَ إلا هو
لا خالقَ لكل شيء إلا هو
Admin
السلام عليكم
Our dear shaykh had said “There are ten points in which هل and همزة الاستفهام differ from each other. As it needs a lengthy answer, I will write about this separately sometime later إن شاء الله “
Would the shaykh kindly provide this information?
جزاكم الله خيرا
Question in Urdu Language:
السلامُ علیکم
(1) لِیْ أَخٌ (میرا ایک بھائی ہے۔)
(2) لِیْ أَخٌ وَاحِدٌ (میرا ایک ہی بھائی ہے۔)
سوال:
(1) کیا دونوں جملوں کا اردو ترجمہ ٹھیک ہے؟
(2) کیا عربی کے اعتبار سے دونوں جملے ٹھیک ہیں؟
(3) کیا ہمیں جب بتانا ہو : “میرا ایک بھائی ہے” تو ہمیں وَاحِدٌ بولنا ہی ہوگا یا جب زور ایک ہی پر ہو تب ہی وَاحِدٌ کا استعمال کریں گے؟
(4) دونوں جملوں میں اور بھی کوئی فرق ہو تو برائے محربانی تفصیلًا بتا دیں۔
اللہ تعالی آپکی خدمات کو قبول فرمائے’ استادمحترم کو صحت اور تندرستی کے ساتھ لمبی زندگی دےاور اس خدمت سے جڑے تمال لوگوں کی دنیا اور آخرت کی زندگی کو وہم و گمان سے بھی آسان کر دے۔ آمین
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Can you please write your question in English or Arabic.
Shukran
Admin
السلامُ علیکم
(1) لِيْ أَخٌ (I have a brother)
(2) لِيْ أَخٌ وَاحِدٌ ( I have only one brother)
Question:
(1) Is the English translation of both the sentences correct?
(2) If we have to say ‘ I have a brother.’ Do we have to add وَاحِدٌ or it is only in the second case ( i.e. I have only one brother.)
(3) Please throw light if there is any other difference between both the sentences.
( I am learning numbers in Book1 Lesson 19)
جزاک الله for such prompt reply.
May الله سبحانه تعالى reward dr. Sahab and his entire team.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1) Yes the translation is correct.
2) ‘I have a brother‘ : If we are purely making conversation and conveying this without being asked, then we do not need to add واحد but say:
لي أخ.
But if someone asks us:
كمْ أخاً لك؟
or ألكَ أخٌ؟
– then this context requires we add واحد.
This is because a question denotes that the one asking is unsure.
To remove the doubt, we clarify or emphasize the information.
This clarity or emphasis takes the form of adding an adjective to أخ.
So the reply is: لي أخ واحد.
The Shaykh mentions in the Key to lesson 19 that اثنانِ is an adjective and is used for emphasis. The same applies to واحد but according to context.
Another example is: عندي كتاب
It conveys the meaning: ‘I have a book’.
But in response to being asked:
كمْ كتاباً عندكَ؟
We say – to clarify or emphasize:
عندي كتاب واحد ‘I have one book / I have only one book.‘
The opening conversation lines of lesson 18 read:
كمْ أخاً لك يا محمد:
لي أخٌ واحدٌ
A second context that requires emphasis is when we want to show how few something is, compared to another.
Aayah 23 of سورة ص shows the usage:
إنَّ هذا أخي، له تِسْعٌ وتِسْعُونَ نَعْجَةً ولي نَعْجَةٌ وَاحِدَةٌ
Indeed this my brother, has 99 ewes (female sheep), while I have * only one ewe *.
A third context is to correct a false belief by emphasizing the truth. Allaah says – and the emphasis here is very clear:
إلهُكم إلهٌ واحدٌ (النحل: 22)
An additional benefit regarding dual: The conversation lines read:
وكمْ أختاً لك
لي أختانِ
Here, emphasis is not added (- the reply wasn’t: لي أختانِ اثنتانِ) because the dual very clearly conveys the meaning of ‘two’.
Emphasis of dual occurs in other contexts.
I hope this answers your question.
وبارك الله فيك.
والسلام
Admin
جزاک اللّہ
It is of great help.
Now the concept is crystal clear.
Not only I understood but now I can make other also understand الحمدللہ
As salamu alekum
Please explain in what context emphasis of dual occurs.
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The basic rule is that when there is no doubt, nor misunderstanding, nor need for emphasis, then a sentence is not emphasized.
Emphasis occurs according to need.
A speaker will judge this based on the situation.
Dual is emphasized – for example – to stress the oneness of something.
The following aayah uses both واحد and اثنان to denote emphasis:
وقال الله لا تتخذوا إَلَهَيْنِ اثْنَيْنِ إنَّما هو إِلهٌ واحدٌ … (النحل: 51)
Allaah said: Do not take two gods for worship. Certainly He is only One God.
A context showing doubt is when someone asks e.g.
أفي الامتحانِ ثلاثةُ أقسامٍ؟
Are there three sections in the exam?
– while there are only two.
The context shows doubt and perhaps also anxiety – known from the tone and facial expression of the questioner. (Students want short exams not long).
To remove the doubt and anxiety, emphasis is needed. So the reply would be:
لا. فِيهِ قِسْمَانِ اثْنَانِ.
No, there are only two sections in it.
A context showing a misunderstanding is the following:
Two classmates are discussing their teacher:
The first says:
أُسْتَاذُنَا، لَهُ ثَلَاثُ بناتٍ
Our professor has three daughters.
The second corrects him:
لا، لَهُ بِنْتَانِ اثْنَتَانِ.
No he has only two daughters.
I hope this is helpful.
والسلام
Admin
As salamu alekum
So from the above discussion can we conclude that if we have to say “only two” than we will useاثنان with the dual noun.
Thanks
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes, but it is not a hard and fast rule. The context will determine the usage which can differ from situation to situation.
A speaker will be able to judge.
Admin
اسلام عليكم
In case of sons , can we say
لا له ابنان اثنان
In the last example
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نعم.
Admin
السلامُ علیکم
Book 2 Lesson 1 Sentence 4
کَیْفَ حَالُکَ أَنْتَ یَا هَاشِمُ؟
It is taught أَنْتَ is used for emphasis.
(1) What is the need for emphasis?
(2) How to decide where to add أَنْتَ like this?
May Allah سبحانہ وتعالیٰ give health to Dr۔Sahab
And reward whole team in both the worlds۔
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The student first asks the teacher:
كيف حالك؟
After his reply, the teacher asks the same question:
وكيف حالكَ أنتَ؟
The teacher adds emphasis to indicate he is reciprocating (i.e. asking the same question) but also wants to show how happy and appreciative he is of this good act.
He might also add emphasis to show he is concerned to know how he is also doing.
To show his appreciation or concern, أنتَ is inserted which denotes emphasis.
I hope it is clear.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Firstly many thanks for the conveying of beneficial knowledge via this website. جزاكم الله خيرا
I want to respectfully draw your attention to the fact that there are some misprints in the harakaat in one of the PDF books you recently uploaded entitled : من كسر الاصنام
Most importantly on the final page there is an error in the Qur’anic quotation (2:127) where it is written السميعَ with fatha, which should be السميعُ with damma. I hope that you will be able to edit the PDF.
Many thanks,
Ummu Muhammad
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاكِ الله خيرا sister.
The file is now corrected.
These PDFs are taken from the Islamic University of Madinah website and they contain many printing errors. We tried our best to correct them before re-designing and publishing them here.
Admin
السلامُ علیکم
Dear Shaikh and Respected Admin
My question is:
After أَیْنَ can there be an indefinite noun?
Or always a definite noun comes after it like:
أَینَ الْکِتَابُ؟
أَینَ خَالِدٌ؟
May Allah have mercy on our shaikh and admin and whole team associated with this blog.
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله brother
As far as I know, an indefinite noun cannot come because it would not make sense.
In: أينَ الكتابُ؟
الكتاب is the mubtada so it is definite.
أينَ is the خبر مقدم في محل رفع.
– since the reply – for example – is:
الكتابُ على المكتبِ
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
جزاك الله
السلامُ علیکم
Dear Shaikh and Respected Admin
Is همزه of اثنان hamzatul wasal or hamzatu qat’a?
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
It is همزة الوصل as with the number 12 here:
منه اثنتا عشرةَ عينا (البقرة: 60
The differentiating sign is that همزة القطع is spelt with ء on the همزة – indicating it should be pronounced as in :
إِِنَّ المسلمين (الأحزاب)
وأّنَّ اللهَ هو التواب الرحيم (التوبة)
While no ء occurs on همزة الوصل indicating it is dropped in pronunciation when preceded by a word.
Extra benefit: A common error amongst Arabs is to write اسم with همزة القطع like this: ما إسمُــك؟
– while it is همزة الوصل:
ومبشراً برسولٍ يأتي مِنْ بعدي اســمُـه أحمد (الصف: 6)
Admin
جزاک اللّہ
As I was very confused…on internet اثنان is with both همزه
May Allah سبحانہ وتعالی bless you all۔
Dear Sir,
Assalamu alaikum wbt.
I am Aman Ullah from Malaysia.
I wanted to send an email to our beloved and respected professor Dr. V. Abdur Rahim renowned author of Medina Books.
I wonder if you could kindly give me his email address.
Best regards.
MaAssalama.
Aman.
Malaysia.
amanspareparts@ yahoo.com
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Thank you for your message brother.
I have sent you an email.
Pls reply to that.
Admin
aslamoalikum ,
i am very happy to find this best site to learn but there is a problem the video has no sound.i can not hear any sound please help so i can learn better
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Which video sister?
Admin
assallamuallikum i am writing from pakistan.i have a request to Dr sahib.if possible for him plz make some videos in urdu.Although i can understand english but if his lectures will be in urdu it would be wonderful for my understanding.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Thank you sister. I’ll convey your message.
Admin
Dear Sister
wa alaykumussalam
Unfortunately, i have no time for making videos. Also, i am too old for such activities. you say you can understand english. so please learn from videos in english.
may allah subhanahu wa ta’ala help you.
regard and salam,
abdur rahim
Sadia sister As salamu alekum
I am from India
I am a urdu speaker with little knowledge of english.
I am learning Arabic though videos of Brother Asif.
Till now I have completed 19 lessons and at the same time documenting all my learning in urdu language in the form of a book. Once completed Book 1, I will InshaAllah send it to Shaikh so that may be he or anyone from his team have a look on it.
If you need it let me know.
JazakAllah
Assalamalikum wr wb,
Respected admin,
I have completed studying Madina Arabic Books and advance series. and I am planning to teach Arabic grammar to others, so I want to know whether I can use the Madina Arabic books to supplement my teaching.
I am just curious if shaikh could reply to my email id if that is possible I will be v grateful.
Jazakallahkhair.
Dear Sister Bushra
wa alaykumussalam
Thank you for your email.
Please note that languages are not learnt from grammar books. It is only in the Indian subcontinent that people speak of teaching Arabic grammar. We must teach people the Arabic language. Living languages like Arabic are taught by using applied grammar. So if you want to teach Arabic please use my book. It should be the main book not a supplement. My programme contains most of the grammar rules, and my other books contain rules not included in the Madinah book.
Hope you have understood this point.
With regards and salam,
abdur rahim
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
يا فضيلة الشيخ جزاكم الله خيرا
I saw in Selections from Glorious Qur’an that our Shaykh, split أسماء الإشارة into two parts, هذا= ها + ذا also similarly for تلك
I did not get this part fully, where can I get more information?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
هذا is made up of two parts:
هاء التنبيه
and ذا which is the اسم إشارة.
The function of هاء التنبيه is explained here.
تلك is originally a word with three parts to it:
تـيْ + اللام + الكاف
Then it becomes تلك. The break-down is explained by the Shaykh here pg 10 onwards.
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
أدخلكم الله في الجنة الفردوس
and also you have a marvelous website!
وإياكم وجزاكم الله خيرا
Admin
wa alaykumussalam
This information is found in grammar books, but they are in Arabic. What is mentioned in SFGQ is enough for now.
Regards and salam.
abdur rahim
Assalamu alaikum,
I was wondering whether this is the official website for Dr V Abdur Rahim, as I would like to get an ijaaza for The Arabic Madinah Book series but is unable to receive from anyone since there are many frauds out there who give out fake ijaaza. If this is his website is it possible to get an ijaaza through a test or something as it was mentioned in one of Dr Asif Meherali videos. I really would like to teach other the Arabic Language however, I am unable to do so with these fake ijaaza. I hope you take my concern into consideration.
Jazakallhu Khair.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Thank you for your message.
Yes this is the Shaykh Dr Abdur Rahim’s official, personal website.
I have forwarded your message to the Shaykh.
Admin
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh responded positively to your request.
We will prepare an exam through which you and others can obtain an إجازة and teach the Madinah Books with the Shaykh’s approval إن شاء الله.
This may take some time إن شاء الله.
Admin
As salamu alekum
A شبه جمله is a group of two or more words.
But a ظرف is only one word.
So how can we say a ظرف aشبه جمله ?
May Allah سبحانہ وتعالیٰ shower his blessings on whole team of Dr. Sahib
جزاک اللّہ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The Shaykh replied to a similar question as follows (quote): =====
The ظروف resemble the prepositional phrase because a ظرف has the meaning of في eg:
سَفَرِي غَداً = سفري في اليومِ التالي.
مَجِيئُه اليومَ = مجيئُه في هذا اليومِ
الكتابُ هنا = الكتابُ في هذا المكانِ
الدفترُ هناك = الدتفرُ في ذلك المكانِ
abdur rahim
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
يا فضيلة الشيخ جزاكم الله خيرا
Sorry to disturb you again, but I did not get why we need to add استقر for جار و مجرور خبر .
It’s on if you don’t answer،I understand that people can be busy.
( My English is not strong)
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
يمكنك أن تكتب السؤال بالعربية أخي.
الجار والمجرور إن وقع خبراً فبعض النحاة يرون أنه ليس الخبرَ بل هو متعلق بخبر مقدر وشبه الجملة متعلق به.
مثلا:
الدفترُ على المكتبِ.
يرون الخبر محذوفا تقديره:
الدفترُ استقر على المكتبِ.
هذا لأن شبه الجملة شبيه بظرف – عندهم – فيحتاج إلى فعل كما يحتاج الظرف إلى فعل.
غير أن شيخنا لا يرى حاجة إلى الخبر المقدر لمجردِ جارٍ ومجرور لأن المعنى مستقيم بدون التعلق بـ (استقر).
أفادة مهمة:
إن جاء في موضع الخبر ظرفٌ فهذا يحتاج إلى تقدير (استقر) لأن الظرف يحتاج إلى ناصب
فإن نجعل ناصبَ االظرف (استقر) تم المعنى.
مثلا: المدرِّسُ عندَ المديرِ.
عندَ : ظرف منصوب، والخبر لا يكون منصوبا.
فحلّ هذا أن نجعل الخبر (استقر) وهو محذوف، وأن نجعل (عندَ) متعلقا به:
فتم الخبر والتقدير:
المدرسُ استقرَ عندَ المديرِ.
لعل المسألة واضحة إن شاء الله.
والسلام
Reply from Shaykh’s Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا و زاد حياتك
Salam’Alaykum warahmatullah Wa Baroka tuhu Respected Admin. Can you please help me understand the difference between ليل and ليلة. And some other nouns that appears in two forms like this.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Brother, the difference is that ليل is a general term used to indicate ‘night’. And ليلة is one particular night or a single night.
This is what the dictionary المصباح المنير indicates.
The following two aayahs indicate the difference:
إنا أنزلناه في ليلة القدر (القدر: 1)
قال ربِّ إني دعوتُ قومي ليلاً ونهاراً (نوح)
Regarding other nouns, there is a type of plural called اسم الجنس الجمعي whose singular is formed with a تاء مربوطة . Its plural is without a taa.
Examples:
bee نحلة – bees نحل
نملة – نمل
ant – ants
شجرة – شجر
tree – trees
نخلة – نخل
date-palm – date palms
موزة – موز
banana – bananas
تفاحة – تفاح
apple – apples
بيضة – بيض
egg – eggs
زُبْدَة – زُبْد
butter – piece of butter
جُبنة – جُبْنٌ
cheese – piece of cheese
I hope this is helpful.
Admin
Assalamualaikum
Sorry, not really a question. But I have programmed this application which is completely free of cost and ads and available on Play Store. So far, it helps with the learning of vocabulary from the Madinah books. I have finished compiling the words from book 1. Book 2 is still under progress.
If you think that the application is useful, please do share it on this website. Just want to earn some good deeds InshaAllah.
Here is the link
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=main.example.madinahbooksvocabularyflashcards
The name is Madinah Books Vocabulary Flashcards
If you have some ideas to add something to this application. Please do let me know. If I find it within my capabilities, I will surely modify it sooner or later InshaAllah.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
جزاك الله خيرا brother.
It looks very beneficial. May Allaah give you a great reward.
I will share the link with the Shaykh.
Admin
Assalaamu Alaykum,
I have a question regarding the Tashkil of a word.
In part 2 lesson 6 we read the following sentence in the main book:
– ففرح بِـيَ الـمدرس كـثـيـرا : the letter Yaa in the word بِـيَ has a Fathah.
In the keybook we read the same sentence, but with a Sukun on the Yaa:
– ففرح بِـي الـمدرس كـثـيـرا
My question is: Which Harakah does the word بـي takes in this sentence?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The yaa is ياء المتكلم which is saakin. When followed by a word that has Al there is التقاء الساكنينِ here:
بــيْ الْــمدرسُ in which case the yaa takes a fathah to solve iltiqaa al-saakinayn.
But yaa can remain with sukuun even when two saakins meet and its pronunciation will be as follows:
ففرح بِـي الْمدرسُ…
fa-fariHa bii l-mudarrisu (not bi-yaa l-mudarrisu).
I hope it’s clear.
The phenomenon occurs in the Qur’aan and the Shaykh answered a question about it here.
Admin
As Salaamu Alaikum,
I’m teaching Medinah book 1 to a group of 50 students in the US. Where is the best place to purchase the color version featured here:
http://drvaniya.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/Madinah-Book-1-Arabic-new-colour-print.pdf
Also, is this the same book as the black and white version?
http://drvaniya.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D9%88%D8%B3-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D8%BA%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%B1%D8%A8%D9%8A%D8%A9-Madinah-Book-1.pdf
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
You can purchase it from the link at the end of this page.
The colour version is published by LQToronto. Additions include more visual imagery, more pictures, colour-coded concepts and more complete vocabulary lists in Book 3.
Admin
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
يا فضيلة الشيخ جزاكم الله خيرا
Where can I find all the videos of the shaykh?
I found some in YouTube on Selections from Quran ans on some surahs on YouTube but if there any collection where all the videos of the shaykh are compiled together online?
I could not find them in this site.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
All videos by our Shaykh are available at LQToronto’s website as far as I know.
Admin
Salam sir,
I have a question that why in ayat al birr 2:177 “sabreena” ( َالصَبْرِيْن ) is mansoob. The way it is translated, it should have been marfoo like ( الصابرون ) – those people who are patient (in poverty and hardship and during battle). What would be the correct translation if we use this word as “maful bihi” (مفعول به) and what would be the “fi’l and faai’l” (فعل & فاعل)?
Jazak Allah Khairan.
Imtiaz Ahmad
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
الصابرين is the مفعول به of an omitted verb which is:
أمدحُ الصابرين
Grammatically, it is not connected to مَنْ آمنَ which has a number of معطوف.
الصابرين is a separate jumlah termed استئنافية مقطوعة للمدح.
But in meaning, it is connected to البِرّ which the aayah is speaking of and praising.
The sudden change of grammar is deliberate, and forces the reader to focus on this part more.
By extension, one will focus on the quality of those who are الصابرون.
This further shows their high status with Allaah.
Admin
as salaamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatu Allahi wa barakatuh,
I hope this reaches you and your team, and all of your families in the best of health, imaan, and safety, in shaa’ Allah.
I am writing to request some advice on a project, and if you would kindly respond to my email address I will share more details, that are not relevant to the Q & A here, but are related to creating teaching materials for students of Arabic, bi ithni Allah.
I look forward to hearing from you at your earliest convenience, in-shaa’ Allah.
as salaamu ‘alaikum.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا sister Ayesha
We pray you and your family are also well, strong in iimaan and safe آمين.
We welcome your efforts إن شاء الله.
I have sent you an email.
والسلام
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
pls explain in brief the إعراب of لا إله إلا اللهُ .
With the clarification of مستثنى and مستثنى منه and the إعراب of مستثنى , here it is اللهُ which is مرفوع.
in lesson 32 of book three , the مفرغ is explained with the help of جملة الفعلية . pls give some more examples with جملة الاسمية
Regards/Ameerudheen.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
لا إله إلا الله
لا : النافية للجنس
إلهَ : اسم لا النافية للجنس مبني على الفتح في محل نصب
إلاَّ: أداة الاستثناء
خبر (لا) محذوف تقديره: يستحق العبادةَ
اللهُ : لفظ الجلالة مرفوع لأنه بدل من الضمير المستتر في (يستحق) وهو (هو)
تقدير الجملة: لا إلهَ يستحق العبادةَ إلا اللهُ
المستثنى هو (الله)
المستثنى منه هو (إلهَ)
الجملة غير موجب تشتمل على النفي : لا
There are a number of i’raab possibilities for this sentence but this is the Shaykh’s شرح as taught on the Selections course.
Another تقدير of the omitted khabar is:
لا إلهَ مستحقٌّ للعبادةِ إلا الله
The omitted khabar is the mufrad مستحقّ and لفظ الجلالة : الله is marfuu as it is
بدل من الضمير المستتر في (مستحق) تقديره: هو
والله أعلم.
You will find examples of استثناء مفرغ with جملة اسمية in the Shaykh’s:
المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف
– pg 105 of the following PDF – starting at the notes for the aayah (( إن هذا إلا ملك كريم)) here.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
The word تَقْوَى, is derived from اِتَّقَى which is form viii of the root verb و-ق-ي .
It is mentioned that تَقْوَى is derived on the pattern of فَعْلَى from اِتَّقَى ,
Now the question is.
If It is on the فَعْلَى pattern, then it would be تَقْيَا/تَقْيَى .
In اِتَّقَى , the first radical is ت ( which was originally و ) , and 2nd radical is ق and 3rd one is ي
But in تَقْوَى it seems the 3rd radical is و (originally it would be ي ) , how ي changes to و .where from the و came . There is no ضَمَّة around this ي that it can changes to و.
تَقْوَى what is the grammatical value of this word ,
Is it a مصدر? , Already there is s مصدر in اِتَّقَى form which is اِتِّقَاءٌ on the pattern of اِفْتِعَالٌ.
is تَقْوَى an another مصدر for اِتَّقَى .
Pls clarify.
Regards/Ameerudheen.
As salamu alekum
My question is: ام is اسم or فعلor حرف
امن باكستان انت ام من الهند؟
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أم is a حرف
It is a حرف عطف which connects two things together.
The full meaning is:
أمن باكستانَ أنتَ أم من الهندِ أنتَ؟
في القرآن:
(قلْ أأنتم أعلم أم الله) البقرة
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
In the last post of لا إله إلا الله
It has mentioned that المستثنى منه هو (إلهَ)
If المستثنى منه is mentioned then it is تامٌّ , then considering متصل and منقطع and , موجب , غير موجب , the إعراب of المستثنى would be either منصوب or it follows the إعراب of المستثنى منه ,here the المستثنى منه is إلهَ which is also منصوب , so in both the case it should be منصوب , but the actual إعراب of المستثنى here is مرفوع which is اللهُ.
Pls clarify.
Regards/ameerudeen
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
إلهَ is not منصوب.
Please see the Shaykh’s dars on اسم لا النافية للجنس in دروس اللغة.
Grammarians have two views regarding the إعراب of لفظ الجلالة in:
لا إلهَ إلا الله
The first view was given.
The second view is that (اللهُ) is بدل of the محل of إلهَ which originally is مرفوع.
Admin
Please understand the rules of اسم لا النافية للجنس from the reference given.
It will clear your confusion إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
I concluded that
in لا إله إلا الله
إلهَ is المستثنى منه with the إعراب of , في محل رفع مبتدأ then the sentence is تامٌّ and متصل and غير موجب .
In this case the إعراب of المستثنى has two options it may be منصوب or may have same إعراب as المستثنى منه . Here المستثنى follows the إعراب of المستثنى منه which is في محل رفع مبتدأ.
Pls correct if I am wrong
Regards/Ameerudeen
السلام عليكم
Yes, some grammarians say the مستثنى here is مرفوع because it is بدل of the محل of لا النافية للجنس واسمها.
But the preferred i’raab is what I mentioned the Shaykh says.
والله أعلم.
Admin
السلام عليكم
In the earlier post of Oct 6th it was mentioned that
إلهَ : اسم لا النافية للجنس مبني على الفتح في محل نصب
المستثنى هو (الله)
المستثنى منه هو (إلهَ)
it is Clear no doubt.
On Oct 8th, post it was mentioned that
إلهَ is not منصوب.
Then what it means,
إلهَ : اسم لا النافية للجنس مبني على الفتح في محل نصب
في محل نصب means I understood that (whatever the physical sign carried by the word at the end ) by إعراب it is منصوب.Here it is منصوب not because of الفتح.
إلهَ by إعراب is منصوب or مرفوع ?
What is its actual إعراب
Please pls clarify.
لا إله إلا الله is explained in the lesson 21 of book 3 on the topic of لا النافية للجنس in that sense it was cleared , no doubt.
And also in the Selections from the Glorious Quran lesson 3 on discussion of grammatical view of
آيَة الْكُرْسِي , in point 3 , it was explained again , here also it was cleared of no doubt.
But the confusion is because I want to understand it as per the lesson 32 of book 3 in which
المستثنى منه , الاستثناء , المستثنى and , تامٌّ and , متصل and منقطع and , موجب , and غير موجب
مفرغ , were explained well .
I expected that in lesson 32 the above mentioned grammatical points would be explained in detail with لا إله إلا الله .
As I mentioned earlier that all these points are explained in this lesson with the help of جملة الفعلية but not with جملة الاسمية like لا إله إلا الله .
I want to conform that is it متصل or منقطع ? People arguing that it is متصل because الله and إله by the meaning are of same kind, some people say إله even by the meaning it refers to الله , but in the sentence it is pointing out to غير الله so it is منقطع .
Pls clarify.
Regards/Ameerudeen.
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
This is not related to Arabic but
What is the shaykh’s opinion on Mohammed Mohar Ali, the late Bangali Historian,
can we make use of his books in history, Arabic or otherwise?
والسلام عليكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dr M. Mohar Ali’s book named ‘A Word for Word Meaning of the Qur’aan‘ is recommended by the Shaykh for all students of Qur’aanic Arabic.
Admin
How will we Grammatically analyse the question كم أخاً لكَ يا محمدُ؟
كم: في محل رفع، مبتدأ
أخاً: منصوب على التمييز
لك : جار ومجرور في محل رفع خبر أو متعلق بالخبر المحذوف
This Q/A explains how to do the i’raab of questions.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum
Please solve this problem
ضربه he hit him
Now if I put مَن in front of it how will I know if مَن refers to the doer/subject or the object ?
مَن ضربهُ this can mean “who hit him ? 1”
Or “who was hit by him ? 2 ”
Which is correct..please solve my problem
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
مَنْ ضربه؟ (1
means: Who hit him?
مَنْ ضربَ؟ (2
means: Who did he hit?
The مَنْ in مَنْ ضربَ؟ is the مفعول به مقدم of ضربَ.
An aayah on this pattern is:
مَنْ تُدخلِ النارَ (آل عمران)
مَنْ is the مفعول به مقدم of تُدخل.
The second مفعول به is النارَ.
When the focus is on the فاعل, the مفعول به (of a verb that takes one مفعول به) becomes مقدم and no مفعول به appears in the صلة الموصول.
I hope its clear.
Admin
إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ خَلَقَ خَلْقَهُ فِي ظُلْمَةٍ فَأَلْقَى عَلَيْهِمْ مِنْ نُورِهِ فَمَنْ أَصَابَهُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ النُّورِ اهْتَدَى وَمَنْ أَخْطَأَهُ ضَلَّ فَلِذَلِكَ أَقُولُ جَفَّ الْقَلَمُ عَلَى عِلْمِ اللَّهِ ”
Here من أصابه“ من ذلک النور”
Can you explain this man asaabahu and man akhta’ahu …which is the fail and which is the maful bihi
Barak Allahu feek
Wassalaamu Alaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatu
jazak Allahu Khairan for your help
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
فمَنْ أصابَه:
مَنْ : مبتدأ
أصابه: جملة فعلية في محل رفع، خبر.
When مَنْ الشرطية is not a مفعول به مقدم then its i’raab is مبتدأ since it is an اسمand requires a خبر.
The فعل شرط وجواب الشرط are considered its خبر.
The إعراب of أصابه is:
أصابَ: فعل ماض مبني على الفتح في محل جزم، فعل شرط.
ذلك : في محل جر بـ مِنْ، وهو فاعل في المعنى لأن التقدير:
مَنْ أصابه ذلك النورُ.
النور: بدل من اسم الإشارة.
الهاء في: أصابه، ضمير متصل مبني على السكون في محل نصب مفعول به لــ أصابَ.
والله أعلم.
Admin
As-salamu Aleikum, Ya Sheikh.
In your book “Suurah-al-Hujuraat-Quranic-Exercises”, a question dealt with حرف لين، I have been trying to read about it online, but to no avail.
I would be glad if you can introduce it to me sir.
Jarzaakallahu khairan.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
The Shaykh explains حرف اللين in detail on DVD1A of the سورة الحجرات course.
Here are some Qur’aanic examples of حرف اللين : الواو:
قاتِلُوا في سبيلِ الله أوِ ادْفَعُوا (آل عمران)
فانْفِرُوا ثباتٍ أوِ انْفِرُوا جميعاً (النساء)
قلِ ادْعُوا اللهَ أوِ ادْعُوا الرحمنَ (الإسراء)
(وأسِروا قولَكم أوِ اجْهَرُوا به (الملك
والياء – حرف اللين:
أقمِ الصلاةَ طَرَفَـيِ النهارَ(هود)
مِنْ ثُلُثَـيِ الليلِ (المزمل)
يا صَاحِبَــيِ السجنِ (هود)
لا تقدموا بين يَدَيِ اللهِ ورسولِه (الحجرات)
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatu
There is a question I need to ask about a sentence from the hadith . The actual hadith I know it..just one sentence In the end grammatically it is too advanced for my level ..so please explain it
Please tell me the translation of harf jar ‘ba’ in that sentence
أَنَّ قَوْمًا، قَالُوا لِلنَّبِيِّ صلى الله عليه وسلم إِنَّ قَوْمًا يَأْتُونَا بِاللَّحْمِ لاَ نَدْرِي أَذُكِرَ اسْمُ اللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ أَمْ لاَ فَقَالَ “ سَمُّوا عَلَيْهِ أَنْتُمْ وَكُلُوهُ ”. قَالَتْ وَكَانُوا حَدِيثِي عَهْدٍ بِالْكُفْرِ. تَابَعَهُ
This last sentence i cant understand..I read the translation but grammatically I cant understand..please help a please tell me the meaning of harf jar ba here-
قَالَتْ وَكَانُوا حَدِيثِي عَهْدٍ بِالْكُفْرِ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The verb عهد uses the Harf jarr باء.
We say: عهد فلانٌ إلى فلان بأمر.
When the مصدر is used the باء is also used.
So the Harf jarr is related to the verb. It does not have an independent meaning but is connected in meaning to the verb/masdar it is paired with.
والله أعلم.
Admin
هل يجوز أن نضع كلمة “بعد” قبل فعل ماض
؟
مِنْ بعدِما تبيّنَ له من الهدى (النساء)
مِنْ بعدِ أن نزغَ الشيطانُ (يوسف)
يجوز هكذا.
ما: مصدرية.
أنْ : مصدرية.
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا
اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
Could you please help with the analysis of the following question:
كَيْفَ حَالُكِ أَنْتِ يَا أُخْتِي؟
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
This is the إعراب in detail:
A simpler analysis is given at the end:
كيف : اسم استفهام وهو خبر مقدم في محل رفع.
حالُ : مبتدأ مؤخر مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة وهو مضاف.
الكاف في (حالكِ) ضمير متصل مبني على الكسر، في محل جر بإضافة (حال) إليها.
أنتِ: توكيد للكافِ في (حالُكِ)
يا أختي: يا حرف نداء
أخت : منادى منصوب وعلامة نصبه فتحة مقدرة في آخره وهو مضاف
الياء في (أختي): ياء المتكلم وهو ضمير متصل مبني على السكون في محل جر بإضافة (أخت) إليها
أصل الجملة: حالُكِ كيف؟
لكن أسماء الاستفهام لها الصدارة.
الجملة: يا أختي: أصلها: أنادي أختي.
أي: حرف النداء – وهو الياء – على تقدير : أنادي
والجملة: يا أختي : إما معترضة أو استئنافية، لا محل لها من الإعراب.
I hope its clear.
Simplified:
كيف: خبر مقدم في محل رفع
حالُ: مبتدأ مؤخر مرفوع وهو مضاف
الكاف في (حالكِ) في محل جر مضاف إليه.
أنتِ: توكيد
يا أختي: أخت: منادى منصوب بفتحة مقدرة وهو مضاف.
الياء في (أختي): في محل جر مضاف إليه.
وجملة النداء هنا: لا محل لها من الإعراب.
والله أعلم.
Admin
جَزَاكُمُ اللّٰهُ خَيْرًا
May Allah SWT bless the entire team with good in this world and the hereafter.
I would love to share some of the Quizzes we’ve made on testmoz.com too (inspired by what you all have done on the site here), they are all based on the Madinah Arabic book 1. Kindly advise the email address we can use to send to your team and you can claim it and alter as you see fit.
Sisters 11am GMT class quiz link:
https://testmoz.com/6832476/ – Lesson 1 – Part 2
https://testmoz.com/6869644/ – Lesson 2
https://testmoz.com/6914818/ – Lesson 3 – Part 1
https://testmoz.com/6946026/ – Lesson 3 – Part 2
https://testmoz.com/6970626/ – Lesson 3 – Part 3
https://testmoz.com/6996254/ – Lesson 4 – Part 1
https://testmoz.com/7035356/ – Lesson 4 – Part 2
https://testmoz.com/7063446/ – Lesson 4 – Part 3
https://testmoz.com/7091724/ – Lesson 5 – Part 1
https://testmoz.com/7191316/ – Lesson 5 – Part 2 (latest quiz link)
Also we’ve made some material on PPT/PDF that again if it comes to your use, it would bring us immense pleasure in serving you.
Your work has helped many people, so if a small effort from us helps you or the Ummah, that would be priceless.
https: //t.me/madinaharabicbook1course
وإياكِ وجزاكم الله خيرا
The quizzes are very good ما شاء الله.
May Allaah accept your dedication and hard work.
I have sent you an email. I welcome seeing some of your work in PPT/PDF.
Admin
As salamu alekum
How to analyse (simple)
ما عندى سيارة
What is ما here
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمةالله
ما عندي سيارة:
ما : نافية
عندي: خبر مقدم
سيارة : مبتدأ مؤخر
ما here is نافية. There is a type of ما that enters a جملة اسمية and signifies negation as occurs here.
عندي is a شبه جملة consisting of a ظرف والمضاف إليه.
A شبه جملة cannot be a مبتدأ. This is a rule.
So if it appears at the start of a sentencne – as in your example – it signifies something has changed in the original sentence order.
This change occurs for various grammatical or بلاغة (style/eloquence) reasons.
Here, the grammar reason why the خبر has come first and the مبتدأ has been delayed is because the مبتدأ is نكرة.
ما عندي سيارةٌ
Without ما the sentence reads:
عندي سيارةٌ
– which is patterned on the aayah:
فيه نارٌ (البقرة)
فيه : شبه جملة (جار ومجرور)، خبر مقدم.
نارٌ: مبتدأ مؤخر لأنه نكرة.
And also the aayah:
وبينهما حجابٌ (الأعراف)
بينهما: شبه جملة (ظرف والمضاف إليه) خبر مقدم
حجاب : مبتدأ مؤخر لأنه نكرة
The primary rule is that the مبتدأ is معرفة and starts the sentence as in:
السيارةُ في الشارعِ.
But exceptions occur.
These points are taught on the Shaykh’s full program.
I hope this is simple and useful.
Admin
ماشاء اللہ
Sometimes I feel like crying whenever I get a quick response.
May Allah سبحانہ تعالی bless whole team of Dr۔ Sahab in both the worlds۔
جزاک اللہ
بارك الله فيك أخي الكريم.
Salaam aleykoum Ya shaykhana !
My name is Madani from France. 40 years old, I became muslim in last 90’s in this country.
I would love to show you what I’ve made with your books here in France.
I learned arabic language here in a community center and my best experience is the second year, when we were using the book one with our teacher, an student coming from the university of Madinah
After learning the basics, I became teacher for beginners (the two first books and this year, the third one), ten years ago
I’m having a real pleasure by using your books and I really want to thank you for this, may ALLAH give you the best for your contribution to Islam
First of all, I would be very happy to show you (or to send it if you prefer) some of the books and images, videos, power point presentations, I realised
After that, if you agree or if you can, it will be an honor for me, and maybe a good thing for you and the oummah, if we can have a videocall and take time to discuss.
I don’t know if you’ll read this message but I keep expecting you to answer.
You can download some examples of my works (a book for the beginners, a preparation to the book 1 / some videos of a lesson of the book one / all the “bitaqaat” that I made for this level -nahou – ) on your books.
Marhaban if you’ld like to contact me. I would love to explain to you my work and maybe it will be benfit for us and others.
I pray ALLAH for you.
Wa salaam aleykoum
السلام عليكم Sister/Brother
جزاك الله خيرا for your message which has been forwarded to our Shaykh.
Admin
و عليكم السلام و رحمة الله
شكرا جزيلا و بارك الله فيكم
حفظكم الله جميعا
Assalaamu aleykum,
My name is Nargis Salman. I run an established school Ta’leem Academy.
I also teach Qur’anic Arabic and has been a student of Dr Abdur Raheem Course.
Can you please provide me the PDF version of the children’s flip books/course starting from the vocabulary?
Looking forward for your support.
Wassalaam
http: //taleem.ca
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Thank you for your message Sister.
All the PDFs for the children’s course are located in the Children’s Library, and in the sections ‘Puzzles, ‘Stories’, ‘Art and in ‘Preschool’.
Please download them from here.
I will send you PDFs for the remaining material via email إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Our dear shaykh had said “There are ten points in which هل and همزة الاستفهام differ from each other. As it needs a lengthy answer, I will write about this separately sometime later إن شاء الله “
Would the shaykh kindly provide this information?
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
What is the difference between حامد and الحمدان as we know ال ends tanween but in الحمدان nun is for tanween.
Thank you
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
When an اسم علم takes Al then it is no longer considered a proper noun.
And the nuun in the word الحامدانِ does not represent التنوين because of the presence of Al.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatu
I have a question
لی إخوة i have brothers ..when you add laisa لیس لی إخوة i have no brothers
this is there in lesson 2 book 2 english key
so if i add kaana here کان لی إخوة i had brothers ..is this construction which i did correct ?
وعلبكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
كان لي إخوة is correct.
ليس is a sister of كان.
This means they act in the same way grammatically.
So the اسم and خبر of كان can become the اسم and خير of ليس as long as the meaning makes sense.
Here are some more examples:
ليس لي أولادٌ.
I have no children.
كان لي أولادٌ
I had children.
ليستْ لي أخواتٌ.
I have no sisters.
كانتْ لي أخواتٌ.
I had sisters.
ليس في الفصل طلابٌ.
There are no students in the class.
كان في الفصلِ طلابٌ.
There were students in the class.
Admin
السلام علیکم ورحمة الله وبرکاته
i have a question ..we learnt in madinah book 1 there is no copula “is” in Arabic
this is a house is هذا بیت literally this a house
then i came across this هذا هو
eg.1 هذا هو الإسلام
eg.2 lesson 29 hiwar book 2
أهذا هو الجزء الثانی من الکتاب یا أستاذ
we know هو is it or he
so what is the meaning of this construction my dear brother and what should the translation be
جزاک الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
هذا هو الجزء الثاني
هو here does not represent ‘is’. It has a different function which you’ll learn in Book 3 إن شاء الله.
هو is sometimes inserted between an اسم إشارة and a noun following it which has أل – but not always.
The translation of:
هذا هو الإسلام
هذا هو الجزء الثاني.
is: This is Islaam.
This is the second part.
An aayah on this pattern is:
ذلك هو الفوز العظيم (الدخان: 57)
That is the tremendous success.
Admin
Assalamualaikum
Is it possible to download Kitab al-Muallim Vol 2 and Vol 3, for personal use only and Not for commercial use ?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes of course.
But regrettably, we do not have PDFs for Vols 2 and 3.
Admin
AsSalaamAlaikum Ustaad,
Are these three Madina books cover Sarf and Nahw ? if no what is way forward…?
I have already completed 1st Madina book with Asif Meher Ali videos…. currently joined the course with Nouman Ali Khan, but found Madina books and Brother Asif videos are very clear to understand and Nouman Ali Khan course is confusing…
Still I have to walk a long path …. just out of curiosity asking this question
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes, the three Madinah Books cover extensive naHw and Sarf in a clear, easy and step-by-step method.
You will greatly benefit إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام علیکم ورحمة الله وبرکاته
Dear Ustaadh we have learnt that there is no iltiqa us sakinain in lugatul Arabiya…
ُیَقُول in feal amr قُل because قُول is not possible /permitted bc of iltiqa us saakinain
same with لم یکن…likewise یَنَامُ becomes لم ینم because م took sukoon bc of majzum
then i came across this in mac book 2 lesson 2 in this word..it is a diptote new york نیو یورک but in it there is iltiqa sakinain و and ر in york.
also the Arabic word for strawberry فَرَاولَة …here again there is iltiqa sakinain between ا and و
Assalaamu aleykum Sr Vaniya,
I am a student of Dr Abdur Rahim and a teacher/principle/co-founder of
Ta’leem Academy Mississauga Canada.
I teach Arabic language to children and your books are very helpful in this regard.
However, these books/materials for children are not printable on site unlike
Dr Abdur Rahim.
Can you please give me permission, and send the PDF of these books which will be a great help/gesture in making learning easy for all and doable.
Your support will spread a great deal of khair.
My husband Salman Rizwan is a an honorable student of Dr saab and has his ejaazah.
Looking forward to hear from you soon.
Our school website
http: //taleem.ca
E mail posted
taleemweekendschool@ gmail.com
Regards
Nargis Salman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله Sister
Thank you for your message.
I replied to your earlier mail.
I will try to prepare the PDFs and send them to you at your email إن شاء الله.
If you need any further help, please contact us.
Admin
Assalaamu aleykum Sr Vaniya,
Jazak Allah for the reply.
If you can expedite, it will be very helpful and much appreciated.
Regards
السلام عليكم sister
I have now sent all the material in PDF to your email.
Please acknowledge receipt.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatu
We have learnt in Arabic there is no iltiqa us sakinain.. قال یقول when we write imperative it becomes قل and many more examples
then i came across this in mac bk 2 lesson 2 the word new york ُنِیُو یُورک there is iltiqa sakinain in و andر ..please clarify
and also this word فراولة strawberry there is iltiqa sakinain in ا and و please explain
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I overlooked replying to your comment earlier.
There is no التقاء الساكنين in نيويورك وفراولة.
These are non-Arabic words. They are spelt like this to help an Arab pronounce the word correctly.
In the spelling of non-Arabic words, a waaw, yaa and alif are used to indicate that the حرف preceding them, should be pronounced either with a ضمة أو كسرة أو فتحة.
Here the waaw, yaa and alif are not pronounced nor is any حركة placed on them. They are just a guide to help pronounce the previous حرف.
This Q and A explains it.
Admin
As salamu alekum
What is the spelling of Alif of dual
الف المثنى
Please put the اعراب on all the letters.
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أَلِفُ الْمُثَنَّى
It is an إضافة.
The first word is مضاف.
The second word is مضاف إليه but due to its spelling – which ends in ـــى the kasrah will not appear in writing.
It is pronounced: Alifu l-muthannaa.
This type of noun is learnt in Book 3.
Admin
JazakAllah
Assalaamu aleykum Dr Vaniya,
Is it possible to have images of all the Madina Children course books?
As i share lessons bit by bit with my students. And with images it will be very helpful for my teachings.
If you can send me during the winter holidays that would be great.
Regards
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Sister, what do you mean by images of the books?
Admin
Thank you for your service to the Ummah, جزاكم الله خيرا
My question is, what is the 3rab of سبحان الله ، معاذ الله
What is the meaning of Subhan, and why is it mabni with fathah and likewise for ma3adh, which is masdar meemi, and also why lafdhul jalalah is majroor?
السلام عليكم
شكرا وإياكم.
سبحانَ الله ومعاذَ الله are منصوب because they are مفعول مطلق.
They are not مبني but معرب.
The following Q and As answer your question:
Meaning of SubhaanAllaah
SubhaanAllaah
معاذَ الله is explained in the Shaykh’s المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف
Aayah 23, PDF pg 84 here.
لفظ الجلالة is مجرور because it is مضاف إليه.
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام علیکم
Madina Book 1
Lesson No. 19 Question No. 2 Sentence No. 8
ثَمَنُهُ سَبْعَةُ رِیَالَاتٍ وَ نِصْفٌ.
(نِصْفٌ)مَعْطُوْفٌ عَلَی سَبْعَةُ
Can we add مضاف الیه to نِصْفٌ if yes what it would be?
رِیَالَاتٍ or رِیَالٍ
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
There is no need to add a مضاف إليه to نصف here as it is معطوف of the word سبعة so it carries the meaning of:
سبعة ريالات ونصفه / ونصف ريــالٍ.
The meaning is: And half of a riyaal (more).
I hope it’s clear.
Admin
ريال is a masculine word why is the plural formed by adding ات
Ya fazilatul Shaikh , السلام وعليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
سُوۡرَةُ آل عِمرَان
اِنَّ فِىۡ خَلۡقِ السَّمٰوٰتِ وَالۡاَرۡضِ وَاخۡتِلَافِ الَّيۡلِ وَالنَّهَارِ لَاٰيٰتٍ لِّاُولِى الۡاَلۡبَابِ ۚۖ ﴿۱۹۰﴾
Kindly in the above mentioned Ayah which word is ” اِسمُ اِنَّ ”
Thank you,
Qamar Faruqui
From Admin
السلام عليكم
اسم إنَّ: آياتٍ
What immediately follows إنَّ is a جار ومجرور which is في خلقِ.
في is a حرف جرّ.
The rule is that a حرف cannot be an اسم إنَّ.
اسم إنَّ is an اسم.
Here, في خلقِ is خبر إنَّ and it has been brought forward.
لآياتٍ is منصوب وعلامة نصبه الكسرة لأنه جمع مؤنث سالم.
Another example is:
إنَّ في ذلك لآياتٍ لقوم يتفكرون (الجاثية)
اسم إنَّ: آياتٍ
I hope it is clear.
Please see دروس اللغة العربية: الجزء الثاني for جمع مؤنث سالم nouns which take a كسرة instead of a فتحة when منصوب.
Admin
Thank you Shaikh
جزاك الله خيرا ً
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاتة
The punctuation marks (علامات الترقيم) in Arabic and English are the same. So, were they imported from English?
Also, why in Arabic numbers are written with English digits e.g. 1 4 9 etc instead of ١ ٤ ٩ ?
I was not able to find satisfactory answers.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Not all Arabic punctuation marks are the same as English.
Arabic uses an inverted question mark and comma. ؟ ، . e.g.
ما اسمك؟
اللغة العربية سهلة، واللغة الإنكليزية صعبة.
I’ve sent your questions to the Shaykh.
Admin
Ok, I am anticipating shaykh’s answer
السلام عليكم من اين أنتم يا شيخ؟ أريد أن أبيع هذه كتوب ليس الوكتروني، أريد أصل كتوب . ممكن هذا أم لا ؟؟؟؟ من فضلك
السلام عليكم
شيخنا من الهند ويقيم الآن في المدينة المنورة.
يمكنك شراء الكتب كلها من هنا.
Admin
السلام علیکم
Madina Book 2
Lesson No. 1
إِنَّهَا بِمِائَةِ رُوْبِيَّةٍ فَقَطْ
What is the literal translation of this sentence?
What is the meaning of harf jar بِ here?
Can we also say :
ثَمَنُهَا مِائَةُ رُوْبِيَّةٍ فَقَطْ
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
إنها بمائة روبية فقط.
Lit: It is only with a hundred rupees.
meaning: It only costs a hundred rupees.
The ب indicates something purchased through a currency.
It means: ‘with’ or ‘through / by means of’.
Yes, we can say:
ثمنها مائةُ روبية فقط
It is another way of expressing the meaning.
Admin
Dear Admin,
Thank you for your time and support for teaching Arabic.
Sometimes, I read the Qur’an but I do not understand the e3rab, do you know know any book which explains the e3ab of Qur’an for each word? (it can be in Arabic)
e.g. I do not understand why in the first page of al-baqarah, هدى is mansub, I understand that it is maqsoor and can be muqaddar as mentioned in book 3 but why in the second and fifth ayah it is mansub with tanween?
السلام عليكم Dear brother
An excellent book on the i’raab of the Qur’aan for beginners is:
الإعرابُ المُيَسَّرُ
(Simplified I’raab) here.
هُدًى is not منصوب. It is مرفوع with tanwiin but it is a maqsuur noun.
Maqsuur nouns only have one form with tanwiin, and one form with Al.
They cannot visibly display a ضمة أو فتحة أو كسرة due to their spelling.
The result is that the ضمة وفتحة وكسرة is مقدر and not ظاهر.
Other examples of اسم مقصور are: فتًى، مَثْوًى، مَأْوًى
Qur’aanic examples:
أولئك على هُدًى مِنْ ربهم (البقرة)
هُدًى: مجرور بـ (على)، وعلامة جره كسرة مقدرة.
فيه هُدًى ونورٌ (المائدة)
هُدًى: مبتدأ مرفوع، وعلامة رفعه ضمة مقدرة.
قالوا سمعنا فتًى يذكره (الأنبياء)
فتًى: مفعول به منصوب وعلامة نصبه فتحة مقدرة.
ومَنْ يشاققِ الرسول مِن بعدما تبيَّن له الْهُدَى (النساء)
الهُدَى: فاعل مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة مقدرة.
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام علیکم
Are all these أَسْمَاءُ الْإِسْتِفْهَامِ
مَا- مَنْ – مَتَی – آَیْنَ- لِمَنْ- أَيٌّ- کَیْفَ
(or can we broadly classified them all in اسم group?)
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes, all these are أسماء except: لِــمَنْ which is made up of two elements: اللام ومَنْ.
Only مَنْ is the اسم الاستفهام and اللام is a حرف جر.
Admin
As salamu alekum
May Allah s.t bless you and whole team.
So in which category لمن falls… اسم– فعل or حرف….as we know every word of arabic language comes under either of these three categories…
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
بارك الله فيك.
اللام: حرف
مَنْ: اسم.
لـمَنْ: جار ومجرور.
This is how we classify it.
When we classify a word as اسم فعل أوحرف, it should not be made up of more than one element.
If it is attached to something, we cannot classifiy the combination as اسم أو فعل أوحرف.
Another example is: قرأتُ.
The first word is: فِعل
The second word is: اسم (ــتُ وهو ضمير)
The combination cannot be classified as اسم أو فعل أو حرف because now it is a جملة فعليّة
I hope it is clear.
Admin
Jazak Allah
May Allah s.t. shower His blessings on you and your whole team.
جزاك الله خيرا وبارك فيك.
Admin
Assalam O Alaikum WRWB.
I am a student of Madinah Books and Alhamdulilah I have learnt alot with these books and still learning. Topics and chapter are very well laid out through the book and easy to understand. I am very thankful to Dr V. Abdur Rahim and Allah bless him so much.
I want to take permission from Dr Vaniya Abdur Rahim to teach these books. Please guide me the procedure. JazakAllahu Khair
Abid Siddiqui
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Thank you for your message.
I have forwarded it to our Shaykh who will hopefully contact you directly إن شاء الله.
Admin
AsSalamu Alaikum Respected Shaikh.
What is Adaat al-hasr ? How is it different from Adaat al istithnaa?
Can you please explain the concepts by teaching us the grammatical analysis of “Laa Ilaaha Illa Allahu” ?
JazaakaAllahu khairan
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
يا فضيلة الشيخ جزاكم الله خيرا
I have been searching for the difference in the meaning of
انزل الى و انزل على
do you have any thing on this topic?
والسلام عليكم
Assalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuhu
In kitabul muallim part2
In Lesson 2 regarding the omission and non omission of alif of اِبنُ
In خالدُبْنُ الْوليدِ the alif of بْنُ is ommitted because it is badal for خالدُ as the have same vowel ending i.e. single dammah
But in case خالدٌ ابنُ الوليدِ it’s is khabar and when ابنُ is khabar it’s alif is not ommitted.
Is my interpretation correct ….please guide me…
Jazakum Allahu Khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
This is correct except that it says the alif is omitted when ابن is a na’t, not badal.
Admin
Could you write the analysis of the two sentences حامدُ بْنُ عليٍّ and اَلْحسنُ اِبنُ عليًّ…….
1) حامد بن على:
This is not a sentence.
A complete sentence is eg:
حامد بن علي طالبٌ
حامدٌ: مبتدأ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة.
بنُ: نعتٌ لـ حامدٌ، مرفوع وهو مضاف.
عليٍّ : مضاف إليه مجرور وعلامة جره كسرة ظاهرة.
طالبٌ: خبر مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة.
2) الحسنُ ابنُ عليٍّ
This is a complete sentence.
الحسنُ: مبتدأ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة.
ابنُ: خبرٌ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة وهو مضاف.
عليٍّ: مضاف إليه مجرور.
Admin
And in the question for
الحسنُ ابنُ عليٍّ
The question it answers is written as
ابن من الحسنَ؟
Why is الحسنَ having a fathah ending …..
It is a typing error.
It should be with ضمة.
The proof is that the reply is with ضمة:
الحسنُ ابنُ علىّ
الحسنُ is a مبتدأ in the reply.
So likewise, its i’raab is a مبتدأ in the question.
That is why it is with ضمة.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
My name is ِAbdullah from Holland and I teach boys the Arabic language. I wanted to start using the Madinah books and the other downloadable pdf resources on your website, but I saw they are copyrighted for commercial use. Does this mean I can’t use them if my students pay me for the classes, or is it just concerning the books themselves? Meaning I can’t charge them for the use of the books?
I also saw that the new Madinah books in color have an even stricter copyright notice? Can these be used in class?
Lastly, بارك الله فيكم, I myself hold the opinion that a head is considered an image and the whole head has to be covered for it to become something else, am I allowed to edit the pdf’s like this for myself? Am I also allowed to give the versions where the heads are covered to my students (without recieving any fee for this whatsoever).
بارك الله فيكم، وجزاكم الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Brother, thank you for your message.
The copyright notice is meant to protect the material from being used for commercial gain only or mainly.
However, we understand your intention is not for commercial gain but to teach the language.
You can use our books/PDFs/site material, even if you charge for your classes – as long as this use is not to make money and profit.
The colour version of the Madinah Books can be used in class – even in paid classes – but with the condition mentioned above (ie. allowed for teaching, but disallowed for commercial use).
Regarding editing the images in the colour version, then please contact LQToronto to request permission for this. If there is no editing, then the books can be used in class as mentioned.
وإياكم وفيكم بارك الله
وفّقكم الله
Admin for DrVaniya.com
السلام عليك م ورحمة الله وبركاته
My name is Masood Ahmed Leghari from Pakistan.
قال النبي صلي الله عليه وسلم “خيركم من تعلم القرآن وعلمه”
“The best among you are those who learn and teach the Quran.”
I want to learn the language of Rasoolullah (S.A.W) and the language of Kitabullah (Quran), but I cannot afford the price of Madina Books. I am Qari of the Quran, but I cannot understand the Quran. Can anyone give me a set of Madina Arabic Books so that I can continue to learn the language of the Quran. Think of this as charity. I will always pray for you. I plan to not only learn Arabic, but also teach others.
Email: 16pg11@gmail. com
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Thank you for your email Brother Masood Ahmed Leghari.
The Madinah Books can be downloaded for free in our digital libraries. If you cannot print them you may use the digital copies.
The videos that accompany the Madinah Books at LQToronto are also free to use.
We ask Allaah to give you توفيق in the noble goal you have embarked on, which is to learn the language of the Qur’aan.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I have three questions to ask which are all related. it is really distressing me, please answer them
1. the meaning of this type of sentence
“على ما هو عليه”
مثال ١ إبقاءُ الوضعِ على ما هو عليه
مثال ٢ احمد الله على ما أنت عليه
مثال ٣ معك أكون فقط ما أنا عليه
the translations i have are 1. maintain of status quo/ keeping the situation the way it is
2. Praise Allah for who you are
3 with you i can just be who i am
are these translations correct.. if not please provide the correct translations
2. what is the “literal” meaning of this phrase
“ما هو عليه”
ما أنت عليه kindly answer this
3.WHAT DOES THE PRONOUN ه IN عليه INDICATE?
please answer my questions it will be great help إن شاء الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1. Lit meaning of: على ما هو عليه
On that which he is upon.
Translation of meaning: … that which he follows.
It indicates the beliefs of a person and what he follows.
ما أنت عليه
Lit: That which you are upon.
Meaning: That which you follow / what you follow / what you are.
2. The translations you conveyed are correct.
3. We’ll know what الهاء refers to by looking at some of the i’raab:
أحمد الله على ما أنت عليه
I praise Allaah for that which you follow / I praise Allaah for what you follow.
على: حرف جر
ما: موصولة في محل جر بــ على.
(أنت عليه):
جملة اسمية وهي صلة الموصول لا محل لها من الإعراب
الهاء في (عليه) : العائد يعود على الاسم الموصول: ما
So الهاء returns back to ما and ما is understood from the context.
What is the context that makes ما clearer? It is vague and this is causing the confusion in your mind.
That is why Arabic sometimes uses مِنْ البيانية after ما الموصولة to clarify the meaning of ما and its عائد.
The sentence can be reconstructed more clearly as follows:
أحمد الله على ما أنتَ عليه مِن الحقّ.
أحمد الله على ما أنت عليه مِن العقيدة الصحيحة.
Trans of meanings respectively:
I praise Allaah for what you are following of the truth.
I praise Allaah for what you follow of correct beliefs.
Qur’aanic examples of the construction ما هو عليه:
على ما أنتم عليه (آل عمران: 179)
قالوا حسبنا ما وجدنا عليه أباءَنا (المائدة: 104)
ما مجدنا عليه آباءنا … that which we found our fathers following.
إنّا آمنّا بربنا ليغفر لنا خطايانا وما أكرهتَنا عليه مِن السحر (طه: 73)
وما أكرهتَنا عليه and what you compelled us to do…
مِنْ السحر …of magic.
This is مِنْ البيانية
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا إنّي أحبّكَ كثيرا
وإياك أخي الكريم.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة اللّه و بركاته و
In Book 2 lesson 2
There is a sentence
َأنا لستُ مِنْ واشنطن
أنا is mubtada and the entire part
ََلستُ مِنْ واشنطن is the Khabar …..is it correct?
What type sentence is this جملة الإسمية or
جملة الفعلية??
The question is the sentences starting with كان and it’s sister ليس…..like in the above sentece…is it جملة الإسمية or جملة الفعلية……
Please help
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, أنا is the مبتدأ and the sentence following it لستُ من واشنطن is the خبر.
The خبر is في محل رفع.
A sentence that starts with ليس أو كان is a جملة فعلية .
This is because كان وليس are verbs.
But they are verbs that are ناقص because they take an ism and khabar.
I’ll reply to your other inquiry on email.
Admin
جزاك اللّٰه خيراً كثيراً
Asalamo Alayakum
Madinah Arabic Reader Book Series are very easy to understand
I want to ask whether any Audio Available for the same
To understand Pronunciation
Shukran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes we have prepared audios for the Madinah course, located in our Audios page here.
Our Shaykh Abdur Rahim reading Madinah book 1 here.
An Arab speaking Brother reading the Madinah Books in high quality recording, and a slow, clear reading pace here.
Admin
Shukran Jazeelan
Any Audios Available For
Madina Arabic Reader
Book 1 to Book 7
The audios I mentioned are also for Madinah Arabic Reader because the content is the same.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة اللّه و بركاته
إنَّ بَعْضَهُمْ تُجَارٌ وَ بَعْضَهُمْ مُهَنْدِسُونَ.
What will be the analysis of this sentence?
Is محندسون also خبر إنَّ
Please help
جزاك اللّٰه خيراً
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
إن بعضهم تجار وبعضَهم مهندسون
إنَّ: حرف توكيد ونصب.
والحروف كلها لا محل لها من الإعراب.
بعضَـ: اسم إنَّ منصوب وعلامة نصبه فتحة ظاهرة وهو مضاف.
ــهم: ضمير متصل مبني على السكون في محل جر بالإضافة.
تجارٌ: خبر إنَّ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة.
وبعضهم: الواو للعطف.
بعضَـ: اسم معطوف على (بعضَــ) الأول، منصوب وعلامة نصبه فتحة ظاهرة وهو مضاف.
ـهم: سبق إعرابه.
مهندسون: خبر إنَّ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه الواو نيابةَ عن الضمة لأنه جمع مذكر سالم.
Yes, مهندسون is خبر إن but it is the خبر of the معطوف of اسم إنَّ.
I hope it is clear.
Admin
Will خبر of معطوف of اسم إنَّ always be خبر إنَّ
As far as I understand.
والله أعلم.
If you give another example, we can examine it.
Admin
I had a query is إنّ called حروف مشبة بالفعل as it makes something mansoob as فعل makes the مفعول به منصوبٌ or is it that like إنّ the فعل ناقص also has اسم and خبر? Which of the two is correct.
The first is correct.
الحروف المشبهة بالفعل refers to their resemblance with فعل تامّ not فعل ناقص.
Admin
Assalamualaikum,
Dear respected Shaykh, firstly, may Allah bless you for all your efforts in teaching the Arabic language. My question is regarding reading Arabic without vowel signs. What is the best method for getting to a point where one can read without vowel signs?
Dear Br Rafay Anwar
wa alaykumussalam wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh
Hope this finds you in heath and happiness.
This depends on your knowledge of grammar. Start with simple sentences and proceed to read to more complex ones. I suggest that you read to a friend who knows Arabic very well. Hope this will help you.
With regard and salam,
abdur rahim
Do you know any good online Arabic-English dictionary? With search options?
Hans Wehr is recommended with search options here.
Another excellent on-line dictionary resource with access to the classical dictionaries, is here.
Admin
I want book I don’t know from where can I buy?
السلام عليكم
With naaqis verbs like (يرضى، ينهى، يخشى), we say يُرفع بالضمة المقدرة لتعذر و يُنصب بالفتحة المقدرة للتعذر, or منع من ظهورها التعذر, what exactly is the meaning of التعذر here? Does it mean the endings are latent “due to the difficulty (in pronunciation)”?
Similarly, with naaqis verbs like (يدعو، يرجو، يتلو), we say يُرفع بالضمة المقدرة لثِّقل. Does this mean “due to the heaviness”, i.e. heavy/difficult to pronounce as well?
جزاكم الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
1) منع من ظهورها التعذر means those verbs or nouns (like اسم مقصور) that end in alif – these cannot accept any حركات الإعراب due to the alif.
This is because it is impossible for an alif to take a ضمة أو فتحة أو كسرة.
التعذر signifies how an alif is incapable of displaying a ضمة ظاهرة وفتحة ظاهرة وكسرة ظاهرة.
2) With verbs that are ناقص or nouns (which end in ياء المنقوص like ٍقاضيٌ > قاضٍ) – then their ending is spelt with either yaa or waaw.
The yaa and waaw are capable of displaying a ضمة ظاهرة أو كسرة ظاهرة on their end e.g.:
قاضِـيٌ، يَدْعُـوُ
مِنْ قاضـيٍ
but it’s difficult phonetically and unpleasant to the ear.
This difficulty is termed الثقل
القثل signifies the difficulty of a word taking a ضمة ظاهرة أو كسرة ظاهرة.
But they take فتحة ظاهرة because it’s easy e.g:
رأيتُ قاضياً
أريد أنْ أدعوَ زميلي.
The فتحة ظاهرة on yaa and waaw here is للخِـفَّـةِ.
رأيتُ قاضياً
قاضياَ : مفعول به منصوب وعلامة نصبه فتحة ظاهرة للخــفــةِ.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركته
in this sentence مَن يعرف who knows?
it is translated who knows.. but there is a domir mustatir in يعرف.. so literally it is ” who he knows? ”
my question is.. is the هو mustatir dropped when the mudari verb is preceded by مَن?
similarly this sentence
مَن الذي أبوه سفير؟
it is translated whose father is an ambassador?
but literally “who is the one his father is an ambassador?
my question is the domir ه with أبو is written…but during saying it is omitted
i dont want to confuse you….but i am a beginner and i think that constantly trying to translate the sentence in english is causing all the chaos when i read any Arabic passage..
sorry for the trouble.. please help
similarly ذهب معك he went with you
but if i want to say مَن ذهب معك who went with you
is the هو مُستتر removed when the mudari is preceded by مَن ?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, هو is removed when translating the meaning but not removed in إعراب.
مَنْ يعرفُ؟
The الضمير المستتر – هو is the عائد and returns back to مَنْ.
The عائد completes the meaning of مَنْ.
The عائد which completes the meaning of an اسم موصول cannot be dropped.
But from the aspect of translating, we drop هو otherwise the sentence won’t make sense.
مَنْ ذهب معك؟
The عائد is:
ضمير مستتر تقديره (هو) يعود على (مَن)
مَنْ الذي أبوه سفير؟
The عائد is:
الهاء في (أبوه) يعود على (الذي)
In all these examples, the عائد completes the meaning of the صلة الموصول.
And the صلة الموصول completes the meaning of the اسم موصول.
Literal wordings do not make sense. But a translation will give us a meaning that makes sense.
Lit. wordings can be helpful at the start. But later students must aim to stop translating Arabic but try to understand Arabic through Arabic. This means: understand the meanings which are conveyed by the grammar (not the meanings conveyed by a translation). This will solve the chaos.
I hope this answers your questions.
Admin
جزاك الله خيراً
thanks.. your answer was very helpful
Dear shaykh may Allah bless you for designing books which are very helpful to us as a students of Arabic language.my question is, what are the series of Arabic books you recommend to be studied after finishing three madinah books?
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh recommends the books he has authored for the graduates of the 3 Madinah Books.
You will find these in the Advanced Library.
Admin
Asalam alykum dear adim I am about to complete madina book three my dream is soon after finishing the book inshaALLAH, I expect to teach the three madinah books to others because I feel through teaching I will become much stronger in Arabic language but before starting this program it better to get IJAZ from our respected shaykh Dr. V Abdurahim.How can I get this ijaz
ISSA ISMAIL
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother Issa, we are very pleased you are about to complete the Madinah course and are ready to teach it.
We are currently preparing an exam for teachers. If they pass the exam, we will provide them with a certificate for teaching approved by the Shaykh.
We have completed the exam for Book 1 and need time to prepare exams for Books 2 and 3 إن شاء الله.
So for now, we are unable to give you an إجازة.
We hope you can start teaching and get a formal إجازة when the exams are completed إن شاء الله.
وفّقك الله
Admin
Salaam
I was reading the Q/A by Admin, and in the second pdf having 19 questions, on pg56
It is written شهرُ رمضانُ
I am confused regardimg ramadan, is it nat or badal?
link to pdf: http://drvaniya.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Quraan-Q-A-by-Admin.pdf
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
I can’t find this word on p56.
If it is written as you say, it’s a typing error. It should have a فتحة:
شهرُ رمضانَ :
رمضانَ is a proper noun. It is مضاف إليه i.e.
مجرور بالإضافة وعلامة جره الفتحة نيابة عن الكسرة لأنه ممنوع من الصرف.
I hope it’s clear.
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
, it is clear.
I’m sorry it was pg42
Thank very much dear Admin for this creative idea, may ALLAH bless you with knowledge
I’m waiting for these exam but when they are going to be held?
Dear brother, the exam for Madinah Book 1 is ready. I am waiting for the Shaykh’s approval to publish it.
The exams for Books 2 and 3 have not yet been written.
We hope to start preparing these soon إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركته
Book 2 lesson 7 talks about fractions
What are fractions called in arabicالكَسْرُ or اَلْكُسُورُ الْعَادِيَّةُ?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
الكسور أو الكسور العادية.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear respected brother i have two questions
please find the opportune time to answer them
1. please explain to me what is كَذَا and كَذَا وكَذَا
it means “like this” right
i use a dictionary Mawrid where the author uses this alot eg.
أَبَى عليه كذا ١ reject(أبى)
صار يفعل كذا ٢
can u provide the translations of these 2 yaani with the كذا
third one very important
“٣ سيرٌ خلف كذا ”
here does كذا mean walking behind so and so person or walking behind like this/in such a manner
question2 أشدُّ is the ism tafdeel of شديد meaning more severe
««« is there any difference between أشدُّ and
أشدُّ ما يكون »»»
does أشدُّ ما يكون mean excessively of it / excessively of what it will be??
And respected Ustadh The Admin
بإذن الله عز وجل i have really benefited from your answers and i have improved my arabic
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother:
1) كذا means one of 2 things based on the context:
a) ‘Such and such’ – which refers to an object. Or
b) ‘So-and-so’ – which refers to a person.
In both cases, neither a specific object or person is meant. It covers anything or anyone in a general way.
أبى عليه كذا He refused something
صار يفعل كذا He began doing something
سير خلف كذا can mean: walking behind so-and-so. But it could mean: Following so-and-so (e.g. beliefs). The context will make it clear.
أشدّ
أشدّ ما يكون
The second phrase is stronger and denotes emphasis.
The ما is ما الموصولة and the phrase indicates something that reached the peak of severity.
The context will make it clear e.g.
كان الجوّ شديدا.
ثم صار أشدَّ منه أمسِ
واليومَ هو أشدُّ ما يكون.
A rough meaning is: The weather was severe, then became more severe yesterday, and today is the worst of all (most severe possible).
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا
Ya Shaykhana,
is there any difference between sifah mushabbah and sigah mubalagah?
A general difference is:
الصفة المشبهة تدل على اتصاف الفاعل بصفة ثابتة فيه ملازمة له
صيغة مبالغة اسم الفاعل تدل على مبالغة الفاعل في الفعل وكثرة وقوعه منه
صفة مشبهة reflects permanent, ingrained qualities.
مبالغة اسم الفاعل reflects emphasis of the فاعل in doing an action repeatedly and frequently.
The qualities of صفة مشبهة are mentioned by the Shaykh in his lecture here.
Admin
جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalam Alaikum
I want to use the contents of Madina Arabic Books to teach the language of the Quran to Urdu Speaking Muslim brothers through Whatsapp messages with Urdu translation, without any charge just for the sake of Allah.
Can I do that? Would you allow me to use the matter of Madina Arabic Books?
Please let me know as soon as possible.
Jazak Allah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Yes this is allowed.
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Ustadh I will show you some Verses of The Holy Qur’an, i just want to know whether the مِن in them is مِن البيانية
1 Surah As Sajdah Ayah 3
أم يقولون افتراه بل هو الحق من ربك لتنذر قوما ما أتاهم مِنْ نذير من قبلك لعلهم يهتدون
أتاهم من نذير this min
2 Surah As Sajdah Ayah 4 (part of It)
ما لكم من دونه مِنْ ولي ولا شفيع
من ولى this
3 Surah An Najm Ayah 28 (part of It)
وما لهم به مِنْ علم this min
4 Surah An Najm Ayah 23 (part of It)
ما أنزل الله بها مِنْ سلطان this min
5. last a part of a Hadith..where Abdur Rahman ibnu Awf goes to Madinah a notable Ansar on the order of Nabi Sallahu alaihe wasallam said he will share his half wealth with Abdur Rahman ibnu Awf
So Abdur Rahman ibnu Awf said there is no need for that
هل مِنْ سوقٍ قيه تجارة؟
sorry once again for constantly emailing and disturbing…
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Brother, it is no disturbance.
The مِنْ in all these aayaat is مِنْ الزائدة لتوكيد المعنى.
مِنْ الزائدة is recognized when two conditions are fulfilled:
1) The sentence should contain نفي أو نهي أو استفهام بــ هلْ.
2) The noun after it should be نكرة.
(As explained in Madinah Book 3 Key to lesson 2).
In all the aayaat, the ما is نافية.
مِنْ البيانية does not occur after ما النافية.
Another way to distinguish is that مِنْ الزائدة can be removed from the sentence without affecting the meaning.
e.g. ما أنزل الله بها مِنْ سلطانٍ
في غير القرآن نقول: ما أنزل الله بها سلطاناً
The word سلطان is مجرور due to مِنْ but is actually مفعول به once مِنْ الزائدة is removed. This is termed:
مجرور لفظاً بـ مِنْ الزائدة، منصوب محلاّ لأنه مفعول به لـ : ما أنزلَ.
هل مِنْ سوقٍ فيه تجارةٍ is originally:
هلْ سوقٌ فيه تجارة؟
سوقٌ : مبتدأ مرفوع
فيه تجارة : جملة اسمية في محل رفع، نعت لـ (سوق)
والخبر محذوف تقديره: موجود
هل سوقٌ فيه تجارة موجود؟
هل مِن سوق فيه تجارة موجود؟
———-
مِنْ البيانية commonly occurs after:
1) ما الموصولة or
2) an اسم موصول like اللذان أو اللاتي or
3) in a شبه جملة which is either A) a نعت of a نكرة or B) a حال of a معرفة *
* مِنْ البيانية after a معرفة, clarifies the معرفة further.
Qur’aanic examples of 2):
(15: واللاتي يأتين الفاحشة مِنْ نسائكم (النساء
ربنا أرِنا اللذينِ أضلانا مِنْ الجن والإنس (فصلتْ: 29)
Qur’aanic examples of 3):
A) Example of مِنْ البانية whose شبه جملة is a نعت of a نكرة:
مثل الجنة التي وُعد المتقون، فيها أنهارٌ مِنْ ماءٍ (محمد: 15)
مِنْ ماءٍ : مِنْ البيانية
مِنْ ماءٍ : شبه جملة، في محل رفع، نعت لـ أنهارٌ
The مِنْ clarifies what type of rivers they are.
B) Qur’aanic example of مِنْ البيانية whose شبه جملة is a حال of a معرفة:
كما يئس الفكارُ مِنْ أصحابِ القبور (الممتحنة: 13)
مِنْ أصحابِ : من البيانية
مِِنْ أصحابِ : شبه جملة في محل رفع، حال مِنْ (الكفار) أو متعلق بحال محذوفة تقديره: كائنين مِنْ أصحاب القبور.
The مِنْ clarifies further which kuffaar are meant.
I hope all points are clear and helpful.
مِنْ البيانية في سورة البقرة هنا
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
بارك الله فيك
a very old nagging doubt Allah Azza wa Jall cleared it for me through you
brother if i knew Arabic i would have written a poem for you expressing my gratitude
may Allah Azza wa Jall protect you, we need people like you among the Muslims especially in these times
brother in this من الزائدة لتوكيد المعنى the translation of من will be “from” only ?
like in madinah book 1 we learnt من means from and إلى means to
so suppose 1 Arab is talking to another Arab.. and he uses this من الزائدة لتوكيد المعنى in his speech so is the equivalent word(in english) “from” is conveyed in his speech or it’s just there for eloquence and it is silent?
Brother, the مِنْ used with a verb means ‘from’, but مِنْ الزائدة does not mean ‘from’.
Some verbs always use مِنْ after them because the حرف جر connects to the meaning of the verb. Eg:
خرجتُ من البيتِ وذهبتُ إلى الجامعةِ.
I left home and went to university.
Here the جار ومجرور (مِن البيت) متعلق بـ خرجتُ.
But مِنْ الزائدة is for emphasis and is extra.
Its translation is difficult because English cannot capture the emphasis.
I recommend you compare some translations of the aayaat you showed me and see if a translation conveys any emphasis of meaning. I checked two translations and did not find an emphasis in meaning.
I hope this is helpful.
وفّقك الله للغة القرآن
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
وفيك بارك الله أخي الكريم.
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا once again you’re answers are very helpful exactly what i expect you deliver spot الحمد لله
i understood الحمد لله and with help from ur knowledge
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
السلامُ علیکم
Dear Shaikh and Respected Admin
Book 1 Lesson 19 Sentence 3
مِنْهُمْ ثَلَاثَةُ طُلَّابٍ مِنَ الْفِلِبِّیْنِ’ وَأَرْبَعَةُ طُلَّابٍ مِنَ الْیَابَانِ’ وَطَالِبَانِ مِنَ الصِّیْنِ وَطَالِبٌ وَاحِدٌ مِنْ مَالِیْزِیَا.
In this sentence
‘ أَرْبَعَةُ
Is
مَعْطُوْفٌ عَلَی ثَلَاثَةُ
What is
مِنَ الْیَابَانِ’
Is is only جار مجرور or it is also شبهُ جملہ خبر
Allah s.w.t. have mercy on our shaikh and admin and whole team associated with this blog.
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا أخي الكريم
من الفلبين is a نعت of طلابٍ so the meaning is:
منهم ثلاثةُ طلابٍ فلبينيينَ
An important grammar rule is: When a جار ومجرور comes after a نكرة (an indefinite person or thing), it is its نعت and qualifies the نكرة. Eg:
هذا رجلٌ مِن الهندِ
This is a man from India
من الهندِ is an adjective of رجل (it qualifies the word: رجل) because the meaning is:
هذا رجلٌ هنديٌّ.
This is an Indian man.
Likewise if we say: ثلاثةُ طلابٍ من الفلبين = ثلاثة طلابٍ فلبينيينَ
Three students from the Philippines means Three Philippino students
Likewise مِنَ الصينِ is an adjective for طالبانِ so
وطالبانِ مِن الصينِ two students from China means:
وطالبانِ صِينِيَّانِ
two Chinese students.
طالب واحدٌ من ماليزيا
one student from Malaysia
واحدٌ is the first نعت of طالبٌ
من ماليويا is the second نعت
– and it means:
وطالبٌ واحدٌ ماليزيّ
one Malaysian student.
Here is the إعراب (analysis) in brief:
منهم : شبه جملة، خبر مقدم.
ثلاثةُ : مبتدأ مؤخر، وهو مضاف
طلابٍ: مضاف إليه
من الفليبين : شبه جملة نعت لــ طلابٍ
An aayah patterned on the rule is:
وجاء رجلٌ مِنْ أقصا المدينةِ (القصص)
رجل مِن أقصا المدينة = رجلٌ مَدَنِيّ
A man from the farthest end of the city came means : A city man came
I hope this answers your question.
Admin
Hi!
Is there any sound on those small video lessons in the blog? Because I can´t get any sound…
Thanks for all the good work on this site, it is so helpful!
Regrettably the MP4 videos have no sound.
Admin
Asalam alykum dear Our respected Admin
Congratulations for preparing material for leaning the language of Quran from beginner level to advanced level, generally this website is very rich in terms of materials for learning Arabic language.
I have found in the website very helpful few vocabulary of madinah book 1 with educational arts for children
Can I have vocabulary with educational arts for whole madinah book 1?
Shukran!
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا أخي الكريم.
I will try to prepare more vocabulary of Madinah Book 1 with pictures and videos إن شاء الله.
Admin
Assalamu Alaykum,
I would like to know if there are any voluntary roles that I can do to help on this website? I have a postgraduate-level Diploma in Translation (Arabic to English) from the United Kingdom.
Wassalam,
M K Uddin
http: //www.arabicenglish.net
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your kind offer Brother.
I’ll get back to you on how you may be able to help إن شاء الله.
والسلام
Admin
السلام عليكم
Just wanted to ask is the app مناهج معهد تعليم اللغة العربية made by Srh Dp Islam on the playstore came from your permission or is it pirated from you ?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
شكرا for your concern brother.
The Shaykh’s مناهج معهد تعليم العربية is available here as a free download subject to conditions (no editing, no commercial use etc).
If users abide by this, they can use the material for studying/teaching Arabic without specific permission from us.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Respected Admin, i have a question
if i want to say “Bilal went” in Arabic i can say it in two ways right?
1. ذهب بلال fel followed by fail
2. بلال ذهب
this number 2 is my question
i have seen in many places the doer is mentioned before then the verb
my question is that the verb already has the domir mustatir so why again am i mentioning the doer before
i watched the mac with sheikh g shukry audio classes
so there was a question
ماذا تفعل سعاد؟
the sheikh said
هي تكوي hiya takwee
my question is why not only تكوي
if i say hiya takwee to an Arab.. wont it sound ” she she is ironing ”
this format is also there in a Hadith
eg. فهو يهوي fahuwa yahwee
أنّها قالت which is similar to theهي قالت
also there in the Quran Surah Abasa Ayah 9
{ وهو يخشى }
«so once again my question is that
if i speak to an Arab and i tell him
Bilal went or the teacher went
i can say it in two ways right both mean the same to him???
1 ذهب المدرس or ذهب بلال
2 المدرس ذهب or بلال ذهب
number2 wont sound like the teacher,he went…right?
Bilal, he went
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother,
1)
ذهبَ بلالٌ
بلالٌ ذهبَ
have different meanings because the first is جملة فعلية while the second is اسمية.
ذهب بلالٌ is constructed if we want to focus on an action.
بلالٌ ذهبَ is constructed if we want to focus on a مبتدأ and not an action.
Scholars of النحو and البلاغة say an اسمية denotes الدوام والثبوت والاستمرار while a فعلية denotes الحدوث.
So an اسمية is used to emphasize meaning whereas a فعلية is used when no emphasis is needed.
ذهب بلالٌ means: Bilaal went. This is normal expression.
But بلالٌ ذهبَ means: It is Bilaal (not someone else) who went.
For example, if we are not sure who went – was it Bilaal or Haamid or someone else? – then the reply to this doubt is:
بلالٌ ذهبَ – which emphasizes that Bilaal went. The focus is on Bilaal and not on ذهبَ.
But if there is no doubt, then we say: ذهبَ بلالٌ.
Or, if someone asks did Bilaal ذهبَ أم لَبِثَ (did he stay or go?) then we start with: ذهبَ – to focus on the action, not on Bilaal.
2) The reply to: ماذا تفعل سعاد؟
is تكوي.
هي is not needed since the context does not need emphasis. But the reply: هي تكوي is allowed.
3) وهو يخشى means: While he is the one (not the others) who is يخشى
In each of the following aayaat, an اسمية is used followed by a verb (الخبر) denoting the same emphasis of meaning based on context:
قال أنا أحيي وأميت (البقرة)
He said: It is me (أنا) who gives life and death.
الله يستهزئ بهم (البقرة)
(…They mock but) * It is Allaah who mocks them.
وهو يُطْعِمُ ولا يُطْعَمْ (الأنعام)
It is He (هو) who feeds while He is not fed.
أنا راودتُه عن نفسه وإنه لمن الصادقين (يوسف)
It was me (أنا) (not Yusuf) who راود
لعله مفيد إن شاء الله.
Admin
بارك الله فيك
incredible answer.. i was not expecting such an answer.. im surprised i asked this same question to a person who has less knowledge.. he said whatever he could speaking without knowledge
that is why i ask here.. your reply for the من ذهب with the عائد was also excellent
جزاك الله خيرا
شكرا أخي وفيك بارك الله.
Admin
Dear Admin السلام عليكم
this is not a question, but just want to hear some words of wisdom from you
i was pondering over this beautiful language elArabiya
and just looking literally at the جُمَل
قد فاتتك دروس mac book 3 lss. 19 translation you did miss many classes
the verb is فات means to pass,go by
the doer is دروس
literally it is “the lessons passed you,the lessons missed you”
ُفاته القطار he missed the train
verb is فات the doer is قطار so literally it is the train the passed you
im taking it literally to appreciate the language… or did i misinterpret?
what are your views Ustadh and from which country are you from?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother,
Your literal translation is correct: Many lessons missed you / The train missed you.
Lit translations can be helpful for learning purposes.
But usually Arabic is translated to convey the meaning which conforms to the style and construction of the language it is translated into.
An English speaker will not understand it literally because English does not express it like that. But he will understand its meaning: You missed many lessons / He missed the train.
It shows the importance of understanding إعراب in order to understand Arabic since translations which cannot capture full meanings nor give any taste of the beauty of Arabic.
جزاك الله خيرا أخي
I reside in the U.K.
Admin
Dear our respected adimin I have a question
In phrase علم منتقWhat is the meaning and the formation of the word منتق
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله
Dear brother, I hope the Shaykh will answer this إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله
Sir,
Is there any difference in meaning between a plural from كل جمع مذكر and a plural from كل جمع تكسير for a same word. For example, in the Quran both عالمون and علماء are used which are plurals from عالم. Is there any particular reason or just a choice of a word?
Thank you very much.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Two Arabic words close in meaning, normally have a subtle difference in meaning.
Each word in the Qur’aan has a unique meaning according to the scholars of البلاغة. There are also other words close in meaning.
Please quote an aayah where عالمون means علماء.
شكرا
Admin
Sir,
Jazak’Allah for your response.
Below are some verses – one talks about scholars of Bani Israel and the other about learned men or scholars of dream interpretations and the third one men of knowledge.
Ash-Shu’ara’ 26:197
أَوَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُمْ ءَايَةً أَن يَعْلَمَهُۥ عُلَمَٰٓؤُا۟ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
And has it not been a sign to them that it is recognized by the scholars of the Children of Israel?
Yusuf 12:44
قَالُوٓا۟ أَضْغَٰثُ أَحْلَٰمٍۖ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِتَأْوِيلِ ٱلْأَحْلَٰمِ بِعَٰلِمِينَ
They said, “[It is but] a mixture of false dreams, and we are not learned in the interpretation of dreams.”
Al-‘Ankabut 29:43
وَتِلْكَ ٱلْأَمْثَٰلُ نَضْرِبُهَا لِلنَّاسِۖ وَمَا يَعْقِلُهَآ إِلَّا ٱلْعَٰلِمُونَ
And these examples We present to the people, but none will understand them except those of knowledge.
I googled to find the difference between these two words and I found out that:
الفرق بين كل جمع تكسير وجمع مذكر سالم أن جمع المذكر السالم أشرف وأكرم وأعلى من جمع التكسير
Just wanted to have your opinion on this.
Thank you again.
جزاك الله خيرا brother.
The word عالِمون in these aayaat do not have all the meanings of علماء.
People have different levels of knowledge. The people with the highest level of knowledge are the Prophets and Messengers (الأنبياء والرسل), then the علماء (scholars) then people of علم which can include very educated people but not of the level of scholars e.g professors etc.
جمع المذكر السالم ليس أشرفَ من جمع التكسير لأن (الرسل) جمع تكسير والرسل أشرف الناس.
Admin
Jazak’Allah sir, that was a very good point about (الرسل) which is جمع تكسير but اشرف الناس. I just want to add here the complete post from which I quoted one line in case you would like to add anything further because he has also given some examples and Quranic references to make his point. Otherwise, I am satisfied and totally convinced with your answer. Thank you.
أحمد بن علي العجمي
September 21, 2016 ·
ما الفرق بين (علماء) و (عالمون)؟
الفرق بين كل جمع تكسير وجمع مذكر سالم أن جمع المذكر السالم أشرف وأكرم وأعلى من جمع التكسير.
يعني فرق بين طلاب وطالبون طلاب كلهم خلط زين على شين مثل خضرة آخر الليل لكن الطالبون النبهاء
والله قال: (وَكُنَّا بِهِ عَالِمِينَ ﴿51﴾ الأنبياء)
(وَتِلْكَ الْأَمْثَالُ نَضْرِبُهَا لِلنَّاسِ وَمَا يَعْقِلُهَا إِلَّا الْعَالِمُونَ
43)العنكبوت)
جمع مذكر سالم (إِنَّمَا يَخْشَى اللَّهَ مِنْ عِبَادِهِ الْعُلَمَاءُ ﴿28﴾ فاطر)
(أَوَلَمْ يَكُنْ لَهُمْ آَيَةً أَنْ يَعْلَمَهُ عُلَمَاءُ بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ ﴿197﴾ الشعراء)
عندنا علماء وعالمون، العلماء صغارهم وكبارهم وطلاب العلم كل من يشتغل بالعلم – كما تعرفون الآن في واقعنا الحالي – ليس العلماء على نسقٍ واحد هناك الصغير والمبتدئ والجديد هناك عاقل هناك حفاظ هناك دراس هناك من لا يفكر وهناك من يفكر خليط فلما تقول عالمون لا، هؤلاء قمم مجتهدون
أصحاب نظريات (وَمَا يَعْقِلُهَا إِلَّا الْعَالِمُونَ) وحينئذٍ كل ما جئت به في لغتنا وفي القرآن الكريم جمع التكسير شامل يشمل الزين والشين وبعضه يفضل بعضه، لكن لما جمع مذكر سالم لا، القمم يعني عندما تجمع أبو حنيفة والشافعي ومالك وأحمد وجعفر الصادق والباقر وابن حزم الخ وتسميهم علماء! لا، هؤلاء عالمون، هناك عموم الشيء وهناك خصوصهم .
والله أعلم.
The post has some errors in it e.g. The author quotes الفاطر: 28 to show an example of a جمع مذكر سالم but there is no such plural in the aayah.
The post appears to be the author’s own interpretation.
It is not sourced from any authentic reference.
It is important to stick to authentic sources when learning about the Qur’aan.
شكرا brother.
Admin
Jazak’Allah sir. I totally agree with you and that was the reason to contact you.
Masha’Allah this chat is a great resourse to have your opinion and may Allah bless you for all your efforts to spread the knowledge of Arabic language free of cost.
بارك الله فيك ووفّقك لفهمِ لغة القرآن.
Admin
Dear Admin,
Sir, do you know any good resources to learn balagah through English?
السلام عليكم
Dear Brother, Al-Qalam Arabic Institute has a good beginner’s course in English here.
Admin
وَ عَلَيْكُمْ السَّلَامُ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
جزاكم الله خيرا
وإياكم.
Admin
Assalaamu alaykum wa rahmatullaahi wa barakaatuh
I am teaching Madinah Book One Alhamdulillaah
I found the 10 worksheets that you have on your website very useful but I want to know, are you going to make more worksheets as Madinah Book One has 23 chapters not 10
Jazaakumullaahu khayran wa baarak Allaahu feekum wa ahsan Allaahu ilaykum
Assalaamu alaykum wa rahmatullaahi wa barakaatuh
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Worksheets for all of Madinah Book 1 are completed.
إن شاء الله we hope to publish them in the next few weeks.
وإياكم وإليكم وفيكم بارك.
Admin
Assalaamu alaykum wa rahmatullaahi wa barakaatuh
Alhamdulillaah that’s great news jazaakumullaahu khayran!!!
Please can you provide me with your email address because I want to ask you something in private baarak Allaahu feekum
Assalaamu alaykum wa rahmatullaahi wa barakaatuh
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I’ve sent you an email.
وإياكم
Admin
Sa. I was watching the advanced arabic grammer lesson of the agrrement of mubtada and khabar and I have a question from that. In the example given of اللغة العربية مفتاح فهم القرآن الكريم the sheikh said that مفتاح was a jamid noun. But it is derived from فتح so how is it Jamid? Is a Jamid noun not one that is derived or cannot be derived from? Or is the reason it is jamid is because it is not one of ism fail, ism mafool, sifah mushabbaha and ism tafdeel? Just a bit confused by this probably due to my lack of understanding of Jamid nouns! Thanks
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
There is a difference between جامد ومشتق.
The word مفتاح is مشتق because it is اسم الآية.
But it is جامد in two senses:
1) it can’t be made feminine ie a تاء مربوطة can’t be added to it to match the مبتدأ which is اللغة.
2) it can’t act as a صفة because its spelling is fixed.
Words that are مشتق and neither جامد are the four categories of nouns you mentioned because they can be made feminine and act as صفات.
The fifth category is اسم المبالغة.
I hope this is helpful.
Sorry for the late reply. The comment went to spam.
Admin
بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته
Dear Admin,
Thank you very much for your recent upload on arabic numbers, I found it very helpful alhamdulillah. I think it will be a good idea if also there could be such material on ordinal numbers and fractions, please consider it if you have free time.
Thank you
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا أخي.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear admin, wanted to ask a question
the verb is كان means he /it was and the amr كن means be
my question is.. is the mudari يكون always future tense
يكون he will be
like يذهب can either mean he is going(present) or he will go(future).. when u prefix س it becomes exclusively “he will go” سيذهب
because we learnt there is no “is” in Arabic
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother, there is no “is” between nouns in an اسمية.
But “is” exists in Arabic when the verb كان يكون is used which means:
was / is / will be
– based on the context.
.أكون مدرساً
I am a teacher.
سأكون مسافرا إن شاء الله.
I will be a traveller.
تكون الجملة بعد النكرة صفةً وبعد المعرفة حالا.
This is a common grammar rule always expressed using يكون and signifies present tense.
I hope this is helpful.
Admin
جزاك الله خيراً
السلام علیکم
Is أَ – حَرْفُ الْإِسْتِفْهَامِ
Is the Arabic spelling correct?
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
حرف الاستفهام
لا يُكتب بــ أ
Admin
سلام علیکم
What is the meaning of
لا يكتب ب ا
I dont understand sorry…
I want to know if I write
حَرْفُ الْإِسْتِفْهَامِ
(For أَ i.e. is partical of interrogation)
Is the spelling i wrote in arabic for حَرْفُ الْإِسْتِفْهَامِ correct?
Thanks for your precious time
جزاك الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
It is spelt:
حرف الاستفهامِ
The word الاستفهام is spelt with همزة الوصل and not همزة القطع.
همزة الوصل is ا
And همزة القطع is أ _ إ
Apart from this, your spelling was correct.
Another name for it is همزةُ الاستفهامِ.
Admin
JazakAllah
Is there any resource/book where I can find all these things like اعراب and correct type of hamza…
May Allah ta’la grant you high rewards.
Resource books for إعراب, correct spelling of words and much more, are the Shaykh’s books and courses on his mastering Arabic program here.
شكرا
Admin
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
يا فضيلة الشيخ جزاكم الله خيرا
I never got what is jamul jam or plural of plurals? What does it mean?
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explains it briefly in Madinah Book 3, key to lesson 18.
A singular noun has a plural. This is common.
But a plural noun can also have a plural. This is uncommon.
The meaning of the second plural, can differ from the meaning of the first plural.
But most of the time the meaning is one.
I hope this is helpful.
Perhaps the Shaykh can expand on this.
Admin
Shukran
Asalam alykum dear Admin
I want just to know is noun نَوۡرَانِ femane or masculine?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله dear brother
The context determines this.
If نورانِ is the dual of نورٌ it is masculine.
يقول الله:
أومَنْ كان ميتا فأحييناه وجعلْنا له نورا يمشي به) الأنعام
يمشي به: الهاء يعود على (نورا)
But if the word is the name of a woman then it is treated as مؤنث because it refers to her.
عثمان – رضي الله عنه had the لقب of ذو النورينِ because he married two daughters of the Prophet صلى الله عليه وسلم.
I hope this is helpful.
Admin
Thank you very much dear shaykhنَوۡرَانِ-it is the name of female child of one of my family members but some people say that this is not women name it is a name for men is this correct?
بارك الله فيك brother
It can be given to women or men.
والله أعلم.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
dear admin need to ask u a question بارك الله فيك
we have learnt masdar mu’awwal i. e
أن + فعل مضارع
and this conjugation can be replaced by a masdar
im having difficulty to understand what is the masdar for the verb صَلَّى
i dont think صلاة is the masdar
for example part of this hadeeth from muwatta
قَالَ يَحْيَى سَمِعْتُ مَالِكًا يَقُولُ لَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ يَكْرَهُ أَنْ يُصَلَّى عَلَى وَلَدِ الزِّنَا وَأُمِّهِ
my doubt here is why it is ” an yusalla ”
and why not “an yusallia” أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ ?
the full hadeeth is this
وَحَدَّثَنِي عَنْ مَالِكٍ عَنْ نَافِعٍ أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ كَانَ يَقُولُ لاَ يُصَلِّي الرَّجُلُ عَلَى الْجَنَازَةِ إِلاَّ وَهُوَ طَاهِرٌ. قَالَ يَحْيَى سَمِعْتُ مَالِكًا يَقُولُ لَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ يَكْرَهُ أَنْ يُصَلَّى عَلَى وَلَدِ الزِّنَا وَأُمِّهِ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته dear brother
صلاة is اسم المصدر and the مصدر of صلّى is: تصلية.
تصلية has one of two meanings according to the context. In the following aayah it denotes the meaning of burning:
وأما إن كان من المكذبين الضالين * فنزل من حميم * وتصليةُ جحيمٍ(الواقعة)
In other contexts, it refers to الصلاة.
I think it is a typing error. I have seen it printed: أنْ يُصَلِّيَ.
The تقدير is:
يكره الصلاةَ على ولدِ الزنا…
The meaning of يصلّي على – with the حرف جر: على is: to make du’aa for someone.
The following aayaat indicate the meaning of صلّى على which is du’aa:
إنَّ الله وملائكته يصلّون على النبي* يا أيها الذين آمنوا صلّوا عليه (الأحزاب)
خذْ مِن أموالهم صدقة تطهّرهم وتزكّيهم بها وصلِّ عليهم (التوبة)
ولا تصلِّ على أحد منهم مات أبدا (التوبة)
ونقول: (رسول الله – صلّى الله عليه وسلم) – معناه أننا نسأل الله أن يبارك فيه ويرفع مكانته ويفحظه ودينه.
والله أعلم
Pls note: المصدر المؤول is with فعل ماض أو مضارع.
Examples with فعل ماض:
ومِنْ آياته أنْ خَلَقَكم من ترابٍ (الروم)
أي: ومن آياته خلقُكم
منْ بعدَ أنْ نَزَعَ الشيطانُ (يوسف)
Admin
Bismillah… Assalamu’alaikum Admin or Syaikh, I have a question about this website.
1. Is this a true or legal website of Dr. V. Abdurraheem?
2. I saw Durusul Lughah in this website, is it true or legal for download with a permission of syaikh Dr. V. Abdurraheem?
Syukron… I hope one day, Allah gives me an opportunity to learn in the IUM InsyaAllah. Baarakallahu fiikum
*Sorry, If I writes Syaikh’s name with a wrong spelling
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Welcome Brother/Sister
Yes, this is Shaykh Dr V Abdur Rahim’s personal website.
دروس اللغة العربية is a free download here with permission of the Shaykh.
We hope you benefit from our website.
Admin
Jazakallahu khairan for the answer..
*I realized that I didn’t use plural in that questions, i wrote “I have a..” (sorry for my lack in English)
بارك الله فيك
Admin
Is this website also has correlation with fatwa-online.com?
Fatwa-online is not connected to this website.
Admin
Can we download all 4 chapter durus lughah arabiyyah from fatwa-online.com?
Thank you.
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَأْتِى بِٱلشَّمْسِ مِنَ ٱلْمَشْرِقِ فَأْتِ بِهَا مِنَ ٱلْمَغْرِبِ فَبُهِتَ ٱلَّذِى كَفَرَ ۗ
In the above آية (2:258) in SFTGQ class lesson -3 , Dr sahib , you called the بِ in بِٱلشَّمْسِ as ba thadiyah. I need the correct spelling of it .Also pls clarify where it comes in the Madina lessons.
Regards/Ameerudheen
From Admin
السلام عليكم
It is spelt باءُ التعديةِ.
The noun تعدية is the مصدر of عدّى يعدّي – which is baab فعّلَ.
You will find the spelling on pg 152 (PDF numbering) in the Shaykh’s Glossary under: همزةُ التعديةِ.
And on pg 21 of نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف in the notes for the dars: حل وسط.
This باء is studied on the post-Madinah course materials such as in the book نصوص من الحديث.
Admin
جزاك اللهُ خيرا
I could not find this book نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف in the site (drvaniya.com) pls share the location if it is available.
Also the واوُ المَعِيَّةِ comes in lesson 2 of SFTQG , in which Dr sahib mentioned that it was already discussed in the beginning of book 3 , but I could not locate it there , pls give the reference (location) of it in book 3 .
Regards/Ameerudheen.
نصوص من الحديث is not available as a PDF at the site yet.
But we are about to make it a free download very soon إن شاء الله.
واو المعية is only mentioned in a footnote on pg 13 (PDF numbering) in the Key here.
The Shaykh has explained واو المعية here.
Admin
السلام علیکم
In لِلّٰهِ we drop hamzatu wasal but why do we drop one laam ل.
May Allah s.t. give health to Dr. Sahab , Dr. Vaniya and whole team of this blog.
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The laam of اَلْ is dropped because it is not pronounced in the word للهِ since laam is a حرف شمسيّ (a sun letter).
It is the same for other words spelt with اللام after ال like:
اللغة > لِلُّغَةِ.
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
Assalamualaikum, None of the videos of Madinah Arabic Books have any sound. is this a problem from my part or is that the books are uploaded without sound? Please help. I really need these resources.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Sorry sister, we created the animated videos without sound.
Admin
As-salaam mu alykum. I am trying to find the lessons on Arabic Prosody teaching how to work out the scales but cannot find it. Please help urgently.
Shukran Jazeelan.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Poetry lessons 6A and 6B here.
Poetry lesson 7 here.
Poetry lesson 8 here.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh,
وَلَقَدْ هَمَّتْ بِهِۦ ۖ وَهَمَّ بِهَا لَوْلَآ أَن رَّءَا بُرْهَـٰنَ رَبِّهِ
In surah yusuf ayah 24 the لولا is followed by the أنْ (حرف ناصب) and فعل ماضي , this أنْ seems to be أنْ مصدرية , if it is ,then how can it be followed by فعل ماضي. I tried to understand this from the notes of “Al-Mus’if – Suurah Yuusuf With Lexical and Grammatical Notes “ but I could not understand exactly what it means , it is explained in Arabic , pls explain it in English.
Regards/Ameerudheen.
From Admin
السلام عليكم
أنْ المصدرية can be followed by either فعل مضارع أو فعل ماض.
The Madinah Books teach it followed by a مضارع.
The advanced courses like ‘Selections’ and المسعف teach that it can be followed by a ماض.
The book says that لولا is followed by either أنَّ المصدرية أو أنْ المصدرية.
A مصدر represents both a فعل مضارع or فعل ماض.
It is not restricted to just مضارع.
This is because a مصدر is a noun denoting action without the فاعل or زمن mentioned.
This point is explained here.
Here are some aayaat with فعل ماض after أنْ المصدرية:
ومِنْ آياته أنْ خَلَقَكم مِنْ ترابٍ (الروم)
مِنْ بعدِ أنْ نَزَغَ الشيطانُ (يوسف)
فما لبث أنْ جاءَ بعجل حنيذٍ (هود)
لعله واضح إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
dear admin would like to ask a question
the word دون when we say دون ذلك the noon has fatha doona dhalik
oro simply doona or min dooni( incase of exception).. if preceded by min then dooni kasrah above noon
i am posting a phrase from a site.. why question is “they put kasra on the noon here.. so just want a confirmation from u is it correct or they made a mistake
الزَّكاةُ حقُّ اللهِ في أَموالِ الأَغنياءِ، ولكنْ لَيسَ كلُّ مالٍ يخرُجُ منهُ زكاةٌ، وقدْ بيَّن النَّبيُّ صلَّى اللهُ عليهِ وسلَّم أَنصِبةَ الزَّكاةِ في أَنواعٍ مُختلفةٍ مِنَ الأَموالِ وَما دونِها ليس فيهِ زَكاةٌ
this” wa maa doonihaa” has kasrah above the noon here, is it correct?
if not then what should it be?
my question… sorry
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
وما دونَها: هذا هو الصحيح.
ما: موصولة
دونَ: ظرف مكان منصوب على الظرفية وعلامة نصبه فتجة ظاهرة.
كل ظرف يحتاج إلى ناصب.
الناصب هنا محذوف تقديره: استقرّ، أي:
وما استقرَّ دونَها.
قاعدة في صلة الموصل: إن كان فيها ظرفٌ فقط فناصبه محذوف تقديره: استقرَّ أو حَصَلَ أو وَقَعَ.
والفعل المحذوف ناصب الظرفِ وبه تمّتْ صلة الموصول لأن الصلة لا تكون إلا جملة كاملة.
لعله واضح إن شاء الله
I hope it is clear.
Admin
Assalamualaikum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu
I live in India. I have found almost all books of Dr V Abdur Rahim except IQSAM AL-AYMAN FI AQSAM AL-QUR’AN and SIHR AL-ALHAZ FI SHIR AL Alfaz. These are out of stock since several months. Is there any way I can get access to the pdfs of these books? I’m ready to pay the price even for the soft copy.
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh,
The noun تَقْوَىٰ is built from تقى on the وزن of فَعلَى . Then why is it تقوى and not تقيى ? why the و is replaced instead ي which is the original 3rd racial of the verb, what is the grammatical reason for this و ?
Regards/Ameerudheen
From Admin
السلام عليكم
The reason for the change is purely phonetic not grammatical. This is because it is difficult and unpleasant to say تقيى.
The Harf that is more compatible with the وزن in light of the radicals, is الواو and that is why it becomes: تقوى despite the original radicals.
Please see this Q and A.
As a rule, most of the changes in صرف are for phonetic reasons in order to make the sound and pronunciation of a word-combination, easier.
Other times, a صرف change is due to a dialectal reason but this is rare. This means: the pronunciation of a word is retained due to the way a certain dialect pronounces it. This is also not grammar-related.
For a thorough understanding of Sarf and phonetics, please see the Shaykh’s book اثاقلتم.
Please also see Br Asif’s videos which explain the end of Madinah Book 2 and start of Book 3. He has explained detailed aspects of صرف, what letters are incompatible with other letters and what changes occur as a result.
I hope this answers your question.
Admin
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
I had a question,
is the word فداء male or female , if so why?
Assalamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah.
I’m in Saudi Arabia and would like to know, from where can I get the hard print of Madinah Book 3 (original Arabic one).
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Hard copies of Madinah Book 3 Part A and B, shipping from India here.
Madinah Book 3, shipping from U.K. here.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh,
I am trying to understand Surah Yusuf with the support of “Al-Mus’if – Suurah Yuusuf With Lexical and Grammatical Notes” .But I am feeling it would be more comfortable if it is available in English , is anyone already translated this in English or yourself have an idea of doing it ?, I am looking for the English version of it,Pls
Regards/Ameerudheen.
Respected Sheikh,
I am trying to understand the eleventh lesson from Nasusul Islamiya ( the conquest of Baitul Muqadas) .But the text is very classical in nature and I am feeling very difficult it to comprehend it. So may i request you, if possible please provide its lexical and grammatical notes in English.
thanks and Regards
Mansoor Bashir
السلام عليكم
I wish to advise you: whatever you find very difficult, please leave it aside for the time being and move on to what you can understand. Then with more knowledge, return to it and study it (and try in Arabic).
Admin
Asalam alaykum. I wanted to learn arabic language and i need guidance. Also, how to learn from sheikh V Dr. abdur rahim video.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Please start the courses in the Madinah Bks Library (Book 1).
If you cannot read or write Arabic, please start the course in the pre-Madinah Books section.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh,
In Noorul Yaqeen , in the إعراب of لِلّهِ in سورة الفاتحة , it is mentioned that
جار مجرور متعلق بمحذوف خبر . pls explain this .
Regards/Ameerudheen.
There are two opinions regarding a جار ومجرور يقع خبرا.
The Shaykh discusses this on the ‘Selections’ course and also in المسعف في سورة يوسف.
It is permissible to treat the جار ومجرور itself as a خبر، في محل رفع.
Or treat the جار ومجرور متعلق بخبر محذوف تقديره: كائنٌ / مستقرّ / ثابتٌ / حاصل.
– treat the shibh jumlah as an element connected to the خبر which is always omitted before a shibh jumlah.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته فضيلة الشيخ
هل بإمكاننا أن نشتري كل الأجزاء كتاب المدينة للأطفال في المدينة المنورة؟
أنا أسكن في بلاد روسيا و يصعب لي إستلام الكتب من الهند و زوجي الان في السعودية و يستطيع أن يشتري الكتب هناك
أو ممكن أن أشتري الكتب الإليكترونية بي دي يف ؟ أريد أن أعلم الأطفال من بلدي بهذه الكتب
و جزاكم الله خيرا
Assalamu alaikum. Please answer this question. الدجاجة فوق السقف للفلاح is this sentence grammatically correct or this oneالدجاجة التي فوق السقف للفلاح
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1) الدجاجة التي فوق السقفِ للفلاحِ
2) الدجاجة فوق السقفِ للفلاحِ
Both are correct.
In 1) the مبتدأ is followed by a نعت – which is التي
In 2) the مبتدأ is followed by a حال which is the shibh jumlah فوق السقف, or an omitted word like كائنةً
Here is the i’raab of both:
1) الدجاجة التي فوق السقف للفلاحِ
الدجاجة: مبتدأ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة
التي: نعت للمبتدأ في محل رفع.
فوق السقفِ: شبه جملة وهو صلة الموصول لا محل لها من الإعراب
للفلاحِ: جار ومجرور في محل رفع، خبر.
Sentence 2): الدجاجة فوق السقفِ للفلاح
فوق السقفِ: شبه الجملة في محل نصب حال أو متعلق بالحال المحذوف تقديره: كائنةً
Since the مبتدأ is معرفة here, then both a حال or an اسم موصول هو نعت can be used since both these elements are used after a معرفة.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
Pls explain, الواو الاستئنافية , has it been discussed in Madina books? , if it is Pls share the location.
Regards /Ameerudheen
واوُ الاستئنافِ
Admin
Assalam O alakum,
Please share gramatical analysis of soorah room ayat # 10
Q: What is position of masdar muawwal in this sentence ?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
It can be اسم كان, أو خبر كان، أو بدل أو مفعول لأجله.
The opinions are based on what angle we consider the meaning.
Please see the full dicussion in إعراب القرآن وبيانه للدرويش.
Admin
I want to know, if there is audio explanation of the books of Medina in Arabic only, and if the audio that can be found on this site, the sheikh authorizes, that we share the audio and that we use them free of charge
=> https://ia902605.us.archive.org/0/items/MAA_BK1_VAR/MAA_BK1_VAR_L01.mp3
https://abdurrahman.org/arabic-learning/madina-arabic/
Is it possible to ask the sheikh? Because for the online fatwa book, you have permission
The Shaykh received your message and has approved. You can use and share the audios for free.
Admin
Assalamualikum wa Rahmatullah
My question is about alif al wiqaya, plz explain why it is being placed at the end ?
Jazak Allahu Khair
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
ألف الوقاية protects the meaning from being misunderstood.
Please consider the following:
أنْ تَدْعُوْا – أنْ تَدْعُوَ
In the absence of حركات الإعراب this will read:
أنْ تدعوا – أنْ تدعو
In the absence of ألف الوقاية both sentences will read:
أنْ تدعو – أنْ تدعو
Can we differentiate between the meaning of المفرد and الجمع here?
We cannot except with the help of ألف الوقاية which indicates the verb is plural:
أنْ تدعوا
– this is the benefit of ألف الوقاية.
I hope it’s clear.
Admin
I learned that this alif was called alif el faariqa… may be the both names are possible?
Yes, it is also called الألف الفارقة.
Admin
I have an another question : In the Quraan (uthmanic codex writing : specific to the Quraan)
تَدْعُوا۟ مَنْ أَدْبَرَ وَتَوَلَّىٰ
Al Ma’ridj -17
Why they had alif for feminin singular ?
i have asked many people but they just said : it is specific without explanation.
thanks for answering
EsSalaam aleykoum
تدعوا
The alif is specific to Qur’aanic orthography and to Qur’aanic spelling.
We do not use it in modern orthography.
It has a wisdom.
Another example of this alif used in the Qur’aan but not in modern spelling, is in the aayah:
الذين يظنون أنهم ملاقوا ربِّهم (البقرة)
I hope this answers your question better.
Admin
asalam alykum our respect shaykh
I have a question in numbers are these 13,14,15,16,17 and 18 mentioned in Quran?
wa alaykumussalam
No, these numbers are not used in the Glorious Qur’an,
abdur rahim
بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ رَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركته
I have replied to your email.
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh
It is regarding the description of the إعراب of اسم لا النافية للجنس
It is described as مبني على الفتح في محل نصب why it is مبني
why can’t we describe it directly as منصوبٌ بِالفتحة
In the Q86 , in the question part it is mentioned that it the can be
منصوب، أو مبني أو مرفوع.
Pls explain the cases (situations) that when it can be
منصوب، أو مبني أو مرفوع .
In the answer part Dr.Sahib gave examples of مبني and منصوب but not mention that when it will be مبني and منصوب .
It is observed from the example that it is منصوب when it is مضاف .
Pls clarify this , with examples
Regards/Ameerudheen.
Please see Madinah Book 3, lesson 21 which explains when it is مبني ومنصوب and other rulings regarding it.
Admin
السلام عليكم
In the Book3 lesson 21 and in the key it is only discussed that it is مبني على الفتح and not more . But in the SharhMadeenahBook4 in lesson 21 pg 16 it is explained in detail under the title أنواعُ اسمها
but it is in Arabic pls explain it in English .
Regards/Ameerudheen
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Sorry, the following book by the Shaykh gives a detailed explanation of لا النافية للجنس:
pg 73 PDF numbering, point 79: أبشرْ بخير يوم.
The explanation is quite simple in Arabic. If you need help to understand it, please ask.
Please note: اسم لا النافية للجنس is not مرفوع as the student assumed, in the Q/A.
As the Shaykh explained in Q86 and the above reference, it is only one of two states: either مبني على الفتح أو منصوب وهو مضاف.
And its ism is one of three types:
1) مفرد
2) مضاف
3) شبيه بالمضاف
Admin
Assalamualikum Dear Sheikh,
In book 3 lesson no 7 it says with regards to اسم الآلة that:
كلمة (مفتاح) مأخوذة من مصدر فتح يفتح للدلالة على آلة الفتح٬ وتسمى اسم الآلة
then it says: اسم الآلة اسم مصوغ من الفعل الثلاثي للدلالة على ما وقع الفعل بواسطته
My question is- is اسم الآلة مأخوذة من مصدر or مصوغ من الفعل
Wassalam
wa alaykumussalam
The grammarians hold that all the derivatives are formed from the maSdar. That is why it is called the maSdar, i.e., the source. Literally, it means a form from which all the derivatives emanate. This is the view of the Basri School.
The Kufi School, on the other hand, hold that the verb is the source and the maSdar is derived from it. I think that this is the correct view because the masdar represents verb minus tense and doer, and the formulation of this idea of abstraction requires mental cogitation which comes at a later stage. But normally the Basri School is quoted.
Hope it is clear,
abdur rahim
جزاك الله كل خير
اسلام عليكم ورحمةالله وبكته
أَتمنّى بأنّك بخير.
أود أن أعرف ما إذا كان لديك إذن من الشيخ ، لمشاركة كتبه والصوتيات ، وإذا كان يأذن لنا ، نحن المسلمين لتحميل واستخدام MP3 الصوت من المجلدات 1 و2 و3 و4 التي يمكن العثور عليها على الإنترنت مجانا ؟
ثانيا ، أود أن أعرف ما إذا كان يأذن لنا بتقديم دورات مع كتبه 1,2,3,4 وكسب المال عن طريق طلب المال للدورات الدراسية.
I hope you’re okay.
I would like to know if you had the authorization of the sheikh, to share his books and audios, And if he authorizes us, we Muslims to download and use the MP3 audio of volumes 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 that can be found on the internet for free?
Second, I would like to know whether he authorizes us to give courses with his books 1.2.3.4 and to earn money by asking for money for courses
_____
هل يمكنك الاتصال بي على بريدي الشخصي لسؤال خاص ؟
جزكالله خيرا
بركالله فكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا على رسالتك.
أرسلتُها إلى الشيخ ف عبد الرحيم.
لعله يرد عليك عبر البريد الإلكتروني، إن شاء الله.
نعم، يمكن. أكتب لك عبر البريد الآن.
والسلام
Admin
wa alaykumussalam
yes, you may make use of the books and recordings. you may also charge fee for the course.
abdur rahim
أعتذر عن التكرار ، لم أرى الإجابة القديمة ، لكنني أضفت بعض التفاصيل لسؤالي الجديد.
As salaam alaykum, I hope you’re well in sha Allah
لِكُلِّ نَفسٍ وَإِن كانَت عَلى وَجَلٍ
مِنَ المَنيَّةِ آمالٌ تُقَوّيها
How would this be translated?
wa alaykumussalam
‘Every soul – even if it is afraid of death – has hopes which strengthen it’.
Hope this has helped you.
abdur rahim
Assalaamu Alaikum Wa Rahamathullhi Wa Barakathuhu. I am Dr. N. Srinivasa Rao, M.Sc., Ph.D., Andhra Pradesh, India. I embraced Islam in 1986. I am running with some of our muslim brothers (without any advertisements and without collecting any funds from outside) an Islamic Magazine in Telugu language “Saanthabaata” (www.saanthibaata.net). My Islamic name : Md. Abdul Kareem. I learned arabic grammar (Book 1 & 2). We started teaching Arabic grammar presently at one small Madarasa and we are planning to teach it at Masaajid during weekends for secondary school students in local medium. I composed Book 1 using inpage. We want to print it and distribute it at free of cost / for some nominal price (for some students) as we have a small printing press. The book size half A4. Printing 200 books on laser printer is very expensive and Hence we want to print it on our baby offset machine. Hence, we need permission from Dr. V. Abdur Rahim Sir. If it is not possible, shall we print it without any cover page.
www. saanthibaata.net
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your detailed message, hard work and dedication to teach لغة القرآن to Muslims.
I have forwarded your mail to the Shaykh.
The Shaykh will hopefully respond to you إن شاء الله.
If you need any help, please ask.
Admin
Assalaamu Alaikum Wa Rahamathullahi Wa Barakathuhu.
How can I attach the cover page of the book to this reply.
Abdul Kareem
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I have sent you my email. Please send the cover to the email address.
شكرا
Admin
Assalaamu Alaikum Wa Rahamathullahi Wa Barakathuhu.
Thank you very much brother. I have sent it to your mail. This book contains only lessons from 1 to 23 of Dr. Abdur Rahim’s Book 1. The exercises will be printed in a separate book (Workbook 1). We are not using our press for commercial purpose. We compose, print and bind the book. Hence the Book1 along with Workbook1 costs us less than Rs. 40/-. Hence we are able to provide free education. We don’t ask anybody for funds. We cannot buy books from publishers. Hence I requested permission. As a muslim, I can not violate the rules. Thanking you, Abdul Kareem
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاكم الله خيرا
I received the cover. It is beautifuuly designed ما شاء الله.
Your messages have been forwarded to the Shaykh.
As Admin for the Shaykh, I can provide you with permission to print and distribute Madinah book 1 along with the cover page, for learning/teaching purposes and without commercial goals.
You may also take a necessary fee for any costs involved, to cover your costs.
We also stipulate that no changes, deletions, additions etc are made to any of the content of Madinah Book 1.
May Allaah grant you توفيق in the noble work you are undertaking.
This mail is copied to the Shaykh.
والسلام
Admin for Shaykh Dr Abdur Rahim,
DrVaniya.com
Assalaamu Alaikum brother.
Thank you very much. As a Research Scientist, I understood the design and beauty of the book. Hence there is no question of addition or deletion of any of its contents. At the end of the book, few lines about the journey of Dr. Abdur Rahim and his achievements are given in telugu. We acknowledge his contribution in our regular classes.
JazakAllahu Khair.
Abdul Kareem
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
بارك الله فيكم ووفّقكم.
Admin
EsSalaam aleyka ya shaykanaa!
May Allah protect and preserve you!
I have a question please:
In the booklet, “three stories from our glorious past”, I can’t get the grammatical analysis of this sentence:
سمعت أبي يقول :” رحل أبي من مكة إلى بغداد ، وكان رجلا بغيته ملاقاة أحمد بن حنبل
”
سمعت : verb MaaDi + its Faail .
أب : Mafuul bihi 1st —
ي : moudaf ilayh
يقول : haal
رحل أبي من مكة إلى بغداد ، وكان رجلا بغيته ملاقاة أحمد بن حنبل : fi mahali nasb mafuul bihi 2nd (hikayah)
or
أبي يقول : jumla ismiyyah fi mahali nasb maful bihi
and
رحل أبي من مكة إلى بغداد ، وكان رجلا بغيته ملاقاة أحمد بن حنبل : maful bihi of يقول
Dear Professor! Can you help me?
May Allah reward you!
Abdelwaduud
السلام عليكم يا الشيخ. في لفظ مسلم – قال صلى الله عليه وسلم أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنِّي قَدْ كُنْتُ أَذِنْتُ لَكُمْ فِي الاِسْتِمْتَاعِ أَلاَ وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ حَرَّمَهَا إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ فَمَنْ كَانَ عِنْدَهُ مِنْهُنَّ شَىْءٌ فَلْيُخَلِّ سَبِيلَهَا وَلاَ تَأْخُذُوا مِمَّا آتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ شَيْئًا. وفي لفظ سنن ابن ماجه قال صلى الله عليه وسلم “ يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنِّي قَدْ كُنْتُ أَذِنْتُ لَكُمْ فِي الاِسْتِمْتَاعِ مِنَ النِّسَاءِ وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ حَرَّمَ ذَلِكَ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ فَمَنْ كَانَ عِنْدَهُ مِنْهُنَّ شَىْءٌ فَلْيُخَلِّ سَبِيلَهُ وَلاَ تَأْخُذُوا مِمَّا آتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ شَيْئًا”. في رواية الاولى قال – فَمَنْ كَانَ عِنْدَهُ مِنْهُنَّ شَىْءٌ فَلْيُخَلِّ سَبِيلَهَا يعني سبيلها بضمير للمؤنثة يدل على زوجة من المتعة وفي رواية الثاني قال- مَنْ كَانَ عِنْدَهُ مِنْهُنَّ شَىْءٌ فَلْيُخَلِّ سَبِيلَهُ يعني سبيله بضمير للمذكر أيضا يدل على زوجة من المتعة. كيف هذا؟ أرجو توضيحا منك من فضلك
As salaam alaykum Shaykh, May Allah increase you in all good
It might be a big ask but can you break down the Irab of a Poem I was reading, I have Done it all but wanted to see how much of it is right, I also wanted to know the reasons behind certain elements in the poem
أَمُرُّ عَلى الدِيارِ دِيارِ لَيلى
أقبّلُ ذا الجدار ذا الجدارا
وما حب الديار شغفن قلبي
ولكن حب من سكن الديارا
أمر فعل مضارع مرفوع لفظا و علامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة ذو الحال
على حرف جر مبني على السكون
الديارِ اسم مجرور علامة جره كسرة ظاهرة
ديارِ بدل وهو مضاف
ليلى مضاف إليه مجرور و علامة جره كسرة مقدرة
أُقَبِّلُ فعل مضارع مرفوع لفظا و علامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة حال
ذا اسم الإشارة مبني على السكون في محل نصب مفعول به
الجِدارَ منصوب لفظا بدل
وَ واو حرف عطف
ذا اسم إشارة معطوف على ذا الأولى
الجدارا بدل منصوب لفظا و الألف للإطلاق
ما حرف مشبه بليس
حُبُّ اسم ما مرفوع لفظا مضاف و علامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة
الدِيارِ مجرور لفظا مضاف إليه و علامة جره كسرة ظاهرة
شَغَفنَ فعل ماضي مبني
قَلبي فاعل مرفوع لفظا مضاف
ياي متكلم مضاف إليه
واو ؟؟؟ زائدة
وَلَكِن للإستدراك من حروف مشبه بالفعل
حُبُّ مرفوع لفظا مبتدأ
مَن اسم الموصول
سَكَنَ فعل ماضي
الدِيارا منصوب لفظا مفعول به و الألف للإطلاق
1. Why has al jidar been repeated, what is the purpose: I went past the house and the house? Is it Takeed?
2. Some make أقبل Mansoob by making Laam Taleel Hidden, the ان is already hidden, so can you also hide laam takeed also? If you hide both, will raf not become waajib (I read somewhere it would)
3. Is the waw in ولكن Zaaida?
4. Can you expand on alif itlaaq. Its done for poetic usage?
Correction: قلبي is مفعول به not فاعل
Excuse the error amongst the others I may not know about
Salam
With laysa why the khabr in Surah Waqiah Ayah is not Mansub ?
لَيْسَ لِوَقْعَتِهَا كَاذِبَةٌ
السلام وعلیکم ورحمتہ اللہ وبرکاتہ
Is this site providing free of cost pdf and audio recordings? I fear Allah and very cautious of using pdf and resources available online as free while they were actually not free and were posted by somebody else.
kindly guide me if these pdf and audio resources are free to study. And owners of these materials are aware about it.
جزاک اللہ خیرا۔
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Sister, all the resources here are free for study/teaching etc (non-commercial use).
Admin
جزاک اللہ خیرا کثیرا جدا
جزاک اللہ خیرا کثیرا جدا
May Allah bless all contributors with higher ranks in Jannat Ameen
بارك الله فيكِ أختنا
Admin
السلام عليكم
This is regarding اسم المصدر
It is discussed in lesson 28 of Book 3. But in SFTGQ sheik pointed many اسم المصدر from Quran.
I need further clarification on this.
All the verbs in all the باب ( فعل ثلاث مجرد ومزيد فيه ) are having its own اسم المصدر.?
Like مصدر الاصلي , it is also having سماعي and قياسي patterns .
We can find out the مصدر الاصلي , in فعل ثلاث مجرد by the dictionary support and in مزيد فيه by the pattern , but How to find out a اسم المصدر of a verb. Is there patterns associated with particular باب .?
Simply, How to find out a word that it is اسم المصدر.
In the lessons few patterns are mentioned, What are the other patterns of it ,
Pls clarify.
Regards/Ameerudheen.
awaiting for the reply pls
How to confirm a word that it is اسم المصدر
And how to find out اسم المصدر of a verb.
Regards/Ameerudheen
Assalamo Alaikum,
I visited your web today and get so many articles and books downladed for study. I have studied Madina books recently but not feeling comfortable as everything seems forgotten. Please pray for me to have Quran understandings. Keep me updated on islamic teachings if possible.I am also pleased and pray for you, Dr Abdur Raheem sahab and all colleaques who are working to give knowledge to Muslim Ummah.
Iqbal Hussain
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your kind message brother.
Admin
Assalaamau alykum
May Allah accept your efforts to popularize the language of al-Qur’aan.
Was any question posted in this site about “إعراب لاسيما” . If so, kindly forward it to me.
Jazakallahu khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
جزاك الله خيرا
Sorry brother, we have no Q/A on this.
Admin
Assalamu aleikum
Alhamdulillah I translated Key for Medina Arabic, vol 1 into Russian language. I would like to send it to you so inshAllah it will get distributed among the Muslims. Could you please let me know your email address?
Jazak Allah Kheir
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركته
جزاكِ الله خيرا sister for this effort.
I have sent you an email just now.
Admin
السلام عليكم
pls explain إعراب لاسيما with examples from quran and Hadees.
has it been discussed in the lessons ?
Regards/Ameerudheen
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
ولا سيَّما is explained fully in Volume 3 pg 108 of جامع الدروس العربية.
It does not occur in the Qur’aan.
I can summarise if you need help.
Admin
yes pls
سيّ : معناه: مثل
لا: نافية للجنس.
يسَّـ : اسم (لا) النافية للجنس، منصوب وهو مضاف.
ما: إما موصولة أو زائدة.
1) كلُّ مجتهدٍ يُــحَــبُّ ولا سِــيَّــمَا تلميذٍ مثلِـكَ
تلميذٍ : مجرور بإضافة (سيّ) إليها.
ما: زائدة.
2) كل مجتهدٍ يُحب ولا سيما تلميذٌ مثلُك
تلميذٌ: مرفوع، خبر لمبتدأ محذوف تقديره: هو تلميذٌ
ما: موصولة
3) كل مجتهدٍ يُحب ولا سيَّما تلميذاً مثلَك
تلميذاً: منصوب على التمييز
This is a summary of a noun that is نكرة with ولا سيما.
The section then explains the i’raab if a noun is معرفة.
I refer you to the remainder of the section.
Pls note:
ولا سيّما: The author states that the waaw is waajib and is not omitted except rarely.
والله أعلم
Admin
who is the author of جامع الدروس العربية
is it by Mustafa al-Ghalayini? ,
if yes then in book 3 from page 103 to 113 ,
the topic discussed is واو الحال والأحكامها
pls confirm the page refernce .
Regards/Ameerudheen
Yes, this is the author.
My print/copy is the reference I gave.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته يا فضيلة الشيخ.
بارك الله فيكم وزادكم علما.
Please what is the explanation for why Maryam (as) said in Q19:23… مِتُّ and not مُتُّ؟
Also, what harakah would the first radical in بعتُ if I want it to mean “I was sold”? Would it still take kasrah as in the case of “I sold” as in بِعْتُ since the third person is بِيعَ ?
أخوكم سيد بن عيسى
جزاكم الله خيرا
أحسن الله إليكم.
I hope my question is not confusing. I meant…
If we say بِيعَ this would mean “He/It was sold” though people don’t get sold unless illegally (haha).
So, if hypothetically I wish to say “I was sold”… What harakah would the first radical have in the مجهول form or باع for the first person?
وأحسن إليكم وجزاكم الله خيرا
السؤال واضح وقد أرسلتُه إلى الشيخ ولعله يرد إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم، هل من خبر يا أخي الفاضل؟
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الفاضل
ما سمعتُ من الشيخ في سؤالك الثاني للأسف. لعل يرد قريبا إن شاء الله.
أما السؤال الأول فتجد الرد عليه في هذا الملف على الصفة: 71 إلى 73 PDF
هو صرف الفعلينِ: (مات يَمُوتُ ومات يَمَاتُ)
للشيخ.
Admin
حسنا، شكرا جزيلا على الإجابة. جزاكم الله خيرا.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Admin i have a question
The Laam ul Amr is used to order, command a third person
لِيدخلوا الطلاب في الفصل The students should enter the class
it has Lam with Kasra prefixed to it and when و ثم ف precede the verb the Lam becomes saakin
and it makes the verb majzoom
Now to my question, i have read quite a few Ahaadiith and i kept the english translation next to it and
what i saw was in my scenarios when a command is given to the third person only the fel mudaari is there WITHOUT the LAM UL AMR
You will find this in the speech of Rasoolullah SallAllahu alaihe wasallam
extract from a long Hadith from Saheeh Muslim. Kitaab ul Fitan
قَالَ فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَرَأَيْتَ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ لَهُ إِبِلٌ وَلاَ غَنَمٌ وَلاَ أَرْضٌ قَالَ ” يَعْمِدُ إِلَى سَيْفِهِ فَيَدُقُّ عَلَى حَدِّهِ بِحَجَرٍ ثُمَّ لْيَنْجُ إِنِ اسْتَطَاعَ النَّجَاءَ
ُيَعْمِد instead of لِيعمدْ أو فَلْيعمد
يَدُقُّ instead of ليدق أو فليدق
Then he SallAllahu alaihe wasallam mentions the Lam ul Amr ثم لينج
hadith 2887 book 54 no. 16
and there are many more examples
so please explain this mas’ala..should there be lam ul amr there or not..
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
هذا فعل مضارع بمعنى فعل أمر.
كما في قول الله حكايةً عن يوسف – عليه السلام:
قال تزرعون سبعَ سنين دأبا (يوسف)
معنى (تزرعون) : اِزْرَعُوا.
ويأتي بصيغة المضارع بدلاً من صيغة الأمر تخفيفا للنفس.
Sometimes a Mudaari is used with the meaning of Fi’l Amr, as it is a gentle way of commanding someone than giving a amr.
The context makes it clear that it is fi’l amr.
This style occurs in the Qur’aan, in aayah 47 of سورة يوسف as explained by the Shaykh in his book:
المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف.
والله أعلم
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
brother thank you for this great answer
it was very helpful
with this reference from The Quran
amazing
جزاك الله خيرا
بارك الله فيك أخي.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear admin wanted to ask you a question
from a Hadeeth
Saheeh Muslim Kitab ul Fitan
very long Hadeeth, i will just tell my doubt..from a small part in the end of the Hadith
Rasoolullah SallAllahu alaihewasallam
Says Dajjal is in the Syrian Sea then he SallAllahu alaihe wasallam says he’s in the Yemen Sea…then he SallAllahu alaihe wasallam says Bal (rather) he/adDajjal is from the East
but i dont know whether it is misprint or error in the Arabic Text of the Hadith. this i need u to see
أَلاَ إِنَّهُ فِي بَحْرِ الشَّامِ أَوْ بَحْرِ الْيَمَنِ لاَ بَلْ مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ ما هُوَ مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ مَا هُوَ مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ مَا هُوَ ” . وَأَوْمَأَ بِيَدِهِ إِلَى الْمَشْرِقِ
If u just go by the Arabic text here, he says “he/dajjal is from the east, no he is not from the east no is not from the east no he is..then he indicated with his hand to the east
ما هو من قبل المشرق
so what is this ما? is it is ليس?
or there is a hidden illa/except ?
ما هو إلا من قبل المشرق
what is this ما? if it is the negative ما then it is contradicting the paragraph
Saheeh Muslim 2942a
Book 54 Hadeeth 149
USC MSA WEB english Book 41 Hadeeth 7028
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته brother
According to the context the ما cannot be نافية.
It is موصولة in my understanding and the sentence (هو من قبل المشرق) is the صلة الموصول which explains ما.
This is supported by the words that precede it لا بلْ.
And the repetition of the sentence then indicating with the hand shows he صلى الله عليه وسلم is confirming the information.
I also briefly looked at the شرح of this الحديث and they say the ما is موصولة أو زائدة وليستْ نافية.
Quote:
وَقَالَ النَّوَوِيّ فِي شَرْح مُسْلِم: قَالَ الْقَاضِي: لَفْظَة: مَا هُوَ ـ زَائِدَة صِلَة لِلْكَلَامِ لَيْسَتْ بِنَافِيَةٍ، وَالْمُرَاد إِثْبَات أَنَّهُ فِي جِهَات الْمَشْرِق. اِنْتَهَى.
—end quote
والله أعلم
Admin
بارك الله فيك للجواب المفيد
the ما can also be للتعجب
ما meaning how!!
أما هو من قبل المشرق
because i have seen in Hadith Literature the hamzatul qat which is many times ommited
for example Rasoolullah SallAllahu alaihe wasallam asked Abdur Rahman bin Auf did you get married
so he SallAllahu alaihe wasallam just said
تزوجت
بدون همزة الاستفهام
not taAjub but particle of commencment and cautioning حرف الاستفتاح والتنبيه
ألا أما
قولك ليس بصحيح.
حرف استفتاح وتنبيه (ألا/ أما) كله يوجد وليس جزءاً منه.
أما همزة الاستفهام فهي حرف واحد ومحذوفة إن دل عليه السياق نحو الحديث والآية
قالوا إنَّ لنا لأجرا (الأعراف: 113
فـ (ما) في (ما هو من قبل …) إما موصولة أو زائدة.
والله أعلم
Admin
بارك الله فيك
أَصَبْتَ لِأَنَّ الْمَعْنَى لِهَذَينِ الْحَرْفَيْنِ
أَمَا- أَمَا عَلِمْتَ
أَلَا- أَلَا تَعْلَمُ
ٌأَصَحِيح
أما علمتَ، ألا تعلم – نفهم هذا على حسب السياق.
يمكن أن تكون (ما) و(لا) نافية كقولنا: أما ذهبتَ إلى المسجدِ؟ بلى ذهبتُ.
وفيك بارك.
Admin
السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
What is the difference between قرآن ومصحف
I need a detailed answer including linguistically meaning & verb behind(if not جامد)
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
القرآن is كلام الله , revealed through the Angel جبريل – عليه السلام to the Prophet Muhammad صلى الله عليه وسلم.
المصحف is the written copy of the Qur’aan.
We say: ‘I have an Indian copy of the Qur’aan.’ = I have an Indian مصحف.
It is wrong to say: ‘I have an Indian Qur’aan’
Please see this Q and A.
Also see the Shaykh’s ‘Selections’ course for more on Qur’aanic orthography matters.
Admin
*السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
What is the difference between
حول،عام وسنة
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
انظري شرح الآية 49 على الصفحة 150 المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة اللّٰه وبركاته
We see many brothers/sisters teaching the Madinah Books online for money. Do you agree to the use of your books for commercial purposes? We want to provide Arabic learning resources (courses, worksheets, etc.) on our website and just wanted to make sure that we don’t violate your rights as the author.
وجزاك اللّٰه خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته brother/sister
شكرا for your message and kind concern.
We do not allow teaching the Madinah Books for commercial purposes.
But we allow teachers to teach the course and take any necessary money that will help them teach the course better (eg money may be needed to buy teaching materials or other resources or to hire a centre to teach etc). This does not fall under ‘commercial use’.
You are most welcome to use any of the resources at our website for teaching/learning.
Admin
يا فضيلة الشيخ،
اسمي أبو فوزان هارون بن آدم، أنا من كيرلا، جنوب الهند. عندي سؤال:
هل يسبق قد الحملة الاسمية؟
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته،
سامح لي، أنا نسيت أن ألقي السلام في سؤال السابق
قرأت في شرح الآجرومية لخالد الأزهري هكذا “{…لأنها بمعنى حسب، نحو ‘قد زيدٍ درهمٌ’
اشرح لي من فضلك.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
brother i needed your help in some
مصطلحات في الحديث
can you tell me english meanings of these عبرات
هو ليس بشيء
does it literally mean “he is nothing”? yes or no
حديثه ليس بشيء
does it literally mean “his hadeeth are nothing”?
يعني not to be considered
لا يُحْتَجَّ ولا يُعتبر بحديثه
يُحتج is the fel majhool form of احتج يحتج
is the meaning of the verb in this context
that his hadeeth is not taken as حُجَّة (proof, authority)
لا يُعتبر does it mean it is not considered
his hadeeth are not regarded, considered
since im beginner Arabic student please help me in explaining these meanings
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
هذه المعاني صحيحة فيما أعلم.
والله أعلم
Admin
بارك الله فيك
What is the technical difference between tashkeel and harakat?
As far as I know, tashkeel is to put vowel signs i.e. to put harakat onto any Arabic text
Am i right?
أرسلتُ سؤالك إلى الشيخ.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
How do I log into this site?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
You don’t need to log in to write/send messages.
Please type your questions/comments directly onto this forum page.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
How do I log into this site?
I HAVE SOME DoUBTS IN MADINAH BOoK 2 . HoW DO I CLARIFy THEM?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Please write your questions here and I will try to answer them إن شاء الله.
Admin
Assalam alykum warahmatullah wabarakatuhu
I would like to congratulate the author of Madinah books because after finishing madinah book now it is easy for to understand the book of Allah, Quran
I want to meet with the student of Dr Abdurahim from East Africa specifically Tanzania 🇹🇿, can you ask the shaykh so that will get the connection with them.
Please help me
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Your message has been sent to the Shaykh.
Admin
Respected sir,
السلام و عليكم و رحمة الله و بركاته
” كل نفس ذاءقة الموت “
“Every soul is (bound to) taste of death.”
Sir, my question is if this translation is correct? If yes why this translation is dependent of my words in the parentheses (bound to)? Is this the language limitation that we need to add our words to translate this sentence? If not, how would you best translate this verse without adding anything in the parentheses that would make sense?
جزاك الله خيرا كثيرا
Thanks,
Imtiaz Ahmad
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother, the Arabic Qur’aan is meant to be understood in Arabic, through Arabic, by learning Arabic.
A translation is meant to give you a rough meaning of the original. This is because English or any language, cannot capture the depth and meaning of Arabic because Arabic is unique and superior in terms of language, expression, grammar and eloquence.
In translating it, there is nothing wrong in adding or removing brackets because the translation is not literal, but only in meaning, and is done in view of the language rules and expressions used in the translated language.
Every student of Arabic is advised to gradually move away from understanding the Qur’aan through a translation in order to understand and feel the complete message of the Qur’aan.
The translation of the meaning here is: ‘Every soul will taste death’.
The correct spelling is: ذائقة
Admin
assalamualikum
i have a question
in nahw tarkeeb how do i identify which word is what and also how would i know if more then one word is something.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Please study النحو first, prefably from our Shaykh’s books which make it easy for a student to become very skilled in إعراب analysis بإذن لله.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Admin, i need your help in one Hadeeth
In it
there is a همزة الاستفهام which in english is translated do, are before the verb تَقُولُ
but if u read the Hadith in your mind itcsounds like there should be لِمَا /لِمَاذَا why in its place
here is the Hadeeth from Muwatta Kitab us Sadaqah the last hadeeth
ادْلُلْنِي عَلَى بَعِيرٍ مِنَ الْمَطَايَا أَسْتَحْمِلُ عَلَيْهِ أَمِيرَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ فَقُلْتُ نَعَمْ جَمَلاً مِنَ الصَّدَقَةِ . فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الأَرْقَمِ أَتُحِبُّ أَنَّ رَجُلاً بَادِنًا فِي يَوْمٍ حَارٍّ غَسَلَ لَكَ مَا تَحْتَ إِزَارِهِ وَرُفْغَيْهِ ثُمَّ أَعْطَاكَهُ فَشَرِبْتَهُ قَالَ فَغَضِبْتُ وَقُلْتُ * يَغْفِرُ اللَّهُ لَكَ أَتَقُولُ لِي مِثْلَ هَذَا * فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الأَرْقَمِ إِنَّمَا الصَّدَقَةُ أَوْسَاخُ النَّاسِ يَغْسِلُونَهَا عَنْهُمْ .
(يغفر الله لك أتقول لي مثل هذا)
if u read the translation it should be
يغفر الله لك لِمَا تقول لي مثل هذا
so what is the meaning of that Hamza?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
أتقول لي مثل هذا
السؤال ليس سؤالا حقيقيا بل إنكاريّا بلفظ الاستفهام. هذا الأسلوب أقوى تنبيها
معنى: أتقول لي مثل هذا = لا ينبغي لك أن تقول هذا.
مثاله :
ترى مسلما يأكل طعاما في النهار وهو رمضان فتقول له:
أتأكل في النهار؟ أي: لا ينبغي لك أن تأكل وهو رمضان.
أمثلة في القرآن:
أتقولون على الله ما لا تعلمون (الأعراف)
أي: لا ينبغي لكم أن تقولوا على الله ما لا تعلمون
أإله مع اللهِ (النمل)
أي: ليس مع الله إله بل لا إله إلا الله
أم له البنات ولكم البنون (الطور)
أي: ليست له البنات – سبحانه عن ذلك
في كل مثال استعمال الهمزة للإنكار.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
بارك الله فيك
what a superb answer….thank you soo much!!! i did not expect to receive this
جزاك الله خيرا
thank you soo much for this help
A rough translation in english would be
أتقول لي مثل هذا
Seriously?! did you say that to me??!!
is it correct?
نعم، المعنى مثل هذا.
Admin
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
بارك الله فيك أخي.
Admin
Assalaamu Alaikum,
I teach basic Arabic to my students and was wondering if I could use your resources to help me.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Sister, you are welcome to use any of our resources.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الكريم
I did not quite understand the meaning of these phrases in madinah book 3 in lesson 13:
اِجْلِسْ نَسْمَعِ الْأَخْبَارَ /قِفْ أَشْتَرِ كِتَاباً
The meaning is: stop and I will buy a book or stop that I buy a book?
Because the book translates phrases like:
اِجْتَهِدْ تَنْجَحْ in “work hard and you will pass”
But in the Qur’an “أرِني أنظر إليك” its translated as: Show yourself to me so that I can look at You, and not show me yourself and i will look you.
So the meaning depends on the cases because its not possibile to introduce the لام الأمر or لام التعليل or ف in the مضارع جزم للطلب?
I’m pretty confused I need your explanation please بارك الله فيك
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الكريم
أرسلتُ سؤالك إلى الشيخ.
Admin
بارك الله فيك أخي
أنتظر جوابه إن شاء الله
ِAssalam Alaikum Shaikh
Just want to know why this pronoun in the word أَرْجِهْ is written without its accent…actually it is suppose to be “HU” but the dhamma is dropped.
Surah 26:36
Surah 7:111
قَالُوا أَرْجِهْ وَأَخَاهُ وَابْعَثْ فِي الْمَدَائِنِ حَاشِرِينَ
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh explained this in his book: اثاقلتم.
Please see PDF numbering pg 53 onwards here.
Admin
Jazakallahu Khairan for sharing this invaluable doc
Dear Munna
wa alaykumussalam
You say, ‘It is supposed to be Hu’. Actually, it should be HI, i.e. it should have a kasrah as it is preceded by a kasrah (arji-hi). But dropping the vowel of the haa when it is preceded by a vowel is also one of the ways of pronouncing it. is easier to pronounce than ..
For your information Qaaluun (one of the ten Qurraa’) reads it.
Hope this has helped you.
Regard and salam,
abdur rahim
Jazakallahu Khairan Shaikh …
Yes you are right…. it should be “HI” instead of “HU”
Really appreciate your prompt response
May Allah accept it from all of us
Assalamualikum i am a student now I’m in tenth chapter of madinah book 1 I have doubts in one word mubthadh kabar that is subject and predicate.
My teacher thought me that mubthath must be definite he gave me example “lavalathu jaalisun ” that mean The boy is sitting I am clearing it. My doubt is when possessive case, adverb phrase and adjective phrase entered in sentence. Hanifa’s pen is under the black table.
When explaining mubthath kabar pen is mubthath and under is kabar
My question is why Hanifa’s pen can’t be mubthath definite of pen is Hanifa while writing mubthadh the boy can be written but we can’t write Hanifa’s pen or the black pen or his pen we are writing as pen. If this is correct then why we are writing the pen we have to as pen only
My second doubt while writing preposition phrase we writing on the table as kabar which gives complete meaning
When use adverb phrase under the table
We write only under which does not give complete meaning because of this doubts I was not able to concentrate in my studies. Please help me to clear the doubts
While asking the doubt to her she explained me that only mudaf can be mubthath and kabar but I am not satisfied with this answer because some giving complete sense and some are giving incomplete sense
I
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The مضاف إليه completes the meaning of the مضاف but it cannot take the i’raab of the مضاف.
This is because the مضاف إليه has one grammar role and cannot be مرفوع.
It is always مجرور أو في محل جر بالإضافةِ.
A word that is always مجرور/في محل جر بالإضافة cannot be a مبتدأ أو خبر because these are مرفوع.
The مضاف can be مبتدأ ومرفوع because it is equivalent to الولدُ in: الولدُ جالسٌ – in terms of grammar position.
So the مضاف has a more flexible grammatical position than the مضاف إليه and changes its i’raab according to its grammar position.
The مضاف إليه is always in one grammar position.
Your teacher was correct.
The same applies to a ظرف coming as a خبر.
It is only the مضاف that is the خبر.
The مضاف إليه completes the meaning but its i’raab is always: مضاف إليه.
I hope this answers your questions.
Admin
السلام عليكم
In Q89:27 .يَـٰٓأَيَّتُهَا ٱلنَّفْسُ ٱلْمُطْمَئِنَّةُ
In Noorul Yaqeen it is explained that
أَيَّةُ : منادى نكرة مقصودة مبني على الضمة في مَحَلَّ نَصْبٍ
النفس : نعت لأية على اللفظ مرفوع بالضمة
Pls explain these lines.
Also clarify , why the أَيَّةُ is في مَحَلَّ نَصْبٍ .
If it is مبني على الضمة في مَحَلَّ نَصْبٍ then how come its نعت which is النفس is مرفوع .
if it is explained in the lessons , pls point the location.
Regards/Ameerudheen
Dear Ameerudheen
وعليكم السلام
أَيَّةُ : منادى نكرة مقصودة مبني على الضمة في مَحَلَّ نَصْبٍ
النفس : نعت لأية على اللفظ مرفوع بالضمة
أيّة is منادى. It is نكرة مقصودة which means it is an indefinite noun but is directed towards a particular person. As you know that رجل in indefinite, but if you say يا رجلُ and mean a man sitting in front of you, or one passing by, it is called نكرة مقصودة. it is مبني. but if you do not mean a particular person, but anyone from the crowd, then it is منصوب, so you say, يا رجلاً.
أيّة is indeclinable, but it ends in a ضمة.
Grammarians say that أيّ and أيّةُ have a Dammah ending, so it resembles a marfuu’ noun, but the noun following it is marfuu’ in reality, and it agrees with a noun which appears to be marfuu’, but it is not. This rule pertains to أيّ and أيّةُ alone.
Hope it has helped you.
والسلام
abdur rahim
سلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الكريم
لماذا يقال في حديث: من كان يؤمن بالله و اليوم الآخر فليقل خيرا أو ليصمت
و لا: من يؤمن (بدون كان)؟
جزاكم الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الكريم
أرسلت سؤالك إلى الشيخ.
وإياكم
Admin
Dear Mumammad
وعليكم السلام
كان followed by the verb in مضارع signifies a continued action
e.g., في شبابي كنتُ أمشي كثيراً.
والسلام
abdur rahim
و عليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته شيخنا الفاضل
أعرف هذا و لكن في المثال الذي ذكرت العمل تحقق في الزمن الماضي بينما في الحديث ليس نفس الشي لأن إيمان المؤمن لم ينته
بارك الله فيك، أشكرك على الجواب
Assalamu alaikum,
I am new in this forum. My question is regarding Chapter 17 verse 44.
تُسَبِّحُ لَهُ السَّمَاوَاتُ السَّبْعُ وَالْأَرْضُ وَمَن فِيهِنَّ ۚ وَإِن مِّن شَيْءٍ إِلَّا يُسَبِّحُ بِحَمْدِهِ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تَفْقَهُونَ تَسْبِيحَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّهُ كَانَ حَلِيمًا غَفُورًا
In the above verse feminine pronoun (هِنَّ) is used for rational beings. However, masculine pronoun (تَسْبِيحَهُمْ) is used for irrational beings which in my limited understanding of Arabic grammar is not in line with Arabic grammar. Could you please explain the rule?
وعليكم السلام
Dear Naeem Khan
You say the feminine pronoun (هنّ) is used for rational beings. This is not correct. Here it refers to the seven heavens and the earth. These are irrational beings. The fact is that the pronoun referring to irrational beings both masculine and feminine may be either feminine singular or feminine plural. In literary language, it is mostly plural as in this ayah and in 14/36 where speaking of the idols Allah says: إنَّهـنّ أضللنَ كثيراً ….There are many examples of this in the Glorious Quran and Arabic poetry.
Now, coming to the use of masculine plural pronoun referring to irrational beings. When an action associated with rational beings is ascribed to an irrational being, it is treated as a rational being. The best example of this is in 12/4. Here when سجود which is an action characteristic of human beings is ascribed to the stars and the sun and the moon. they are spoken of as though they are rational beings (رأيتهم لي ساجدين). See also 21/33, 27/18.
Hope this has helped you.
Regards and salam,
abdur rahim
السلام علیكم يا أستاذ
:هل هذه الجملة
رجل منهم قال لنا هذا
A man of them said to us this.
– is منهم و قال both نعت for رجل or do I need to put a خبر here like:
رجل منهم قال لنا هذا عنده حصان.
A man who said to us this has a horse.
Is this same as الرجل الذي قال لنا هذا عنده حصان but the first sentence is نکرة and the other is معرفة?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
رجلٌ منهم قال لنا هذا
منهم: جار ومجرور، في محل رفع، نعت لـ (رجل).
قال لنا هذا : جملة فعلية في محل رفع، خبر.
الرجل الذي قال لنا هذا له حصان:
الرجلُ: مبتدأ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة
الذِي: اسم موصول مبني على السكون، في محل رفع، نعتٌ لـ (الرجلُ)
قال لنا هذا: جملةُ صلةِ الموصولِ، لا محل لها من الإعراب.
له حصانٌ: جملة اسمية في محل رفع، خبر.
الفرق بين الجملتينِ أن المبتدأ في الجملة الأولى نكرة موصوفة، وفي الثانية معرفة بـ (أل) العهدية.
والفرق في المعنى أن الرجل في الجملة الثانية أكثر شهرةً.
لعله واضح إن شاء الله.
Admin
AsSalamuAlaikum
Respected Shaikh, What is the definition of Shibhu Jumlah?
Suppose a zarf has a mudaf ilaihi next to it (example: Tahta al-maktabi). What is shibhu jumlah here? Only Tahta, or Tahta al-maktabi?
السلام عليكم
A شبه جملة is a phrase consisting of:
1) A جار and its مجرور or
2) A ظرف and its مضاف إليه.
– Shaykh’s Glossary pg 41.
تحتَ المكتبِ together is the شبه الجملة.
تحتَ alone is not a phrase.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته شيخنا الفاضل
عندي سؤال آخر. هل الفعل (أوشك) يستعمل للزمن المضارع كالفعل (يوشك)؟ لأنه ورد في الدرس : الآن تأتي و قد أوشك الدرس أن ينتهي
جزاكم الله خيرا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
الجملة صحيحة و(وقد أَوْشَكَ الدرسُ أن ينتهي) جملة حالية ومِن ثم يجب فعل ماض بعد (وَقَدْ).
ترجمة المعنى:
Now you’ve come after the lesson was about to end
(ie: while it is about to end).
لكن في العربية لا تأتي واو الحال يليها فعل مضارع.
فلا يمكن (ويوشك الدرسُ أن…) بمعنى الحال
Admin
Assalam mu Alaikum Dr. Abdurahim
I am an Arabic teacher from Thailand. I would like to take your permission to print your book, Durus Arabiah Ligair Natiqeen Vol.1 for teaching my students in the school.
With regards
وعليكم السلام
You are hereby permitted to publish the book as it is without any change.
May Allah subhanahu wa ta”ala help you to teach Arabic.
abdur rahim
The author
السلام عليكم
How to identify a word that, it is اسم المصدر
And how to find out اسم المصدر of a verb.
Regards/Ameerudheen
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نعرفه مِن المعاجم.
وهناك أوزان ذكرها الشيخ في بعض مؤلفاته.
Admin
Salam,
I want to contribute to this website.
If you allow I can do web development and update your site to make it more user friendly at no cost, no charges basis. Only want to contribute.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your kind offer.
Please tell us, with examples, of how you can make the site more user-friendly.
Also, do you have any samples of your work or websites you have designed which we can look at?
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
Thank you,
will build the site on NextJS and tailwindcss, will also make the ecommerce part for people to buy book directly for on-line shopping.
Can make the video section like a streaming site, where thumbnails can run previews on mouse over.
Can make flashcard games so people can drag drop the image to a word/meaning or the other way round. keep scores of performance, etc. etc.
The ideas and options are alot, we can list, sort based on priority and update as and when you feel appropriate
I am available at (…) if this interests you.
No cost, only want to contribute to the great work you guys are doing.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خير الجزاء for your very kind offers to help improve the site.
I have forwarded your mails to our Shaykh and the brother in charge of technical support.
I will get back to you when I can إن شاء الله.
I have sent you my email address.
بارك الله فيك.
والسلام
Admin
السلام علیکم…
Can you tell me the name of best إعراب القران book…
السلام علیکم
Can you tell me the best book for إعراب القران book
وعليكم السلام
One of the best books on quranic i’raab is the book إعراب القرآن وبيانه by محيي الدين الدروي
والسلام,
abdur rahim
I think his name is الدرويش (with ش at the end)
يا شيخنا
I wanted to know which awzaan do not have ism maf’ul, as per my understanding it is
form 5,6,7,9
am i correct?
A typing error on the Shaykh’s part.
شكرا
Admin
السلام علیکم…
Hope you are well, will you be developing Madinah Book 2– Giant Workbook and Madinah Book 3– Giant Workbook?
والسلام,
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Brother, we hope you are also well.
We hope to publish workbooks for Madinah Book 2 and 3 إن شاء الله.
We have started preparing worksheets for Book 2.
Our priority is to complete the giant workbook for Madinah Book 1 إن شاء الله.
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
بارك الله فيك يا أستاذ وأطال الله عمرك
أريد منك سؤالا
Is there any difference between وَحْدَهُ and فَقَط?
the english translation i can think of is ONLY for both
i’ll give an example
لا يستنجى من الريح ولكن إن بال أو تغوط فليغتسل مخرج الأذى وحده فقط إن بال فمخرج البول الإحليل وإن تغوط فمخرج الأذى فقط
هنا وحده فقط في الموضع الأول وفقط في الموضع الثاني هل هناك فرق معنوي
or is it there for taukeed
مصدر- المدونة الكبرى
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
نعم هناك فرق بحسب الإعراب.
وحده: وحدَ: منصوب على الحال وهو مضاف.
فقط: اسم فعل بمعنى (يكفي) وهو إما نعت – إن تأتي بعده نكرةٌ، أو حال – إن تأتي بعده معرفةٌ.
(أحتاج إلى مائةِ جنيهٍ فقط) مثلا:
معناه أن مائة جنيهٍ يكفيني.
(نعبد الله وحدَه لا شريكَ له)
معناه: نعبد الله منفرداً.
وترجمة المعنى لكليهما هي:
only
ولكن هي ترجمة المعنى والترجمة عند دراسة اللغة لا تكفي طالبا للغة – كما ترى. يجب علينا فهم المعنى من اللغة نفسها من السياق والاستعمال إلخ.
بارك الله فيك أخي.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
dear admin.. there is style of Arabic in الفصحى
is when there is place where there should be verb a masdar of the noun is used instead depicting the meaning of the verb
for example
من قوله تعالى {والذين كفروا عما أنذروا معرضون}
سورة الأحقاف آية ٣
here معرضون is used… i think in MSA which is spoken today we would use يُعْرِضُونَ
من حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم
يوشك أن يضرب الناس أكباد الابل “يطلبون” العلم فلا يجدون أحدا أعلم من عالم المدينة
حديث في الترمذي
i heard a version of this hadith from a Shaykh who read it
يوشك أن يضرب الناس أكباد الابل طالبين العلم وساق الحديث
soطَالِبين is used here
so does this صيغة/أسلوب have any name?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear brother
معرضون وطالبون – كلاهما اسم فاعل وليس مصدرا.
في اللغة اسم الفاعل (معرضون وطالبون) يفيد الدوام والثبوت.
والفعل (يعرضون، يطلبون) يفيد الحدث.
والحدث يقع في زمن معيّن.
واسم الفاعل ليستْ له علاقة بالزمن لأنه نحوُ صفةٍ والصفة مستمرة في صاحبها مهما كان الزمن.
هذا هو الفرق بين استخدام الاسم (نحو اسم فاعل أو اسم المبالغة) والفعل.
فمثلا:
أنا مُـعَلِّمٌ (أقوى معنًى وأبقى صفةً مِن القول) أنا أعلِّمُ.
هو طالبٌ لِلْعِلْمِ (أقوى مِنْ) هو يطلبُ العلمَ.
هو طبّاخٌ (أقوى مِن) هو يَطْبُخُ.
هو رسّامٌ (أقوى مِن) هو يرسم.
هو كافرٌ (أقوى مِن) هو يَكْفُرُ.
هو كاذبٌ (أقو مِن) هو يَكْذِبُ.
فالذي هو مُعْرِض – دائما هو يعرض.
والذي يعرض – يعرض في الحاضر (أي: زمن معيّن) ويمكن أنه يتركه في المستبقل.
الذي هو طالبٌ – هو دائما طَلَبَ ويَطْلُبُ العلمَ.
والذي يطلب العلم – يطلبه إلى الآن ويمكن أن ينتهيَ في المستقبل.
لعل الرد مفيد وواضح إن شاء الله.
والله أعلم.
انظر من فضلك هذه المحاضرة للشيخ:
Admin
بارك الله فيك أخي الفاضل
هذه القواعد التي ذكرت مفيد جدا
وصدق القائل لما قال إذا تمكن العربية فتمكن الشريعة وكل هذه من توفيق الله عز وجل للعبد الصادق
وفيكَ بارك أخي الكريم.
صدقتَ ولأن لغة القرآن مفتاح فهم القرآن والقرآن مصدرُ الشريعةِ الأولُ.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة وبركاته
sorry to bother you again dear admin with my questions but this doubt has been there with me for long time
This Hadeeth is there in all Hadeeth books with this tashkeel fatha.. is it correct?
The Hadeeth is
مَنْ فَاتَتْه صَلاَةُ الْعَصْرِ فَكَأَنَّمَا وُتِرَ أَهْلَهُ وَمَالَهُ
وُتِرَ is there in the form of fel majhool which i’ve learnt from Madinah book 3.. so the ism next to it should nāib ul fā’il the i’raab of which should be dammah
but ahlaho wamaalaho is given with fath
my question
is the tashkeel on ahl and maal wrong
are they the naib ul faail?
please help Ustaadh
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الكريم
يسرّني أن أساعدَك.
حركات الإعراب صحيحة.
قاعدة نحوية: إذا كان للفعل مفعولانِ أصبحَ أحدُهما نائبَ فاعلٍ عند بناء الفعل للمجهول.
وبقي الآخرُ منصوبا على المفعوليةِ.
PDF (المصدر: نصوص من الحديث النبوي الشريف للشيخ، ص 123، #7)
الفعل: وتر يتعدى إلى مفعولينِ نحو قول الله تعالى
(…لن يَتِرَكم أعمالَكم) محمد 35
في الحديث (وُتِرَ) مبني للمجهول ونائب فاعل ضمير مستتر تقديره (هو) يعود على الذي فاتتْه الصلاةُ.
وأهلَـ : مفعول به ثان لـ (وُتِرَ) منصوب على المفعولية.
ومالَـ : معطوف عليه.
نرى القاعدةَ في قوله تعالى:
(وأما مَنْ أُوتِيَ كتابَه …) الحاقة
أُوتِيَ: نائب فاعل: ضمير مستتر تقديره: هو
كتابَ: مفعوله الثاني يبقى منصوبا.
وقوله تعالى:
(…مِن الذين أُوتُوا الكتابَ) البقرة
أُوتُوا: نائب فاعل واو الجماعة:
الكتابَ: مفعوله الثاني يبقى منصوبا.
وإن كان للفعل مفعولٌ واحدٌ فقط أصبحَ نائبَ فاعل عند بنائه للمجهول نحو قول الله تعالى:
(وخُلِقَ الإنسانُ ضعيفا) النساء
لعله واضح ومفيد إن شاء الله.
Admin
بارك الله فيك
superb answer.. very high level answer.. May Allah reward you
جزاك الله خيرا يا أستاذ
واضحا جدا
كَرَّمَ اللهُ وَجْهَكَ
آمين وكرّمَ وجهَكَ.
وفيكَ بارك الله.
sorry
{وَأَمَّا مَنْ أُوتِيَ كِتَابَهُ وَرَاءَ ظَهْرِهِ}
بارك الله فيك
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركته يا استاذ
i hope you are doing well inshallah
i have a question and it is in the Quran (Surah Baqarah – ayah 275)
الَّذِينَ يَأْكُلُونَ الرِّبَوا لاَ يَقُومُونَ
please explain me the word الرِّبَوا
with grammer analysis. Specially the word الواو attached الرِّبَوا.
I am from Canada and i am teaching sisters for Quranic Arabic Grammer.
jazakallahkhair.
Marina
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته sister
We hope you are also well إن شاء الله.
The spelling with waaw is particular to Qur’aanc orthography.
In non-Qur’aanic orthography we write it like this: الربا.
The waaw is explained by the Shaykh here – pg 42 PDF numbering, point #8.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركته
In the Quran in (Surah Baqarah – ayah 275)
الَّذِينَ يَأْكُلُونَ الرِّبَوا
please will you explain me the word الرِّبَوا
with grammer analysis. Specially the word الواو attached الرِّبَو.
السلام عليكم ورحمة وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا explained
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Admin
Assalamu alaikum dear Sheikh. There is a sentence in lesson number 9 book 1,that is (التفاحُ فاكهةٌ لذيذةٌ). There is التفاحُ Mubtada and فاكهةٌ is Khabr. But why Khabr is feminine when Mubtada is Masculine. What is the rule behind it, please explain Sheikh.
Bismillah!
Assalamualaikum Dear Admin,
I have been following the Sheikh’s book named Madinah Arabic 1 for English Speaking Students with the giant workbook downloaded from this website ( Madinah Bk 1_Library_Worksheets section). And almost finished it Alhamdulillah!
This one covered the entire book of Madinah Arabic Reader 1.
I must say the workbook helped me a lot to practice the writing & reading skill in the most fun way, Alhamdulillah!
I would like to extend my learning through all the volumes of (Madinah Arabic Reader 8Vols. & 3Vols. of Madinah Arabic for English Speaking Students) written by the respectable Sheikh; while practicing the worksheets just like the one I found for the 1st part where 10 lessons are designed.
I am searching for the rest of the books worksheet for quite some time in this website mostly as well as other one named https: //abdurrahman.org/arabic-learning/madina-arabic/
But unfortunately, I am unable to find it! Can you please tell me where can I find the worksheets I have been looking for?
It would be very much appreciated if you could assist me! Please & Thank You! Assalamualaikum.
With Best Regards
Nabila
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear sister
جزاك الله خيرا for your message. We’re glad you enjoyed the worksheets.
We have prepared many more worksheets for Madinah Books 1 and 2 but we cannot upload them yet as re-typesetting them is required.
We will try to complete the work and upload the worksheets as soon as we can, إن شاء الله.
وفّقكِ الله
بارك الله فيك
Admin
Alhamdulillah! It’s a good news that the worksheets for the Madinah Book 1 & 2 is almost finished.
May Allah reward the best, to the respectable Sheikh & his team.
Also, I was hoping to read the ‘كتاب المعلم‘ KITABUL MUALLIM Teacher’s Guide – Part I, II and III, in colored PDF format. At present, is this available? Or any hard copies?
In my country Bangladesh, I searched for the hard copies of these couldn’t find any.
جَزَاكَ ٱللَّٰهُ خَيْرًا for the detailed quick reply!
With Best Regards
Nabila
جزاكِ الله خيرا أختي.
The colour version of كتاب المعلم is only available as a PDF.
The hard copies are printed in black and white and do not have colours or pictures.
But the content (hard copies or PDF) is excellent.
We originally planned to design all 3 volumes of كتاب المعلم in full colour with pictures, as a free download. But we have only completed the first ten lessons in Volume 1 due to lack of time.
You can buy the hard copies from India here or U.K. here
Admin
Assalamu Alaykum,
I would like to know the difference between اسم الجنس , العلم الجنسي and النكرة ?
May Allah reward you.
Wassalamu Alaykum.
Assalamu Alaykum,
I need to understand why does Quran use masculine pronoun in Surah Al-nahl (Chapter 16) verse 66 بُطُونِهِ but feminine pronoun in Surah al-mominoon (Chapter 23) verse 21 بُطُونِهَا ?
Also, in Chapter 16 verse 69, Why does Quran use feminine pronoun?
May Allah reward you.
Wassalamu Alaykum.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
يخرج مِن بطونِها (النحل: 69)
ها refers to النحل which is mentioned in the previous aayah.
The word نحل is اسم الجنس الجمعي and grammatically, can be treated as singular or plural.
But in meaning it remains plural. This is known from the context.
The Shaykh explains this in his books.
Regarding your first question, I hope the Shaykh can answer that.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Are we allowed to teach the Madinah books for a living i.e. in exchange for money?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
نعم يجوز.
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaikum.
After أن المصدررية, if a فعل ماض comes like أن خلقكم, is it considered في محل نصب? because ماض can’t be mansoob coz its mabni, so it must be في محل نصب right?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
صحيح.
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Why is there no “faa” in surah saba ayah 7
إذا مزقتم كل ممزق إنكم لفي خلق جديد
إن ۔۔۔ is a nominal sentence and there must be faa before it according to what the teacher taught.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Some of the Qur’aan i’raab books say the sentence:
إذا مزقتم كل ممزق
is جملة اعتراضية.
And جواب (إذا) is محذوف.
And إنكم لفي خلق جديد is the second مفعول به لـ (ينبئ).
So the meaning of the aayah is:
هل ندلكم على رجل ينبئكم إنّكم لفي خلقٍ جديدٍ إذا مُزقتم كل ممزقٍ.
The omitted جواب of إذا is estimated to be:
تُبعثون أي: إذا مُزقتم كل ممزق تُبعثون.
والله أعلم.
I hope it’s clear.
Admin
Salam sir,
Ref: Book 3 Key Lesson 31 Page 135
هذا الهلال طالعا
This is the crescent rising.
Here you have explained that الهلال is خبر and صاحب الحال and طالعا is حال.
Is الهلال not بدل substitute of the اسم الاشارة pointer هذا? How a definite noun be خبر?
Thank you for explaining this point.
Regards,
Imtiaz
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The khabar is usually نكرة but can be معرفة according to the context and situation.
This is explained in Book 3, Lesson 26, #2 in the English Key.
If you have any questions after reading that, please ask.
Admin
Dear Admin,
until now I have been making flashcards from every conversation in the medinah books. Now after reaching the second book it becomes really difficult (timewise) to write down every sentence.
If possible i would love to have access to a searchable pdf version or maybe a word file.
That would also make it possible to look up words by just highlighting them, making learning easier and immersing in the texts better.
Thanks in advance
Regards
Dear Admins,
would it be possible to get access to the medinah books in word oder searchable pdf format?
It would make learning the vocabulary and rules easier, because making flashcards will become easier.
Thanks in advance
السلام عليكم
I am sorry, we do not provide the Madinah Books in Word.
We have added exhaustive digital indexes to Madinah Book 2 – both key and Arabic text, giving quick access to all rules and vocabulary sections.
Please see the PDFs located here.
I hope this helps you.
Admin
If “إذا مزقتم كل ممزق” is jumlah i’tiradiyyah, then we can remove it and the meaning would be same right? So:
هل ندلكم إلى رجل ينبئكم إنكم لفي خلق جديد
But how would this make sense?
(Shall we point to you a man who informs you that you are a new creation.)
Then can I say the following sentence without faa as well using your explanation?
قال أبي لي: إذا رأيت حامدا اسأله
In this way I would be able to say many things without faa. It is confusing. Barak Allahu Feek.
You have not understood some points. Please re-read my reply.
I mentioned that جواب إذا is omitted.
If جواب إذا is a فعل طلبي then of course it takes الفاء.
But here it is not فعل طلبي – as it is تُبعثون so it should not take الفاء.
Some جملة اعتراضية are necessary to give the full meaning – even though grammatically it can be removed.
And if we removed it, the aayah still makes sense since the context and Arabic indicate the meaning, not a translation.
You can refer to the i’raab in الجدول في إعراب القرآن للصافي.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركته يا استاذ
i hope you are doing well inshallah
i have a question and it is in the Madina book 3 , lesson no 3 مجهول
Sentence is فُتِحَ السَاعَةَ السَادِسَةَ
الساعةَ is Zarf what is the Iraab for السَادِسةَ
We read after zarf there is مضاف اليه and it is مجرور
I teach madina book to sisters . So please kindly explain it.
Jazakallahkhair
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاكِ الله خيرا. لعلكِ بخير إن شاء ااالله.
السادسةَ is a نعت of الساعةَ.
1) Many ظروف are مضاف but not all.
2) Certain ظروف can be followed by a نعت.
3) Certain ظرف can be used as a non-Zarf and take an i’raab other than ظرف.
The context indicates all this.
Here are examples of each point:
ظروف غير مضاف (1:
بكرةً، عشيّا ، غدا، أمسِ، البارحةَ، عِشاءً، ليلا، نهاراً، صباحا، مساءً
2) حججْنا السنةَ الماضيةَ.
We performed Hajj last year.
3) هذا يومٌ حارٌّ.
This is a hot day.
يومٌ: خبر مرفوع.
I hope this answers your question.
Admin
جزاك الله خيرًا كثيرًا
وإياكِ أختي.
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaikum
Which publisher would sheikh recommend to buy شرح ابن عقيل from? دار الطلائع’s books aren’t available near me. What about دار ابن كثير, دار ابن جوزي، مركز الرسالة للدراسة، and others. Please tell if any of them is not recommended. Plus, some of them don’t include the phrase “ومعه كتاب منحة …” in the title.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
دار ابن جوزي is a very good publisher. دار ابن كثير is also not bad.
Please note that منحة is the footnotes of Shaikh Muhyiddin Abdu l-Hameed who has edited the book. Please check the book and find out if the edition contains the footnotes.
These notes are very useful, and greatly help the reader.
والسلام,
abdur rahim
Assalamu ‘alaikum
1) Is بعض always used as a singular word? The sheikh mentioned in book some sentences like: “جعل بعضهم يكتب” “Some of them started to write”, why not يكتبون? Even if we are talking about plural, are both permissible? Same happens with من.
2) In numbers like 1962 why does sheikh say:
عام اثنين وستين وتسعمائة وألف
I searched everywhere and everyone says that numbers like these should be read like this: start from left to right, but when you reach the last two digits, then do right to left, so it would be:
عام ألف وتسعمائة واثنين وستين
Please tell in detail about these two ways
Jazak Allahu Khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
بعض is considered singular in view of the word, or plural in view of the meaning.
Both are permissable.
We can say:
بعضُ الطلابِ مجتهد./ بعضهم مجتهدون
بعضهم يكتب / بعضهم يكتبون.
The same rule applies to: كلّ.
مَنْ: الموصولة covers singular or plural.
The Qur’aanic language and context has determined this eg:
ومَن لمْ يتبْ فأولئك هم الظالمون (الحجرات)
لمْ يتبْ – للمفرد
أولئك – للجمع.
كلاهما يدل على (مَن).
أرجو أن تنظر شرح سورة الحجرات للشيخ.
Admin
شرحك واضح، جزاك الله، عندي أسئلة أخرى وأرجو ألا أزعجك
تفضّلْ.
Admin
السلام عليكم، لم تجب عن سؤالي الثاني، الذي عن الأعداد. الشيخ ذكر أعداد السنوات كذلك في “تدريبات في المحادثة”، ولا أفهم لماذا. بارك الله فيكم.
Sir, you may check page 192 of pdf of “conversation skills” by sheikh. Also you may check his playlist. He says 1962 like this:
عام اثنين وستين وتسعمائة وألف
why not:
عام ألف وتسعمائة واثنين وستين
And thanks for forwarding the question to him.
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
You may commence from the left also.
But I have used as it was said during the classical period.
Regards and salam.
abdur rahim
السلام علکیم يا أستاذ
?عندي سٸال
inshallah you can clarify this for me i see in some sentence for example سيقول له و سيذهب
and in another one سيقول و يذهب without س here are these two sentence same meaning or not and why after معطوف علی some sentences dont have a particle repeated i know حرف جر is not repeated in some cases but how about the other particles س و لا و لن و لم و لما و سوف و أن و حتی
if you can clearify this جزاکءالله والسلام علیکم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
In a sentence like سيقول ويذهب the context makes it clear that يذهب can only mean: سيذهب.
So there is no need to repeat it.
Sometimes a حرف is repeated only to emphasise the meaning eg:
رب اغفرْ لي ولوالديّ ولِمن دخل بيتي مؤمنا (نوح)
Originally there is no need to repeat اللام إن كان المعطوف اسما ظاهرا
رب اغفرْ ووالديّ ومَنْ دخل …
Regarding أنْ المصدرية then it is not repeated if the i’raab of the next verb is منصوب لأنه واضح أنه معطوف على (أنْ) نحو:
أَلاَّّ نعبدَ إلاّ اللهَ ولا نشركَ به شيئا ولا نتخذَ … (آل عمران)
هذا ما أعرفه والله أعلم.
Admin
Asalam o Alaikum
How can I reachout to Dr. V. Abdur Rahim’s or to get email address to send material for review.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
What material do you want to review?
If suitable, you can send it via Admin’s email.
You can reach out to him at this website.
I’ve sent you an email.
Admin
Walaikum Salam
I would like to share my training / brief book for review and correction.
I would appreciate if you please send me an email because at this time I want my document to share with only specific teachers not to general audience and once it is review and approve i will share with all learners through this forum
Thanks and I hope you understand my requirement
Rizwan Ahmed
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركته يا استاذ
i hope you are doing well inshallah
i have a question and it is in the Madina book 3 , lesson no 3 مجهول
الاسم في اللغة الأربية امَّا مذكرٌ و امَّا موئنث
الاسم is مبتداء
في اللغة الأربية is جار و مجرور and الأربية is نعت for اللغةِ
What we say اِمَّا مذكرٌ و اِمَّا موئنث
Kindly please explain this
جزاك الله خيرًا كثيرأ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
الحمد لله and we hope you are also well إن شاء الله.
Sister, please note an important correction: You write: اللغة الأربية.
The correct spelling is اللغة العربية.
الاسم في اللغةِ العربيةِ إما مذكر وإما مؤنث
الاسم: مبتدأ
إما : is a حرف which is used to explain something.
مذكر is خبر
And مؤنث is معطوف على (مذكر).
I hope it is clear.
وإياكِ
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركته يا استاذ
جزاك الله خيرًا كثير your reply
so we say اللغة العربية is نعت منعوت
جزاك الله خيرًا كثيرأ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
الاسم في اللغةِ العربيةِ …
اللغةِ :اسم مجرور بـ (في).
العربيةِ: نعت.
That is the i’raab of اللغة العربية.
Then the complete جار ومجرور consisting of (في اللغة العربية) has an i’raab (which you will learn in the Shaykh’s advanced books).
The word منعوت is not an i’raabic term.
The word نعت is an i’raabic term.
وإياكِ أختي.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله و بركته يا استاذ
رحمك الله
جزاك الله خيرًا كثيرًا your answer.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أختي
وإياكِ
Admin
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh,
Pls explain what is الفاء تفريعية , it is mentioned in the إعراب of Q45:v30
is it explained anywhere else in the Madina books or later (advanced) books?.
Regards/Ameerudheen.
السلام علیکم يا شيخ
i have two questions إن شاءلله you can answer
1) the first one is about أنّ can this come at the begining of the sentence like:
أن المصدرية مثلا أنهم في البيت ليسوا خيرا لهم
2) can you also use أن الخفيفة in this sense:
المشكلة أن ليسوا في المدرسة
3) the other question is what is the difference between:
کان فاهم للدرس و کان يفهم الدرس
و کانوا ضاربي الولد و کانوا يضربون الولد
sorry for the long questions hope you can answer بارک الله فيك
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1) ما رأيتُ (أنَّ) تأتي أول جملة في العربية إلا بعد واو العطف نحو .
(وأنَّك لا تظمؤ فيها ولا تضحى) طه
لا يصح : (أنَّهم في البيت ليسوا خبرا لهم).
نقول بـ أنْ المصدرية مثلا:
أن يكونوا خارج البيتِ خيراً لهم.
أو: أن بَبْقَوْا في البيت غير صحيح.
2) لأحكام (أنْ) المخففة بالتفصيل أرجو أن تنظر (أبشرْ بخير يوم) ص 27-30 هنا
3) الفرق النحوي:
كان فاهماً لِلدرس
فاهما: اسم فاعل، منصوب على أنه خبر (كان).
واللام لامُ التقوية.
كان يفهم الدرسَ
يفهم: فعل مضارع في محل نصب خبر (كان).
كان + فعل مضارع يفيد الاستمرار في الفعل نحو قول الله تعالى:
(وكانوا بها يستهزءون) الروم
المعنى واحد أو قريب وفي كلتيهما توكيد المعنى.
اسم الفاعل يفيد الثبوت.
والفعل يفيد الحدوث.
والله أعلم.
لعل واضح.
I hope it is clear. Please ask if it is not clear.
Admin
هو واضح
جزاک الله خيرا
أمين
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear Shaykh I am confused by the statement
أما المضاف إلى نكرة فنكرة مثل كتاب طالب وبيت مدرس
May Allaah help you to explain it to me and help me to understand your explanation
When a person says
رأيت كتاب طالب
He saw a book or the book of a student, he might not know who the student is but he knows which book it is so why is it نكرة because he knows which book that he saw
I don’t understand
Jazaakumullaahu khayran
assalamu ‘alaikum
1) Why are أن and كي called harf istiqbaal on pg 224 book 3.
2) ﴾ إني أعظك أن تكون من الجهلين ﴿ (hud 46)
Here, we have to supply a word before أن تكون, but Allah isn’t afraid of anything so how can we put خشية there as the sheikh said? Because the meaning would become: “I admonish you for the fear that you may be among the foolish”, wouldn’t it?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
1) لأنّ (أنْ) و(كي) كلتاهما تدل على فعل يقع في المستقبل ولو كان الوقت قريبا نحو:
أنْ تذهبَ إلى الطبيبِ أفضل.
الفعل في (أنْ تذهبَ) لم بقعْ بعد.
أدرسُ العربيةَ لِكَيْ أفهمَ القرآنَ
– الفعل (أفهم) لمْ يقعْ بعد.
2) (خشيةَ):
ليس صحيحا مع لفظِ الجلالةِ طبعا وليس تأدباً مع الله –
الصواب كما يقوله الشيخ الآن هو: (كَرَاهِيَةَ أنْ تكونَ من الجاهلين).
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا يا أستاذ. عندي سٸال آخر.
إن أقل كما في هذه الجملة.
كان أبوه له بيت هل يجب أن تكون الکلمة بيت هنا بمنصوب أم بمرفوع لأنها تأْتي كجملة خبر?
مثل آخر
كان أبناٶهم عندهم سياراتُ أو سياراتِ
كان أبوه له بيتٌ.
كان أبناؤهم عندَهم سياراتٌ
الجملة (له بيتٌ) اسمية مكوّنة مِن مبتدأ مؤخر :(بيتٌ)، وخبر مقدم: (له).
وهذه الجملة كلها في محل نصب، خبرُ (كان).
كذلك :(عندَهم سياراتٌ)، اسمية فيها مبتدأ مؤخر :(سياراتٌ)، وخبر مقدم: (عندَ).
والجملة في محل نصب خبرُ (كان).
ملاحظة: إنْ قلنا (أبوه كان له بيتٌ) فالخبر هنا جملة فعلية : (كان له بيتٌ) في محل رفع.
وجملةُ الخبرِ مكوّنة مِن اسم (كان) مؤخر :(بيتٌ) وخبرها المقدم: (له).
والمعنى واحد.
في التنزيل:
(وكان أبوهما صالحا (الكهف
وكان أبواه مُؤْمِـنَـيْـنِ (الكهف)
لو كان هؤلاء آلهةً (الأنبياء)
لعله واضح إن شاء الله.
وإياكَ.
Admin
Assalamu Alaykum,
Does Shaykh V Abdur Rahim recommend books authored/edited by Dr. Emil Badi Yaqub إميل بديع يعقوب?
Assalaamu alaikum
My question is ..how do add laam takeed and noon takeed to the amr of اخَذ
1) How do I add laam and noon takeed to خذْ kuz
2) Will the jawab of a shart be halat jazm always?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
جواب الشرط will be في محل جزم if the jawaab has الفاء الرابطة في جواب الشرط attached to the sentence eg:
(فمن يكفرْ بالطاغوت ويؤمنْ بالله فقد استمسك بالعورة الوثقى) البقرة
الجملة (فقد استمسك…): في محل جزم جواب الشرط.
But يدخلْـه in the following aayah is جواب الشرط وهو مجزوم :
(ومَنْ يؤمنْ باللهِ ويعملْ صالحا يُدخلْــهُ جناتٍ)
الطلاق
Please see Madinah Book 3, lesson 15.
Admin
Assalamualaikum dear Sheikh,
I am confused with Surah ALBaqarah ayat 102 (QS 2 : 102) ,
why the word تَتْلُوا have an Aliff at the end.
It is مضارغ form in it’s مرفوع.
The present of Alif look as it is in dropping of ن.
Can you please explain.
السلام عليكم
The alif here is not ألف الوقاية as in ذهبوا.
This is the Qur’aanic spelling of the word which has an alif added. It has no bearing on the إعراب.
It is a feature of Qur’aanic orthography.
In MSA, we do not write this alif here.
Admin
السلام علیکم
عندي سٸال عن ما المصدرية
can we use a جملة إسمية after this ما like i have seen کما هو واضح
is this ما المصدرية here and can we say بعد ما هو في البيت after he is in the house
is this correct and can i say عندما هو في البيت meaning when he is in the house
can i use متی but this is for questions only i think
please explain this uses of ما المصدرية بجملة إسمية
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
ما في (كما) إما مصدرية وإما موصولة بحسب السياق والمعنى.
رأيي أنها موصولة بمعنى (الذي) فالمعنى: كالذي هو واضح.
والله أعلم.
Admin
eselamu alejkum
the uses of مصدر المٶول أن تصوموا خير لكم like mentioned in the book can we say this after إن و أخواتها
example إن أن تصوموا خير لكم here the masdar must be in nasb as it is the ism inna
is this correct.
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
لا نقول (إنّ أنْ) لأنهما حرفان ولا يلتقي حرفان في اللغة.
لعله واضح.
Admin
السلام علیکم يا شيخ
can you please give some examples on how to use اسم مفعول بحرف جر like مشار إليهم مغضوب علیهم
how are these اسم مفعول used in context like if i say هٶلاء الناس مغضوب عليهم does this mean these people he was angry with them
i am so confused on this matter.
اجعل هذا الأمر لي واضحا من فضلك.
السلام عليكم
هؤلاء مغضوب عليهم
– means: These have earned anger.
It is Allaah’s anger they earned but the فاعل is not mentioned.
Here, the اسم مفعول remains the same صيغة.
But changes to gender and number are shown by the جار ومجرور that is used with the active verb e.g.
غضبَ الله عليه / عليها / عليهم / عليهن:
هذا مغضوب عليه
هذه مغضوب عليها
هم مغضوب عليهم
هن مغضوب عليهن
أشار إليه / إليها / إليهم / إليهن المديرُ:
المشار إليه
المشار إليها
المشار إليهم
المشار إليهن
المشكوك فيه
المشكوك فيها
المشكوك فيهم
المشكوك فيهنّ.
لعل واضح إن شاء الله
Admin
السلام عليكم
I was hoping to reach the person who has the authority to give me or allow me permission to teach using Medina Books.
I am sure you are fully aware that Medina Books PDF are widely available for FREE across the world wide web, and I myself have seen it being circulated widely in various forums. However, I am not comfortable using them in any of my groups etc without a written permission from the publishers themselves.
Who am I? In a nutshell I am just a very serious enthusiast of Arabic grammar who wishes to share with others this beautiful language and the benefits one can reap from understanding the Qur’an.
Although I can create my own account, I do not see the purpose of duplicating what is already out there as this will save me time to focus on studying rather the creating content.
Everything I do, I do is on a voluntary basis, so please consider my request.
Thank you so much and I look forward to your response in sha Allah.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear sister
Thank you for your message and جزاك الله خيرا for your efforts to learn and teach Qur’aanic Arabic using the Madinah Books.
The Madinah Books have been made available for learning/teaching courtesy of the Shaykh, the author.
If your purpose is to study/teach the Madinah Books for the sake of Allaah, without commercial gain, then you are allowed to print, share and distribute the Madinah Books on condition that no changes, additions etc, are made to the PDFs.
For this, we give you permission and pray for your success.
وأسأل الله أن يُعينَكِ ويوفّقَكِ آمين.
بارك الله فيكِ
والسلام عليكم
Admin for DrVaniya.com
Thank you sooo much! You have truly made my day.
May Allah accept our efforts. Ameen
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
واقرأ على أسرتك الكريمة سلامي واحترامي يا عزيزي (آدمن)
brother i have a question to ask.. we write رضي الله عنه after a صحابي
but some authors like Imam Nawawi Rahimahullah and others write رضي الله عنهما Anhumā after the name of a single Sahaba
عن عبد الله بن عباس رضي الله عنهما
so why humā which we learnt is the pronoun for dual person written for a single person?? that’s my question
please reply
بارك الله فيك يا سيدي
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي الفاضل – حفظك الله
جزاكم الله خيرا كثيرا
رضي الله عنهما – الضمير (هما) يعود على الصحابي وأبيه – إن كان كلاهما مسلماً.
فعباسّ – رضي الله عنه – هو عمُّ الرسولِ – صلى الله عليه وسلم.
وابنُه عبد الله.
كلاهما صحابيّ.
مثال آخر: عن ابن عمرَ – رضي الله عنهما.
ولكن نقول: عن عليّ بن أبي طالب – رضي الله عنه
لعله واضح.
بارك الله فيك
Admin
What do I say to this?! Alhamdulillah
whenever i need the solution to my nagging doubts, i know i can rely here, SubhanAllah the amount of knowledge Allah Azza wa Jall has given you is amazing.. and even Dr. V. AbdurRaheem his course is probably the best Arabic learning course in the world
SubhanAllah I’ve benefited a lot from here and will continue to benefit inshaAllah
jazak Allahu khairan for all your wonderful answers
سلام عليكم
في أمان الله
بارك الله فيك أخي.
في أمان الله.
Admin
eselamu alejkum
the sentence الفاهم أبوه الدرس غني does it have the mening of الذي يفهم أبوه الدرس غني?
second question is how to use istifham أ and lam emr after أو
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
We don’t use همزة الاستفهام after أو.
أو is used in a non-question eg:
أدرسْ اللغة العربيةَ أو الأرديةَ.
أو can be used in a question if it is preceded by هل eg
هل يزيدون أو ينقصون؟ (جاء في حديث)
(هل تحس منهم مِن أحد أو تسمع لهم ركزاً (مريم
أما جملة (الفاهم أبوه الدرس غني) فأجدها غريبة
Admin
but it is mentionen that ismu faail act as a verb when it has el attached to it
i think this is also in ibn Malik el elfiya
and you didnt give me example of using أو بلام أمر
وجدتُ معنى الجملة غريبا.
أما اسم الفاعل يعمل عمل فعله فصحيح.
أما (أل) في اسم الفاعل فقد تكون (أل) الموصولة والمعنى (الذي) – هذا أيضا صحيح.
جاء المقاتلُ العدوَّ أي: جاء الذي قاتل العدوَّ.
في التنزيل (والسارق والسارقة …)
بمعنى: الذي سرق.
وأل: موصولة.
و(الذي) يشبه أدوات الشرط بحسب السياق مثل هذه الآية
Admin
السلام عليكم،
if a word is مضاف اليه and also مفعول به in a sentence, will it be مجرور او منصوب ?
جزاك الله خير
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
A word cannot be مضاف إليه ومفعول به at the same time.
It is either مضاف إليه أو مفعول به.
Or it can be مضاف إليه ومفعول به في المعنى. If this is this case, it is مجرور.
يقول الله تعالى:
ولا يُشركْ بعبادةِ رَبِّـــهِ أحداً (الكهف)
ربِّــ : مضاف إليه مجرور وبمعنى المفعول به لأن التقدير:
بعبادتِــهِ ربـــَّــه
لعله واضح.
Admin
السلام علیکم
how do i negate a مصدر المٶول
the sentence أحاول أن أتبع صديقي و لا أتبعَ أخاه
is this correct or i must say:
لا أحاول أن أتبعه ولا أتبعَ أخاه
can you give examples how to negate مصدر المٶول
جزاك الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
We use لا النافية after أنْ المصدرية to negate a verb eg:
أحاولُ ألاَّ أنامَ
I am trying not to sleep.
ألاَّ = أنْ المصدرية + لا النافية
But note the following:
ما أحاولُ أنْ أنامَ
I am not trying to sleep.
We use the construction that suits the meaning.
I hope it is clear.
Please note a correction: You wrote مصدر المؤول
This is incorrect because مؤول is a نعت of مصدر so both should either be نكرة أو معرفة:
المصدر المؤول / مصدرٌ مؤولٌ
جاء في التنزيل:
قل يا أهل الكتابِ تعالوا إلى كلمةٍ سواءٍ بيننا وبينكم ألاَّ نعبدَ إلا الله … (آل عمران)
Admin
how if you want to negate another verb after واو العطف then it must be أحاول ألا أنام ولا أتكلمَ بفتحة
:صحيح – كما جاء في الآية المذكورة.
ألاَّ نعبدَ إلا اللهَ ولا نُشركَ به شيئا (آل عمران)
ولا نشركَ…
Admin
السلام علیکم
?هل هذه الحملة صحیحة
أدرس العربية لكي أفهم القرآن و ألا أنسی آياته
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أدرسُ العربيةَ لكي أفهمَ القرآنَ ولِـــئَـــلاَّ أنسى آياتِـه.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum
Respected Sheikh
I need grammatical analysis of
الكتابُ احوجُ إلى السنة من السنة إلى الكتاب
جزاك الله خيرا
السلام عليكم
الكتابُ: مبتدأ مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة.
أحوجُ: خبر مرفوع وعلامة رفعه ضمة ظاهرة.
إلى السنةِ: جار ومجرور متعلقان بـ أحوج
أحوج: اسم تفضيل وهو عامل.
مِنْ: التفضيلية
Admin
Jzkl for that answer what is the grammatical analysis from من onwards
من السنة وإلى السنة – كلاهما متعلقان بـ أحوج.
مِنْ: حرف جر، لا محل له.
السنةِ: اسم مجرور بـ مِنْ وعلامة جره سكرة ظاهرة.
Admin
Assalamualikum wrwb
Respect Sheikh
Hope you are doing well inshallah
I have a question about Madina’s book 3 lesson no 6 here is the sentence
بَعدَ عَشْرِ دقائقَ
What is the iraa’b of دقائقَ
If I am correct دقائقَ is مضاف اليه and it’s ممنوع من الصرف also.
Please kindly explain to me I am very thankful to you.
Jazakallahkhair
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته sister
إعرابكِ صحيح.
دقائقَ : مضاف إليه مجرور وعلامة جره الفتحة تَنُوبُ عَنِ الكسرةِ لأنه ممنوع من الصرف
زادكِ الله علما
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا كثيرا يا استاذ
Your answer and dua
رحمك الله
و بارك الله فيك
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أختي
وإياكِ وفيكِ بارك الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا كثيرا يا استاذ
Your answer and dua
رحمك الله
و بارك الله فيك
السلام علیکم یا شیخ
can i use لا التأْكيد after حروف لما و لم و لن
مثلا لما أدرس الدرس و لا الكتاب
أو تقول لم أفهمه و لا إياها
أو لن أسافره و لا صديقه
but if i want to negate two verbs i use same حرف صحیح?
مثلا لن أكتب و لن أفعل
لم أدرس و لم أفهم
لما أسافر و لما أزر
أ صحیح هذا?
السلام عليكم
نستعمل (لا) النافية الزائدة لتوكيد النفي.
نعم يجوز بعد نفي نحو (لمّا) الجازمة وبعد: لن ولا النافية وليس وما النافية وغير – بمعنى النفي.
نقول:
لمّا أدرسْ ولا أكتبْ
لمْ أفهمْه أنا ولا بلالٌ
لنْ أسافرَ ولا صديقُه.
ونقول:
لن أكتبَ ولا أحفظَ.
انظر هذا الرد مع الشواهد رجاء
Admin
السلام عليكم
in book 3 lesson 25 it says سمعت أنه يريد أن يترك المستشفی و يرجعُ إلی بیته should it not be یرجعَ with fatha as it is معطوف
then if it is not with fatha what is the different between سمعت أنه يريد أن يترك و يرجعَ أو يرجعُ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The reference you have given is incorrect. It is not in Madinah book 3.
Please give a correct, precise reference.
Admin
sorry i made i type error i meant book 2 lesson 25
هو خطأ طباعي فقط.
يرجعَ – صحيح.
Admin
السلام علیکم لعلکم بخیر
عندي سٸالان
السٸال الأول عن نعت السببية
هل أستعمل خبرا بعد هذه الجملة
الولد الجميلة عيناه
كما الولد هو المبتدأ و الجملية نعت السببية و عیناه فاعل للكلمة جميلة?
و السٸال الثاني
هل أستعمل خبرا بعد هذه الجملة
الولد الفاهم للدرس
کما الولد هو المبتدأ و الفاهم هو اسم الفاعل و للدرس مفعول به للکلمة الفاهم?
جزاک الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
الحمد لله ولعلك بخير إن شاء الله.
الولد الجميلة عيناه
– نعم، يحتاج إلى خير لأن التقدير:
الولد الذي تجمل عيناه…
ونوع (أل) في (الجميلة) هو (أل) الموصولة.
الولد فاهمٌ للدرسِ
فاهمٌ: خبر
واللام في (للدرسِ) لام التقويةِ لأنه مفعول اسمِ الفاعل.
شرح الشيخُ النعتَ السببيَّ في هذا الدرس.
لعله واضح.
Admin
eselamu alejkum
الجملة.
فهما صديقان:
أ هذه فاء السببية ?
إن تكن فاء السببية فلماذا تأْتي بعد الجملة الإسمية ألا تأْتي بعد أمر و نهي و نفي و استفهام و تمنی و تنضیض و لعل فقط?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
فاء السببية لا تدخل إلا على فعل مضارع.
الفاء التي في المثال قد تكون عاطفة.
وقد تكون فاءً استئنافية.
Admin
هنا في الکتاب الثالث جملة تبدأ هكذا
?ماذا نعمل فالقفل مكسور
?فما معنی هذه الفاء
استئنافية.
Admin
السلام علیکم
الجملة كلنا سيحضر
?لماذ الكلمة سيحضر هنا لا الكلمة سنحضر
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
1) كلنا سيحضر
كلنا سنحضر (2
كلاهما صحيح.
نستعمل الأول نظرًا للمضاف وهو : (كل) وهذا مفرد، ومذكر، وللغائب.
أو نستعمل الثاني نظراً للمضاف إليه وهو (نا).
Admin
السلام علیکم
the فعل المضارع which when preceded by talab it become مجزوم
مثل:
اکتب تنجحْ و لا تنس تفهمْ
can this also be done with لام الأمر as this is also أمر like لننم نكن أقوياء or are there other posibility which are not mentioned in the medinah books about المضارع مجزوم بعد الطلب
السلام علیکم یا شیخ
عندما أستعمل اسم الموصول باسم الإشارة
أ هو خبر?
کما تقول
هٶلاء الذين يدرسون العربية
أو لا بد أن تقول هٶلاء هم الذين يدرسون
?أيهما صحیح
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
كلاهما صحيح.
السياق يحدّد المعنى أنّ الاسم الموصول خبر.
وإن خفتَ أن المعنى غيرَ واضحٍ فاستعملْ ضميرَ فصلٍ بين المبتدأ والخبر كما فعلتَ.
جاء في التنزيل:
أهذا الذي يذكر آلهتَكم (الأنبياء: 36)
هذا: مبتدأ
الذي: خبر – دون فاصل.
Admin
Assalamualikumwrwb
Respect Sheikh
Hope you are doing well inshallah
I have a question about Madina’s book 3 lesson no 7 in exercise no 4 the word is
قصَّ-يَقُصُّ its مضعف and in the pattern of مِفعَلٌ its مِقَصٌّ
If we follow the pattern of مِفْعَلٌ has four letters and مِقَصٌّ has four letters why shaddah on
ص letter because of مضعف please kindly explain to me it’s the formation if we removed the shaddah on ص letter it may be no longer مضعف it’s a little bit confusing.
جزاك الله خيرا
Marina
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Sister, نحن بخير والحمد لله ولعلكِ بخير وعافية إن شاء الله
مقصّ is originally: مِقَصْصٌ – the first صاد is saakin.
Then إدغام takes place due to the presence of the same two letters – two Saads.
It finally becomes: مِقَصٌّ.
The shaddah indicates there are two Saads.
I hope this answers your question.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته يا شيخ
Alhamdulillah I understand it
Thanks your answer
تقبل الله منَّا و منكم صالح الاعمال
جزاك الله خيرا كثيرا و احسن الجزا فى الدَّارين
اختي مرينه
بارك الله فيكِ يا أختي الكريمة.
آمين وإياكِ.
Admin
السلام عليكم یا أستاذ
can you give some examples how to use the particle هلا in context and what is the exakt mening when using a verb with this particle thanks?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Please see Madinah Book 3 Lesson 29 which explains هلا.
Admin
السلام علیکم
فاء السببیة and لکي and حتی do these have same meaning !so that! but they are used in different ways if they are not used in same meaning what is the difference here please.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
لكي وحتى – كلاهما يفيد التعليل نحو:
أدْرسُ العربيةَ حتى أفهم القرآنَ / لكي أفهمَ القرآنَ.
فاء السببية تفيد أنّ ما قبلها سبب لما بعدها:
… مِن قبل أنْ يأتيَ أحدُكم الموتُ فَــيقولَ رب لولا أخرتَني إلى أجل قريب فأصّدقَ (المنافقون)
فيقولَ / فأصدقَ
أرجو أن تقرأ شرح (فاء السببية) للشيخ عبد الرحيم (ص 94 هنا)
Admin
eselamu alejkum
what is the difference between
لا کتاب عندي and ما عندي كتاب
jazak allahu khayra
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
لا كتابَ عندي
لا: النافية للجنس، تفيد توكيد المعنى.
جاء في التنزيل:
(لا إلهَ إلا الله) البقرة
(لا إكراهَ في الدين)
(ذلك الكتابُ لا ريبَ فيه)
اسم (لا) النافية للجنس تفيد نفي الجنس كله
ما عندي كتابٌ:
ليس في الجملة توكيد المعنى.
Admin
eselamu alejkum
how to say in Arabic i wanted to take my bike and not leave it do i have to negate later muawel like
أردت أن آخذ الدراجة و لا أتركَها
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أريد أنْ آخذ الدراجةَ وألاَّ أتركَها.
Admin
As salaam alaykum, I hope you’re well
I was reading a book which has no tashkeel except a little. So the following word perplexed me since it seems the diacritical marks were place purposely and not out of a typo:
I hope Shaykh can clarify what this is:
…فإن خيرَ الحديث كتابُ الله و خيرَ الهَدْي هُدْيُ محمد صلى الله عليه و سلم
The word هُدْيُ – I have looked into numerous dictionaries and cannot find that particular pattern, its usually: هَدْي هُدَى but never هُدْيُ where the “ha” has a dhamma and the “daal” has a saakin
Can Shaykh clarify if this is indeed a typo? Or a rare pattern for this particular word?
JazakAllah Khayran
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
بخير والحمد لله ولعلك بخير إن شاء الله.
ورد الحديث في صحيح مسلم عن جابر رضي الله عنه بـ (وخير الهُدَى هُدَى محمد صلى الله عليه وسلم)
فيبدو أن (هُدْى) خطأ طباعي.
والله أعلم
أرسلتُ السؤال للشيخ.
Admin
Assalamu Alaykum,
I need to understand why does Quran use masculine pronoun in Surah Al-nahl (Chapter 16) verse 66 بُطُونِهِ but feminine pronoun in Surah al-mominoon (Chapter 23) verse 21 بُطُونِهَا ?
Also, in Chapter 16 verse 69, Why does Quran use feminine pronoun?
May Allah reward you.
Wassalamu Alaykum.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
I’ve sent your question to the Shaykh.
Admin
?السلام علیکم
هل تأْتي فاء الجواب بعد اسم الموصول
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نعم إن كان الاسم الموصول فيه شبيهٌ بأداة الشرط كما في قول الله تعالى:
إنّ الذين فتن المؤمنين والمؤمنات ثم لمْ يتوب فَـــلَهُمْ … (البروج)
الفاء تأتي على (لهم) وهي الفاء الواقعة في جواب الشرط لأن (الذين) يُشبه أدة الشرط (مَن).
كأن المعنى:
مَنْ فتن المؤمنين والمؤمنات ثم لم يتوبوا فـلهم عذاب…
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا
Bismillah.
I came across this sentence:
ذهب أحمد الي السوق. وبعد سنين، ذكر ذهابه وقال: قد ذهبت ذاك اليوم، وما اَوَدُّ أَنِّي لَم أَكُنْ ذَهَبْتُ.
My question is regarding the sentence وما اَوَدُّ أَنِّي لَم أَكُنْ ذَهَبْتُ. I have read two different translations for this sentence. The first said that Ahmad regretted this action and exclaimed ?How I wish I had not went!? The second said that he was pleased with going and said, “How I would dislike not going!?
I think the difference in translation is because of the various meanings the word مَا has. I would be very happy if you could tell me which translation is more accurate and how to distinguish between the types of مَا so I can understand its meaning in similar sentences.
السلام علیکم
عندي سٸال هل یمکن أن يأْتي فعل مضارع مجزوم بعد لام الأمر والنهي کما يأْتي بعد فعل الأمر
?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نعم كما جاء في التنزبل:
طلاق (لِيُنْفِقْ ذو سعةٍ مِن سعته)
(فلينظرِْ الإنسانُ إلى طعامه) عبس
(لا تعبدِْ الشيطانَ) مريم
Admin
قصدت کما تقول
اکتب تنجح
الفعل تنجح مجزوم للطلب
هل يأْتي بعد لام الأمر و النهي كهذا
ليشرحه لنا أحمد نفهمه
الفعل نفهمه مجزوم بسبب لام الأمر
و تقول أيضا لا تنسه تفهمه
الفعل تفهمه مجزوم بسبب لا النهي
?هل تستعمل هذه الجمل هكذا
تقصد هل الفعل المضارع مجزوم بالطلب مع لام الأمر.
أرسلتُ السؤال للشيخ.
Admin
جزاك الله خیرا أتمنی للشیخ أن یجیب هذا الجواب إن شاء الله
Assalamu alaikum!
Our training center in Tashkent (Uzbekistan) compiled a book based on the Madinah Book. We would like to get the Sheikh’s permission to use it in the educational process. And also to present these books to the Sheikh. How can we personally meet Sheikh Dr. Abdur Rahim?
http ://grandtalim.uz
Assalamu alaikum!
Our training center in Tashkent (Uzbekistan) compiled a book based on the Madinah Book. We would like to get the Sheikh’s permission to use it in the educational process. And also to present these books to the Sheikh. How can we personally meet Sheikh Dr. Abdur Rahim?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا
أرسلتُ رسالتك إلى الشيخ ولعله يتصل بك إن شاء الله.
Admin
جزاك الله خيرا
?هل أرسل الشيخ لك الجواب الذي سألت عنه
لا.
I do apologise if my question may cause any inconvenience to you …
السلام عليكم
Thank you for your message brother which I have moderated.
I have replied to your email.
Admin
شيخنا بخير والحمد لله – حفظه الله
Admin
Assalamu ‘alaikum.
In Pakistan, only a handful of your books are available. If I want a hard copy of any book of yours to learn from it, do I have the permission to make a printout or photocopy of it?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, you have permission to photocopy it since you mentioned it is for learning purposes and not for commercial gain.
So please go ahead.
Admin
اسلام علیکم
Respected Shaikh may Allah سبحانہ تعالی grant you and your team health.
جِدّا is مَفْعُوْلٌ مُطْلَقٌ . Is the spelling of مَفْعُوْلٌ مُطْلَقٌ is correct with حَرْکَات and اعراب .
Please let me know.
May Allah سبحانہ تعالی reward you all involved in this blog.
جزاک اللہ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نعم هذا صحيح.
Admin
السلام عليكم
can you give examples of حال coming as a جملة بعد معرفة
هل رأيتَ حامدًا يَذهبُ إلى السوق؟
Did you see Hamid going to the market?
أحسنتَ
Admin
وعليكم السلام
?الحال كجملة إسمية بعد معرفة أريد أمثلة كثيرة لهذا
1) حفظ أخي القرآنَ وهو صغيرٌ.
2) جلستُ تحتَ الشجرةِ أوراقُها تسقطُ.
3) زرنا الجارَ وهو في الخارجِ.
4) جاءتْ سيارةُ الأجرةِ نافذتُها مكسورةٌ
5) نزّلتُ من الحافلةِ وهي تسيرُ.
?لماذا يأْخذ وقتا طويلا لأدمن لإجابة أسٸلتنا في هذه المجموعة نحن ما عندنا وقت فننتظر أياما كثيرة لإجابة آدمن لأسٸلتنا
?سبحان الله ما هذا
أ نحن هنا لتعلم العربية أم لانتظار وقت طويل للإجابة
the word إما و إما is matoof can i say إما لما يدرس العربية و إما بدأ دراستها
لا معنى.
eselamu alejkum
how can حال come with فعل ماض i know one is with قد but i read that it can come with negations as well are there any examples of this
جزاک الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
دخلتُ الفصلَ وقد انتهى الدرسُ
I entered the class after the lesson finished.
This is what you have learnt.
We don’t use واو الحال with a negating particle – as explained in شرح الألفية لابن مالك – باب: الحال.
جاء في حديث أم سلمة -رضي الله عنها:
“عبدْنا الله تعالى لا نؤذى”
لا نؤذى – حال.
The meaning is past even though the verb in الحال الجملة is مضارع.
You can see the Shaykh’s شرح on pg 40 PDF, # 13 here.
السلام علیکم
i have 2 questions question number one is:
1) how do you make a conditional claus for past is it with کان and قد like:
إن تکن قد فعلت هذا فلا تقل لي is this sentence for the past
2)the other question is what is the difference between من لم and من لا and إن لم and إن لا
جزاک الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
1) قال إن كنتُ قلتُــه فقد علمتَ (المائدة)
قال إن كنتَ جئتَ بآيةٍ فأْتِ بها (الأعراف)
كان + فعل ماض = يفيد الشرط في الزمن الماضي – كما في الآيتينِ.
2) لا فرق في المعنى. ربما يكون الفرق من ناحية البلاغة.
السلام عليكم
Respected Sheikh,
Pls explain what is الفاء تفريعية , it is mentioned in Noorul Yaqeen in the إعراب of Q45:v30
is it explained anywhere else in the Madina books or later (advanced) books?.
Regards/Ameerudheen.
Asalamu alaikum,
I am currently on book 1 and I have a question.
If an adjective comes after mudaf and mudaf ilai but mudaf is also majroor then how do we know which one the adjective is describing?
for example
في بيتِ حامد الكبيرِ
How do we whether it is, in the house of big Hamid or in the big house of Hamid.
بارك الله فيكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
We know from the context. For example:
I am talking about the new house of the Imaam and I then say:
هل جلستَ في بيتِ الإمامِ الجديدِ؟
– it is obvious that I mean:
Did you sit in the new house of the Imaam?
– And obvious that I don’t mean:
Did you sit in the house of the new Imaam?
So the context determines the meaning.
Admin
السلام علیکم
أنا حفظت سورة الرحمن وأنا متعب
حفظت سورة الرحمن و أنا متعب
یجب أن تكون الجملة الأولى بعد الواو معطوفة لأنها ليست حالية
أما الجملة الثانية فهي حالية لأنها ليست بمعطوفة أليس كذلك
?يا أستاذ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
الواو في كلتا الجملتينِ يمكن أن تكون واو الحال أو واو الاستئناف بحسب سياق الكلام.
وأنْ تبدأ بــ (أنا) لا يؤثر في نوع الواو.
Admin
Dr v abdur raheem tell me which book should I use to translate Qur’an I mean which dictionary
As salamu alekum
What is the english translation of
مديرنا ذو قامة طويلة
JazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our director is tall.
السلام عليكم يا أستاذ لعلك بخیر
?عندي سٸال أتمنی أن تجيبه إنشاء الله
الجملة:
قابلت رجلا عنده سيارة حمراء علی نافذتها اسمه
النعت هناك :عنده سيارة
هل معناه بالإنكلزية a man who had a car or has a car as the mening is in past or do i have to use کانت عنده سيارة to mean a man who had a car or is the mening the same without کان also?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
شكرا لكَ.
قابلتُ رجلا عنده سيارةٌ
I met a man who has a car.
قابلتُ رجلا كانتْ عنده سيارةٌ
I met a man who had a car.
تنبيه:
إنشاء الله – كتابة هذا خطأ شائع.
الصواب: إنْ شاءَ الله
إنشاء – مصدرُ: أنشأ ينشئُ – بمعنى: إيجاد
وإنْ شاءَ – حرف شرط وفعل شرطٍ – هذا هو المقصود.
?عندي سٸال أتمنی أن تجيبه إنشاء الله
الجملة:
قابلت رجلا عنده سيارة حمراء علی نافذتها اسمه
النعت هناك :عنده سيارة
هل معناه بالإنكلزية a man who had a car or has a car as the mening is in past or do i have to use کانت عنده سيارة to mean a man who had a car or is the mening the same without کان also?
اسلام علیکم
Respected Shaikh may Allah سبحانہ تعالی grant you and your team health.
In the below question can we analyse like this:
یَا سَلْمٰی أَ فِيْ فَصْلِكِ طَالِبَاتٌ مِنَ الصِّیْنِ وَالْیَابَانِ؟
مَعْطُوْفٌ عَلَی الصِّیْنِ = الْیَابَانِ
May Allah سبحانہ تعالی reward you all involved in this blog.
جزاک اللہ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا
الجملة صحيحة.
نعم الكلمة معطوفة على (الصين) والمعنى:
من الصين ومن اليابان.
ِAdmin
اسلام علیکم
Respected Shaikh may Allah سبحانہ تعالی grant you and your team health.
please tell if all the vowel signs are correct on the word شَدَّةٌ (for making a noun mushaddad)
جزاک اللہ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
جزاك الله خيرا
التشكيل صحيح.
Admin
السلام علیکم
i have heard from a video that the verbs which are intransitive dont become مجهول but why when i search some verbs like خرج its says it takes اسم المفعول why is that when it doesnt become فعل للمجهول please explain this.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
الفعل اللازم الذي لا يتعدى بواسطة حرف جر ليس له اسم مفعول نحو: ضَحِكَ الرجلُ
الفعل اللزم الذي يتعدى بواسطة حرف جر له اسم مفعول نحو: غضب الرجل على فلان.
دليله: (غير المغضوبِ عليهم) الفاتحة
المغضوب – اسم المفعول من غضِبَ.
Admin
اسلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear adimin is there any book of البلاغة written by our respected Shaykh Dr V. Abdur rahim?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Respected brother, to my knowledge, our Shaykh has not authored a book on البلاغة.
Admin
اسلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Dear adimin
my name is عيسي from Tanzania 🇹🇿
i want to run small madrasa in my area and i would like use the syllabus of our respected Shaykh Dr Abdurahim. can you send to me the syllabus of our sheikh to me please
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Brother, شكرا for your message.
Please download the syllabus from our libraries here and from the Madinah Book 1-3 libraries.
Admin
Assalamu Alaykum Warahmatullah
I’m an Arabic teacher and my questions are the following:
1) The books Duroos Al Lugatuyl Arabiyyah or Easy Arabic Course, are they copyrighted? Are the books Open Source?
2) Is it allowed for us teachers to teach the books online through an Arabic course which may be paid courses?
3) Is it allowed to create guides or books that help learners understand Duroos better?
4) Is it allowed for us to create a new book series using text from Duroos and modify/improve the content therein?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1) There are no copyrights for using them for learning/teaching purposes nor for non-commerial gain.
2) Yes.
3) No. But an exception is if the material is a very useful addition, is presented to our Shaykh, and he approves.
4) No.
وفّقك الله
Admin
Jazakumullahu Khairan katheeran
I really appreciate the prompt response.
Thank you very much. May Allah accept your efforts and grant you with good on that day.
بارك الله فيك أخي.
Admin
السلام علیکم
هل أستطیع أن أستعمل جملة اسمية بعد الكلمة عندما?
المثال عندما أنا في البيت
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
لا لأن (ما) في (عندما) ما المصدرية، وتؤؤل بمصدر.
الصواب: عندما أكونُ في البيتِ…
أي: عندَ كَوْنِي في البيتِ…
والله أعلم.
Admin
السلام عليكم و رحمة الله 4
شكرا لكم لكل ما تقادمتم لمصلحة الجميع، نفع الله بكم الأمة.
أنا لم ٱجد في موقعكم كتب دروس اللغة العربية للأطفال الا الأول. من فضلكم أريدم من 2 إلى 8 للتحميل.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا على رسالتك.
لا يوجد إلا ما ترى هنا.
الكتاب السادس الذي مِن سلسلة الكتب للأطفال هنا للتنزيل.
بقية النسخ تستطيع شراءها من المكتبات إن شاء الله.
شكرا
Admin
eselamu alejkum
the word اذن in arabic meaning in that case i see this particle used with جملة اسمية can you give some examples how this particle is used with a nominal sentence because in the book its only mentioned its work with verb.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The Shaykh’s Glossary, under the Harf أ mentions how it is used in a جملة اسمية.
Admin
?السلام علیکم لعلکم بخیر
i saw in a video of brother asif mentioning that لام التعلیل and the word أن dont come in the begining of the sentence but when i read quran i see this is coming often after واو is there not a new sentence after واو?
جزاک الله
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
أنا بخير والحمد لله وشكرا للسؤال.
الجملة التي بعد الواو ليستْ جملة ابتدائية.
يبدو أن الأخ يقصد أنها لا تأتي في جملة ابتدائية.
والله أعلم.
يمكن أن تسأل الأخ ما الذي يقصد.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum Sheikh
I want to enquire regarding the jam takseer ghair aaqil and aaqil nouns, if they are used with an associate eg :sifah or khabar or isharah then would we use wahid mu’annath and jam mu’annath in both cases? Is mudhakkar also permissable?
وعليكم السلام
The basic rule with regard to the broken plural of aaqil nouns is to use the masculine or feminine plural form, eg,
.هؤلاء تجارٌ كبارٌ
أولئك طلابٌ ناجحون.
هؤلاء الطبيباتُ مسلماتٌ.
With regard to the plural of ghayr aaqil nouns, the basic rule is to use with it feminine singular,
eg, هذه البيوتُ جميلةٌ.
These two rules apply to the day-to-day use of the language, but there are also rules different from these which occur in poetry and literary prose,
eg, تلك الرسلُ (Q2:253).
Speaking of the أصنام(idols) Allah سبحانه وتعالى says:
إنَّـهنّ أضللنَ كثيراً من الناسِ (Q14:36).
I have mentioned some of these rules in my book المسعِف في لغةِ وإعراب سورة يوسف.
But please note that these rules pertain to poetry and literary prose. In most languages poetry and literary writing have a style slightly different from the ordinary use of the language.
Hope it is clear.
abdur rahim
السلام علیکم
عندي أسٸلة كثيرة للسٸال
لعلک تجیبها إنشاء الله
السٸال الأول. هل أستطیع أن أستعمل بعد اسم الموصول الحروف لن و لما ? مثلا الذين لما يكتبوا دروسهم أو الذين لن يدرسوا. هل کلاهما صحیح
?و السٸال الثاني. هل يمكنني أن أقول أنا الذي سيعلمكم العربية
و السٸال الثالث أعطني أمثلة للإضافة اللفظية بمعان ترجمت من العربية إلی الإنكالزية?
جزاك الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
You have a number of spelling mistakes in Arabic. Please note:
إنشاء الله – غير صحيح في هذا السياق وهذا خطأ شائع بين طلاب العربية.1
إنشاء – مصدر: أنشأ يُنشئ – معناه: أوجد.
الصواب: إنْ شاء الله
2) السؤال*
3) أجاب يجيب عن سؤال*
4) الاسم الموصول*
5) الإنكليزية*
—————–
س2: نعم
س3: جاء رجلٌ كثيرُ الكلامِ
هل قابلتَ الرجلَ الكثيرَ الكلامِ؟
A talkative man came.
Did you meet the talkative man?
س1: للشيخ.
Admin
Jzkla khairan for the prompt response.
With regard to aaqil jama takseer هذه كتب؟
With regard to ghair aaqil is it permitted to use jama muzakar for masculine broken plural?
Alhumdulillah I managed to get the book..what page is the should I find it…I see page 18 has some info.
Jzkla khairan
Assalaamu alaikum what is the Grammar rule behind sura tauba v5 alashuru alhurum
If Alashur is jama muzakar ghair aaqil then alhurume supposed to be muanat Walid?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The Shaykh has answered this in his reply to your other question.
Admin
What would be the correct way to do tarkeeb of amr verbs( how would i say rhe faail? اضربْ and ارجعى
اضربْ: فعل أمر مبني على السكون والفاعل: ضمير مستتر تقديره أنت.
ارجعي: فعل أمر مبني على حذف النون والفاعل: ياء المخاطبة وهي ضمير مبني على السكون في محل رفع.
أرجو أن ترجعي إلى الجزء الثاني من (دروس اللغة العربية) للشيخ.
Admin
السلام عليكم
I have a question، why is munadi mansub when it is mudaf?
i.e) يا عبدَ الله
Is it because it is the object of the call?
جزاكم الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
نعم، هو مفعول به لفعلٍ محذوفٍ تقديره: أنادي عبدَ اللهِ.
بعض النحاة يرون هذا.
Admin
Assalaamu alaikum
I would like to enquire why some ى have dots and some don’t?
If I want to say ” the 2 hadith of the prophet”
حديثي الرسول
Is it an incorrect rule to say that a dotted yaa is Preceeded by a kasra?
وعليكم السلام sister
The dotted ya may be preceded by a kasrah in which case it is pronounced long i as in فِـــيْ fii, and it may be preceded by a fathah in which case it is pronounced as i in the english word ‘mine’.
The undotted ya is pronounced alif as in words like إِلَى، عَلَىilaa, ‘alaa.
Note that in the مصحف (i.e. the quran copy) the full form of the ya is always undotted, and also in the egyptian arabic.
Hope this has helped you to understand the problem.
abdur rahim
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I am a Pakistani lady currently residing in Saudi Arabia. I am a passionate student of knowledge and my focus is on learning and teaching the Arabic language. There are almost 1.6 billion Muslims that are non Arabic speaking. My aim is to try to teach Arabic to as many women as possible in the most effective and efficient manner. I work with a organisation called NurulQuran as a teacher of Arabic Grammar through the book
مفتاح القران عبد الرحمٰن طاهر . I teach this course via zoom. This organisation is focussed on providing Islamic education to Muslim women and girls.
Dr. Vaniya’s curriculum issuitable for teaching Arabic in a non-Arabic speaking environment.
I would like to know the detailed curriculum and resources to prepare a course proposal to the administration of my organisation. I have to prove to them that this program is interesting enough to be able to attract students and effective enough to retain students to the end of the entire curriculum as it is taught at the madinah university. Please could I have an appointment with one of the experienced teachers to discuss further.
https: //nurulquran.com
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أختنا
جزاكِ الله خيرا لرسالتك المفصلة.
البرنامج المفصل للشيخ د. ف عبد الرحيم موجود في هذا الموقع ويمكنكِ أن تستخدميه وأرجو أن تفتحي هذا برنامج الملف هنا.
وفّقكِ الله
إن كان لديكِ مزيد مِن السؤال فتفضلي.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته أحبائي.
أحسن الله إليكم، أريد أن تبينوا لي نوع “أو” في آية ٨٨ من سورة الأعراف؛ “… أو لتعودن في ملتنا
أهي للتخيير أو التفصيل أو غير ذلك؟
وإذا كانت للتخيير فأين الطلب؟ هذا ما يحيرني
أفيدوني جزاكم الله خيرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
أما بعد : فـ أو هنا تفيد التخيير، والآية تتضمن معنى الطلب إذ معناها :
اختر يا شعيب أحد الأمرين : إما أن تُخرج وإما أن تعود في ملتنا.
والسلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته.
ف. عبد الرحيم
جزاكم الله خيرا يا شيخنا العزيز
مفهوم الآن.
السلام عليكم
What is the reason for قال being used for نسوة in ayah 30 of Surah Yusuf.
Jazakallahu khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Our Shaykh explained this in his book المسعف في لغة وإعراب سورة يوسف,
pg 99 (PDF numbering) here.
Admin
On the website there is only half of Book 3 (1-17), could you please send me the other half.
You can download the whole book 3 (now a colour copy) from here.
Admin
eselamu alejkum
how do i negate a
فعل مضارع مجزوم بعد الطلب
أ هو هکذا?
اجلس لا يرك المدرس
sit the teacher will not se you.
السلام علیکم. لعلکم بخیر إن شاءالله
?my bedroom أريد أن تشرح لي كيف تقول بالعربية
.لأنني أظن أن المصدر لا يأْتي كنعت لكلمة
ألیس كذالک?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
قولك صحيح.
نقول: غرفتي للنومِ
أو: غرفة نومي.
والله أعلم.
Admin
assalam alykum
Dear admn I hope you are well i want to buy the Dr Abdurahim s books who is distribitor in Tanzania?
Salam why is that none of your pdf links are working? Unable to download anything from the site.. for example in the hadith related page.. Nothing is getting downloaded
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
I am not sure why you can’t download but I am able to download the PDFs easily ولحمد لله.
Could I suggest you try another browser.
Admin
Subject: Seeking Machine-Readable PDFs for Arabic Texts Specifically Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s Works
Hello everyone,
I hope this message finds you well. I am an amateur Arabic reader seeking assistance in finding machine-readable PDFs or a way to easily copy and paste text between a PDF and ChatGPT. Specifically, I am interested in obtaining machine-readable PDFs of Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s works, as I aim to utilize ChatGPT to enhance my understanding of his writings and expand my Arabic reading skills.
If any of you have recommendations or suggestions on reliable sources for machine-readable Arabic PDFs or alternative methods that allow for seamless copying and pasting of Arabic text, I would greatly appreciate your input. I am particularly interested in accessing Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s books in a format that facilitates efficient interaction with ChatGPT.
Thank you in advance for your help. Your assistance in obtaining machine-readable PDFs of Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s works would be of immense value to me as I strive to improve my Arabic reading abilities and comprehension of his teachings.
Best regards,
Asad Patrick
Subject: Seeking Machine-Readable PDFs for Arabic Texts, Specifically Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s Works
Hello everyone,
I hope this message finds you well. I am an amateur Arabic reader seeking assistance in finding machine-readable PDFs or a way to easily copy and paste text between a PDF and ChatGPT. Specifically, I am interested in obtaining machine-readable PDFs of Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s works, as I aim to utilize ChatGPT to enhance my understanding of his writings and expand my Arabic reading skills.
If any of you have recommendations or suggestions on reliable sources for machine-readable Arabic PDFs or alternative methods that allow for seamless copying and pasting of Arabic text, I would greatly appreciate your input. I am particularly interested in accessing Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s books in a format that facilitates efficient interaction with ChatGPT.
Thank you in advance for your help. Your assistance in obtaining machine-readable PDFs of Sheikh Abdur Rahim’s works would be of immense value to me as I strive to improve my Arabic reading abilities and comprehension of his teachings.
Best regards,
ASAD PATRICK
Thank you for your message.
I hope you obtain the assistance you are searching for.
And we hope you benefit greatly from our Shaykh’s Arabic teaching materials.
All the best
Admin
I was reading this paragraph and need help understanding the phrase لو أن فيك موضع أدب لأوجعتك was wondering if you can help?
«جاء بشر بن الوليد إلى أبي يوسف، فقال: تنهاني عن الكلام، وبشر المريسي وعلي الأحول وفلان يتكلمون؟ فقال: وما يقولون؟ قال: يقولون: إن الله في كل مكان، فبعث أبو يوسف، وقال: علي بهم، فانتهوا إليه، وقد قام بشر، فجيء بعلي الأحول والشيخ الآخر، فنظر أبو يوسف إلى الشيخ، فقال: لو أن فيك موضع أدب لأوجعتك؟ وأمر به إلى الحبس، وضرب عليا الأحول وطوف به، وقد استتاب أبو يوسف بشرا المريسي لما أنكر أن يكون الله فوق عرشه، وهي قصة مشهورة»
آملُ الردَ مِن الشيخ إن شاء الله.
شكرا
Admin
السلام علیکم یا أستاذ
هل يمكن أن أستعمل لما الحينية بنفيين?
مثلا لما لم أر بلالا ما اتصلت به أو يجب أن أستعمل جملة أخری لهذا الأمر?
جزاك الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
يجب الفعل الماضي مع (لمّا) الحينية.
يمكن (عندما) هنا لأنه يليه فعلٌ ماضٍ أو مضارعٌ – مثلا:
عندما لمْ أر بلالاً لمْ أتصلْ به.
و(ما) هذه، مصدرية فالتقدير:
عندَ عدمِ رؤيةِ بلالٍ لمْ أتصلْ به
والله أعلم.
Admin
Assalamualaikum Syeikh Dr.V & the Admin.
I want to ask, it is legal to download all 4 chapter of Durus Lughah Arabiyah from
https: //www.fatwa-online.com/ ??
Thank you.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله brother,
Yes, this is fine.
Fatwa-online website have permission from the Shaykh to allow the download of دروس اللغة العربية.
Apology for the late reply. (The comment went to spam).
Admin
السلام علیکم لعلکم بخیر?
?كيف أجعل معطوفا علیه لفعل ككاد يكاد
?هل أقول ما كاد يكتب و يدرس أو ما كاد يكتب و لا يدرس
same goes for the verb لا يزال and the particles of urge like لولا هلا لوما like so i have to say
لولا تشكرون و تذكرون أو لولا تشكرون و لا تذكرون
i dont understand the matof of these particles as it does not make sence to make matof alejh with لا التوكيد جزاك الله خیرا
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
شكرا لرسالتك.
نعم، يجوز (لا) النافية لتوكيد النفي بعد حرف نفي نحو (ما) النافية ويجب أن تسبقها واوُ العطفِ.
انظرْ هذا الرد رجاء.
بالنسبة إلى (كاد) فلعل الشيخَ يردّ إن شاء الله
Admin
السلام علیکم یا أخي لعلک بخیر ?
?هل أستطیع أن أقول هاتین الجملتین
لن يدرس أحمد فبلال
لم يصب لنا فیصل القهوة ثم أخواته
الكلمتان بعد هاتین الجملتین فاء و ثم معطوفتان و لو بدأْت الجملتان بنفي.
?أهاتان الجملتان صحیحتان
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
لا أراهما صحيحينِ.
يمكن أن تقول:
لنْ يدرسَ أحمدُ ولا بلالٌ.
لمْ يصبَّ لنا فيصلٌ ولا أخواتُه.
الواو هنا عاطفة و (لا) نافية، زايدة لتوكيد النفي.
هذه (لا) النافية الزائدة لتوكيد النفي في القرآن.
Admin
assalaamu alaikum respected sheikh.please may i have an editable [for my notes] version of qasms in quraan
also i could only find part 4, is there a part 1 to 3 on qasms
Sorry, we don’t provide editable content.
Parts 1-4 are available in the DVDs of the ‘Selections course’.
Please see the full course.
Admin
السلام علیکم
I have acquired pdfs of the Madinah Books online. Do I have the shaykh’s permission to use them, or should I buy them? I live in KSA, and would be willing to buy them if the pdfs are without the shaykh’s permission.
I also would be willing to donate money here for use of the pdf version, in place of buying physical copies.
Jazakallah khair
وعليكم السلام ورحمة لله Brother
If these PDFs on other websites, state within them that they’re uploaded with the Shaykh’s permission then these are perfectly fine for use.
Thank you for your kind offer to donate but the PDFs are free for you to use.
جزاك الله خيرا
Admin
I am Zahirul Amin. I am a teacher of Madina Arabic from Bangladesh. I want to communicate with Dr. V. Abdur Rahim. It would be great if you help me to contact him or his team.
We are the Shaykh’s Admin team.
How can we help?
Admin
اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ!
I hope you’re in good health, can you please tell the brief grammatical analysis of the following sentence :-
تَعَالَ نَجْلِسْ قَلِيْلًا ، ثُمَّ نَرْجِعْ سَرِيْعًا.
Note :- Please also mention the correct place of writing ( فتحتان ) in Mafo’ol like ( قليلا ) in the above sentence i.e whether to put it on laam or on alif?
✍🏻~Abdur Rahman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا
تعالَ: فعل أمر مبني على حذف حرفِ العلةِ،
فاعله: ضمير مستتر تقديره: أنت
نجلسْ: فعل مضارع، مجزوم بالطلبِ، وعلامة جزمه السكون.
فاعله: ضمير مستتر تقديره: نحن
قليلاً: ناب عن ظرف زمان منصوب، وعلامة نصبه فتحة ظاهرة وهو نعت المصدرِ المحذوفِ تقديره: وقتا قليلاً.:
The التنوين is placed on the alif in: قليلاً.
The Shaykh explained this subject in Madinah Book 3, lesson 13: الجزم بالطلب.
Admin
اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ!
I hope you’re in good health, can you please tell me how should we translate such type of sentences :-
١) هَٰؤُلَاءِ يَعْمَلُوْنَ عَمَلًا شَاقًّا جِدًا.
٢) اٰذَنُ لَكَ بِالسَّفَرِ رَاضِيًا.
✍🏻~Abdur Rahman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
It is better not to translate these but to understand their meaning in Arabic.
Admin
اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ!
Can you please tell me how should we translate such type of sentences :-
١) هَٰؤُلَاءِ يَعْمَلُوْنَ عَمَلًا شَاقًّا جِدًا.
٢) اٰذَنُ لَكَ بِالسَّفَرِ رَاضِيًا.
Assalamu alaykum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh,
This may be a question that doesn’t make all that much sense, but I just want to clarify this point. I know and understand that Dr. Vanya is the author of the books. However, how does the fact that Dr.Vaniya is the original author play into the situation where a book has copyright and express that the publisher’s permission is required (for example, if a book contains the standard “All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or translated or transmitted in any form or any means … … without permission in writing from the publisher”)? Does he have the permission of the publisher(s) to share his books online? I’m just seeking to clarify this, so that (1) I can begin studying using these books InshAllah, and (2) I can be comfortable knowing that I am not infringing on anyone else’s rights while doing so. I apologize if this question is inappropriate: it’s just a concern of mine and I don’t really have much of an understanding of how copyright works. JazakAllah Khayran.
(Posting this again if previous comment didn’t go through. Please delete this if it did. JazakAllah Khayran.)
Assalamu alaykum wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuh,
I just have a question that InshAllah I would like to clear up. I know that Dr. Vanya is the original author of the books and that many of his books, if not all, are here on this website in PDF form. As such, I was wondering if Dr. Vanya has permission from the publishers to publish the PDF books online and/or to give permission to others to do so. Forgive me InshAllah if this question is disrespectful and/or inappropriate: I am not so familiar regarding the copyright concept and issue, and I felt that getting clarification directly from you all would be the best course of action. JazakAllah Khayran.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته Brother
جزاك الله خيرا for your kind concern.
Please rest assured, our Shaykh has full permission from his publishers, to offer his books as PDFs for others to benefit from.
This is on the condition that there is no commercial gain involved.
You will know this if the PDF states words to the effect: ‘With kind permission from the Shaykh’.
The Shaykh offers free accesss to his books for learning, teaching, sharing to encourage learning/teaching etc, for da’wah, and they can be used at home, in schools, classes etc. This is all acceptable.
I hope your mind is at rest إن شاء الله.
Admin
JazakAllah Khayran for letting me know. Does this apply to all of his books that are in PDF format? Or only the ones that contain that permission clause within the PDF? I haven’t checked if all books on this site contain them (then again, if you have them uploaded here, I’d imagine that the Shaykh has permission to share them).
Also, as one last question, where can one find the remaining part of part 3 of the Madinah books? I noticed that only a portion of Part 3 is linked here on the website.
Yes, it applies to all the PDFs on this site whether it contains the clause or not since the source of the PDF is this website itself which is the Shaykh’s personal site.
Admin
Book 3 in full, is available in colour from LQToronto.
Admin
Assalamu alaykum. Another question InshAllah. If I download these files to my device, am I allowed to mark them up/write in them (e.g., on my computer, my tablet, etc.) for writing notes, completing the exercises, writing vowel signs, etc.? What are the restrictions regarding this?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Yes, you are allowed to write your personal notes on the PDFs but these would not be allowed to be shared with others since they constitute alterations. But for personal notes, answers to exercises, this is fine.
I hope it is clear.
Admin
! اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
I hope you are doing well,
1) Can you please tell me when you use ( اِبْنِ ) and ( بِنْ ) in a name and what is the difference between them?
2) Is the English section at the back of Madinah Books sufficient to get in-depth grammatical details for each lesson if not, then how can we?
✍🏻~Abdur Rahman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I’m sorry for the late reply.
1) The alif in ابن is written if it is the خبر of a مبتدأ:
بلالٌ ابنُ حامدٍ.
Here the alif in ابن indicates that the word is خبر, and not a بدل or نعت of the proper noun.
This is because the word ابن can also be a بدل or نعت when written between two proper nouns.
The Shaykh explains the concept on pg 20 PDF numbering, point number 7 here.
2) No, it is not sufficient since the English Key is just a summary. You need to read the Arabic text which provides the practice with examples. The Key will aid you to read the Arabic. You can also follow Br Asif’s videos.
Admin
! اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
Mr. Admin, I hope you are doing well, I have another question :-
1) Is خَبَرُ إِنَّ always مَرْفُوْعٌ i.e even in the case when خَبَرُ إِنَّ is جَارٌ وَمَجْرُوْرٌ in appearance?
For example :- إِنَّكَ بِخَيْرٍ
Can you please also answer the two other questions which I asked the other day on 5th September 2023
✍🏻~Abdur Rahman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
لا، إنَّ خبرَ (إنَّ) ليس مرفوعا دائما، إنما هو مرفوع إن كان مفردا ومعربا نحن:
إنَّ الدرسَ سهلٌ.
ولكن إن كان الخبرُ شبهَ جملةٍ (غير مفرد) فإنه في محل رفع، خبر، نحو:
إنَّك في الفصل.
إنك بخيرٍ.
في الفصل / بخير: خبر إنَ، في محل رفع.
لعلك فهمتَ إن شاء الله.
If you need a translation pls let me know.
Admin
! اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
Jazakallahu khairan for all these wonderful messages.
Yes please, I do need the translation of this.
Thankyou,
✍🏻~Abdur Rahman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
خبرُ إنَّ is مرفوع if the word is مفرد and معرب e.g.:
إنَّ الدرسَ سهلٌ.
But there are different types of خبر which can be a complete sentence or sub-sentence شبهُ جملةٍ.
Here, the خبر إنَّ is: في محل رفعٍ.
You will learn this fully in Lesson 1, Book 3.
Admin
! اَلسَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
I apologise for frequent questioning, I actually have three another question (Sorry :D) :-
1) What is the difference between Masdar ( مَصْدَرٌ ) and Ismul Faail ( اِسْمُ الْفَاعِلِ )?
2) How to actually use the 6 Abwaab to actually find the vowel of the middle radical in imperfect tense?
3) Can I please get your Email Address in order for me to ask about concepts in details?
✍🏻~Abdur Rahman
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
1) The مصدر is a noun that is devoid of any time zone or doer of an action.
– as explained by the Shaykh here.
اسم الفاعل is a derivative from the verb and indicates an action and doer eg:
ذهبَ وهو ذاهبٌ، درسَ وهو دارسٌ، كتبَ وهو كاتبٌ.
2) Fully explained in Madinah Book 3.
3) Yes, I’ve just sent you an email.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
I hope all is well. Is it possible to sign-up for the site? I see the login option but no option to create an account.
بارك الله فيكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته sister
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
The log-in option is for Admin purposes.
Visitors to the site do not need to sign-in to benefit from the site.
We hope you benefit إن شاء الله.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
What is the difference between the 8 Madinah Arabic Reader books and the 3 Madinah Books?
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The 3 Madinah Books are the original Arabic language teaching books by our Shaykh.
The 8 Madinah Arabic Reader series is the same in content but with new, improved additions. Our Shaykh designed it for children, youth and adult beginners and added the following:
1) Many, fun colourful pictures
2) Colour-coded the text to facilitate understanding the language, grammar rules and examples
3) New, extensive vocabulary and verb lists for each lesson.
We advise learning from the 8 part-series. The learning experience is richer and more enjoyable.
Admin
Salam dr
Is the name Zayd considered munsarif or ghayr munsarif? Some claim its an Arab name so its munsarif. But the name can be an Indian, Pakistani or Malays too?
So its ghayr munsarif.
Pls clarify .
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
The name زيدٌ is منصرف (بالتنوين) as proven by this aayah:
فلما قضى زيدٌ منها وطراً (الأحزاب)
Muslims in India, Pakistan or Malaysia name their children with the same name so it remains منصرف.
Admin
Salam u Alekum
Harf حرف mean Partical
What does ataf عطف mean?
Jazakallah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Please see the Shaykh’s ‘Glossary of Words’ pg 156 PDF numbering.
Admin
As salamu alekum
مُرَکَّبٌ تَامُّ please answer if meem will end with damma tanveen aur single damma in tammun.
jazakAllah
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
The word تامٌّ is with tanwiin (two dammahs here) because the word is منصرف and not ممنوع من الصرف.
In your phrase it is a نعت.
Admin
JazakAllah
اسلام علیکم
Respected Shaikh may Allah سبحانہ تعالی grant you and your team health.
What is the meaning of مَعْطُوْفٌ ۔
May Allah سبحانہ تعالی reward you all involved in this blog.
جزاک اللہ
السلام عليكم يا أستاذ
?عندي سؤال
سؤالي عن هذه الآية في سورة طه
كي تقر عينها و لا تحزن.
?لماذا لا يظهر أن بعد و لا كما نقول بلام التعليل لئلا
جزاك الله خيرا لشرحك.
asslam o alikum sir I am student of arabic language and literature at Masters level. It is requested to you that kindly provide me following book
سحر الألحاظ في شعر الألفاظ
in pdf. I will be very thankful to you.
usman farooq
Pakistan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
I am sorry brother, the book is not available as a PDF.
You can buy it from India at the link provided.
Admin
As-salaamu `alaikum wa raḥmatullaahi wa barakaatuhu,
We live in a time when many people seek knowledge entirely through the Internet. Unfortunately, many people use modern technology for deception. Is there anyway you could please provide proof that this is in fact the official website of the Shaykh (may Allah have mercy on him)? I apologize if you’ve done so already elsewhere; I tried my best to throughly scan the site but due to other obligations I don’t think I can do that in a reasonable amount of time.
Jazaakumullahu Khairan
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
This is our Shaykh Dr Abdur Rahim’s personal website.
The Shaykh’s publishers (LQToronto, IFT Chennai) link to us.
Admin
السلام عليكم يا أستاذ
?عندي سؤال
سؤالي عن هذه الآية في سورة طه
كي تقر عينها و لا تحزن.
?لماذا لا يظهر أن بعد و لا كما نقول بلام التعليل لئلا
جزاك الله خيرا لشرحك.
Assalamu Alaikum wa Rahmatullahi wa barakatuh .
Hope you are well sheikh.
Just wanted to point out a mistake in the Hifdh booklets that have been published.
In the 28th Juz one, the 10th ayah of Surah munafiqun is written as و انفقو مما when it should be و انفقو من ما. Hope you rectify this as quickly as possible.
Assalamu Alaikum wa Rahmatullahi wa barakatuh.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا
تمّ تصحيحُ الطباعيِّ.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
Alhamdulillah, there are many Muslims in Germany who are learning and who have learned with your books (Medinah Course). I have now come across your Workbooks for children that would also help adults, but they are in arabic/english.
My question is: Do we have permission to translate and distribute them, or to create a german workbook from scratch that is based on the Medina Course? Are there any licenses that we would need to consider?
جزاكم الله خير
وبارك الله فيكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your message.
The children’s workbook is all in Arabic.
The only English is the brief translation of the instructions that are firstly in Arabic.
These workbooks are suitable as an accompaniment to our Shaykh’s Madinah Books.
You can also use the giant workbooks in the Madinah Book 1 and Madinah Book 2 libraries which are patterned on the children’s workbooks with colours and pictures and contain all the lessons in Madinah Books 1 and 2.
Regrettably we would not approve a workbook in German since it would need to be checked for accuracy and we cannot do that. Furthermore, the workbooks here are available.
You are permitted to print and distribute the workbooks and to translate only the instructions. But the exercises are meant to be only in Arabic and not to be translated.
We hope this is helpful.
Please let us know if you need further help.
Admin
what is the difference between ما and ماذا
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته
In Chapter 7 Verse 56: إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ اللَّهِ قَرِيبٌ مِّنَ الْمُحْسِنِينَ
In Arabic the noun “rehma” is feminine, its adjective should be feminine. The Arabic feminine adjective “qariba” and not the masculine adjective “qarib” should be used to modify the feminine noun “rehma”.
Could you please clarify?
جزاكم الله خير
وبارك الله فيكم
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
Our Shaykh replied to this earlier, by saying the word قَرِيب is on the pattern of فَعِيل
This pattern of nouns are used as both masculine and feminine.
Since رحمة is feminine, then قريب is considered feminine here.
And since the خبر is an اسم مشتق, it agrees with اسم إنَّ في التذكير والتأنيث.
Another aayah with قريب used as feminine is:
وما يدريك لعل الساعةَ تكون قريبا (الأحزاب)
هنا، اسم (كان) وهو ضمير مستتر في (تكون) مؤنث، فخبرها (قريبا) يُعتبر مؤنثا كذلك.
أرجو أن يكون واضحا إن شاء الله.
وفيكم بارك الله.
Admin
As salamu alekum
I have asked this before may be you also giving answer, but I am not able to
open the link. Please answer one more time.
Respected Shaikh may Allah سبحانہ تعالی grant you and your team health.
What is the meaning of مَعْطُوْفٌ ۔
May Allah سبحانہ تعالی reward you all involved in this blog.
جزاک اللہ
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
جزاك الله خيرا for your messages.
معطوف is explained by our Shaykh in his ‘Glossary of Words’.
Please see PDF pg 156 here, under the entry عطف.
Admin
Dear Shaikh,
Assalamu alaikum. I have a question about verse 69:25 (Surah Al-Haqqah).
لَمۡ أُوتَ كِتَٰبِيَهۡ
Why does the last word “kitabiah” use an attached pronoun “hu”? Here both ya and hu are attached. Normally, “my book/record” should be “kitabi”كتابي. Can you please explain it?
May Allah bless you.
S. A. Ahmed
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته
كتابيَهْ
The الهاء at the end is not a ضمير but is هاء السكتِ which is a Harf and it is saakin.
It is suffixed to the end of the word for purposes of phonetic beauty and to match the sequence of phonetic sounds and vocal rhythm that directly occurs in the previous aayahs.
This phonetic rhythm is the sound of ‘aah’ at the end of the words and كتابيْ does not end in this sound so هاء السكتِ is suffixed.
This is referred to as الفواصِل and has been discussed by our Shaykh in his book اثاقلتم (download available here).
Our Shaykh also explains it in this Q and A.
I hope this answers your quetsion.
Admin
Dear Shaikh,
Assalamu alaikum,I would like to learn from reading and then speaking Arabic ,please provide the link to start reading arabic first.
or let me know if book 1 dvd 01 videos will help to read and speak arabic.
Jazak allah khairan.
السلام عليكم
The Shaykh’s book التبيان teaches how to read Arabic, here.
Admin
السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته يا إخواني الكرام.
لعلكم في أحسن الأحوال. أردت التحية والاطمئنان عليكم. حفظكم الله وأرعاكم. جزاكم الله خير الجزاء على كل ما تبذلونه من الجهد لهذا الدين الشريف.
أخوكم سيد بن عيسى.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخانا
جزاكم الله خيرا ، نحن بخير والحمد لله ولعلك بخير وعافية كذلك.
نشكركم على اهتمامكم ورسالتكم ودعواتكم.
بارك الله فيكم.
Assalaamu ‘alaikum, Honourable Admin,
I am Yeni from Indonesia. Currently, I am pursuing a master’s degree in linguistics at a state university here. I want to write an article about grammatical cohesion in the book Durusul Lughah Volume 1 and publish it in a national journal.
Could you please advise me on how to obtain permission to write and publish the article? I would greatly appreciate your response at your earliest convenience. Thank you very much.
Best regards,
Yeni Rostiani
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله وبركاته أخي
جزاك الله خيرا for your message. You are free to write and publish an article about دروس اللغة الجزء الأول.
شكرا لك
شكرا لكم و جزاكم الله خيرا كثيرا
السلام عليكم و رحمة اللّه و بركاته، يا إخواني الكرام. لعلّكم في صحّة و عافية و رحم اللّه الشيخ دكتور ف. عبد الرّحيم رحمة واسعة. آمين. أنا ييني من إندونيسيا وأريد أن أكتب مقالًا يتعلق بالتماسك النحوي في كتاب درس اللّغة المجلد الأول وسأنشره في مجلة إندونيسية محلية، هل أحتاج إلى إرسال رسالة لطلب الإذن بذلك أم لا؟ كيف أحصل على الإذن؟ جزاكم الله خيرا كثيرا
Assalamualaikum I am looking Arabic classes for my son . I tried to download but its saying password needed. My son is 11 hafiz e quran but he needs to understand quran language Please help me in this . And guide me through the process.
وعليكم السلام ورحمة الله
Please visit the Children’s Library for many free resources for children to start learning the language of the Qur’aan.
And also see Children’s Book Fair.
Admin